New
Bookmarks
Year 2014 Quarter 4: October 1 - December 31 Additions to
Bob Jensen's Bookmarks
Bob Jensen at
Trinity University
For
earlier editions of New Bookmarks go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Tidbits Directory ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
Click here to search Bob Jensen's web site if you have
key words to enter --- Search Site.
For example if you want to know what Jensen documents have the term "Enron"
enter the phrase Jensen AND Enron. Another search engine that covers Trinity and
other universities is at
http://www.searchedu.com/.
Bob Jensen's Threads ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/threads.htm
574 Shields
Against Validity Challenges in Plato's Cave ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TheoryTAR.htm

Choose a
Date Below for Additions to the Bookmarks File
2014
December 31
November 30
October 31

December 31, 2014
Bob
Jensen's New Bookmarks for December 1-31, 2014
Bob Jensen at
Trinity University
For
earlier editions of Fraud Updates go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
For earlier editions of Tidbits go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
For earlier editions of New Bookmarks go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Bookmarks for the World's Library ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookbob2.htm
Click here to search Bob Jensen's web site if you
have key words to enter --- Search Box in Upper Right Corner.
For example if you want to know what Jensen documents have the term "Enron"
enter the phrase Jensen AND Enron. Another search engine that covers Trinity and
other universities is at
http://www.searchedu.com/
Bob
Jensen's Blogs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
New Bookmarks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Tidbits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's
Pictures and Stories
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Pictures.htm
All
my online pictures ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/PictureHistory/
David Johnstone asked me to write a paper on the following:
"A Scrapbook on What's Wrong with the Past, Present and Future of Accountics
Science"
Bob Jensen
February 19, 2014
SSRN Download:
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2398296
There Are Way Too Many ‘Best Of 2014′ Lists ---
http://fivethirtyeight.com/features/there-are-way-too-many-best-of-2014-lists/
Also see the "cruel exclusions" ---
http://chronicle.com/blogs/conversation/2014/12/29/the-cruel-exclusions-of-the-literary-establishment/?cid=wb&utm_source=wb&utm_medium=en
7 Ways
Michelle Obama Positively Influenced Education in 2014 ---
http://www.huffingtonpost.com/matthew-lynch-edd/7-ways-michelle-obama-pos_b_6417060.html
Companies paid record sums to settle bribery probes in 2014
http://blogs.wsj.com/cfo/2015/01/06/companies-paid-record-sums-to-settle-bribery-probes-in-2014/?mod=djemCFO_h
The Worst Science Blunders Of 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/the-worst-science-fail-moments-2014-12
2014 finishes as 4th coldest year on record for Illinois ---
http://www.freerepublic.com/focus/f-news/3244041/posts
These Are The Most Egregious Examples Of Government Waste In 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/the-most-egregious-examples-of-government-waste-in-2014-2014-12
10 TED talks that defined 2014
Plus the 20 most popular TED talks of all time ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/top-10-ted-talks-2014-12
The 20 Most Popular TED Talks Of All Time ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/most-popular-ted-talks-2014-10
10 Of The Most Ridiculous TED Talks of All Time ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/ridiculous-ted-talks-2014-8?op=1#ixzz3BJVOOTac
25 of the Most Ridiculous Media Quotations of in 2014 ---
http://townhall.com/columnists/johnhawkins/2015/01/03/the-25-most-obnoxious-quotes-of-2014-n1938140?utm_source=thdaily&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=nl&newsletterad=
2014 Legal Education Year in Review ---
http://taxprof.typepad.com/taxprof_blog/2014/12/nlj-legal-education-.html
Library Scientists Pick the Best Ten Stories That Shaped 2014 ---
http://lisnews.org/ten_stories_that_shaped_2014
The Best Brain Pickings Articles of the Year ---
http://www.brainpickings.org/2014/12/30/best-of-2014/
From The New Yorker's John Cassidy
Twelve Geopolitical Lessons for 2015 ---
http://www.newyorker.com/news/john-cassidy/twelve-lessons-2015
The 10 Most Popular TaxProf Blog Posts Of 2014 (mostly non-tax posts) ---
http://taxprof.typepad.com/taxprof_blog/2015/01/the-10-most-popular-.html
The Top 10 Tax Cases (And Rulings) Of 2014 ---
http://taxprof.typepad.com/taxprof_blog/2015/01/the-top-ten-tax-cases.html
The Top 12 Legal Education Stories Of 2014 ---
http://taxprof.typepad.com/taxprof_blog/2015/01/the-top-12.html
48 Of The The Most Important Scientific Discoveries Of 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/2014s-most-important-discoveries-2015-1
Time Magazine's Choices for the 2014 Top 10 Apps
---
http://time.com/3582114/top-10-apps/?xid=newsletter-brief
The 20 Most Beautiful Apps Of The Year ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/the-20-most-beautiful-apps-of-the-year-2014-12
The 5 Most Popular K-12 Educational Apps of 2014 ---
http://thejournal.com/articles/2014/12/17/the-top-5-apps-of-2014.aspx?=THEMOB
The 10 Most-Popular Wired Campus Articles of 2014 (Chronicle of Higher
Education) ---
http://chronicle.com/blogs/wiredcampus/10-most-popular-wired-campus-articles-of-2014/55381?cid=at&utm_source=at&utm_medium=en
ReadWrite's Best Stories of 2014 ---
http://readwrite.com/2014/12/31/readwrite-best-stories-2014
The Best Wired Stories of 2014 ---
http://www.wired.com/2014/12/best-wired-stories-2014/
The most painful customer service moments of 2014, and how you can avoid them
in 2015 ---
http://www.zoho.com/support/blog/the-most-painful-customer-service-moments-of-2014-and-how-you-can-avoid-them-in-2015.html
For 2014 what is likely to be the worst performing stock in the Dow Jones
index?
http://www.businessinsider.com/ibm-stock-about-to-hit-an-embarrassing-milestone-2014-12
\
The Tech Trends You Can’t Ignore in 2015 ---
https://mail.google.com/mail/u/1/#inbox/14abf57a69453384
The Best Wired Stories of 2014 ---
http://www.wired.com/2014/12/best-wired-stories-2014/
The Sad Internet: 2014 in Review ---
https://www.yahoo.com/tech/the-sad-internet-2014-in-review-106557156229.html
2014 David Pogue Awards ---
https://www.yahoo.com/tech/the-2014-pogue-awards-good-evening-and-welcome-105621974869.html
Here Are The 10 Big Market Stories That'll Dominate 2015 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/goldman-top-market-themes-for-2015-2014-11
Six brands that may not make it through 2015 ---
http://finance.yahoo.com/news/6-brands-may-not-2015-103000752.html
Laptop Market Shares in Q3 of 2014 ---
http://www.macrumors.com/2014/11/07/apple-mac-us-pc-record/
Experts Predict The Cybercrime Of 2015 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/beyond-phishing-experts-predict-the-cybercrime-of-2015-2014-12
12 Big Geopolitical Events We Think Will Happen In 2015 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/12-geopolitical-predictions-about-2015-2014-12
Predictions: 10 Things That Will Rock the Tech Market in 2015 ---
https://www.yahoo.com/tech/predictions-10-things-that-will-rock-the-tech-106006071234.html
The Top Technology Failures of 2014 (MIT) ---
http://www.technologyreview.com/news/533546/the-top-technology-failures-of-2014/?utm_campaign=newsletters&utm_source=newsletter-daily-all&utm_medium=email&utm_content=20141231
Best of 2014: Google's Secretive DeepMind Startup Unveils a "Neural Turing
Machine" ---
http://www.technologyreview.com/view/533741/best-of-2014-googles-secretive-deepmind-startup-unveils-a-neural-turing-machine/?utm_campaign=newsletters&utm_source=newsletter-daily-all&utm_medium=email&utm_content=20141230
The weirdest political stories of 2014 (Yahoo) ---
http://news.yahoo.com/the-weirdest-political-stories-of-2014-191919116.html
Nate Silver 5:38 Blog: 33 Weirdest Charts From 2014 ---
http://fivethirtyeight.com/datalab/our-33-weirdest-charts-from-2014/
Going Concern Editors' Picks 2014 (accountancy) ---
http://goingconcern.com/post/going-concern-editors-picks-2014
2014 in Energy: Dire Warnings, Slow Progress, and a Fusion Boast ---
http://www.technologyreview.com/news/533666/2014-in-energy-dire-warnings-slow-progress-and-a-fusion-boast/?utm_campaign=newsletters&utm_source=newsletter-daily-all&utm_medium=email&utm_content=20150102
Embarrassing Moments in Tech 2014 ---
https://www.yahoo.com/tech/embarrassing-moments-in-tech-2014-the-high-105632798859.html
Also see
http://readwrite.com/2014/12/31/2014-worst-moments-in-tech
Comparisons of Commodity Price Changes in 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/2014-futures-performance-2014-12
All you have to do today is buy some coffee and hamburger in order to choke on
the price increases.
I paid way too much to fill my big heating oil tank (for this winter) in May.
Sigh! That was a price speculation that failed.
Note how the price of cattle increased while the price of cattle feed declined
in 2014, illustrating the lag effect of having farmers sell off their herds a
few years ago during the Midwest drought. This year rain was plentiful in the
Midwest, but the cattle herds do not return as quickly as the crops that feed
them. There's still a shortage of feeder cattle.
Because grain farmers tend to hedge prices in advance of harvest time they did
not lose as much as the price-change chart suggests.
Note that bonds increase in price as interest rates plunge. Many banks hedge
(often with swaps) against big changes in interest rates so they are not deep
into interest rate speculations.
2014 in Numbers: Huge Valuations, Shocking Security Stats, and a Big
Climate Deal (MIT) ---
Click Here
http://www.technologyreview.com/news/533681/2014-in-numbers-huge-valuations-shocking-security-stats-and-a-big-climate-deal/?utm_campaign=newsletters&utm_source=newsletter-daily-all&utm_medium=email&utm_content=20141229
USA Population Trends in 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/demographic-trends-have-created-two-americas-2014-12
Note how many blue states in terms of population are red states in terms of
politics and vice versa
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Red_states_and_blue_states
Best of 2014: How Google "Translates" Pictures into Words Using Vector
Space Mathematics ---
http://www.technologyreview.com/view/533756/best-of-2014-how-google-translates-pictures-into-words-using-vector-space-mathematics/?utm_campaign=newsletters&utm_source=newsletter-daily-all&utm_medium=email&utm_content=20150102
2014 in Computing: Breakthroughs in Artificial Intelligence ---
Click Here
http://www.technologyreview.com/news/533686/2014-in-computing-breakthroughs-in-artificial-intelligence/?utm_campaign=newsletters&utm_source=newsletter-daily-all&utm_medium=email&utm_content=20141229
Time Magazine: The Top 10 Gadgets of 2014 ---
http://time.com/3582115/top-10-gadgets-2014/?xid=newsletter-brief
Top Five 2014 Wearable Devices ---
http://readwrite.com/2014/12/26/top-wearables-2014-smartwatches-fitness-trackers-vr
The CPA technology gift guide: Consider these products ---
http://www.journalofaccountancy.com/issues/2014/dec/cpa-technology-gift-guide.html
Time Magazine: The Best Inventions of 2014 ---
http://time.com/3594971/the-25-best-inventions-of-2014/?xid=newsletter-brief
Yahoo Tech's Choices for the 2014 Top 10 Gadgets
---
https://www.yahoo.com/tech/the-10-most-wanted-tech-c1417549586539/photo-iphone-6-photo-1417549459482.html
Jensen Comment
Some of these inventions are cool and very expensive. I find the MS Surface tablet computer
not so expensive and not very cool. I'll take a laptop over a tablet any day of
the week.
One of the many things I don't like are the mini ports that are just too
fragile along with the mini plugs that plug into them Thin is nice in people.
It's not nice in computers. I recommend using a USB port replicator (under $10)
on your tablet computer such that you only have one mini plug to contend with
for USB devices. But I don't like the other mini connectors such as the
mini-power connector.
I like mini skirts but not mini ports on thin tablet computers.
These Are 17 Of Our Favorite Gadgets From The 1990s ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/tech-gadgets-from-the-1990s-2014-12
The Best Art, Design, and Photography Books of the Year ---
http://www.brainpickings.org/2014/12/08/best-art-design-photography-books-2014/
"The Year's Best Books on Psychology, Philosophy, and How to Live
Meaningfully," by Maria Popova, Brain Pickings, December 22, 2014 ---
ttp://www.brainpickings.org/2014/12/01/best-psychology-philosophy-books-2014/
"The 14 Best Books," by Maria Popova, Brain Pickings, December 1, 2014 ---
http://www.brainpickings.org/2014/12/22/best-books-2014/
America's Best And Worst Banks 2015 ---
http://www.forbes.com/sites/kurtbadenhausen/2014/12/22/full-list-americas-best-and-worst-banks-2015/
The 10 Most Interesting Dating Studies Of 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/most-interesting-dating-studies-of-2014-2014-12
2014's Best National Geographic Photos ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/annual-national-geographic-photo-contest-2014-2014-12
The Most Incredible Wildlife Photos Of 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/best-animal-pictures-of-the-year-2014-12
15 Awesome Photos From Sony's 2015 World Photography Awards ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/15-awesome-photos-from-sonys-2015-world-photography-awards-2014-12
The 49 Most Mesmerizing Sports Photos Of 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/most-mesmerizing-sports-photos-2014-12
The Most Incredible Photos The Air Force Took In 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/the-air-forces-2014-in-photos-2015-1
The Most Jaw-Dropping Science Pictures Of 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/best-science-pictures-of-the-year-2014-12
The 10 Coolest Archaeological Discoveries Made In 2014 --- |
http://www.businessinsider.com/10-coolest-archeological-discoveries-of-2014-2014-12
Top Ten Harvard Kennedy School Web Stories of 2014 ---
http://www.hks.harvard.edu/news-events/news/articles/2014-top-ten-web-stories
The 52 Strangest Photos Of 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/strangest-photos-2014-2014-12
The Biggest Career Crashes Of 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/biggest-career-crashes-2014-12?op=1
The Best Games of 2014 ---
http://www.wired.com/2014/12/best-games-of-2014/
Some Hillarious Pranks of 2014 ---
http://guff.com/the-absolute-best-pranks-ever/15
The 20 Best Video Games of 2014 (yawn) ---
https://www.yahoo.com/tech/the-20-best-video-games-c1419375659120.html
Watch the 10 Most Popular YouTube Videos of the Year 2014 (Yahoo Tech)
---
https://www.yahoo.com/tech/watch-the-10-most-popular-youtube-videos-of-the-104776395799.html
The Worst Movies of 2014 ---
https://tv.yahoo.com/news/worst-movies-2014-colin-farrell-211600971.html
The 15 Highest-Grossing Movies Of 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/highest-grossing-movies-2014-2014-12
That does not make them the best movies of 2014. Children's movies do well even
if they're awful because when dads pick up their kids for a weekly visit they
have to do something for entertainment.
The 15 Best Movies of 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/top-movies-2014-2014-12
The 15 Best-Reviewed Movies of 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/top-movies-2014-2014-12
The 15 best songs of 2014 ---
http://www.vox.com/2014/12/30/7463577/songs-of-the-year
Best Classical Albums Of 2014 ---
http://www.npr.org/blogs/deceptivecadence/2014/12/11/370067981/best-classical-albums-of-2014
The Drunkest Countries In The World ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/countries-that-drink-the-most-2015-1
The 50 Coolest New Businesses In America ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/coolest-new-businesses-in-america-2014-12
The 15 Best Business Books Of 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/best-business-books-of-2014-2014-12
The 10 Most Important Sustainable Business Stories from 2014 (Harvard
Business Review) ---
https://hbr.org/2014/12/the-10-most-important-sustainable-business-stories-from-2014?referral=00563&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date&utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date
The Five Foot Shelf of Great Works, Towards a Required Reading List for
Business ---
http://professorelam.typepad.com/my_weblog/2014/12/the-five-foot-shelf-of-great-works-towards-a-required-reading-list-for-business.html
No great works in accounting here
The Great Transformation - 33 Top Quotes from Global Peter Drucker Forum
2014 ---
http://www.slideshare.net/vladimirvulic/33-top-quotes-from-global-peter-drucker-forum-2014
100 Years of Price Changes ---
http://news.yahoo.com/glimpse-expenses-100-years-ago-140000459.html
A Lot of Bull: History of Bear and Bull Markets in the USA ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/illustration-of-bull-and-bear-markets-2014-12
SSRN's Top 10,000 Downloads (Ranked) ---
http://hq.ssrn.com/rankings/Ranking_display.cfm?TRN_gID=10
The Guardian's Choice of the 100 Greatest Novels of All Time ---
http://www.theguardian.com/books/2003/oct/12/features.fiction
Perhaps television viewers are shunning
political programming outliers.
NBC covers both ends of the political spectrum with MSNBC and CNBC, both of
which are tanking in terms of viewer interest. If I were to investigate some of
the reasons I would look for boring repetitions of commentators saying the same
things over and over and then over again.
CNBC to stop
using Nielsen for ratings
http://www.wsj.com/articles/cnbc-to-stop-using-nielsen-for-ratings-1420520556
MSNBC Closes 2014
In Last Place ---
http://www.breitbart.com/big-journalism/2014/12/30/msnbc-closes-2014-in-last-place-hemorrhaging-viewers/
CNBC and MSNBC are fighting back with
non-political programming in some prime time slots.
For example, CNBC is now giving primetime coverage to exposes of business
frauds? CNBC?
And MSNBC now features hidden camera thrillers (not comedy) in things like
police chases and shoot outs that make the cops look abused. MSNBC?
Business Insider recently posted
a list of handy math tricks, and among them is a quick way to estimate how
long it will take to double an investment with a given rate of return ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/why-the-rule-of-72-works-2014-12
It's easier to move a cemetery than to affect a
change in curriculum.
Woodrow Wilson
I watched the Pathways Commission videos from the 2014 annual meetings and
was impressed ---
http://commons.aaahq.org/hives/8d320fc4aa/summary
These videos may only be available to members of the American Accounting
Association.
Jensen Comment
I worried that the Pathways Commission initiatives would turn to flubber and die
in future years. If anything the momentum is growing stronger with top leaders
in accounting education, research, and practice carrying forward with practical
strategies that have a real chance for doing what is almost impossible in higher
education --- bring about change in something other than technology.
What was sown is what is being reaped
After five decades of narrow-minded econometric and psychometric training and
education in North American accounting doctoral programs we have generations of
accounting faculty who are not ready to handle change. Many of our
mathematicians, statisticians, and economists that we graduated were really not
very good at accounting and not at all interested in clinical accounting
research. They became super at applying the
General Linear Model (GLM) to purchased databases like CRSP, Compustat, and
Audit Analytics. Some could run simplistic behavioral experiments pretending MBA
students were executives. But in comparison to schools of medicine, engineering,
and law, schools of accounting did not produce Ph.D. graduates interested in
solving the
clinical problems of our profession.
Clinical Research ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Clinical_research
This point was driven home in 2011 by Harvard's Bob Kaplan ---
Accounting Scholarship that Advances Professional Knowledge and Practice
Robert S. Kaplan
The Accounting Review, March 2011, Volume 86, Issue 2,
Recent accounting scholarship has
used statistical analysis on asset prices, financial reports and
disclosures, laboratory experiments, and surveys of practice. The research
has studied the interface among accounting information, capital markets,
standard setters, and financial analysts and how managers make accounting
choices. But as accounting scholars have focused on understanding how
markets and users process accounting data, they have distanced themselves
from the accounting process itself. Accounting scholarship has failed to
address important measurement and valuation issues that have arisen in the
past 40 years of practice. This gap is illustrated with missed opportunities
in risk measurement and management and the estimation of the fair value of
complex financial securities. This commentary encourages accounting scholars
to devote more resources to obtaining a fundamental understanding of
contemporary and future practice and how analytic tools and contemporary
advances in accounting and related disciplines can be deployed to improve
the professional practice of accounting. �2010 AAA
Added Jensen Comment
Simplistic solutions like appointing clinical researchers as editors of TAR,
JAR, CAR, and the JAE will not bring about change because no clinical research
manuscripts will be forthcoming from generations of faculty not trained or
educated in clinical research. Another problem that we know from schools of
medicine, engineering, and law is that solid clinical research is very, very
expensive. Higher education research in accountancy is just not funded for
expensive clinical research.
And turning thousands of economists produced by accounting doctoral programs
over the last 50 years into genuine scholars in the professions of auditing,
tax, financial accounting, information systems, and managerial accounting. I
mean scholars that that are sought after by accounting firms because of the
professional expertise of those scholars. Instead schools of accounting are
taking on adjunct teachers of accounting from the profession to cover topics
like the ERP model, insurance accounting, and advanced taxes because the tenured
accounting faculty does not have the expertise for such topics.
The bad news is that changes promoted by the Pathways Commission will very
slowly implemented. But given the current momentum of leaders of the academy and
the the profession eventual change is becoming increasingly possible.
Do watch the 2014 Pathways Commission videos to seem what I mean about
"momentum."
http://commons.aaahq.org/hives/8d320fc4aa/summary
"Accounting for Innovation," by Elise Young, Inside Higher Ed,
July 31, 2012 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2012/07/31/updating-accounting-curriculums-expanding-and-diversifying-field
Accounting programs should promote curricular
flexibility to capture a new generation of students who are more
technologically savvy, less patient with traditional teaching methods, and
more wary of the career opportunities in accounting, according to a report
released today by the
Pathways Commission, which studies the future of
higher education for accounting.
In 2008, the U.S. Treasury Department's Advisory
Committee on the Auditing Profession recommended that the American
Accounting Association and the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants form a commission to study the future structure and content of
accounting education, and the Pathways Commission was formed to fulfill this
recommendation and establish a national higher education strategy for
accounting.
In the report, the commission acknowledges that
some sporadic changes have been adopted, but it seeks to put in place a
structure for much more regular and ambitious changes.
The report includes seven recommendations:
- Integrate accounting research, education
and practice for students, practitioners and educators by bringing
professionally oriented faculty more fully into education programs.
- Promote accessibility of doctoral
education by allowing for flexible content and structure in doctoral
programs and developing multiple pathways for degrees. The current path
to an accounting Ph.D. includes lengthy, full-time residential programs
and research training that is for the most part confined to quantitative
rather than qualitative methods. More flexible programs -- that might be
part-time, focus on applied research and emphasize training in teaching
methods and curriculum development -- would appeal to graduate students
with professional experience and candidates with families, according to
the report.
- Increase recognition and support for
high-quality teaching and connect faculty review, promotion and tenure
processes with teaching quality so that teaching is respected as a
critical component in achieving each institution's mission. According to
the report, accounting programs must balance recognition for work and
accomplishments -- fed by increasing competition among institutions and
programs -- along with recognition for teaching excellence.
- Develop curriculum models, engaging learning
resources and mechanisms to easily share them, as well as enhancing
faculty development opportunities to sustain a robust curriculum that
addresses a new generation of students who are more at home with
technology and less patient with traditional teaching methods.
- Improve the ability to attract high-potential,
diverse entrants into the profession.
- Create mechanisms for collecting, analyzing
and disseminating information about the market needs by establishing a
national committee on information needs, projecting future supply and
demand for accounting professionals and faculty, and enhancing the
benefits of a high school accounting education.
- Establish an implementation process to address
these and future recommendations by creating structures and mechanisms
to support a continuous, sustainable change process.
According to the report, its two sponsoring
organizations -- the American Accounting Association and the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants -- will support the effort to
carry out the report's recommendations, and they are finalizing a strategy
for conducting this effort.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on how accountics scientists should change:
How Accountics Scientists Should Change:
"Frankly, Scarlett, after I get a hit for my resume in The Accounting
Review I just don't give a damn"
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm
One more mission in what's left of my life will be to try to change this
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm
What is currently wrong with accountancy doctoral programs in North
America ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#DoctoralPrograms
"Accounting Trickery Has Boosted S&P 500 Profits By 86%," by Tyler
Durden, Business Insider, December 26, 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/blackrock-sp-500-profits-boosted-by-accounting-2014-12
We have previously observed that while pundits are
happy to focus on non-GAAP earnings which over the past several years have
become a total farce, the reality is that GAAP EPS for
the S&P in 2014 will be 1.3% lower
than a year ago, and that as a result of crashing
energy company profits,
2015 GAAP EPS will be lower still, meaning that
contrary to the propaganda, the US will see two consecutive years of
declining wage growth. That said, not even we expected to read the following
shocker revealing just how naked the corporate profitability emperor truly
is, and coming from the world's largest asset manager on top of everything.
Presenting the stunning punchline from
Blackrock's 2015 Investment Outlook:
Corporate earnings are
a key risk. Analysts predict double-digit growth in 2015, yet such high
expectations will be tough to meet. Companies have picked the low-hanging
fruit by slashing costs since the financial crisis. How do you
generate 10% earnings-per-share growth when nominal GDP growth is just 4%?
It becomes tempting to
take on too much leverage, use financial wizardry to reward shareholders or
even stretch accounting principles. S&P 500 profits are 86% higher
than they would be if accounting standards of the national accounts were
used, Pelham Smithers Associates notes. And the gap between the two
measures is widening, the research firm finds.
So assuming 126 non-GAAP 2015 S&P PE, this means
the real EPS is... 67, which in turn means that the
real forward P/E as of this moment is over 30! Then again, judging
by the buying frenzy being unleashed in the S&P, it is time to BTFATH with
both hands and on margin, because as long as nobody admits the
truth, one must buy, buy, buy.
Jensen Comment
It's amazing how the world still focuses on earnings metrics when the IASB and
FASB have given even defining earnings in their quest for fair value accounting
that co-mingles unrealized changes in value with realized revenues.
Bob Jensen's threads on creative accounting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#Manipulation
I think Joe Hoyle took a break from blogging during the Fall 2014
semester.
He's back with
http://joehoyle-teaching.blogspot.com/2014/12/six-questions-to-think-about-as-you.html
This will be my 201st entry on this blog. That is
roughly 190 more than I expected to write when I first began. Over the
years, the blog has had 130,000 page views and was recently named one of the
top 50 blogs in accounting for 2014. (
http://www.accounting-degree.org/50-best-accounting-blogs-of-2014/ )
Unfortunately, it was the only blog on the list that
dealt with education. I would honestly love to be reading 50 different blogs
about teaching and learning. At that point, I think college education could
really begin to improve. So, start a blog. Share your opinions. Share your
questions. Share your doubts. Share your frustrations. We need more of that.
You will never be able to estimate how much the blogging process can improve
your own teaching until you start typing and posting.
As always, I want to pass along my great
appreciation to everyone who forwards messages to colleagues about my
various thoughts and ideas on this blog. Any success here is dependent
entirely on the many kind people who read these essays and discuss them
around their own faculty coffee rooms.
Jensen Comment
I congratulate Joe having his blog named in Top 50 Blogs in Accounting cited
above the rating agency doing this ranking is highly biased --- its "Accounting
Degree Review" Website is a for-profit university promotional site that ignores
better and cheaper alternatives in the non-profit sector of accounting and
business education ---
http://www.accounting-degree.org/most-affordable-online-masters-degrees-in-accounting/
Almost any professor in the field of business would probably disagree with
the rankings of the top accounting programs by the Accounting Degree Review
(especially in terms of affordability) at
http://www.accounting-degree.org/most-affordable-online-masters-degrees-in-accounting/
The Accounting Degree Review's choices of the "Most Affordable Online
Master’s Degrees in Accounting" are certainly not
the most affordable. Compare the cost of those for-profit
programs with the top Accounting Programs ranked by more respectable ranking
agencies.
Top Accounting Undergraduate Programs Ranked by US News (most now have
masters in accounting programs as well)---
http://colleges.usnews.rankingsandreviews.com/best-colleges/rankings/business-accounting
AACSB-accredited programs that also have specialized accounting
accreditations as well ---
http://www.aacsb.edu/en/accreditation/accounting/
Top Accounting MBA in Accounting Specialty Programs Ranked by US News
http://grad-schools.usnews.rankingsandreviews.com/best-graduate-schools/top-business-schools/accounting-rankings
If we were to just rank the
accounting doctoral programs in terms of research performance the
rankings might be quite different from the rankings shown above for MBA
specialty and Master of Accounting Programs ---
http://www.byuaccounting.net/rankings/univrank/rankings.php
US News Best Undergraduate Business Programs ---
http://colleges.usnews.rankingsandreviews.com/best-colleges/rankings/business-accounting
Many of these top programs are much more affordable than those chosen by The
Accounting Degree Review.
Guide to Online Community Colleges ---
http://www.affordablecollegesonline.org/online-colleges/community-colleges/
Jensen Comment
Online community college courses are good for things like training certificates
and associate degrees. However, for students wanting four-year and graduate
online courses, there are usually better alternatives such as the ones listed
below.
From US News in 2014
Best Online Degree Programs (ranked) ---
http://www.usnews.com/education/online-education
Best Online Undergraduate Bachelors Degrees ---
http://www.usnews.com/education/online-education/bachelors/rankings
Central Michigan is the big winner
Best Online Graduate Business MBA Programs
---
http://www.usnews.com/education/online-education/mba/rankings
Indiana University is the big winner
Best Online Graduate Education Programs ---
http://www.usnews.com/education/online-education/education/rankings
Northern Illinois is the big winner
Best Online Graduate Engineering Programs
---
http://www.usnews.com/education/online-education/engineering/rankings
Columbia University is the big winner
Best Online Graduate Information Technology
Programs ---
http://www.usnews.com/education/online-education/computer-information-technology/rankings
The University of Southern California is the big winner
Best Online Graduate Nursing Programs ---
http://www.usnews.com/education/online-education/nursing/rankings
St. Xavier University is the big winner
US News Degree Finder ---
http://www.usnews.com/education/online-education/features/multistep-oe?s_cid=54089
This beats those self-serving for-profit university biased Degree Finders
US News has tried for years to rank for-profit universities, but they
don't seem to want to provide the data.
Question
What accredited law schools offer online tax LL.M. degrees?
Answer (these degrees typically take three years to complete for full-time
students unless students already have law degrees)
http://taxprof.typepad.com/taxprof_blog/2014/09/nine-law-schools.html
Selected Online Masters of Accounting and Masters of Taxation Programs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/CrossBorder.htm#MastersOfAccounting
Time between enrollment and graduation depends a great deal on meeting
prerequisite requirements in accountancy, and business core (including economics
and ethics). I'm biased in recommending such degrees from only AACSB-accredited
business programs, although not necessarily AACSB-accredited accounting
programs. Some of the most prestigious AACSB-accredited universities do not have
the added accountancy specialized accreditation.
Finally, At Long Last, Why did it take so long?
"Standing Up to 'Accreditation Shopping'," by Scott Jaschik, Inside
Higher Ed, July 1, 2010 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2010/07/01/hlc
Critics of for-profit higher education have of late
drawn attention to what they see as a pattern of "accreditation shopping" in
which for-profit entities purchase financially struggling nonprofit
colleges, and then hold on to the regional accreditation that the nonprofit
colleges had for years, even as the new owners expand or radically change
the institutions' missions.
One accreditor is saying "not so fast." The Higher
Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools
has recently rejected two "change of control" requests to have accreditation
continue with the purchases of nonprofit colleges (Dana College, in
Nebraska, and Rochester College, in Michigan) by for-profit entities.
Further, the accreditor insisted on a series of stipulations to approve the
continued accreditation of Iowa's Waldorf College -- stipulations that will
effectively keep the near-term focus of the college on its residential,
liberal arts mission.
The rejection of the
accreditation continuation for Dana led the college's board
to announce
Wednesday that its purchasers no longer consider the
deal viable. As a result, the sale will not take place and the college,
founded in 1884, will shut down. There will be no operations for the 2010-11
academic year.
The decisions by the
Higher Learning Commission (HLC) have been based on a new set of policies
the accreditor approved that require that the mission remain similar after a
purchase if the new owner wants the accreditation to carry over. A new owner
who wants to change an institution's mission still has the right to apply as
a candidate for initial accreditation, but that process takes longer and is
one that many purchasers of colleges want to avoid.
Sylvia Manning, president
of the HLC, said that the new policy was designed to prevent the use of a
struggling college's accreditation to launch entirely new institutions.
"This practice that has been called 'accreditation shopping' -- that's
something we are very much opposed to. Accreditation is not like a liquor
license."
The HLC does not release
details on its decisions, although it announces them in general terms and
plans to announce its decision on Dana today. A letter delivered to the
college Wednesday was leaked to
The Lincoln Journal Star. Manning declined to
confirm the details in the letter that were quoted by the newspaper, but
other sources verified its authenticity.
Dana, a Lutheran liberal
arts institution, announced in March that it was
being purchased by a new for-profit company. The
new owners at the time said that they were going to be focused on building
up the college in its present form -- and that they were committed to
keeping the college's tenure system, an unusual move in for-profit higher
ed.
The HLC letter, as
described in the Lincoln newspaper, suggested that the investors had in mind
a much more dramatic shift in Dana's mission than they indicated at the time
the purchase was announced. According to the Lincoln newspaper, the HLC
rejected the idea of maintaining accreditation because of "an inability to
demonstrate sufficient continuity of the college's mission and educational
programs," in part due to an interest in offering online programs that would
represent a shift from the college's "residential liberal arts programs."
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's links to distance education and training programs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/CrossBorder.htm
"The Myth of Rigorous Accounting Research," by Paul F. Williams,
Accounting Horizons, December 2014 ---
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/acch-50880
In this brief paper, I provide an argument that the
rigor that allegedly characterizes contemporary mainstream accounting
research is a myth. Expanding on arguments provided by West (2003), Gillies
(2004), and Williams (1989), I show that the numbers utilized extensively to
construct the statistical models that are the central defining feature of
rigorous accounting research are, in many cases, not adequate to the task.
These numbers are operational numbers that cannot be construed as measures
or quantities of any kind of stable property. Constructing elaborate
calculative models using operational numbers leads to equations whose
results are not clearly decipherable. The rigorous nature of certain
preferred forms of accounting research is, thus, largely a matter of
appearance and not a substantive quality of the research mode that we
habitually label “rigorous.” Thus, the policy recommendations implied by the
results of rigorous accounting research may be viewed with considerable
skepticism.
. . .
The Form of Rigorous Accounting
Research
The distinct type of research that receives
accolades for being rigorous is familiar to anyone who is acquainted with
the top three academic accounting journals: Journal of Accounting
Research (JAR), Journal of Accounting and Economics (JAE),
and The Accounting Review (TAR). The fundamental premises
underlying this rigorous research are enumerated by McCloskey (1985,
6–7):
- Prediction and control is the point of
science.
- Only the observable implications (or
predictions) of a theory matter to its truth.
- Observability entails objective, reproducible
experiments; mere questionnaires interrogating human subjects are
useless, because humans might lie.
- If and only if an experimental implication of
a theory proves false is the theory proved false.
- Objectivity is to be treasured; subjective
“observation” (introspection) is not scientific knowledge, because the
subjective and the objective cannot be linked.
- Kelvin's Dictum: “When you cannot express it
in numbers, your knowledge is of a meager and unsatisfactory kind.”
- Introspection, metaphysical belief,
aesthetics, and the like may well figure in the discovery of an
hypothesis, but cannot figure in its justification; justifications are
timeless, and the surrounding community of science irrelevant to their
truth.
- It is the business of methodology to demarcate
scientific reasoning from nonscientific, positive from normative.
- A scientific explanation of an event brings
the event under a covering law.
- Scientists—for instance, economic
scientists—ought not to have anything to say as scientists about the
oughts of value, whether of morality or art.7
Consistent with this characterization of
paradigmatic social science, academic papers in the leading
accounting journals consist almost exclusively in the presentation
of elaborate statistical models—what
Abbott (2004)
calls statistical causal analyses. Those that are not statistical
models are analytical models of accounting phenomena relying on the
calculus of differentiation and integration and, also, the
methodology of standard neoclassical economics. Rigorous accounting
research is now that which reflects the aforementioned premises of
what constitutes good scientific behavior.
To confirm this characterization of
rigorous research, the 135 papers published in JAR, JAE, and TAR
during 2011 were examined.8 Five of the papers were analytic,9 13
were papers that involved behavioral experiments utilizing ANOVA/ANCOVA
designs, one utilized path analysis (a linear modeling), and 116 (86
percent of all articles) produced some form of linear statistical
model (e.g., probit, logit). Of the 135 papers, 78 percent pertained
to a finance-related topic. Fourteen were management in nature, 11
were auditing in nature, and three were “other.” Of all the papers
(regardless of topic), 96 percent involved some kind of linear,
statistical causal analysis. The end product of these scholarly
efforts is a statistical (mathematical) model conforming to Sen's
(1988) engineering approach to economics. These statistical models
presume some predictive purpose. Such models must be constructed in
the belief that were outcomes of future independent variables
entered into the models, the calculative results of the models would
produce values for the dependent variable that approximate the
actual future value of that variable. Without that belief, it is
hard to argue that these models have any power to explain some
phenomenon. Without some belief that the relationships expressed in
the equations of the model are temporally stable, each model becomes
substantially an anecdote.10 Thus, accounting research that
qualifies as rigorous by its publication in the premier journals is
a process of constructing putatively predictive linear, mathematical
models, i.e., algorithmic forms of knowledge of accounting
phenomena. The 116 (86 percent of all papers) regression papers
published in 2011 utilized an average of 20 variables (dependent and
explanatory) in their models; an average of nine variables (43
percent of all variables) were taken from the financial statements
of actual firms (mostly from the Compustat database). The frequency
of such accounting measures (some taken directly from the financial
statements, some based on arithmetic operations performed on
financial statement numbers, including further regressions on
accounting numbers) ranged from one to 27 in a single regression
model. The average number of such variables per equation was seven,
while the total number of variables, on average, was 13. In many
cases, accounting or accounting-derived numbers represented the
dependent variable. That is, the phenomenon being explained is
represented via accounting operations so that an accounting number
stands in for the real-world phenomenon being explained. Accounting
scholars engaged in conducting rigorous research act as if these
accounting numbers are particularly useful for analyzing and
evaluating accounting phenomena in a rigorous manner. However, there
is good reason to believe that the supposition that accounting
numbers are useful for rigorous research is invalid. Ironically, it
is current accounting policy making based on the same suppositions
as rigorous accounting research (Williams and Ravenscroft 2014) that
makes the usefulness of accounting data for performing rigorous
accounting research implausible. This is so for two related reasons:
the operational nature of accounting numbers (i.e., they are not
quantities) and the “clock problem.”
THE OPERATIONAL STATUS OF
ACCOUNTING NUMBERS The first problem is the status of accounting
numbers as operational numbers, which makes their status as
“quantities” suitable for mathematical manipulations problematic.
While accountants have described accounting as a “measurement
discipline; accountants measure things” (Ijiri 1975; Mock 1976),
what it is that is measured, or even whether it can be measured, is
not clear. Stamp (1993, 272)11 observes: Thus despite the common use
of the terms “measure” or “measurement” in accounting, it seems to
this author that there is no operation whatsoever in accounting that
could be described as “measurement,” in the sense used by
physicists, or biologists, or geologists, and so on. To measure in
science (and, actually, in the everyday sense described above)
necessarily involves the physical operation of comparison of the
quantity being measured with some standard. (emphasis added) When
the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA)
attempted to formalize the objectives of accounting, Beaver and
Demski (1974, 180) criticized them, noting that “the term income
determination is used as if it were some unambiguous, monolithic
concept (such as true earnings) devoid of any measurement error.”
What Beaver and Demski (1974) illustrated, perhaps without intending
such, is that income is a particular type of concept, the kind of
concept of which the conceptual language of accounting is largely
comprised. Dworkin (2011) identifies three types of concepts that
humans employ. According to him, some of the concepts we use are
criteria, i.e., “we use the same criteria in identifying instances”
(Dworkin 2011, 158). As an example, Dworkin (2011) offers the
concept of an equilateral triangle—any triangle with sides of equal
length. By measuring the sides with a measuring device (a ruler), we
can establish with a high degree of confidence whether a triangle
meets the criterion. A second type of concept is natural kind, i.e.,
“things that have a fixed identity in nature, such as a chemical
compound or an animal species, and that people share a natural-kind
concept when they use that concept to refer to the same natural
kind” (Dworkin 2011, 159). The third type of concept is
interpretive, a type Dworkin (2011, 160) describes thus:12
We share these concepts … not because we agree in their application
once all other pertinent facts are agreed upon, but rather by
manifesting an understanding that their correct application is fixed
by the best interpretation of the practices in which they figure.
The role of “interpretation” in human
understanding is ubiquitous.
Dworkin (2011,
163) states the all pervasiveness of interpretive activity thusly:
Our account of the concepts that structure an intellectual domain is
itself an interpretation of that domain, a device for making sense
of the inquiry, reflection, arguments, and strategies that mark the
domain. So in one sense all concepts are interpretive; because we
must interpret the practice of “baldness” to decide that that
concept is both criterial and vague, we might say that it is an
interpretive fact that it is both.
The concepts that make up the everyday language
of accounting are not natural kinds (Searle
1995;
Lee 2006), but
interpretive all the way down.
For example, accounting depends upon two
fundamental concepts: “asset” and “liability,” which make up the
accounting identity Assets = Liabilities + Net Assets, the balance sheet
equation upon which the entire structure of accounting rests. The
concept of “asset” has undergone radical change over the decades as the
concept has been interpreted and re-interpreted through changing
historical contexts.13
Williams (2003,
134) traces the change in meaning of asset from the late nineteenth
century, when it first came to be used widely by accountants: “Toward
the end of the 19th century the term assets, which was understood in
commerce and law as meaning property available for the payment of debts,
began to appear prominently in the accounting literature.” So when
“asset” entered the accounting lexicon in a prominent way, the term
applied to things with a cash value that could be used to settle debts;
i.e., an asset depended upon the interpretive concept of “debts” and
what it took to settle them. An asset was conceived as satisfying the
criteria of being a separable property that could provide cash14
for settling money-denominated claims. In that incarnation, an asset
could be represented numerically by a sales price available at the
moment of representation. Consider how radically different our current
concept of “asset” is: anything that provides probable future economic
benefits (FASB
1980). This conceptualization of asset
precludes nothing from being an asset; the criterion “future economic
benefit” makes “assetness,” like
Dworkin's (2011)
“baldness,” more ambiguous and increases the potential for disagreement
over whether something actually qualifies as an asset. The current
concept also presumes that representation of the present relies on
representations of the future, since without knowing about future
economic benefits, it is not possible to identify what is an asset now.
The time frame for knowing what is an asset and what one of its
potential quantitative representations should be has been radically
changed. Instead of “if it is worth something in money terms now,
it is an asset now,” it is “if it is worth anything in money
terms at any time in the future, it is an asset now.” “Asset” as
a concept is of a social and not a natural kind, and undergoes
re-interpretations that are influenced by social and political changes.15
The problematic for rigorous accounting
research addressed in this essay is that asset, so central to
accounting, is a concept that eludes any kind of measurement, i.e.,
there is no metric that provides a quantitative representation of
“assetness.” If we could agree that two “things” meet the criteria of
assets (and there is no guarantee this will be the case), then it is not
possible to determine quantitatively which of the two is more asset-like
than the other. Asset is a categorical concept and no more than a
categorical concept requiring judgment about which there can be
substantial disagreements. We could weigh the two assets and determine
which is heavier or compare what they originally cost and determine
which was more costly to acquire at the time of acquisition, but there
is no metric that allows measurement of the relative amounts of
“assetness” possessed by the two assets. They either are or are not
assets. Once identified as an asset, all assets are equal so far as
their “assetness” is concerned. To the extent that assets are
“measurable,” they are so only in terms of other properties, arbitrarily
chosen, that they possess, e.g., weight, volume, carbon footprint, cost,
“fair value,” but not in terms of a unit of measure endemic to the
concept.16
So measurement of assets, liabilities, and, by derivation, everything
else contained in financial statements is an arbitrary choice of
properties to be “measured.” This makes scientific investigation of
accounting much more difficult, since the “science” itself and any
meaning attributed to the results of scientific investigation will
depend on what arbitrary measures of asset one chooses. And these
choices are not scientific judgments, but value judgments.17
Physicists confronted with “time” as a variable in their mathematical
models of the natural world face some constraint on how they choose to
measure the concept—the concept leads them to choose measurement methods
that are constrained by the concept itself and its place in physics
theory. Nature will not provide physicists, carte blanche, choice in how
to measure time. Asset as a concept does not constrain how we might
choose to “measure” it, since it is not a scientific concept (assets do
not exist in nature), but one inherited from historical human practices
of civic administration and law and, more recently, theories of
financial economics.
Thus, accounting can be
construed as measurement only in the sense of assigning numbers to an
object where there is considerable discretion in what numbers are to be
assigned. What is the quantity represented by those numbers is
subject to considerable ambiguity because the choice of metric is
arbitrary and subject to wide variation in application of measurement
“technique.” If we reach a state where the numbers assigned to different
assets and different liabilities are arbitrarily different from each
other depending on which particular asset and liability we are
considering, then the prospect that those numbers are quantities of
anything about which we can coherently speak is rather remote.
Accounting numbers are not quantities corresponding to physical
reality, but numerical representations of interpretive concepts about
which there is often significant disagreement. The problematic for
rigorous accounting research lies in the ambiguity of just what is the
quantity represented by accounting numbers and the implications that has
for what the results of archival research can mean.
. . .
In Fall 2011, physicists at CERN and the Gran Sasso
National Laboratory conducted an experiment that appeared to demonstrate
that light speed is not the maximum speed attainable in the universe,
contrary to Einstein's claim in the Special Theory of Relativity. Energized
neutrinos were accelerated to the point where they appeared to cover the
distance between Geneva and Gran Sasso 60 nanoseconds faster than light
speed (Powell
2011).29
Sixty nanoseconds is a very, very small quantity (60 billionths of a
second). The clock designed to measure such small quantities must indeed be
a very precise instrument.30
Accounting numbers, on the other hand, are not so precise because they are
operational numbers, not quantities. The rigor attributed to rigorous
accounting research comes from the claim that it most closely resembles what
the physicists at CERN are doing. But it is analogous to physics mainly in
appearance. It is ironic that such research has no policy implications:
“Such analysis cannot, however, in and of itself imply or dictate a
preference for one reporting practice over another” (Beaver
and Demski 1974, 176). The lack of a
consistent referent contributes to the fact that although rigorous
accounting research is based on
Sen's (1988)
engineering approach, the success of this model falls far short of the
success of actual engineering models. The failure to yield significant
replicable findings raises doubts about its exclusive status as the sine
qua non of accounting scholarship, as well as the certainty of claims
based on such research.31
Rescher (2009, 102)
notes that one obstacle to rational prediction is “Fuzziness—data
indetermination.” Accounting numbers' operational character makes them
inherently fuzzy.
Rescher (2009) notes
a consequence of our believing that rigorous accounting research is actually
rigorous. He notes that in certain cases, extreme precision is essential,
and particularly in those cases we characterize as chaotic (Rescher
2009, 59), and the economic world with
which accounting deals is just such a chaotic case (Keen
2001;
Taleb 2004,
2007;
Orrell 2007;
Pilkey and Pilkey-Jarvis 2007;
Williams and Ravenscroft 2014).
According to
Rescher (2009, 60):
The
precision needed to go from speculation to calculation is simply
beyond our reach in such cases. As far as we are concerned, the matter
will be a thing of pure chance. We cannot effectively come to know the
details of it. In drastic matters, quasi-quantities will impel us
into ignorance. (emphasis added)
Given the data and logic problems of current
archival research, some greater attention to precision (see
Ball 2013, footnote
20) seems in order. In addition, the likely intractability of the data
problems suggests this research methodology is not the only path to
accounting understanding. It seems we have yet to reach a state of scholarly
maturity in accounting that we can afford the categorical dismissal of other
methodologies simply on the grounds that they do not appear rigorous enough
because they eschew the currently preferred methodology.
In any field of scholarly pursuit, to claim for
oneself rigor is to claim for oneself scholarly virtue. However, to claim
for oneself exclusive ownership of rigor requires, it seems, much greater
certainty about what you are doing than currently exists. Making such a
claim denies to others the attribution of scholarly virtue. This smacks of
disrespect for other citizens of the academic community. Rigor is actually a
process of becoming, not a destination, once arrived at, to be possessed,
defended, and occupied forever and ever. Anthony
Hopwood (2007, 1,365)
began his AAA Presidential Address by observing, “I think there is a growing
sense of unease about the state and direction of accounting research.”
Hopwood (2007, 1,372)
attributed this trouble in the academy to “strong intellectual biases and
prejudices.” The consequence of the hegemony of these biases and prejudices
“is that accounting is currently left with a research community whose
members are, in my view, too conservative, too intellectually constrained,
too conformist, and insufficiently excited by and involved with the changing
practice or regulation of the craft” (Hopwood
2007).
Hopwood (2007)
correctly observed that the problem is not one that resides within the
members of the research community, but with the community itself, i.e., the
institutions that make up that community. The luxury of patience afforded by
Kuhnian paradigms in the natural sciences—old paradigms die when their
proponents die—is not available to accounting. This is so because the
paradigm of rigorous accounting research has been institutionalized and
institutions do not die of natural causes. Over time, North American
doctoral programs have become more homogeneous, turning out new scholars
trained only in the methodology of rigorous accounting research. In spite of
the procedural changes at the AAA that give greater voice to its members,
the key posts of association journal editors, directors of publications,
directors of research, Doctoral Consortium faculty and New Faculty
Consortium faculty continue to be selected mainly from the ranks of
successful rigorous accounting researchers. Institutions are indeed much
more difficult to change. As
Hopwood (2007, 1,374)
noted, “The difficulties that we face are ones that are deeply embedded in
complex institutional structures. Change will not be easy, but it will be
more likely to occur if we maintain a dialogue and debate.”
One obvious suggestion for improvement is to
acknowledge that accounting is a practice and is, therefore, inherently
multi-disciplinary. That suggests a kind of
Habermasian (1987)
community in which no voice is suppressed and all claims are exposed to
critique and defended by “good” reasons, not power. Accounting has a
history, and history is a discipline with its own brand of rigorous
scholarship. Accounting is about accountability (Soll
2014), so it is about ethics and sociology,
which also have brands of rigorous scholarship. Accounting is about law and
politics, and law has its own brand of scholarly rigor. So it seems logical
that reasonable folks would, therefore, acknowledge the relevance of
multiple kinds of scholarship, each of which can give insights into
accounting. However, as an observer of the American academy for nearly 40
years, it is difficult for me to be sanguine about such a seemingly
reasonable approach. Accounting as a discipline with intellectual ambitions
has gotten increasingly narrow and restrained over the past 40 years, in
spite of the nearly ceaseless advocacy for multiple perspectives and some
minimal level of mutual respect.
This essay is intended as one type of
response to
Hopwood's (2007) call
for dialogue and debate, but it is not dialogue or debate with rigorous
accounting research, since having a dialogue or debate with an institution
is fruitless. It is, however, an attempt at dialogue and debate with those
people who may read it and be persuaded by the argument that rigorous
accounting research, by its own alleged standards, is not as rigorous as
claimed and, therefore, realize they are free to choose some other way
without fear they have abandoned all hope of doing rigorous scholarship. If
just one person has the revelation that the claims to rigor ring a bit
hollow and decides to pursue some other avenue within the discipline, then
this dialogue and debate has been productive. Although perhaps too slowly,
institutions can be changed via people withdrawing their support for them
and that happens, usually, one person at a time.
Jensen Comment
There are two sometimes differing criteria in accounting research as well as
science in general. One criterion is rigor
that Paul treats quite well in the above paper. The other is
relevance that is alluded to only briefly in
the above paper. Accountics science published in leading academic accounting
research journals is relevant to doctoral students and faculty seeking
publication in those journals. The mathematical and statistical models are
poured over for ideas on both extensions of the published research and
applications of the models to other data sets and hypotheses.
The problem is that relevance in the above context creates a "cargo
cult" first noted by Richard Feyman in physics and noted in various
science disciplines, notably the social sciences.
"How Sociologists Made Themselves Irrelevant," by Orlando Patterson,
Chronicle of Higher Education's Chronicle Review, December 1, 2014 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/How-Sociologists-Made/150249/?cid=at&utm_source=at&utm_medium=en
Metaphorical Meaning of the Phrase "Cargo Cult Science" ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cargo_cult#Metaphorical_uses_of_the_term
The term "cargo cult" has been used metaphorically
to describe an attempt to recreate successful outcomes by replicating
circumstances associated with those outcomes, although those circumstances
are either unrelated to the causes of outcomes or insufficient to produce
them by themselves. In the former case, this is an instance of the
post hoc ergo propter hoc
fallacy.
The metaphorical use of "cargo cult" was
popularized by physicist
Richard Feynman at a 1974
Caltech
commencement speech, which later became a chapter
in his book
Surely You're Joking, Mr. Feynman!, where he
coined the phrase "cargo
cult science" to describe activity that had some
of the trappings of real science (such as publication in
scientific journals)
but lacked a basis in honest experimentation.
Later the term
cargo cult programming developed to describe
computer software containing elements that are
included because of successful utilization elsewhere, unnecessary for the
task at hand.
Questions
Why does the business world ignore business school academic research including
accountics research?
What other academic researchers have become "irrelevant?"
Answer
The authors blamed business schools’ scientifically
rigorous research into arcane areas – studies whose theories didn’t have to
be proved to work in the real world, only to the academic journals in which
they hoped to get published (and, they maintained, on which tenure
depended).
The same irrelevancy of academic researchers is taking place in sociology
and anthropology.
"How Can Accounting Researchers Become
More Innovative? by Sudipta Basu, Accounting Horizons, December 2012,
Vol. 26, No. 4, pp. 851-87 ---
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/acch-10311
We fervently hope that the
research pendulum will soon swing back from the narrow lines of
inquiry that dominate today's leading journals to a rediscovery
of the richness of what accounting research can be. For that to
occur, deans and the current generation of academic accountants
must give it a push.�
Michael H. Granof and Stephen A. Zeff (2008)
Rather than clinging to the
projects of the past, it is time to explore questions and engage
with ideas that transgress the current accounting research
boundaries. Allow your values to guide the formation of your
research agenda. The passion will inevitably follow �
Joni J. Young (2009)
. . .
Is Academic Accounting a “Cargo Cult Science”?
In a commencement address at Caltech titled “Cargo
Cult Science,” Richard Feynman (1974) discussed “science, pseudoscience, and
learning how not to fool yourself.” He argued that despite great efforts at
scientific research, little progress was apparent in school education.
Reading and mathematics scores kept declining, despite schools adopting the
recommendations of experts. Feynman (1974, 11) dubbed fields like these
“Cargo Cult Sciences,” explaining the term as follows:
In the South Seas there is a Cargo Cult of people.
During the war they saw airplanes land with lots of good materials, and they
want the same things to happen now. So they've arranged to make things like
runways, to put fires along the sides of the runways, to make a wooden hut
for a man to sit in, with two wooden pieces on his head like headphones and
bars of bamboo sticking out like antennas—he's the controller—and they wait
for the airplanes to land. They're doing everything right. The form is
perfect. It looks exactly the way it looked before. But it doesn't work.
No airplanes land. So I call
these things Cargo Cult Science, because they follow all the apparent
precepts and forms of scientific investigation, but they're missing
something essential, because the planes don't land.
Feynman (1974) argued that the key distinction
between a science and a Cargo Cult Science is scientific integrity: “[T]he
idea is to give all of the information to help others judge the value of
your contribution; not just the information that leads to judgment in one
particular direction or another.” In other words, papers should not be
written to provide evidence for one's hypothesis, but rather to “report
everything that you think might make it invalid.” Furthermore, “you should
not fool the layman when you're talking as a scientist.”
Even though more and more detailed rules are
constantly being written by the SEC, FASB, IASB, PCAOB, AICPA, and other
accounting experts (e.g., Benston et al. 2006), the number and severity of
accounting scandals are not declining, which is Feynman's (1969) hallmark of
a pseudoscience. Because accounting standards often reflect
standard-setters' ideology more than research into the effectiveness of
different alternatives, it is hardly surprising that accounting quality has
not improved. Even preliminary research findings can be transformed
journalistically into irrefutable scientific results by the political
process of accounting standard-setting. For example, the working paper
results of Frankel et al. (2002) were used to justify the SEC's longstanding
desire to ban non-audit services in the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, even
though the majority of contemporary and subsequent studies found different
results (Romano 2005). Unfortunately, the ability to bestow status by
invitation to select conferences and citation in official documents (e.g.,
White 2005) may let standard-setters set our research and teaching agendas
(Zeff 1989). Academic Accounting and the “Cult of Statistical Significance”
Ziliak and McCloskey (2008) argue that, in trying
to mimic physicists, many biologists and social scientists have become
devotees of statistical significance, even though most articles in physics
journals do not report statistical significance. They argue that statistical
tests are typically used to infer whether a particular effect exists, rather
than to measure the magnitude of the effect, which usually has more
practical import. While early empirical accounting researchers such as Ball
and Brown (1968) and Beaver (1968) went to great lengths to estimate how
much extra information reached the stock market in the earnings announcement
month or week, subsequent researchers limited themselves to answering
whether other factors moderated these effects. Because accounting theories
rarely provide quantitative predictions (e.g., Kinney 1986), accounting
researchers perform nil hypothesis significance testing rituals, i.e., test
unrealistic and atheoretical null hypotheses that a particular coefficient
is exactly zero.15 While physicists devise experiments to measure the mass
of an electron to the accuracy of tens of decimal places, accounting
researchers are still testing the equivalent of whether electrons have mass.
Indeed, McCloskey (2002) argues that the “secret sins of economics” are that
economics researchers use quantitative methods to produce qualitative
research outcomes such as (non-)existence theorems and statistically
significant signs, rather than to predict and measure quantitative (how
much) outcomes.
Practitioners are more interested in magnitudes
than existence proofs, because the former are more relevant in decision
making. Paradoxically, accounting research became less useful in the real
world by trying to become more scientific (Granof and Zeff 2008). Although
every empirical article in accounting journals touts the statistical
significance of the results, practical significance is rarely considered or
discussed (e.g., Lev 1989). Empirical articles do not often discuss the
meaning of a regression coefficient with respect to real-world decision
variables and their outcomes. Thus, accounting research results rarely have
practical implications, and this tendency is likely worst in fields with the
strongest reliance on statistical significance such as financial reporting
research.
Ziliak and McCloskey (2008) highlight a deeper
concern about over-reliance on statistical significance—that it does not
even provide evidence about whether a hypothesis is true or false. Carver
(1978) provides a memorable example of drawing the wrong inference from
statistical significance:
What is the probability of obtaining a dead person
(label this part D) given that the person was hanged (label this part H);
this is, in symbol form, what is P(D|H)? Obviously, it will be very high,
perhaps 0.97 or higher. Now, let us reverse the question. What is the
probability that a person has been hanged (H), given that the person is dead
(D); that is, what is P(H|D)? This time the probability will undoubtedly be
very low, perhaps 0.01 or lower. No one would be likely to make the mistake
of substituting the first estimate (0.97) for the second (0.01); that is, to
accept 0.97 as the probability that a person has been hanged given that the
person is dead. Even though this seems to be an unlikely mistake, it is
exactly the kind of mistake that is made with interpretations of statistical
significance testing—by analogy, calculated estimates of P(D|H) are
interpreted as if they were estimates of P(H|D), when they clearly are not
the same.
As Cohen (1994) succinctly explains, statistical
tests assess the probability of observing a sample moment as extreme as
observed conditional on the null hypothesis being true, or P(D|H0), where D
represents data and H0 represents the null hypothesis. However, researchers
want to know whether the null hypothesis is true, conditional on the sample,
or P(H0|D). We can calculate P(H0|D) from P(D|H0) by applying Bayes'
theorem, but that requires knowledge of P(H0), which is what researchers
want to discover in the first place. Although Ziliak and McCloskey (2008)
quote many eminent statisticians who have repeatedly pointed out this basic
logic, the essential point has not entered the published accounting
literature.
In my view, restoring relevance to mathematically
guided accounting research requires changing our role model from applied
science to engineering (Colander 2011).16 While science aims at finding
truth through application of institutionalized best practices with little
regard for time or cost, engineering seeks to solve a specific problem using
available resources, and the engineering method is “the strategy for causing
the best change in a poorly understood or uncertain situation within the
available resources” (Koen 2003). We should move to an experimental approach
that simulates real-world applications or field tests new accounting methods
in particular countries or industries, as would likely happen by default if
accounting were not monopolized by the IASB (Dye and Sunder 2001). The
inductive approach to standard-setting advocated by Littleton (1953) is
likely to provide workable solutions to existing problems and be more useful
than an axiomatic approach that starts from overly simplistic first
principles.
To reduce the gap between academe and practice and
stimulate new inquiry, AAA should partner with the FEI or Business
Roundtable to create summer, semester, or annual research internships for
accounting professors and Ph.D. students at corporations and audit firms.17
Accounting professors who have served as visiting scholars at the SEC and
FASB have reported positively about their experience (e.g., Jorgensen et al.
2007), and I believe that such practice internships would provide
opportunities for valuable fieldwork that supplements our experimental and
archival analyses. Practice internships could be an especially fruitful way
for accounting researchers to spend their sabbaticals.
Another useful initiative would be to revive the
tradition of The Accounting Review publishing papers that do not rely on
statistical significance or mathematical notation, such as case studies,
field studies, and historical studies, similar to the Journal of Financial
Economics (Jensen et al. 1989).18 A separate editor, similar to the book
reviews editor, could ensure that appropriate criteria are used to evaluate
qualitative research submissions (Chapman 2012). A co-editor from practice
could help ensure that the topics covered are current and relevant, and help
reverse the steep decline in AAA professional membership. Encouraging
diversity in research methods and topics is more likely to attract new
scholars who are passionate and intrinsically care about their research,
rather than attracting only those who imitate current research fads for
purely instrumental career reasons.
The relevance of accounting journals can be
enhanced by inviting accomplished guest authors from outside accounting. The
excellent April 1983 issue of The Accounting Review contains a section
entitled “Research Perspectives from Related Disciplines,” which includes
essays by Robert Wilson (Decision Sciences), Michael Jensen and Stephen Ross
(Finance and Economics), and Karl Weick (Organizational Behavior) that were
based on invited presentations at the 1982 AAA Annual Meeting. The
thought-provoking essays were discussed by prominent accounting academics
(Robert Kaplan, Joel Demski, Robert Libby, and Nils Hakansson); I still use
Jensen (1983) to start each of my Ph.D. courses. Academic outsiders bring
new perspectives to familiar problems and can often reframe them in ways
that enable solutions (Tullock 1966).
I still lament that no accounting journal editor
invited the plenary speakers—Joe Henrich, Denise Schmandt-Besserat, Michael
Hechter, Eric Posner, Robert Lucas, and Vernon Smith—at the 2007 AAA Annual
Meeting to write up their presentations for publication in accounting
journals. It is rare that Nobel Laureates and U.S. Presidential Early Career
Award winners address AAA annual meetings.20 I strongly urge that AAA annual
meetings institute a named lecture given by a distinguished researcher from
a different discipline, with the address published in The Accounting Review.
This would enable cross-fertilization of ideas between accounting and other
disciplines. Several highly cited papers published in the Journal of
Accounting and Economics were written by economists (Watts 1998), so this
initiative could increase citation flows from accounting journals to other
disciplines.
HOW CAN WE MAKE U.S. ACCOUNTING JOURNALS MORE
READABLE AND INTERESTING?
Even the greatest discovery will have little impact
if other people cannot understand it or are unwilling to make the effort.
Zeff (1978) says, “Scholarly writing need not be abstruse. It can and should
be vital and relevant. Research can succeed in illuminating the dark areas
of knowledge and facilitating the resolution of vexing problems—but only if
the report of research findings is communicated to those who can carry the
findings further and, in the end, initiate change.” If our journals put off
readers, then our research will not stimulate our students or induce change
in practice (Dyckman 1989).
Michael Jensen (1983, 333–334) addressed the 1982
AAA Annual Meeting saying:
Unfortunately, there exists in the profession an
unwarranted bias toward the use of mathematics even in situations where it
is unproductive or useless. One manifestation of this is the common use of
the terms “rigorous” or “analytical” or even “theoretical” as identical with
‘‘mathematical.” None of these links is, of course, correct. Mathematical is
not the same as rigorous, nor is it the same as analytical or theoretical.
Propositions can be logically rigorous without being mathematical, and
analysis does not have to take the form of symbols and equations. The
English sentence and paragraph will do quite well for many analytical
purposes. In addition, the use of mathematics does not prevent the
commission of errors—even egregious ones.
Unfortunately, the top accounting journals
demonstrate an increased “tyranny of formalism” that “develops when
mathematically inclined scholars take the attitude that if the analytical
language is not mathematics, it is not rigorous, and if a problem cannot be
solved with the use of mathematics, the effort should be abandoned” (Jensen
1983, 335). Sorter (1979) acidly described the transition from normative to
quantitative research: “the golden age of empty blindness gave way in the
sixties to bloated blindness calculated to cause indigestion. In the
sixties, the wonders of methodology burst upon the minds of accounting
researchers. We entered what Maslow described as a mean-oriented age.
Accountants felt it was their absolute duty to regress, regress and
regress.” Accounting research increasingly relies on mathematical and
statistical models with highly stylized and unrealistic assumptions. As
Young (2006) demonstrates, the financial statement “user” in accounting
research and regulation bears little resemblance to flesh-and-blood
individuals, and hence our research outputs often have little relevance to
the real world.
Figure 1 compares how frequently accountants and
members of ten other professions are cited in The New York Times in the late
1990s (Ellenberg 2000). These data are juxtaposed with the numbers employed
in each profession during 1996 using U.S. census data. Accountants are cited
less frequently relative to their numbers than any profession except
computer programmers. One possibility is that journalists cannot detect
anything interesting in accounting journals. Another possibility is that
university public relations staffs are consistently unable to find an
interesting angle in published accounting papers that they can pitch to
reporters. I have little doubt that the obscurantist tendencies in
accounting papers make it harder for most outsiders to understand what
accounting researchers are saying or find interesting.
Accounting articles have also become much longer
over time, and I am regularly asked to review articles with introductions
that are six to eight pages long, with many of the paragraphs cut-and-pasted
from later sections. In contrast, it took Watson and Crick (1953) just one
journal page to report the double-helix structure of DNA. Einstein (1905)
took only three journal pages to derive his iconic equation E = mc2. Since
even the best accounting papers are far less important than these classics
of 20th century science, readers waste time wading through academic bloat
(Sorter 1979). Because the top general science journals like Science and
Nature place strict word limits on articles that differ by the expected
incremental contribution, longer scientific papers signal better quality.21
Unfortunately, accounting journals do not restrict length, which encourages
bloated papers. Another driver of length is the aforementioned trend toward
greater rigor in the review process (Ellison 2002).
My first suggestion for making published accounting
articles less tedious and boring is to impose strict word limits and to
revive the “Notes” sections for shorter contributions. Word limits force
authors to think much harder about how to communicate their essential ideas
succinctly and greatly improve writing. Similarly, I would encourage
accounting journals to follow Nature and provide guidelines for informative
abstracts.22 A related suggestion is to follow the science journals, and
more recently, The American Economic Review, by introducing online-only
appendices to report the lengthy robustness sections that are demanded by
persnickety reviewers.23 In addition, I strongly encourage AAA journals to
require authors to post online with each journal article the data sets and
working computer code used to produce all tables as a condition for
publication, so that other independent researchers can validate and
replicate their studies (Bernanke 2004; McCullough and McKitrick 2009).24
This is important because recent surveys of science and management
researchers reveal that data fabrication, data falsification, and other
violations in published studies is far from rare (Martinson et al. 2005;
Bedeian et al. 2010).
I also urge that authors report results graphically
rather than in tables, as recommended by numerous statistical experts (e.g.,
Tukey 1977; Chambers et al. 1983; Wainer 2009). For example, Figure 2 shows
how the data in Figure 1 can be displayed more effectively without taking up
more page space (Gelman et al. 2002). Scientific papers routinely display
results in figures with confidence intervals rather than tables with
standard errors and p-values, and accounting journals should adopt these
practices to improve understandability. Soyer and Hogarth (2012) show
experimentally that even well-trained econometricians forecast more slowly
and inaccurately when given tables of statistical results than when given
equivalent scatter plots. Most accounting researchers cannot recognize the
main tables of Ball and Brown (1968) or Beaver (1968) on sight, but their
iconic figures are etched in our memories. The figures in Burgstahler and
Dichev (1997) convey their results far more effectively than tables would.
Indeed, the finance professoriate was convinced that financial markets are
efficient by the graphs in Fama et al. (1969), a highly influential paper
that does not contain a single statistical test! Easton (1999) argues that
the 1990s non-linear earnings-return relation literature would likely have
been developed much earlier if accounting researchers routinely plotted
their data. Since it is not always straightforward to convert tables into
graphs (Gelman et al. 2002), I recommend that AAA pay for new editors of AAA
journals to take courses in graphical presentation.
I would also recommend that AAA award an annual
prize for the best figure or graphic in an accounting journal each year. In
addition to making research articles easier to follow, figures ease the
introduction of new ideas into accounting textbooks. Economics is routinely
taught with diagrams and figures to aid intuition—demand and supply curves,
IS-LM analysis, Edgeworth boxes, etc. (Blaug and Lloyd 2010). Accounting
teachers would benefit if accounting researchers produced similar education
tools. Good figures could also be used to adorn the cover pages of our
journals similar to the best science journals; in many disciplines, authors
of lead articles are invited to provide an illustration for the cover page.
JAMA (Journal of the American Medical Association) reproduces paintings
depicting doctors on its cover (Southgate 1996); AAA could print paintings
of accountants and accounting on the cover of The Accounting Review, perhaps
starting with those collected in Yamey (1989). If color printing costs are
prohibitive, we could imitate the Journal of Political Economy back cover
and print passages from literature where accounting and accountants play an
important role, or even start a new format by reproducing cartoons
illustrating accounting issues. The key point is to induce accountants to
pick up each issue of the journal, irrespective of the research content.
I think that we need an accounting journal to “fill
a gap between the general-interest press and most other academic journals,”
similar to the Journal of Economics Perspectives (JEP).25 Unlike other
economics journals, JEP editors and associate editors solicit articles from
experts with the goal of conveying state-of-the-art economic thinking to
non-specialists, including students, the lay public, and economists from
other specialties.26 The journal explicitly eschews mathematical notation or
regression results and requires that results be presented either graphically
or as a table of means. In response to the question “List the three
economics journals (broadly defined) that you read most avidly when a new
issue appears,” a recent survey of U.S. economics professors found that
Journal of Economics Perspectives was their second favorite economics
journal (Davis et al. 2011), which suggests that an unclaimed niche exists
in accounting. Although Accounting Horizons could be restructured along
these lines to better reach practitioners, it might make sense to start a
new association-wide journal under the AAA aegis.
CONCLUSION
I believe that accounting is one of the most
important human innovations. The invention of accounting records was likely
indispensable to the emergence of agriculture, and ultimately, civilization
(e.g., Basu and Waymire 2006). Many eminent historians view double-entry
bookkeeping as indispensable for the Renaissance and the emergence of
capitalism (e.g., Sombart 1919; Mises 1949; Weber 1927), possibly via
stimulating the development of algebra (Heeffer 2011). Sadly, accounting
textbooks and the top U.S. accounting journals seem uninterested in whether
and how accounting innovations changed history, or indeed in understanding
the history of our current practices (Zeff 1989).
In short, the accounting academy embodies a
“tragedy of the commons” (Hardin 1968) where strong extrinsic incentives to
publish in “top” journals have led to misdirected research efforts. As Zeff
(1983) explains, “When modeling problems, researchers seem to be more
affected by technical developments in the literature than by their potential
to explain phenomena. So often it seems that manuscripts are the result of
methods in search of questions rather than questions in search of methods.”
Solving common problems requires strong collective action by the social
network of accounting researchers using self-governing mechanisms (e.g.,
Ostrom 1990, 2005). Such initiatives should occur at multiple levels (e.g.,
school, association, section, region, and individual) to have any chance of
success.
While accounting research has made advances in
recent decades, our collective progress seems slow, relative to the hard
work put in by so many talented researchers. Instead of letting financial
economics and psychology researchers and accounting standard-setters choose
our research methods and questions, we should return our focus to addressing
fundamental issues in accounting. As important, junior researchers should be
encouraged to take risks and question conventional academic wisdom, rather
than blindly conform to the party line. For example, the current FASB–IASB
conceptual framework “remains irreparably flawed” (Demski 2007), and
accounting researchers should take the lead in developing alternative
conceptual frameworks that better fit what accounting does (e.g., Ijiri
1983; Ball 1989; Dickhaut et al. 2010). This will entail deep historical and
cross-cultural analyses rather than regression analyses on machine-readable
data. Deliberately attacking the “fundamental and frequently asked
questions” in accounting will require innovations in research outlooks and
methods, as well as training in the history of accounting thought. It is
shameful that we still cannot answer basic questions like “Why did anyone
invent recordkeeping?” or “Why is double-entry bookkeeping beautiful?”
Bravo to Professor Basu for having the guts address the Cargo
Cult in this manner! Bravo to Paul Williams for honestly arguing that Lady
Godiva in accounting research is really naked."Making Business School Research More Relevant," by James C. Wetherbe
Jon Eckhardt, Harvard Business School Blog, December 24, 2014 ---
Click Here
https://hbr.org/2014/12/making-business-school-research-more-relevant?utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date&cm_ite=DailyAlert-122514+%281%29&cm_lm=rjensen%40trinity.edu&referral=00563&cm_ven=Spop-Email&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date
In
a landmark 2005 Harvard Business Review
article, USC business professors Warren
Bennis and James O’Toole argued that the skills imparted by most business
schools were not relevant to students and their eventual employers. The
authors blamed business schools’ scientifically rigorous research into
arcane areas – studies whose theories didn’t have to be proved to work in
the real world, only to the academic journals in which they hoped to get
published (and, they maintained, on which tenure depended). Do management
professors “believe that the regard of their peers is more important than
studying what really matters to executives who can put their ideas into
practice?” Bennis and O’Toole wrote. “Apparently so.”
Nearly 10 years after the article was published, we
believe this problem is even more acute, and that as such business schools
need to get serious about making research more relevant to business. The
best way do that is to emulate the world of medical research: conduct
research and then put it into practice with real companies.
The rise of rigorous research in business schools
has fostered an unfortunate paradox: business schools have become
increasingly disconnected from practice. The reason is that business school
faculty are almost exclusively rewarded on two metrics. First, they are
rewarded for the number of scientific papers that they write that are
published in prestigious journals that are exclusively controlled by, and
read by, other academics. Second, they are rewarded by their citation
count—the number of times their articles are cited by articles from other
professors.
These incentives play a powerful role in how
business schools are ranked. In fact, professors are often terminated during
tenure evaluation if they do not perform well on these two dimensions. These
incentives mean business professors spend most of their time searching for
research topics they think will interest other business professors,
conducting that research, and attending academic conferences to promote
their work to other professors and increase citation counts. Professors who
attend industry conferences or immerse themselves in the practice of
business decrease the chances of performing well on publication and cite
counts.
The result of this scholarly activity is a closed
system. Business faculty create a body of knowledge that is scientifically
novel, interesting, and important. But far too often, the research doesn’t
address the real problems of entrepreneurs, managers, investors, marketers,
and business leaders.
While many business professors view putting
research into practice as incompatible with modern research universities,
they only need to look across their campuses to academic medical centers to
see that this view is outdated. Medical schools understand that patients are
not well served by research driven solely by biologists, chemists,
psychologists, and other research faculty who never treat patients.
Academic medical centers integrate research with
practice through what the medical community refers to as “translational
research.” Translational research takes scientific research conducted in the
lab and makes it useful to people. Fully integrated translational research
faculty are tenured professors who practice medicine and use the
latest scientific techniques to answer questions about those techniques from
practicing physicians. In addition, they often coauthor research papers with
basic scientists and collaborate on clinical initiatives with clinical
faculty.
The work of translational medical scientists means
the knowledge production engines of medical schools advance basic science,
applied science, and the practice of medicine. Why should business research
and business professors be any different?
Five changes would initiate a new era of highly
relevant business school research:
- Create translational business faculty
appointments for professors who are trained in scientific research
techniques and also want to be involved in business practice.
- Create and treat as prestigious translational
business journals. Then make sure business school “scientists,”
translational scientists, and practitioners jointly make publication
decisions.
- Create translational business doctoral
programs to build a cadre of future faculty who integrate research on
business with practice by doing both.
- Actively seek out businesses to fund studies,
and reward faculty who obtain corporate-funded research and thus reduce
the reliance on university funding.
- In evaluating faculty performance, include
business consulting activity (that comes out of research) and its impact
on businesses.
To be sure, corporate funding of medical research
for some time has been accused of biasing findings in favor of for-profit
interests. Corporate-funded business school research has the potential for
conflicts of interest as well. But the way to resolve them is through full
disclosure of funding sources and high research standards. The academic
journal referrees of any business study should look closely at whether its
findings and research methodology could have been biased. For their part,
researchers must specifically explain how their methodology eliminated such
bias.
Getting business professors to change their
research agenda requires deans who embrace fundamental institutional change.
While such change is never easy, the good news is that business schools have
a strong scientific capability to build upon. They only need to apply that
capability to issues that are much more relevant to the organizations that
will employ their graduates.
Bob Jensen's threads on the how accountics scientists need to change ---
"Frankly, Scarlett, after I get a hit for my resume in The Accounting Review
I just don't give a damn"
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm
One more mission in what's left of my life will be to try to change this
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm
There are other disciplines where academic researchers have lost their
relevance.
Anthropology Without Science: A new long-range plan for the American
Anthropological Association that omits the word �science� from the
organization's vision for its future has exposed fissures in the discipline
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm#AntropologyNonScience
"How Sociologists Made Themselves Irrelevant," by Orlando Patterson,
Chronicle of Higher Education's Chronicle Review, December 1, 2014 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/How-Sociologists-Made/150249/?cid=at&utm_source=at&utm_medium=en
Early in 2014,
President Obama announced a new initiative,
My
Brother’s Keeper, aimed at alleviating the
problems of black youth. Not only did a task force appointed to draw up the
policy agenda not include a single professional sociologist, but I could
find no evidence that any sociologist was even consulted in the critical
first three months of the group’s work, summarized in a report to the
president, despite the enormous amount of work sociologists have done on
poverty and the problems of black youth.
Sadly, this situation is typical because
sociologists have become distant spectators rather than shapers of policy.
In the effort to keep ourselves academically
pure, we’ve also become largely irrelevant
in molding the most important social enterprises of our era.
Continued in article
How Accountics Scientists Made Themselves Irrelevant:
In the effort to keep ourselves academically pure
---
The Cargo Cult of Accounting Research
How Accountics Scientists Should Change:
"Frankly, Scarlett, after I get a hit for my resume in The Accounting Review
I just don't give a damn"
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm
One more mission in what's left of my life will be to try to change this
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm
"18 Free Online Business Courses That Will Boost Your Career," by John
A. Byrne, Business Insider, December 18, 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/best-free-online-business-courses-in-january-2014-12
. . .
To learn more about these courses — and register
for them — click on the links below.
Gamification / Wharton / January 26
Globalization of Business Enterprise / IESE / January 19
Entrepreneurship 101 and Entrepreneurship 102 / MIT / January 9
ContractsX: From Trust to Promise to Contract / Harvard / January 8
Technology Entrepreneurship / Stanford / January 6
Asset Pricing – Part One / University of Chicago / January 18
Innovation and Commercialization / MIT / January 13
Grow To Greatness: Smart Growth For Private Businesses – Part II /
University of Virginia / January 12
Financial Analysis of Entrepreneurial Ideas / Babson College / January or
February
Time to Reorganize! Understand Organizations, Act, and Build a Meaningful
World / HEC Paris / January 13
Game Theory II: Advanced Applications / Stanford / January 11
U.Lab: Transforming Business, Society, and Self / MIT / January 7
Make An Impact: Sustainability for Professionals / University of Bath /
January 12
Managing People: Engaging Your Workforce / University of Reading / January
12
Decision Making in a Complex and Uncertain World / University of Groningen /
January 19
Project Management for Business Professionals / January 26
Subsistence Marketplaces / University of Illinois / January 26
DQ 101: Introduction to Decision Quality / Strategic Decisions Group /
January 15
More from John A. Byrne:
This article originally appeared at
LinkedIn. Copyright 2014. Follow LinkedIn on
Twitter.
Read more:
https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/best-mooc-courses-business-john-a.-byrne#ixzz3MLx1WEeQ
"What Are MOOCs Good For? Online courses may not be changing colleges as
their boosters claimed they would, but they can prove valuable in surprising
ways," by Justin Pope, MIT's Technology Review, December 15, 2014 ---
http://www.technologyreview.com/review/533406/what-are-moocs-good-for/?utm_campaign=newsletters&utm_source=newsletter-daily-all&utm_medium=email&utm_content=20141215
A few years ago, the most
enthusiastic advocates of MOOCs believed that these “massive open online
courses” stood poised to overturn the century-old model of higher education.
Their interactive technology promised to deliver top-tier teaching from
institutions like Harvard, Stanford, and MIT, not just to a few hundred
students in a lecture hall on ivy-draped campuses, but free via the Internet
to thousands or even millions around the world. At long last, there appeared
to be a solution to the problem of “scaling up” higher education: if it were
delivered more efficiently, the relentless cost increases might finally be
rolled back. Some wondered whether MOOCs would merely transform the existing
system or blow it up entirely. Computer scientist Sebastian Thrun, cofounder
of the MOOC provider Udacity,
predicted that in 50
years, 10 institutions would be responsible for delivering higher education.
Then came the backlash. A high-profile experiment
to use MOOCs at San Jose State University foundered. Faculty there and at
other institutions rushing to incorporate MOOCs began pushing back,
rejecting the notion that online courses could replace the nuanced work of
professors in classrooms. The tiny completion rates for most MOOCs drew
increasing attention. Thrun himself became disillusioned, and he lowered
Udacity’s ambitions from educating the masses to providing corporate
training.
But all the while, a great age of experimentation
has been developing. Although some on-campus trials have gone nowhere,
others have shown
modest success (including a later iteration
at San Jose State). In 2013, Georgia Tech
announced a first-of-its-kind
all-MOOC master’s program in computer science
that, at $6,600, would cost just a fraction as much as its on-campus
counterpart. About 1,400 students have enrolled. It’s not clear how well
such programs can be replicated in other fields, or whether the job market
will reward graduates with this particular Georgia Tech degree. But the
program offers evidence that MOOCs can expand access and reduce costs in
some corners of higher education.
Meanwhile, options for online courses continue to
multiply, especially for curious people who aren’t necessarily seeking a
credential. For-profit Coursera and edX, the nonprofit consortium led by
Harvard and MIT, are up to nearly 13 million users and more than 1,200
courses between them.
Khan Academy, which began as a series of YouTube
videos, is making online instruction a more widely used tool in classrooms
around the world.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
I always hate to see the Khan Academy, YouTube Channels, MOOCs, and Distance
Education for fees and credits mingled together in the same article. MOOCs are
usually filmed versions of live courses at prestigious universities. They are
free by definition, although fees might be charged by third parties for taking
competency examinations for credits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/updateee.htm#OKI
"The MOOC Where Everybody Learned: And
they learned just as much as MIT students who had taken a similar course on the
campus, according to a new study." by Steve Kolowich, Chronicle of Higher
Education, September 16, 2014 ---
http://chronicle.com/blogs/wiredcampus/the-mooc-where-everybody-learned/54571?cid=at&utm_source=at&utm_medium=en
EdX ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EdX
"6 Big Takeaways From the EdX Global Forum," by Joshua Kim, Inside
Higher Ed, November 23, 2014 ---
https://www.insidehighered.com/blogs/technology-and-learning/6-big-takeaways-edx-global-forum
Distance education courses are usually fee-based online courses for credit.
In many instances at major universities some sections of courses are taught live
on campus and others are taught live online ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/CrossBorder.htm
Khan Academy and YouTube Channels offer free tutorials. Learners can cherry
pick topics and watch basic and advanced learning videos that vary in length
form a few minutes to longer but usually much less than an hour for each module.
These were never intended to be anything more than self-learning alternatives
for highly motivated students. Some leading universities like the University of
Wisconsin now over limited choices for taking competency examinations for
college credit, but the distance between a few learning videos and college
credit is a very long distance indeed.
More than 100
colleges have set up channels on YouTube ---
http://www.youtube.com/edu
Many
universities offer over 100 videos, whereas Stanford offers a whopping 583
Search for words like “accounting”
"The 12 Most Popular Free Online Courses (MOOCs) For
Professionals," by Maggie Zhang, Business Insider, July 8, 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/free-online-courses-for-professionals-2014-7
12. Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of
Public Health's "Data
Analysis"
Read more:
http://www.businessinsider.com/free-online-courses-for-professionals-2014-7#ixzz37LiJgQ57
For Members of the American Accounting Association
One of the best sessions at the AAA's 2014 Annual Meetings was the the session
7.02 The Impact of MOOCs and Online Courses on Accounting...
A video of this entire session is now available to AAA members ---
http://commons.aaahq.org/posts/4a2206f6ab
There were three panelists including a leading technical speaker from EdX and a
professor who teaches accounting in Wharton's MOOCs of virtually all of its MBA
core courses (for free to the world).
The speakers are outstanding, but the videos do not show the PowerPoint screens.
This is a bit frustrating, but the speakers generally described what was on each
PowerPoint slide.
AAA members who did not attend the above session really missed what was one
of the best technical sessions at the 2014 Annual Meetings.
Other videos of sessions are linked at
http://commons.aaahq.org/hives/8d320fc4aa/summary
I also highly recommend watching the video of Jimmy Wales' Plenary Session.
Jimmy is the founder and CEO of Wikipedia. Wikipedia for most of us is the most
important site in the world for instant learning from an unbelievable number of
crowd-sourced encyclopedia modules. When I say unbelievable I mean an
UNBELIEVABLE number of topics covered in over 200 languages. Nearly five million
of these topics are in English. Jimmy reported that Wikipedia has over 500
million visitors per month. The population of the USA is only about 300 million
people.
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia
Wikipedia (
i//
or
i//
WIK-i-PEE-dee-ə)
is a
free-access,
free content
Internet encyclopedia, supported and hosted by the non-profit
Wikimedia Foundation. Anyone who can access the site[6]
can edit almost any of its articles. Wikipedia is the sixth-most popular
website[5]
and constitutes the
Internet's largest and most popular general
reference work.[7][8][9]
Jimmy Wales and
Larry Sanger launched Wikipedia on January 15, 2001. Sanger[10]
coined
its name,[11]
a
portmanteau of wiki (from the
Hawaiian
word for "quick")[12]
and
encyclopedia. Although Wikipedia's content was initially
only in English, it quickly became
multilingual, through the launch of versions in different languages. All
versions of Wikipedia are similar, but important differences exist in
content and in editing practices. The
English Wikipedia is now one of more than 200 Wikipedias, but remains
the largest one, with
over 4.6 million articles. As of February 2014, it had 18 billion page
views and nearly 500 million unique visitors each month.[13]
Wikipedia has more than 22 million accounts, out of which there were over
73,000 active editors globally as of May 2014.[2]
Studies tend to show that Wikipedia's accuracy is similar to Encyclopedia
Britannica, with Wikipedia being much larger. However, critics have worried
that
Wikipedia exhibits systemic bias, and that its
group dynamics hinder its goals. Most
academics,
historians,
teachers and
journalists reject Wikipedia as a reliable source of information for
being a mixture of truths, half truths, and some falsehoods,[14]
and that as a resource about controversial topics, Wikipedia is notoriously
subject to manipulation and spin.[15]
Wikipedia's
Consensus and
Undue Weight policies have been repeatedly criticised by prominent
scholarly sources for undermining
freedom of thought and leading to false beliefs based on incomplete
information.[16][17][18][19]
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
One of the great sources for accuracy arises when professors assign graduate
students to correct and otherwise improve Wikipedia modules. One of the most
important uses of Wikipedia is for people seeking to learn about medical
ailments, treatments, and medications. Among the
great happenings in Wikipedia is the truly active role medical schools play in
perfecting these medical modules since errors and misleading statements in those
modules can be particularly damaging to hundreds of millions of users of those
modules.
Of course, users of any encyclopedia or most any other academic source must
always remain skeptical. The hired editors must spend an undue amount of time on
controversial topics, particularly political topics. These editors often warn
people to be skeptical when encountering particular modules. These editors also
resist allowing the public to delete criticisms that in the eyes of editors are
justified. Virtually all of the 73,000+ editors do not want Wikipedia to become
too much of a public relations database. I applaud them for their dedication and
hard work.
Bob Jensen's threads on MOOCs and open
sharing learning materials in general ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/updateee.htm#OKI
Bob Jensen's links to the library links of the world ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookbob2.htm
How To Use Excel Pivot Tables To Analyze Massive Data Sets ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/excel-pivot-tables-analyze-big-data-2014-12
Jensen Comment
I don't think Microsoft continues to accompany its financial statements with
pivot tables for analysis of the financial history of Microsoft. However, an
archivist named Bob Jensen provides your students with some of those pivot
tables from early years ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/MicrosoftInvestorRelationPivots/
My Camtasia videos may not play on your computer since Microsoft deleted an
audio codec in Windows 7 and higher. But you can still download the pivot
tables.
There should be a lot of videos in YouTube on how to create and analyze pivot
tables and charts in general.
December 19. 2014 Department of Education Letter
Q&A Regarding Competency-Based College Credits (and merit badges of
competence)
http://ifap.ed.gov/dpcletters/GEN1423.html
Bob Jensen's threads on competency-based education.
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Assess.htm#ConceptKnowledge
Note that there are two very different types of programs --- those that
require courses versus those that require no courses. For example,
Western Governors University requires course credits where distance education
course instructors do not assign grades in a traditional manner. Instead grading
is based on competency-based performance examinations are required.
At the other extreme a few universities like the University of Wisconsin now
have selected programs where students can earn college credits based upon
competency-examination scores without course sign ups. These programs are
considered the first steps toward what is increasingly known as a transcript of
merit badges that may eventually replace traditional degree programs such as
masters degrees in the professions such as medical professions.
In a sense residency programs in medical schools are already have "merit
badges" based upon upon experience and competency (licensing) examinations to
become ophthalmologists, cardiologists, urologists, neurologists, etc.
Video: A Scenario of Higher Education in 2020
November 14, 2014 message from Denny Beresford
Bob,
The link below is to a very
interesting video on the future of higher education – if you haven’t seen it
already. I think it’s very consistent with much of what you’ve been saying.
Denny
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5gU3FjxY2uQ
November 15, 2014 reply from Bob Jensen
Hi Denny,
Thank you for this link. I agree with many parts of this possible
scenario, and viewers should patiently watch it through the Google Epic in
2020.
But this is only one of many possible scenarios, and I definitely do not
agree with the predicted timings. None of the predictions for the future
will happen in such a short time frame.
It takes a long time for this video to mention the role of colleges as a
buffer between living as a protected kid at home and working full time on
the mean streets of life. And I don't think campus living and learning in
the future will just be for the "wealthy." We're moving toward a time when
campus living will be available more and more to gifted non-wealthy
students. But we're also moving toward a time when campus living and
learning may be available to a smaller percentage of students --- more like
Germany where campus education is free, but only the top 25% of the high
school graduates are allowed to go to college. The other 75% will rely more
and more on distance education and apprenticeship training alternatives.
Last night (November 14) there was a fascinating module on CBS News about
a former top NFL lineman (center) for the Rams who in the prime of his
career just quit and bought a 1,000 acre farm in North Carolina using the
millions of dollars he'd saved until then by playing football.
What was remarkable is that he knew zero about farming until he started
learning about it on YouTube. Now he's a successful farmer who gives over
20% of his harvest to food banks for the poor.
This morning I did a brief search and discovered that there are tons of
free videos on the technical aspect of farming just as there are tons of
videos that I already knew about on how to be a financial analyst trading in
derivative financial instruments.
My point is that there will be more and more people who are being
educated and trained along the lines of the video in your email message to
me.
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5gU3FjxY2uQ
The education and training will be a lifelong process because there is so
much that will be available totally free of charge. We will become more and
more like Boy-Girl Scouts earning our badges.
College degrees will be less and less important as the certification
badges (competency achievements) mentioned in the video take over as
chevrons of expertise and accomplishment. Some badges will be for hobbies,
and some badges will be for career advancement.
These are exciting times for education and training. We will become more
and more like the Phantom of the Library at Texas A&M without having to live
inside a library. This "Phantom" Aggie was a former student who started
secretly living and learning in the campus library. Now the world's free
"library" is only a few clicks away --- starting with Wikipedia and YouTube
and moving on to the thousands of MOOCs now available from prestigious
universities ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/updateee.htm#OKI
Also see the new-world library alternatives at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookbob2.htm
Thanks Denny
Bob
Slide Rule ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Slide_rule
History of the Slide Rule ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Slide_rule#History
Calculator ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Calculator
History of the Calculator ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Calculator#History
"Here's the impossibly complicated way calculators used to look," by
Sarah Lewin, PRI, December 18, 2014 ---
http://www.pri.org/stories/2014-12-18/heres-impossibly-complicated-way-calculators-used-look
Mark Glusker had heard rumors about the mechanical
calculator, a Monroe
PC-1421;
that it was one the most
complicated devices of the sort ever built; that it was powerful but
notoriously difficult to keep running; that it was at the pinnacle of an
effort to compete with the first electronic calculators.
“It’s kind of a holy grail
machine for me,” says Glusker, a mechanical engineer and collector of early
calculators. “When you’d read the specifications, you’d think, ‘That’s just
crazy.’” And once he finally got his hands on the 40-pound behemoth from a
retiring professor at the University of Iowa, it proved just as intricate as
he’d imagined.
“There’s so much going on
inside there,” says photographer Kevin Twomey, who photographed the PC-1421
and other calculators in Glusker's collection. “These chains, levers and
gears were almost reminding me of how ligaments and joints are working
together."
The Monroe PC-1421, with a
price tag of $1,175, at the top end for a mechanical calculator, debuted in
1964 — right as electronic calculators were overtaking mechanical ones. To
stay relevant, manufacturers constantly fought to improve the speed of
their machines. For instance, while early mechanical calculators required an
operator to turn a crank by hand in order to add, subtract, multiply, and
divide, later models like the PC-1421 turned automatically with a motor.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
When I was an undergraduate you were not fully dressed unless you had a
complicated slide rule fastened to your belt. There were a lot of things that
could be done with those slide rules, but I only used them for simple arithmetic
and logarithmic calculations.
When I worked as a staff accountant in the Denver office of Ernst & Ernst, we
had a few desk calculators that were fun to watch. There was a floating bar on
the top that went rata-tat-tat as it moved in jumping motions from left to right
while doing arithmetic. These were Monroe calculators much like the what is
pictured at
http://hpgarland.blogspot.com/2008/08/monroe-calculators.html
Bob Jensen's threads on computing history ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookbob2.htm#---ComputerNetworking-IncludingInternet
"Masculinity, Testosterone,
and Financial Misreporting," by Yuping Jiai, Laurence Van Lentz, and Yachang
Zeng, Journal of Accounting Research, Journal of Accounting Research,
December 14, 2014 ---
http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/1475-679X.12065/abstract
ABSTRACT
We examine the relation between a measure of male CEOs’ facial masculinity
and financial misreporting. Facial masculinity is associated with a complex
of masculine behaviors (including aggression, egocentrism, riskseeking, and
maintenance of social status) in males. One possible mechanism for this
relation is that the hormone testosterone influences both behavior and the
development of the face shape. We document a positive association between
CEO facial masculinity and various misreporting proxies in a broad sample of
S&P1500 firms during 1996–2010. We complement this evidence by documenting
that a CEO's facial masculinity predicts his firm's likelihood of being
subject to an SEC enforcement action. We also show that an executive's
facial masculinity is associated with the likelihood of the SEC naming him
as a perpetrator. We find that facial masculinity is not a measure of
overconfidence. Finally, we demonstrate that facial masculinity also
predicts the incidence of insider trading and option backdating.
. . .
We collect a sample of pictures of 1,136 CEOs from
S&P1500 companies in 2009. We compute a facial structure metric, the facial
width-to-height ratio (fWHR), by measuring the distance between cheekbones
and the height of the upper face of each CEO from his 2 picture. We then
trace the full employment history of each CEO to construct a panel dataset
of 3,909 firm-years during the 1996–2010 period. We use a composite measure
of the likelihood of accounting manipulation developed by Dechow et al.
[2011] to identify firms that are likely to have materially misstated
accounting reports. In our main set of analyses, we examine the relation
between a given CEO’s fWHR and the likelihood of having material accounting
misstatements. We find that the likelihood for a substantial risk of
misreporting is up to 98 percent higher for CEOs with above-median fWHR,
representing more masculine faces, than for CEOs with below-median fWHR. We
conduct several additional analyses to probe whether our main findings
indicate intentional misreporting by the CEO.
SSRN Download ---
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2265510
Jensen Comment
Some accountics science research that begs for replication probably will not get
replication. There are all sorts of doubts that I have about this study. For
example, testosterone varies with age. Pictures vary with age relative to the
date of the picture. Many of us still use our high school graduation pictures on
our resumes. More seriously, there are all sorts of variations in what CEOs knew
about accounting manipulations and errors such as when the restatements are
mainly caused by happenings in a part of the company not closely watched by the
CEO such as a subsidiary in China.
Do you think the PCAOB will come out with new rules for investing more in
manly audits?
This was a study of men. Since women have varying amounts of testosterone it
would be interesting to know if it shows up in their faces in ways other than
facial hair that's easily taken away for photographs. Are there other ways
testosterone manifests itself in the faces of women CEOs?
A common mistake accountics scientists make is to declare statistical
significance for outcomes that are not substantively different. This is because
accountics scientists generally work with large samples where a difference of
epsilon is deemed statistically significant.
The Cult of Statistical Significance: How Standard Error Costs Us Jobs,
Justice, and Lives ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/DeirdreMcCloskey/StatisticalSignificance01.htm
I'm not certain this is a problem in the Jiai et al. (2014) study. Sample
sizes are large but not very large relative to most accountics science research.
But I would certainly consider this a potential problem in that study.
Jensen Comment
Electric car drivers must one day stop getting a free ride or nearly free ride
in terms of road taxes. One answer is to tax cars on the basis of miles driven
rather than gallons consumed. One obvious problem with that, however, is that
some of those miles may be out of state. Who should get the money? Dividing up
the tax for miles driven between states seems like an accounting nightmare.
A GPS electronic device might estimate the miles driven in one state. But it
seems impractical to have 48 or 49 devices on every car. Alternately the same
device might compute the mileage for every state, although such a tamper-proof
device might be quite costly to buy, install, and monitor.
"Minnesota May Start Taxing Drivers," CBS Minnesota, December
25, 2014 ---
http://minnesota.cbslocal.com/2014/12/25/minnesota-may-start-taxing-drivers/
Gas prices are finally falling, but those savings
might not last long.
At least 18 states, including Minnesota, are
considering taxing drivers based on distance.
Gas prices aren’t the only reason for the idea,
since newer cars get better gas mileage.
Oregon has a pilot project that will start next
year to test the idea. They’re having 5,000 volunteers pay 1.5 cents per
mile instead of the 30-cents-per-gallon tax.
An electronic device attached to their vehicle will
report how far they drive in state.
Minnesota is one of four other states trying
something similar. Hennepin and Ramsey counties both approved “wheelage
taxes” last year.
Statewide, Gov. Mark Dayton has been considering a
number of different ways to fix roads and bridges with less gas-tax revenue.
Most financial swaps are
interest rate swaps, with the vanilla swap being exchanges of variable rate
interest cash flow streams for fixed rate interest cash flow streams streams or
vice versa ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Interest_rate_swap
Interest rate swap accounting rules are covered in FAS 133 in the USA and IAS 39
(soon to be IFRS 9) internationally.
Credit default swaps are less
common and became problematic for companies like AIG when the economy collapsed
in 2007 ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Credit_default_swap
CDS sellers like AIG are not required to maintain capital reserves to cover CDS
obligations. This market is not regulated to the degree that insurance companies
must maintain reserves to cover life and casualty losses.
A credit default swap is a
form of insurance against default by means of a swap. See Paragraphs 190 and
411d of FAS 133. See
Risks.
Somewhat confusing is Paragraph 29e on Page 20 of FAS 133 that
requires any cash flow hedge to be on prices or interest rates rather than
credit worthiness. For example, a forecasted sale of a specific asset at a
specific price can be hedged for spot price changes under Paragraph 29e. The
forecasted sale's cash flows may not be hedged for the credit worthiness of the
intended buyer or buyers. Example 24 in Paragraph 190 on Page 99 of the
original FAS 133 discusses a credit-sensitive bond. Because the bond's coupon
payments were indexed to credit rating rather than interest rates, the embedded
derivative could not be isolated and accounted for as a cash flow hedge.
There are various extensions of
CDS contracts such as CDS futures.
"Is There a Future for
Credit Default Swap Futures?" Ritholtz Blog, December 24, 2014 ---
http://www.ritholtz.com/blog/2014/12/is-there-a-future-for-credit-default-swap-futures/
Last year, IntercontinentalExchange (ICE) launched
a credit default swap index futures contract. In the first two weeks there
were spurts of interest in it, but soon it became evident that the new
product was unable to generate sufficient demand. Given their short life
span in the credit default swaps (CDS) market, the question becomes why were
these futures contracts launched in the first place? And, assuming that they
were created in response to a real need of market participants, will we see
a revival of swap futures in the future?
Flight to Futures: Energy and Interest Rate Swap
Markets as a Harbinger The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform Act overhauled the
swaps market and mandated central clearing, trading, and reporting of swaps.
These new regulatory requirements, combined with higher capital
requirements, have increased the costs of trading swaps. In response, market
operators have begun to move swaps trading into futures. Swaps are
customized, bilateral contracts that exchange two streams of cash flows. The
exchange traded futures are a promise to provide something (such as a
physical commodity or shares in the S&P 500) at a pre-determined date in the
future. The new hybrids, swap futures, promise to deliver a swap (or its
cash equivalent) at maturity. Although these contracts provide exposure
similar to swap contracts, they benefit from reduced margin requirements
because they are traded on futures exchanges.
The first provider to jump on the bandwagon was
ICE. When the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) announced on
October 12, 2012, who would be treated as a swaps dealer for regulatory
purposes, ICE took all the energy swaps and options that had been trading on
its electronic marketplace—more than 800 contracts—and used them to create
futures contracts that could trade on its futures exchange. ICE’s conversion
of swaps and options into futures meant users of those products wouldn’t
need to count that activity towards their CFTC registration. Other exchanges
took similar steps, and in December 2012, CME Group began offering
deliverable U.S. dollar interest rate swap futures, and ERIS Exchange also
began offering a cash-settled U.S. dollar interest rate swap futures.
Given the successful adoption of these hybrid
contracts in the energy and interest rate markets and the stricter
regulatory environment, the CDS market seemed ripe for “futurization” as
well.
How did CDX swap futures work? ICE decided to
launch a futures contract referencing the Markit CDX North America
Investment Grade index (or the CDX.NA.IG index). Unlike the CDX index, which
provides credit protection on a basket of firms, the CDX swap futures traded
the expected future price of the CDX index. Due to the nature of the CDS
contracts and the inherent risk of credit deterioration, the CDX.NA.IG index
is “rolled” into a new series every six months, as illiquid and low credit
constituents are replaced by more relevant firms. As the soon to be
off-the-run series index is rolled to a new on-the-run series, liquidity
migrates to the on-the-run index (see the chart below). The changing
composition of the index complicates the construction of a futures contract
on the CDX index. To circumvent the inherent difficulty of pricing a
contract that is contingent on credit events in the underlying reference
entities prior to the maturity date, ICE decided to construct the contract
as a “when-issued” futures contract. Rather than referencing the on-the-run
CDX index, the futures contract referenced the will-be on-the-run index,
which has not yet been issued and whose constituents have not yet been
determined (the final composition of the index is confirmed only one day
prior to the launch of a new series).
Continued in article
Financial WMDs (Credit Derivatives) on
Sixty Minutes (CBS) on August 30, 2009 ---
http://www.cbsnews.com/video/watch/?id=5274961n&tag=contentBody;housing
The free download will only be available for a short while. I downloaded this
video (a little over 5 Mbs) using a free updated version of RealMedia ---
Click Here
http://www.real.com/dmm/superpass?pcode=cj&ocode=cj&cpath=aff&rsrc=1275588_10303897_SPLP
Steve Kroft examines the complicated
financial instruments known as credit default swaps and the central role they
are playing in the unfolding economic crisis. The interview features my hero
Frank Partnoy. I don't know of anybody who knows derivative securities
contracts and frauds better than Frank Partnoy, who once sold these derivatives
in bucket shops. You can find links to Partnoy's books and many, many quotations
at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#DerivativesFrauds
For years I've used the term "bucket shop"
in financial securities marketing without realizing that the first bucket shops
in the early 20th Century were bought and sold only gambles on stock pricing
moves, not the selling of any financial securities. The analogy of a bucket shop
would be a room full of bookies selling bets on NFL playoff games.
See "Bucket Shop" at
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bucket_shop_(stock_market)
I was not aware how fraudulent the credit
derivatives markets had become. I always viewed credit derivatives as an
unregulated insurance market for credit protection. But in 2007 and 2008 this
market turned into a betting operation more like a rolling crap game on Wall
Street.
Note that the article below was dated before the 2007 banking collapse
"What’s a Couple of Hundred Trillion When You’re Talking Derivatives?" by
Floyd Norris, The New York Times, September 23,
2006 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2006/09/23/business/23charts.html
Everett McKinley Dirksen, the Senate Republican
leader in the 1950’s, is supposed to have said, “A billion here and a
billion there, and pretty soon you’re talking real money.” What would he
have thought of derivatives today?
The International Swaps and Derivatives
Association, a trade group, reported this week that the outstanding nominal
value of swaps and derivatives at the end of June was $283.2 trillion.
Compare that with the combined gross domestic
product of the United States, the European Union, Canada, Japan and China,
which is about $34 trillion. The total value of all homes in the United
States is about the same amount.
To be sure, notional value is an exaggerated term
as it greatly overstates the amount at risk in many contracts. But the
growth rate is real, and in the fastest-growing area of swaps — credit
default swaps — notional value is closer to the amount at risk, because such
swaps promise to make up the losses if a borrower defaults on the notional
amount.
The value of outstanding credit default swaps
doubles every year — a trend that must eventually stop — and now equals $26
trillion. That is about the same as the total amount of bond debt in the
United States, and corporate debt, on which most credit swaps are traded,
comes to just $5.2 trillion.
The credit derivatives cover the risks of default
by individual companies, and offer insurance against default for bond
indexes and specified bond portfolios.
The growth of the market has forced the swaps and
derivatives association to change the way its credit swaps work. It used to
be that if a company defaulted, the writer of a credit swap would have to
pay par value for the bond he had guaranteed, and could then sell the bond
to reduce his losses.
But in some cases defaults led to bond rallies, as
those who had purchased credit swaps scrambled to get bonds to deliver. Now
traders can choose cash settlements, with the amounts to be paid determined
through auctions.
Until 1997, the association provided separate
numbers on currency and interest rate contracts, but innovations blurred the
distinction between those categories, and now it publishes a combined total.
At the end of June, the figure was $250.8 trillion, up 25 percent over the
previous 12 months.
Growth in that market slowed markedly early in this
decade, as worldwide markets cooled, and there was even one annual decline,
from mid-2000 to mid-2001. But growth picked up in 2002 as economies began
to recover.
The volume outstanding of equity derivatives is
rising by about 30 percent a year, and now totals $5.6 trillion. It could go
farther, with world stock market capitalization now about $41 trillion,
according to Standard & Poor’s.
Robert Pickel, the chief executive of the
association, said that the growth in derivatives enables “more and more
firms to benefit from these risk management tools.” On the other hand, the
situation allows more and more traders to load up on risk if they choose,
and hedge funds have become major derivatives traders.
The combination of large unregulated hedge funds
trading ever larger amounts of unregulated derivatives in nontransparent
markets makes some people nervous. But so far, anyway, little is being done
to change the situation, and nothing devastating has happened to markets.
Continued in article
Danger: What if everybody uses the same formula?
Banker David Li's computerized financial formula
has fueled explosive growth in the credit derivatives market. Now, hundreds of
billions of dollars ride on variations of the model every day. When a credit
agency downgraded General Motors Corp.'s debt in May, the auto maker's
securities sank. But it wasn't just holders of GM shares and bonds who felt the
pain. Like the proverbial flap of a butterfly's wings rippling into a tornado,
GM's woes caused hedge funds around the world to lose hundreds of millions of
dollars in other investments on behalf of wealthy individuals, institutions like
university endowments -- and, via pension funds, regular folk.
Mark Whitehouse, "How a Formula Ignited Market That Burned Some Big Investors:
Credit Derivatives Got a Boost From Clever Pricing Model; Hedge Funds Misused It
Inspiration," The Wall Street Journal, September 12,
2005; Page A1 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/0,,SB112649094075137685,00.html?mod=todays_us_page_one
Jensen Comment
One of the main differences between a "financial instrument" versus a
"derivative financial instrument" is that the notional is generally not at risk
in a "derivative financial instrument." For example if Company C borrows $600
million from Bank B in a financial instrument, the notional amount ($600
million) is at risk immediately after the notional is transferred to Company C.
On the other hand, if Company C and Company D contract for an interest rate swap
on a notional of $600 million using Bank B as an intermediary, the $600 million
notional never changes hands. Only the swap payments for the differences in
interest rates are at risk and these are only a small fraction of the $600
million notional. Sometimes the swap payments are even guaranteed by the
intermediary, thereby eliminating credit risk.
So where's the risk of a derivative financial instrument that caused all the
fuss beginning in the 1980s and led to the most complex accounting standards
ever written (FAS 133 in the U.S. and IAS 39 internationally)?
Often there is little or no risk if the derivative contracts are held to
maturity. The problem is that derivatives are often settled before maturity at
huge gains to one party and huge losses to the counterparty. For example, if
Company C swaps fixed-rate interest payments on $600 million (having current
value risk with no cash flow variation risk) for variable-rate interest payments
on $600 million (having cash flow variation risk but no market value variation
risk), Company C has taken on enormous cash flow risk that may become very large
if interest rates change greatly in a direction not expected by Company C.
If Company C wants to settle its swap contract before
maturity it may have to pay an enormous amount of money to do so either to
counterparty Company D or to some other company who will take the swap off the
hands of Company C. The risk is not the $600 million notional; Rather the risk
is in the shifting value of the swap contract itself which can be huge even if
it is less than the $600 million notional amount.
Perhaps derivative financial instrument risk is even better illustrated by
futures contracts. Futures contracts are traded on organized exchanges such as
the Chicago Board of Trade. If Company A speculates in oil futures on January 1,
there is no exchange of cash on a 100,000 barrel notional that gives Company A
the right to sell oil at a future date (say in one year) at a forward price (say
$100 per barrel) one year from now. As a speculation, Company A has gambled by
hoping to buy 100,000 barrels of oil one year from now for less than $100 per
barrel and sell it for the contracted $100 price.
But futures contracts are unique in that they are net settled in cash each
day over the entire one year contract period. If the spot price of oil is $55 on
January 12 and $60 on January 13, Company A must provide $500,000 =
($60-$55)(100,000 barrels) to the counterparty on January 13 even though the
futures contract itself does not mature until December 31. If Company A has not
hedged its position, its risk can become astounding if oil prices dramatically
rise. Company A's futures contract had zero value on January 1 (futures
contracts rarely have value initially except in the case of options contracts),
but the value of the futures contract may become an enormous asset or an
enormous liability each each day thereafter depending upon oil spot price
movements relative to the forward price ($100) that was contracted.
Hence, derivative contracts may have enormous risks even though the notionals
themselves are not at risk. Prior to FAS 133 these risks were generally not
booked or even disclosed. In the 1980s newer types of derivative contracts
emerged (such as interest rate swaps) in part because it was possible to have
enormous amounts of off-balance-sheet debt that did not even have to be
disclosed, let alone booked, in financial statements. Astounding frauds
transpired that led to huge pressures on the SEC and the FASB to better account
for derivative financial instruments.
Most corporations adopted policies of not speculating in derivatives by
allowing derivatives to be used only to hedge risk. However, such policies are
very misleading since there are two main types of risk --- cash flow risk versus
value risk. It is impossible to simultaneously hedge both
types of risk, and hedging one type increases the risk of the other type.
For example, a company that swaps fixed for floating rate interest payments
increases cash flow risk by eliminating value risk (which it may want if it
plans to settle debt prior to maturity). The counterparty that swaps floating
rate interest payments for fixed rate payments eliminates cash flow risk by
taking on value risk. It is impossible to hedge both cash
flow and value risk simultaneously.
Hence, to say that a corporation has a policy allowing hedging but not
speculating in derivative financial instruments is nonsense. A policy to only
hedge cash flow risk may create enormous value risk. A policy to only hedge
value risk may create enormous cash flow risk.
As the NYT article above points out that derivative financial instruments are
increasingly popular in world commerce. As a result risk exposures have greatly
increased even if all contracts were used for hedging purposes only. The problem
is that a hedge only reduces or eliminates one type of risk at the "cost" of
increasing the other type of risk. Derivative contracts
increase one type or the other type of risk the instant they are signed.
Hedging shifts risk but does not eliminate risk per se.
You can read more about scandals in derivative financial instruments
contracting (such as one company's "trillion dollar bet" that nearly toppled
Wall Street and Enron's derivative scandals) at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#DerivativesFrauds
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on June 13, 2008
SEC, Justice Scrutinize AIG on Swaps Accounting
by Amir
Efrati and Liam Pleven
The Wall Street Journal
Jun 06, 2008
Page: C1
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB121271786552550939.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC
TOPICS: Advanced Financial Accounting,
Auditing, Derivatives, Fair Value Accounting, Internal Controls,
Mark-to-Market Accounting
SUMMARY: The
SEC "...is investigating whether insure American International
Group Inc. overstated the value of contracts linked to subprime
mortgages....At issue is the way the company valued credit
default swaps, which are contracts that insure against default
of securities, including those backed by subprime mortgages. In
February, AIG said its auditor had found a 'material weakness'
in its accounting. Largely on swap-related write-downs...AIG has
recorded the two largest quarterly losses in its history."
CLASSROOM
APPLICATION: Financial reporting for
derivatives is at issue in the article; related auditing issues
of material weakness in accounting for these contracts also is
covered in the main article and the related one.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What are collateralized debt
obligations (CDOs)?
2. (Advanced) What are credit default swaps? How are
these contracts related to CDOs?
3. (Advanced) Summarize steps in establishing fair
values of CDOs and credit default swaps.
4. (Introductory) What is a material weakness in
internal control? Does reporting write-downs of such losses as
AIG has shown necessarily indicate that a material weakness in
internal control over financial reporting has occurred? Support
your answer.
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode
Island
RELATED
ARTICLES:
AIG Posts Record Loss, As Crisis Continues Taking Toll
by Liam Pleven
May 09, 2008
Page: A1
|
"SEC, Justice Scrutinize AIG on Swaps Accounting," by Amir Efrati and Liam
Pleven, The Wall Street Journal, June 6, 2008; Page C1 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB121271786552550939.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC
The Securities and Exchange
Commission is investigating whether insurer American International Group
Inc. overstated the value of contracts linked to subprime mortgages,
according to people familiar with the matter.
Criminal prosecutors from
the Justice Department in Washington and the department's U.S. attorney's
office in Brooklyn, New York, have told the SEC they want information the
agency is gathering in its AIG investigation, these people said. That means
a criminal investigation could follow.
In 2006, AIG, the world's
largest insurer, paid $1.6 billion to settle an accounting case. Its stock
has been battered because of losses linked to the mortgage market. The
earlier probe led to the departure of Chief Executive Officer Maurice R.
"Hank" Greenberg.
Officials for AIG, the SEC,
the Justice Department and the U.S. attorney's office declined to comment on
the new probe. A spokesman for AIG said the company will continue to
cooperate in regulatory and governmental reviews on all matters.
At issue is the way the
company valued credit default swaps, which are contracts that insure against
default of securities, including those backed by subprime mortgages. In
February, AIG said its auditor had found a "material weakness" in its
accounting.
Largely on swap-related
write-downs, which topped $20 billion through the first quarter, AIG has
recorded the two largest quarterly losses in its history. That has turned up
the heat on management, including CEO Martin Sullivan.
AIG sold credit default
swaps to holders of investments called collateralized-debt obligations, or
CDOs, backed in part by subprime mortgages. The buyers were protecting their
investments in the event of default on the underlying debt. In question is
how the CDOs were valued, which drives both the value of the credit default
swaps and the amount of collateral AIG must "post," or essentially hand
over, to the buyer of the swap to offset the buyer's credit risk.
AIG posted $9.7 billion in collateral related to
its swaps, as of April 30, up from $5.3 billion about two months earlier.
Law Blog: Difficulties in Valuation 'Best Defense'
How Do You Use Credit Default Swaps (CDS) To Create "Synthetic Debt"? ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133glosf.htm
There's been a lot of talk in recent months about "synthetic debt". I just read
a pretty good explanation of synthetics in Felix Salmon's column, so I thought
I'd give a brief summary of what it is, how it's used, and why.
First off, let's start with Credit Default Swaps (CDS). A CDS has a lot of
similarities to an insurance policy on a bond (it's different in that the holder
of the CDS needn't own the underlying bond or even suffer a loss if the bond
goes into default).
The buyer (holder) of a CDS will make yearly payments (called the "premium"),
which is stated in terms of basis points (a basis point is 1/100 of one percent
of the notional amount of the underlying bond). The holder of the CDS gets paid
if the bond underlying the CDS goes into default or if other stated events occur
(like bankruptcy or a restructuring).
So, how do you use a CDS to create a synthetic bond? here's the example from
Salmon's column:
Let's assume that IBM 5-year bonds were yielding 150 basis points over
treasuries. In addition, Let' s assume an individual (or portfolio manager)
wanted to get exposure to these bonds, but didn't think it was a feasible to buy
the bonds in the open market (either there weren't any available, or the market
was so thin that he's have to pay too high a bid-ask spread). Here's how he
could use CDS to accomplish the same thing:
·
First, buy $100,000 of 5-year treasuries and
hold them as collateral
·
Next, write a 5-year, $100,000 CDS contract
·
he's receive the interest on the treasuries,
and would get a 150 basis point annual premium on the CDS
So,
what does he get from the Treasury plus writing the CDS? If there's no default,
the coupons on the Treasury plus the CDS premium will give him the same yearly
amount as he would have gotten if he's bought the 5-year IBM bond, And if the
IBM bond goes into default, his portfolio value would be the value of the
Treasury less what he would have to pay on the CDS (this amount would be
the default losses on the IBM bond). So in either case (default or no default),
his payoff from the portfolio would be the same payments as if he owned the IBM
bond.
So why go through all this trouble? One reason might be that there's not enough
liquidity in the market for the preferred security (and you'd get beaten up on
the bid-ask spread). Another is that there might not be any bonds available in
the maturity you want. The CDS market, on the other hand, is very flexible and
extremely liquid.
One thing that's interesting about CDS is that (as I mentioned above), you don't
have to hold the underlying asset to either buy or write a CDS. As a result, the
notional value of CDS written on a particular security can be multiple times the
actual amount of the security available.
I know of at least one hedge fund group that bought CDS as a way of betting
against housing-sector stocks (particularly home builders). From what i know,
they made a ton of money. But CDS can also be used to hedge default risk on
securities you already hold in a portfolio.
To read Salmon's column, click
here, and to read more about CDS, click
here
You can download the CD containing my slide shows and videos on how to
account for derivative financial instruments at
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/Calgary/CD/
Senator Bernie Sanders who
describes himself as an socialist has a great wish list for the USA. He left out
one thing --- how to pay for all of this!
http://www.americanthinker.com/articles/2014/12/bernie_sanderss_12point_socialist_plan_for_america.html
As Vermont's senator, here are 12 initiatives that I will be
fighting for which can restore America's middle class.
1. We need a major investment to rebuild our
crumbling infrastructure: roads, bridges, water systems, waste water plants,
airports, railroads and schools..... A $1 trillion investment in
infrastructure could create 13 million decent paying jobs and make this
country more efficient and productive
Why
does this sound so familiar? Because it is! Remember the Obama stimulus
plan? That too was a trillion-dollar investment in our "crumbling
infrastructure" (the favorite amorphous buzzword for government spending).
How many millions of permanent jobs were created from that? I think the
exact number was... zero.
2. The United States must lead the world in reversing climate
change and make certain that this planet is habitable for our children and
grandchildren. We must transform our energy system away from fossil fuels
and into energy efficiency and sustainable energies.... and we need to
greatly accelerate the progress we are already seeing in wind, solar,
geothermal, biomass and other forms of sustainable energy.
Good news! Our planet is currently habitable for our children and
grandchildren. Nothing further needs be done! However, if we move away
from fossil fuels to cutting-edge Don Quixote technologies from the 1900s,
like windmills, our children and grandchildren will be paying enormous costs
for energy and will have no energy at all when the wind isn't blowing (for
windmills) and when the sun isn't shining (for solar).
3. We need to develop new economic models to increase job
creation and productivity. Instead of giving huge tax breaks to corporations
which ship our jobs to China and other low-wage countries, we need to
provide assistance to workers who want to purchase their own businesses by
establishing worker-owned cooperatives.
This has been tried in many countries. Israel used to have cooperatives
called "Kibbutzes." I say "used to" because most of them went bankrupt.
When people were not rewarded more for working harder, and people were
rewarded for not working at all, the system went broke.
4. Union workers who are able to collectively bargain for
higher wages and benefits earn substantially more than non-union workers.
Today, corporate opposition to union organizing makes it extremely difficult
for workers to join a union. We need legislation which makes it clear that
when a majority of workers sign cards in support of a union, they can form a
union.
Union workers in places like Detroit have good jobs at good wages with good
benefits...the ones who still have jobs, that is. Many lost their jobs
because the wages unions demanded for unskilled labor caused the auto
companies to collapse – not once, but several times.
5. The current federal minimum wage of $7.25 an hour is a
starvation wage. We need to raise the minimum wage to a living wage.
Every time you raise the minimum wage, the poor suffer, because more jobs
disappear, and the products produced by minimum-wage labor become more
expensive. The minimum wage is supposed to be a training wage, where people
go to get their first step on the ladder leading upward. Those who learn
are promoted and get higher wages. Those who don't...well...
6. Women [sic] workers today earn 78 percent of what their
male counterparts make. We need pay equity in our country -- equal pay for
equal work.
Will we start this policy in the White House? In the offices of Democratic
Senate and House staffers? Will we hire committees of thousands of
bureaucrats to go into every company and judge the work of every employee to
decide what is "equal work"? Because that is the only way such a policy
could be put into effect.
7. Since 2001 we have lost more than 60,000 factories in this
country, and more than 4.9 million decent-paying manufacturing jobs. We must
end our disastrous trade policies (NAFTA, CAFTA, PNTR with China, etc.)
I
think what Senator Sanders is saying here is that he supports tariffs. It's
funny, though, that he doesn't say tariffs. Tariffs acquired a bad
reputation after they helped lead to the Great Depression.
8. In today's highly competitive global economy, millions of
Americans are unable to afford the higher education they need in order to
get good-paying jobs. Quality education in America, from child care to
higher education, must be affordable for all.
Is Senator Sanders going to require colleges and universities to make sure
that all their professors are working 40-hour work weeks in the classroom?
Is he going to audit the costs of universities, find out how much the
teaching component costs, and then require universities to lower tuition
accordingly? If so, I congratulate Senator Sanders for taking on the
liberal college money-making establishment!
9. The function of banking is to facilitate the flow of
capital into productive and job-creating activities. Financial institutions
cannot be an island unto themselves, standing as huge profit centers outside
of the real economy. Today, six huge Wall Street financial institutions have
assets equivalent to 61 percent of our gross domestic product - over $9.8
trillion.... They are too powerful to be reformed. They must be broken up.
If banks are profit centers, how do they make profits? The only way I can
think of is by investing in the economy, real estate, industries, and
businesses. These activities create jobs.
10. The United States must join the rest of the
industrialized world and recognize that health care is a right of all, and
not a privilege. Despite the fact that more than 40 million Americans have
no health insurance, we spend almost twice as much per capita on health care
as any other nation. We need to establish a Medicare-for-all, single-payer
system.
Health care is a right in many countries, such as Cuba and North Korea.
However, having a right to health care is not the same as receiving health
care. In a single-payer system, the incentive to innovate and create
medicines is lost, and the demand for medical care will far outstrip supply.
11. Millions of seniors live in poverty and we have the
highest rate of childhood poverty of any major country. We must strengthen
the social safety net, not weaken it. Instead of cutting Social Security,
Medicare, Medicaid and nutrition programs, we should be expanding these
programs.
The more we spend, the better off these people will be – so he says. But
where will this money come from? We currently have over 18 trillion dollars
in debt, and that doesn't even count unfunded obligations to Social Security
and other programs. If we incur more debt, and our economy collapses, as is
happening in countries like Greece and Portugal, the poor will suffer even
more. The best anti-poverty program is a free-market economy, which creates
jobs. A job is the best "safety net."
12. At a time of massive wealth and income inequality, we
need a progressive tax system in this country which is based on ability to
pay.
Now Senator Sanders is quoting Karl Marx! "From each according to his
ability, to each according to his need." But we already have a progressive
tax system in America. If you combine federal and state taxes, in some
states, like California and New York, "the rich" pay over 50% in taxes.
Does Senator Sanders think an even higher rate will inspire job-creators to
work even harder?
Senator Sanders will be 75 years old in 2016. His campaign ideas are only
slightly older.
The Most Corrupt and the least Corrupt
Nations of the World ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/most-corrupt-countries-in-the-world-2014-12
Question
What is probably the main reason the USA is not among the Top 35 nations in
terms of low corruption?
Answer
The interaction of the public and private sectors in fraudulent procurements of
goods and services and financing. For example, there are billions of examples of
kickbacks and bribery from the upper reaches of the Pentagon procurement down
procurements in small counties and towns and school districts throughout the USA
where hundreds and hundreds of millions of dollars change hands under the table.
Among the classic piñatas for municipality frauds are bond sales.
Exhibit A
"SEC Tightens Policing of Municipal Debt Market: Agency Seeks to Ban Some
Local Officials for Their Involvement in Alleged Fraud," by Andrew Ackerman,
The Wall Street Journal, December 19, 2014 ---
http://www.wsj.com/articles/sec-tightens-policing-of-municipal-debt-market-1419019536?mod=WSJ_LifeStyle_LatestHeadlines
WASHINGTON—U.S. securities regulators, ratcheting
up their policing of the $3.7 trillion market for state and local debt, are
seeking to ban local officials from the market for their involvement in
alleged fraud.
The Securities and Exchange Commission this year
has sought to bar three officials in suburban Chicago and Detroit from
future municipal-bond transactions, citing their roles in misleading
investors in prior bond sales. A federal judge has issued a preliminary
agreement to one of the requests.
Attempts to bar individual municipal officials are
the latest sign of the SEC’s efforts to crack down on what it views as stale
or misleading investor disclosures for municipal-bond investors. The move is
significant, securities attorneys said, in part because the SEC hasn’t
previously sought such prohibitions.
Unlike brokers and advisers whom regulators
routinely bar from their respective industries for wrongdoing, the agency
doesn’t have authority to directly regulate municipal officials and instead
polices much of the market using broad antifraud authority.
“It’s an indication of how zealous they are in
their enforcement actions in the state and local government market,” said
Paul Maco, a partner at Bracewell & Giuliani LLP, who previously served as
the SEC’s municipal-bond chief.
In seeking to bar individual municipal officials,
the SEC has relied on a catchall provision of the securities laws that
allows them to seek “any equitable relief that may be appropriate or
necessary for the benefit of investors.” SEC officials say censuring
individual municipal officials is a better alternative than imposing fines
on local governments, because any fines would be borne broadly by taxpayers.
“In the municipal securities area, where the SEC
has very limited enforcement authority, it is critically important to pursue
cases that will deter future violations without harming innocent taxpayers,”
said Daniel Gallagher, a Republican SEC commissioner. “In this context,
actions against culpable individuals provide maximum deterrence.”
Last month, the SEC sought to bar the former mayor
and former city administrator of Allen Park, Mich., as part of a suit
against the city, for failing to inform investors of the city’s
deteriorating financial condition. The city had sold $31 million of bonds to
finance a now-failed movie studio.
Gary Burtka, the former mayor, and Eric Waidelich,
the former city administrator, agreed to settle the SEC charges and
consented to being barred from future municipal-bond transactions. A federal
judge has yet to sign off on the settlements. Attorneys for Mr. Burtka
didn’t respond to requests for comment. An attorney for Mr. Waidelich
declined to comment.
Separately, the SEC earlier this year sued Harvey,
Ill., and its former comptroller, Joseph Letke, having found the city
diverted about $1.7 million of bond proceeds originally to be used for the
construction of a Holiday Inn hotel—for “improper, undisclosed uses.” The
city agreed to settle the charges but Mr. Letke, whom the SEC alleged
received about $269,000 in undisclosed payments from the bond proceeds, has
refused to settle.
Continued in article
Exhibit B
"Jury Convicts Former Detroit City Treasurer, Pension Officials of Conspiring to
Defraud Pensioners Through Bribery"
U.S. Attorney's Office
December 8, 2014
http://www.fbi.gov/detroit/press-releases/2014/jury-convicts-former-detroit-city-treasurer-pension-officials-of-conspiring-to-defraud-pensioners-through-bribery
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Replication in Accountics Science Research or Lack Thereof
Steve Kachelmeier called my attention to this article
that can be rented for $6 at
http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/1911-3846.12102/full
Steve wants me to stress that he's not even read the above paper in its entirety
and is not (yet) taking a position on replication.
Steve did not mention that without citation the 2014 article makes some of the
same points Steve made in July 2011.
"Introduction to a Forum on Internal Control Reporting and Corporate Debt,"
by Steven J. Kachelmeier, The Accounting Review, Vol. 86, No. 4, July
2011 pp. 1129–113 (not free online) ---
http://aaapubs.aip.org/getpdf/servlet/GetPDFServlet?filetype=pdf&id=ACRVAS000086000004001129000001&idtype=cvips&prog=normal
One of the more surprising things I
have learned from my experience as Senior Editor of The Accounting Review is
just how often a ‘‘hot topic’’ generates multiple submissions that pursue
similar research objectives. Though one might view such situations as
enhancing the credibility of research findings through the independent
efforts of multiple research teams, they often result in unfavorable
reactions from reviewers who question the incremental contribution of a
subsequent study that does not materially advance the findings already
documented in a previous study, even if the two (or more) efforts were
initiated independently and pursued more or less concurrently. I understand
the reason for a high incremental contribution standard in a top-tier
journal that faces capacity constraints and deals with about 500 new
submissions per year. Nevertheless, I must admit that I sometimes feel bad
writing a rejection letter on a good study, just because some other research
team beat the authors to press with similar conclusions documented a few
months earlier. Research, it seems, operates in a highly competitive arena.
My criticisms of lack of replication in accountics research still stand:
• Replication is not a priority in accountics science like it is
in real science. Journal editors do not encourage replications even to the
extent of encouraging and publishing commentaries where scholars can mention
they replicated the studies.
• Replications that do take place, usually when newer research
extends the original studies, are long-delayed sort of like being after thoughts
when research for extensions take place, usually years later. In other words,
there's little interest in replicating until researchers elect to conduct
extension research.
• I've not encountered failed replications in accountics science.
Many examples exist in real science where original findings are thrown into
doubt because other scientists could not independently reproduce the findings.
The Hunton and Gold paper was not withdrawn because it could not be replicated.
I was not an insider to the real reasons for the withdrawal, but I suspect it
was withdrawn because insiders commenced to suspect that Jim was fabricating
data.
• Most archival replications simply use the same purchased data
(e.g., CompuStat or AuditAnalytics) without error checking the data. In reality
errors are common in these purchased databases. But if replications are made
using the same data there is no chance of detecting errors in the data.
I really miss Steve on the AECM. He always sparked interesting debates and made
great criticisms of my tidbits critical of accountics scientists.
December 18, 2014 reply from Steve Kachelmeier
Bob Jensen wrote:
Replications in Accountics Science or Lack
Thereof
Steve Kachelmeier called my attention to this
article that can be rented for $6 at
http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/1911-3846.12102/full
Steve wants me to stress that he's not even
read the above paper in its entirety and is not (yet) taking a position
on replication.
Kachelmeier clarifies:
The full citation is as follows: Salterio, Steven
E. "We Don't Replicate Accounting Research -- Or Do We?" Contemporary
Accounting Research, Winter 2014, pp. 1134-1142.
Bob also wrote that I wanted him to stress that I'm
"not (yet) taking a position on replication." That's not what I wrote in my
email to Bob. What I wrote to Bob is that I'm not taking a position on
Salterio's article, which I have not yet read in its entirety. Based on a
brief scanning, however, Salterio does appear to provide intriguing evidence
from a search for the word "replication" (or its derivatives) in the
accounting literature that replications in accounting are more common than
we tend to believe. If that statement provokes AECM readers' interest, I
encourage you to take a look at Salterio's article and draw your own
conclusions.
Best,
Steve K.
Bob Jensen's threads on replication or lack thereof in
accountics science are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TheoryTAR.htm
The illustrated guide to a Ph.D.
By Computer Scientist Matt Might
http://matt.might.net/articles/phd-school-in-pictures/
XBRL Tags
"U.S. GAAP taxonomy for 2015 available," by Jack Hagel, Journal of
Accountancy, December 18, 2014 ---
http://www.journalofaccountancy.com/news/2014/dec/2015-gaap-taxonomy-xbrl-201411529.html
Bob Jensen's threads on OLAP and XBRL ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/XBRLandOLAP.htm
PwC's Year End 2014 Review of Financial Reporting Challenges ---
http://www.pwc.com/us/en/cfodirect/publications/in-depth/2014-year-end-accounting-reporting-consideration.jhtml?display=/us/en/cfodirect/publications/in-depth&j=655117&e=rjensen@trinity.edu&l=936760_HTML&u=23703185&mid=7002454&jb=0
From PwC on December 18, 2014: The SEC's Disclosure Effectiveness
Project ---
http://www.pwc.com/en_US/us/cfodirect/assets/pdf/point-of-view-public-company-disclosure-model.pdf
EY: Boards complete redeliberations of the definition of a lease
But a new leasing standard will not emerge until much later in 2015
http://www.ey.com/Publication/vwLUAssetsAL/TothePoint_BB2911_Leases_18December2014/$FILE/TothePoint_BB2911_Leases_18December2014.pdf
Jensen Comment
I'm not certain that the accounting standard setters will ever satisfactorily
resolve how to deal with the issue of short-term lease renewals while lessors
are shortening the lease obligation contracts to avoid booking of lease
liabilities.
Bob Jensen's threads on lease accounting are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#Leases
A huge problem with fair value accounting is that it creates misleading
earnings volatility by aggregating unrealized changes in value with realized
revenues. The confusion is compounded by the complicated way that some changes
in fair value are taken to Net Income whereas other changes in fair value are
taken to Other Comprehensive Income to avoid closing it to Net Income.
A baby step in reducing net income volatility caused by changes in fair
value.
From PwC in December 2014
Collateralized financing entities-FASB provides new measurement alternative
---
http://www.pwc.com/us/en/cfodirect/publications/in-depth/us2014-11-collateralized-financing-entries.jhtml?display=/us/en/cfodirect/publications/in-depth&j=658743&e=rjensen@trinity.edu&l=942397_HTML&u=23768515&mid=7002454&jb=0
The FASB recently issued new guidance with respect
to the measurement of collateralized financing entities, or CFEs.
Collateralized loan obligations and other securitization vehicles are
example of CFEs.
Historically, many entities adopted the fair value
option for measuring the CFE’s individual financial assets and financial
liabilities, which resulted in measurement differences. These
measurement differences created volatility in a
reporting entity’s income statement. The
objective of the new guidance is to minimize the volatility in the parent’s
income statement resulting from the remeasurement of a consolidated CFE’s
financial assets and financial liabilities owned by third parties.
The new guidance allows entities the option to use
the more observable of the fair value of the financial assets or the fair
value of the financial liabilities of the CFE to measure both. The new
alternative is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those
fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015 for public business
entities. For all other entities, the guidance is effective for fiscal years
ending after December 15, 2016, and interim periods beginning thereafter.
Early adoption is permitted as of the beginning of an annual period.
From the CPA Newsletter on
December 1, 2014
PCAOB receives wide range of feedback on fair value proposal
http://www.complianceweek.com/blogs/accounting-auditing-update/ideas-for-guidance-on-auditing-estimates-draws-mixed-reviews#.VHyI_MlS7rx
The Public Company Accounting Oversight Board is receiving varying levels of
support during the comment period for its ideas on changing guidance on
auditing fair value measurements and accounting estimates. Some commenters
said the standard didn't need to be changed while other suggestions ranged
from a single comprehensive new standard to involving the Securities and
Exchange Commission so there is a response broader than just an auditing
standard.
Compliance Week/Accounting & Auditing Update blog
(11/26)
Jensen Comment
Problems of appraisal professionalism include the following:
-
Assets and liabilities are
so specialized in terms of valuation estimation. Appraisals of debentures is
quite unlike appraisals of commodities. Appraisals of options is quite
unlike appraisals of interest rate swaps. Appraisals of housing development
real estate is quite unlike appraisals cattle or even land having oil and
mineral reserves.
-
There is notorious
subjectivity in most appraisal tasks, especially subjectivity built upon
widely varying assumptions.
-
Assets and liabilities are
often very unique even within a given classification. For example, the
estimating value of development property ofExit 132 of an interstate highway
may be totally unlike estimating the value of development property off Exits
131 .133, and 167. Estimation of a McDonald's debenture may be quite unlike
estimating an Intel debenture.
-
The appraisal professions
vary widely as to fraud history and barriers to entry (e.g., certification
examinations), experience requirements, and notorious histories of fraud.
For example, most real estate bubbles and recoveries bring out the worst in
terms of real estate appraisals of loan values of homes and businesses. The
bottom line is that the appraisal professions are not as respected as the
professions of accounting, law, and medicine. Yeah even law!
-
The same appraisal firm
gave me widely varying estimates of my home based upon the purpose of the
appraisal. The appraisal when I wanted to take out a mortgage was much
higher than the subsequent appraisal when I wanted to lower my property
taxes. The appraisal firm aimed to please me. Go figure!
"How Do Auditors Use Valuation Specialists When Auditing Fair Values?"
by Emily E. Griffith, SSRN, May 30, 2014 ---
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2460970
Abstract:
Auditors frequently rely on valuation specialists in audits of fair values
to help them improve audit quality in this challenging area. However,
auditing standards provide inadequate guidance in this setting, and problems
related to specialists’ involvement suggest specialists do not always
improve audit quality. This study examines how auditors use valuation
specialists in auditing fair values and how specialists’ involvement affects
audit quality. I interviewed 28 audit partners and managers with extensive
experience using valuation specialists and analyzed the interviews from the
perspective of Giddens’ (1990, 1991) theory of trust in expert systems. I
find that while valuation specialists perform many of the most difficult and
important elements of auditing fair values, auditors retain the final
responsibility for making overall conclusions about fair values. This
situation causes tension for auditors who bear responsibility for the final
conclusions about fair values, yet who must rely on the expertise of
valuation specialists to make their final judgments. Consistent with this
tension, auditors tend to make specialists’ work conform to the audit team’s
prevailing view. This puts audit quality at risk. Additional threats to
audit quality arise from the division of labor between auditors and
valuation specialists because auditors, though ultimately responsible for
audit judgments, must rely on work done by valuation specialists that they
cannot understand or review in the depth that they review other audit work
papers. This study informs future research addressing problems related to
auditors’ use of valuation specialists, an area in which problems have
already been identified by the PCAOB and prior research.
Jensen Comment 1
One of the problems is that some types of valuation may rely upon the same
defective databases no matter whether they are used by employees of audit firms
or outsourced valuation specialists hired by audit firms.Exhibit A is that
virtually all valuation experts of interest rate swaps and forward contracts
using the LIBOR underlying were relying upon LIBOR yeild curves in the Bloomberg
or Reuters database terminals that were using LIBOR rates manipulated
fraudulently by the large banks like Barclays ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Libor
On 28 February 2012, it was revealed that the U.S.
Department of Justice was conducting a criminal investigation into Libor
abuse.[49] Among the abuses being investigated were the possibility that
traders were in direct communication with bankers before the rates were set,
thus allowing them an advantage in predicting that day's fixing. Libor
underpins approximately $350 trillion in derivatives. One trader's messages
indicated that for each basis point (0.01%) that Libor was moved, those
involved could net "about a couple of million dollars".[50]
On 27 June 2012, Barclays Bank was fined $200m by
the Commodity Futures Trading Commission,[7] $160m by the United States
Department of Justice[8] and £59.5m by the Financial Services Authority[9]
for attempted manipulation of the Libor and Euribor rates.[51] The United
States Department of Justice and Barclays officially agreed that "the
manipulation of the submissions affected the fixed rates on some
occasions".[52][53] On 2 July 2012, Marcus Agius, chairman of Barclays,
resigned from the position following the interest rate rigging scandal.[54]
Bob Diamond, the chief executive officer of Barclays, resigned on 3 July
2012. Marcus Agius will fill his post until a replacement is found.[55][56]
Jerry del Missier, Chief Operating Officer of Barclays, also resigned, as a
casualty of the scandal. Del Missier subsequently admitted that he had
instructed his subordinates to submit falsified LIBORs to the British
Bankers Association.[57]
By 4 July 2012 the breadth of the scandal was
evident and became the topic of analysis on news and financial programs that
attempted to explain the importance of the scandal.[58] On 6 July, it was
announced that the U.K. Serious Fraud Office had also opened a criminal
investigation into the attempted manipulation of interest rates.[59]
On 4 October 2012, Republican U.S. Senators Chuck
Grassley and Mark Kirk announced that they were investigating Treasury
Secretary Tim Geithner for complicity with the rate manipulation scandal.
They accused Geithner of knowledge of the rate-fixing, and inaction which
contributed to litigation that "threatens to clog our courts with
multi-billion dollar class action lawsuits" alleging that the manipulated
rates harmed state, municipal and local governments. The senators said that
an American-based interest rate index is a better alternative which they
would take steps towards creating.[60] Aftermath
Early estimates are that the rate manipulation
scandal cost U.S. states, counties, and local governments at least $6
billion in fraudulent interest payments, above $4 billion that state and
local governments have already had to spend to unwind their positions
exposed to rate manipulation.[61] An increasingly smaller set of banks are
participating in setting the LIBOR, calling into question its future as a
benchmark standard, but without any viable alternative to replace
Jensen Comment 2
FAS 133 and IAS 39 ushered in national and international requirements to book
derivative contracts at fair values and adjust those values to "market" at least
every 90 days. However, those "markets" are replete with market manipulation
scandals that corrupt the databases used by valuation experts---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#DerivativesFrauds
Bob Jensen's threads on fair value accounting controversies ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#FairValue
From PwC
IFRS News at the End of 2014
http://www.pwc.com/us/en/cfodirect/publications/ifrs-news/december-2014-january-2015.jhtml?display=/us/en/cfodirect/publications/ifrs-news&j=658743&e=rjensen@trinity.edu&l=942397_HTML&u=23768517&mid=7002454&jb=0
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on December 23, 2014
Alstom to pay $772 million to settle bribery charges
---
http://www.wsj.com/articles/alstom-to-pay-772-million-to-settle-bribery-charges-1419264599
French engineering giant
Alstom SA has pleaded
guilty to criminal bribery charges and agreed to pay a record $772 million
to resolve the case in the U.S courts. U.S. prosecutors said
Monday that Alstom had paid tens of millions
of dollars in a “widespread” bribery scheme to win energy contracts around
the globe. The penalty comes after more than six years of investigations
into Alstom from law enforcement in 10 countries. The company and its
subsidiaries’ admitted to paying out more than $75 million in bribes over a
period longer than a decade, to help secure more than $4 billion in Alstom
projects in countries including Indonesia, Egypt, Saudi Arabia and the
Bahamas. “It was astounding in its breadth, its brazenness and its
world-wide consequences,” said James Cole, U.S. deputy attorney general.
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on December 19, 2014
IASB amends disclosure guidance to trim glut
http://blogs.wsj.com/cfo/2014/12/18/iasb-amends-disclosure-guidance-to-trim-glut/?&mod=djemCFO_h
The International Accounting Standards Board
on Thursday announced amendments to its
guidelines for financial statements in a bid to cut out irrelevant details
companies include in their financial disclosures. The amendments are part of
a global effort to make financial statements easier to read.
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on December 19, 2014
Property mogul Nicholas Schorsch has
been accused of compelling staff to alter financial results at his firm,
American
Realty Capital Properties Inc. The
accusations come in a lawsuit by the company’s ex-chief accounting officer,
Lisa McAlister, who alleged that Mr. Schorsch instructed her and former
Chief Financial Officer Brian Block to move figures in the company’s
second-quarter results to cover up errors from the first quarter.
According to the suit, Ms. McAlister repeatedly expressed concern about the
directive to fellow executives and others, including in an email to Grant
Thornton LLP, the real-estate-investment trust’s audit firm, but her
concerns were ignored.
American Realty disclosed on
Oct. 29 that it had made an error in its
first-quarter financial results and had intentionally concealed the error
with misstatements in the second quarter. American Realty stock consequently
dived, erasing almost $4 billion from the firm’s market value and hammering
Mr. Schorsch’s $30 billion real-estate empire.
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on December 18, 2014
BofA whistleblower to get nearly $58 million
http://www.wsj.com/articles/bofa-whistleblower-to-get-nearly-58-million-filing-1418858087
Edward O’Donnell, the former Countrywide Financial
Corp. executive who filed a whistleblower lawsuit against his former firm,
will collect nearly $58 million. The U.S. Attorney’s Office in Manhattan
used Mr. O’Donnell’s allegations as the basis of its $16.65 billion lawsuit
against Bank of America Corp., which acquired Countrywide.
Bob Jensen's threads on whistleblowing ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudConclusion.htm#WhistleBlowing
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on December 17, 2014
A federal regulator has warned that financial
risk is finding its way back into the U.S banking system, in a similar vein
to the years preceding the 2008 crisis. The corporate backsliding comes as
financial institutions seek higher-return investments to counter currently
low interest rates.
In its annual report out
Tuesday, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency said
U.S. banks are relaxing loan-underwriting standards in a manner akin to the
run up to the financial meltdown. The national bank watchdog said the
largest U.S. lenders have loosened requirements for corporate loans and
consumer borrowing such as credit cards and auto loans for three years in a
row. In addition to low interest rates, competition from nonbank lenders has
exacerbated a return to risky behavior, the
WSJ’s Alan Zibel and
Ryan Tracy
report.
Officials at the OCC warned a similar trend
of gradual easing in lending standards took place in the early 2000s, noting
similarities between the 2014 survey measuring underwriting standards
through
June 30, and one issued in 2006. OCC
officials said they didn’t believe current lending standards are too loose,
but wanted to highlight specific areas of lending where they believe banks
could be on a risky path that could lead to losses.
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on December 15, 2014
SEC: PCAOB Accounting board is dragging its feet
http://www.wsj.com/articles/sec-accounting-board-is-dragging-feet-1418605107
The SEC is clashing with federal auditing regulators
over their priorities, suggesting they haven’t moved quickly enough to enact
rules on how auditors do their jobs. Thee senior SEC officials publicly took
issue with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board last week,
suggesting that it has been slow to deliver new rules that would govern the
nuts and bolts of how accounting firms conduct audits.
Changing PCAOB Audit Inspection Report Priorities
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on December 16, 2014
Corporate accountants would be wise to make sure
that their books are crystal clear about environmental risks, international
tax and the estimated value of corporate investment portfolios. A director
of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) pointed to those
areas as topics of special focus when the audit watchdog begins its next
inspection of annual audits of U.S. traded corporations,
CFO Journal’s Noelle Knox reports.
Big data and cybersecurity will also be potential red flags.
The director, Helen Munter, sounded her warning at
the American Institute of CPAs conference in Washington after inspectors
found more deficiencies in audited annual reports this year. The PCAOB
uncovered weaknesses in 39% of audits inspected in the latest evaluations of
the Big Four firms, up from 37% the year before.
The deficiencies don’t necessarily mean that
companies’ filings were incorrect, but rather that auditors didn’t do the
proper work to justify their opinions. And the PCAOB is itself finding
itself subject to criticism for alleged foot-dragging in its processes for
revising its standards for auditors. Several audit performance issues have
been on the PCAOB’s agenda for years, including an update to the rules on
auditing companies’ use of fair-value measurements and other accounting
estimates.
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on December 16, 2014
SEC explains the approach it is taking to COSO, internal controls
http://r.smartbrief.com/resp/gpeCBYbWhBCMeGjiCidKtxCicNiKfL?format=standard
The Securities and Exchange Commission will not penalize companies that
continue to use the old COSO framework in their year-end 2014 internal
control reporting, but the agency expects companies to move to the new
framework toward the end of the transition period, according to comments
made by SEC Deputy Chief Accountant Nili Shah at the AICPA's national
conference. Other SEC officials warned companies to make sure that they
grasp the difference between actual accounting errors and the control
deficiencies that lead to mistakes.
Compliance Week
(12/16)
Jensen Comment
One of the major reasons large audit firms are cited for audit deficiencies
(sometimes in nearly half the sampled audits to inspect) is for cost cutting
such as not doing sufficient detail testing of transactions and account
balances.
Bob Jensen's threads on professionalism and independence in auditing firms
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm
"Rev. Al Sharpton's Key Tax Tips...From Lois Lerner," Forbes,
December 20, 2014 ---
http://www.forbes.com/sites/robertwood/2014/12/20/rev-al-sharptons-key-tax-tips-from-lois-lerner/
In
Tell it to the Reverend Al, the New York Post says
Rev. Sharpton still owes New York State $916,000 from tax liens filed
against him between 2008 and 2010. In all, Mr. Sharpton is said to have $4.5
million of tax liens. He claims he paid them, but state officials say
otherwise. This isn’t the first time his records do not line up. Indeed, on
two prior occasions he suffered inconvenient fires that destroyed records.
It’s a little like the crash of Lois Lerner’s hard
drive. Those fires destroyed Mr. Sharpton’s financial records just as he was
about to turn them over to officials. And records are key to tax disputes.
As Mr. Sharpton works though his tax problems with or without records, he
appears to have a suit made of Teflon, even when it comes to taxes.
In 1993, he pleaded
guilty to a misdemeanor for failure to file a
state tax return. His Raw Talent operation which he uses for speaking
engagements has reportedly also had tax problems. But beyond these smidgens,
Mr. Sharpton has never faced criminal tax-related charges. There is no
question he has had trouble keeping his finances straight. He has been
marvelously successful in explaining that he is simply in over his head.
Not every taxpayer is so lucky. In fact, he is so
unusual in that respect that perhaps Mr. Sharpton should be dispensing tax
advice. A New
York Times report claims the Reverend and his
for-profit businesses owe millions. Both he and his advocacy organization,
the
National Action Network
may be strapped. But it is hard to reach that conclusion from the outside.
Some of his financial woes stem from poor divisions
between business and personal, a common tax problem among entrepreneurs.
Reports suggest that everything is paid for by the entities, not Mr.
Sharpton. That may extend to clothes, his daughters’ private school tuition,
etc. If so, Rev. Sharpton is blurring one of the most important lines in the
tax law. Many tax disputes come down to the fundamental divide between
business and personal.
Continued in article
"Questions
About Sharpton’s Finances Accompany His Rise in Influence,"
by Russ Buettne, The New York Times, November 18, 2014 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2014/11/19/nyregion/questions-about-al-sharptons-finances-accompany-his-rise-in-influence.html?_r=0
. . .
Obscured in his ascent, however, has been his
troubling financial past, which continues to shadow his present.
Mr. Sharpton has regularly sidestepped the sorts of
obligations most people see as inevitable, like taxes, rent and other bills.
Records reviewed by The New York Times show more than $4.5 million in
current state and federal tax liens against him and his for-profit
businesses. And though he said in recent interviews that he was paying both
down, his balance with the state, at least, has actually grown in recent
years. His National Action Network appears to have been sustained for years
by not paying federal payroll taxes on its employees.
With the tax liability outstanding, Mr. Sharpton
traveled first class and collected a sizable salary, the kind of practice by
nonprofit groups that the United States Treasury’s inspector general for tax
administration recently characterized as “abusive,” or “potentially
criminal” if the failure to turn over or collect taxes is willful.
Mr. Sharpton and the National Action Network have
repeatedly failed to pay travel agencies, hotels and landlords. He has
leaned on the generosity of friends and sometimes even the organization,
intermingling its finances with his own to cover his daughters’ private
school tuition.
He has been in the news as much as ever this year,
becoming a prominent advocate on behalf of the families of
Eric Garner, a Staten Island man who died in
police custody, and
Michael Brown, the unarmed black teenager who was
killed by a white police officer in Ferguson, Mo. He also has a daily
platform through his show on MSNBC.
Behind the scenes, he has consulted with the mayor and
the president on matters of race and civil rights and even the occasional
high-level appointment. He was among a small group at the White House when
Mr. Obama announced his nomination of Loretta E. Lynch, the United States
attorney for the Eastern District of New York, to become the next attorney
general.Mr. Sharpton’s newly found insider status represents a potential
financial boon for him, furnishing him with new credibility and a surge in
donations. His politician-heavy birthday party, at one of New York City’s
most expensive restaurants, was billed as a fund-raiser to help his
organization. Mr. Obama also spoke at the organization’s convention in
April, its primary fund-raising event.
But the recent troubles of
Rachel Noerdlinger, Mr. Sharpton’s closest aide
for many years and more recently a top official in the de Blasio
administration, served as a reminder of Mr. Sharpton’s fraught history and
how easily it can spill over into the corridors of power in which he now
travels.
Ms. Noerdlinger took a leave of absence from her post
on Monday, after the arrest of her teenage son on trespassing charges. The
decision capped weeks of scrutiny after news accounts revealed that she had
failed to disclose a live-in boyfriend with an extensive criminal record on
a background questionnaire when she became the top adviser to Mr. de
Blasio’s wife, Chirlane McCray. The omission was unrelated to Mr. Sharpton,
but it is the kind of paperwork oversight that has been a trademark of his
nonprofit, where Ms. Noerdlinger built her career.
Mr. Sharpton acknowledged his financial troubles in
recent telephone interviews. He said all of the debts were being paid,
thanks to vastly increased revenues from donors. And he pointed out that he
had lent the organization money himself, while at times not taking a salary.
“You can say I’m not a great administrator,” he said.
“You can’t say that I’m not committed.”
Often Strident Language
Mr. Sharpton got his start preaching in Brooklyn
churches at age 4. As a young man, he worked at the side of the soul singer
James Brown, where he met a backup singer, Kathy, who would become his wife.
By the 1980s, however, he was becoming increasingly involved in fiery
activism on behalf of black people hurt by the police or members of other
racial groups, sometimes making outlandish accusations. He accused an
upstate New York prosecutor, Steven A. Pagones, of being part of a group of
white men whom he said had abducted and raped the teenager
Tawana Brawley, an
allegation that a grand jury report showed had been fabricated.
He often used strident language that many saw as
inflaming racial tensions. During rallies at the Slave Theater in Brooklyn,
he characterized black people who disagreed with him as “yellow niggers" and
called white people “crackers.” After a car in a prominent Hasidic rabbi’s
motorcade jumped a curb in
the Crown Heights section of Brooklyn and killed a
7-year-old black boy in 1991, Mr. Sharpton referred to the neighborhood’s
Hasidic Jews as “diamond merchants.” In 1995, he referred to a Harlem
businessman who wanted to expand his store into a space that had been
occupied by black-owned business as a “white interloper.”
Problems keeping his personal and professional affairs
in order have threatened Mr. Sharpton’s rise from the streets for decades.In
1990, he was
acquitted of felony charges that he stole $250,000
from his youth group. Then in 1993 he
pleaded guilty to a misdemeanor for failing to
file a state income tax return. Later, the authorities discovered that one
of Mr. Sharpton’s for-profit companies, Raw Talent, which he used as a
repository for money from speaking engagements, was also not paying taxes, a
failure that continued for years.
In 1998, Mr. Sharpton
lost a defamation suit brought by Mr. Pagones and
was ordered to pay a judgment of $65,000. He said he did not have enough
money to pay all at once, and after years of a slow trickle of money from
wage garnishments, Mr. Sharpton was forced
to testify under oath about his finances.
He said he had no assets, save for a watch and a ring.
Everything else, including some of his suits, was owned by a for-profit
business, Revals Communications, he said. He testified that he put nearly
all of his $73,000 in take-home pay from the National Action Network into
Revals, which in turn paid many of his expenses, including his daughters’
private school tuition and some of the rent on his house. Even though state
law prohibits nonprofits from making loans to officers, Mr. Sharpton said
National Action Network had also once lent him money to cover his daughters’
tuition.
Continued in article
"The Worst of Auditing 2014," by Adruenne Gonzolez, Going Concern,
December 15, 2014 ---
http://goingconcern.com/post/going-concern-presents-worst-auditing-2014
Another day, another "year in
review best of" list. Except this list is actually the
"worst of" 2014.
It's been an exciting year for auditing. PCAOB inspection
rates were some of the worst to date, and then there was
that whole thing where an audit partner was banging the
Chief Accounting Officer at the client's. No biggie, just
another day in auditing!
Let's take a look at our
Worst Of for 2014.
Those Who Know, Know BDO Got Their AS5 Kicked in Latest
PCAOB Inspection Report
As we just stated, it's been a pretty
bad year for audit firms inspected by the PCAOB. But as far
as PCAOB inspection reports are concerned, BDO has the
distinction of coming in as the absolute worst with an audit
failure rate of 65%. Did the world end due to this failure
rate? Well, no. But it sure was a sucky moment for the folks
at BDO.
Ventas Fires EY as Auditor Over Independence Violation
A funny thing happened with an audit
client this year. Apparently, an EY partner was screwing the
Chief Accounting Officer and when it comes to independence,
that's like the last thing the audit partner wants to do.
We'll have you know we do have the name of the audit partner
in question but in respect for her privacy since her own
grunts weren't lined up waiting to throw her under the bus
and ruin her life more than it was already ruined by banging
the CAO at the client, we made the decision not to out her.
We do hear she's a wine aficionado, though, and would like
to send a virtual glass of vino to her for following her
heart instead of her profession's code of conduct. At the
end of the day, Ventas found a new auditor, the CAO
"separated himself" from his duties, the audit partner left
the firm, and the world kept spinning.
The Name of EY's New Audit Tool Implies Audits Belong in the
Louvre
While we're on the topic of EY audits,
let's talk about EY's rebranding of the oddly named GAMx.
When it comes to audits, the last thing you want to think
about is creativity but that's exactly what EY did when they
announced EY Canvas in August of this year. EY let the
grunts name this one, and EY Canvas was what they came up
with. Why? We'll let EY tell you. "We like to think of an
audit engagement as a painting that our people at EY create
on a blank canvas. EY Canvas is a surface where our teams
can paint a picture, encompassing the entire audit process.
It is adaptable to whatever size is needed on the client
needs, and in the end, it is an accounting work of art,
available for inspection."
McGladrey Reminds Audit Staff to Stay Billable This Busy
Season
Not all firms end up in the pages of
Going Concern with their pleas to stay billable, but this
year McGladrey did. The mantra is bill, bill, and then bill
some more. And make sure you get those timesheets in or else
the world just may stop spinning. You'll be eating a lot of
crap this holiday season but hours better not be among it.
At least according to the email that went out.
KPMG Vice Chair Thinks the Future of Audit Includes 100
Percent Testing
We have just one thing to say about
this: 100 percent testing. How the hell does that work? Does
that mean assurance is no longer reasonable but absolute
since the audit firm has tested every single little
transaction and run it through the magical computer? Who
knows. We're betting on flying cars before we see this in
wide use.
Jensen Comment
The Year 2014 was a pretty good year for audit firms relative to their disasters
in 2013.
Here are a few that Adrienne did not mention:
"Deloitte ordered to pay
another $33-million in
Livent
negligence case," by Janet McFarland, Globe and Mail, July 15, 2014
---
http://www.theglobeandmail.com/report-on-business/industry-news/the-law-page/deloitte-ordered-to-pay-another-33-million-in-livent-negligence-case/article19613388/
Deloitte Will Pay Up $85 Million for Negligent Auditing in Canada
"Livent creditors win key ruling, awarded $85-million," by Janet
McFarland, Globe and Mail, April 6, 2014 ---
http://www.theglobeandmail.com/report-on-business/livent-creditors-awarded-85-million-due-to-auditors-negligence/article17845004/
"Ernst & Young Settles Over
Audits of Sino-Forest, Second Chinese Company: E&Y to Pay $7.2 Million to
Settle Allegations By the Ontario Securities Commission," by Ben Dummett,
The Wall Street Journal, September 30, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/ernst-young-settles-over-audits-of-sino-forest-another-company-1412101002
"Ernst & Young Sued Over Georg
Schaeffler Tax Probe," by Patricia Hurtado,
Bloomberg Businessweek, February 26, 2014 ---
http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2014-02-25/ernst-young-sued-over-georg-schaeffler-tax-probe.html
Grant Thornton Partner Obtains Full Membership in Club Fed
A former partner at Grant Thornton was sentenced to 4-1/2 years in prison on
Wednesday for stealing nearly $4 million from the accounting firm. Craig Haber,
60, had pleaded guilty in August to a charge of mail fraud stemming from what
prosecutors say was an eight-year scheme to divert client payments to a personal
bank account ---
http://in.reuters.com/article/2014/03/12/grantthornton-theft-idINL2N0M92EV20140312
"PCAOB Gives Grant Thornton Record Failure Rate,"
by Tammy Whitehouse, Compliance Week, January 9, 2014 ---
http://www.complianceweek.com/pcaob-gives-grant-thornton-record-failure-rate/article/328793/
"KPMG Audits Had 46% Deficiency Rate in PCAOB Inspection," Michael Rapoport,
The Wall Street Journal, October 24, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/kpmg-audits-had-46-deficiency-rate-in-pcaob-inspection-1414093002?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
"SEC Charges KPMG With Violating Auditor Independence Rules,"
SEC Press Release, January 24, 2014 ---
http://www.sec.gov/News/PressRelease/Detail/PressRelease/1370540667080#.UuKm27ROlQx
"Defunct Physicians United Plan owners file $500M lawsuit against
accountants (McGladrey)," by Abraham Aboraya, BizJournals.com, October 8,
2014 ---
http://www.bizjournals.com/orlando/blog/2014/10/defunct-physicians-united-plan-owners-file-500m.html?surround=etf&ana=e_article
"A China Fraud Dissected: Part 1 Milton Webster, AgFeed Audit Committee
Member and Whistleblower," by Francine McKenna, re:TheAuditors,
February 26, 2014 ---
http://retheauditors.com/2014/02/26/a-china-fraud-dissected-part-1-milton-webster-agfeed-audit-committee-member-and-whistleblower/
McGladrey LLP, also resigned on March 7
The SEC’s AgFeed Complaint: No Restatement Means No Sarbanes-Oxley Clawback,"
by Francine McKenna, re:TheAuditors, March 23, 2014 ---
http://retheauditors.com/2014/03/23/the-secs-agfeed-complaint-no-restatement-means-no-sarbanes-oxley-clawback/
Hertz Restatements due to Inadequate Internal Controls and
Faulty Audit by PricewaterhouseCoopers
"Ethics and Compliance Failures Underlie Hertz’s Restatement of Financial
Statements," by Steven Mintz, Ethics Sage, November 26, 2014 ---
http://www.ethicssage.com/2014/11/ethics-and-compliance-failures-underlie-hertzs-restatement-of-financial-statements-.html
"U.S. Audit Regulator Scrutinizing PwC Over Caterpillar Tax Advice: PCAOB
Reviewing Whether Tax Advice Creates Conflict With Audit of Company," by
Michael Rapoport, The Wall Street Journal, November 18, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/u-s-audit-regulator-scrutinizing-pwc-over-caterpillar-tax-advice-1416350375
'PwC to face U.S.
lawsuit over Colonial Bank collapse - court ruling," by Dena Aubin,
Reuters, September 10, 2014 ---
http://www.reuters.com/article/2014/09/10/pricewaterhousecoopers-colonial-bancgrp-idUSL1N0RB0VF20140910?irpc=932
"Annie's, Inc. - Why Did PwC
Abandon This BNNY?" by Anthony H. Catanach, Jr., Grumpy Old Accountants,
July 10, 2014 ---
http://grumpyoldaccountants.com/blog/2014/7/10/annies-inc-why-did-pwc-abandon-this-bnny
"Next Up On The “Operation Broken
Gate” Agenda? Could Be PwC and Thomson Reuters," by Francine McKenna,
reTheAuditors, February 3, 2014 ---
http://retheauditors.com/2014/02/03/next-up-on-the-operation-broken-gate-agenda-could-be-pwc-and-thomson-reuters/
"PwC must face $1 billion lawsuit
over MF Global collapse," by Jonathan Stempel, Reuters, July 9, 2014
---
http://www.reuters.com/article/2014/07/09/us-pricewaterhouse-mfglobal-lawsuit-idUSKBN0FE2IR20140709
"Judge Suspends Chinese Units of Auditors," by Michael Rapoport,
The Wall Street Journal, January 23, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/news/articles/SB10001424052702303448204579337183810731744?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
Jensen Comment
There are teaching cases accompanying many of the references above ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm
Jensen Note
Schertz is a suburb of San Antonio in Bexar County. Professor Dennis Elam is an
accounting professor and blogger from Texas A&M University at San Antonio ---
http://professorelam.typepad.com/my_weblog/
"Where Were the Auditors?" by Dennis Elam, December 18, 2014 ---
http://professorelam.typepad.com/my_weblog/2014/12/where-were-the-auditors.html
Michael Dennehy embezzled $1.7 million form
Bexar Waste from 2008 to 2014. As an accounts payable clerk he wrote
himnself checks and deposited them to personal accounts. A stamp forged
the proper signature and names were changed for payeesin Quick Books.
Bexar Waste is garbage collection service based in Schertz. In my
opinon the firm is in need of improved internal controls a serious
outside auditor who would at least perform a review of the books
What other simple methods could have prevented an
ongoing fraud like this?
After posting this news item early this morning I
received, no surprise, this via my Internal Audit Membership.
PCAOB to detail internal control audit checklist.
The PCAOB is still dissatisfied with
the quality of many audits it inspects. While Bexar Waste is a small
privately held company, that story highlights the importance of internal
controls.
As I have thought the Bexar Waste case
over, it occurs to me that whoever was in charge must not have known
the company very well. If your accounts went missing $1.7 Million over
five years, would you notice, that is 340K a year! I would think that
is a significant number in a firm that size.
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Jensen Comment
After correcting for some arithmetic this might make a fun module for an ethics
course or a movie script.
"An Ethical Story" by Dennis Elam, December 22, 2014 ---
http://professorelam.typepad.com/my_weblog/2014/12/an-ethical-story.html
A few years ago robbers entered a
bank in a small town. One of them shouted: "Don't move! The money
belongs to the bank. Your lives belong to you.” Immediately all the
people in the bank laid on the floor quietly and without panic.
This is an example of how the correct
wording of a sentence can make everyone change their view of the
world.
. While running from the bank the
youngest robber (who had a college degree) said to the oldest robber
(who had barely finished elementary school): "Hey, maybe we should
count how much we stole." The older man replied: "Don’t be stupid.
It's a lot of money so let's wait for the news on TV to find out how
much money was taken from the bank"
This is an example of how life
experience is more important than a degree..
After the robbery, the manager of
the bank said to his accountant: "Let's call the cops and tell them
how much has been stolen." "Wait”, said the Accountant, "before we
do that, let's add the $800,000 we took for ourselves a few months
ago and just say that it was stolen as part of today’s robbery."
This is an example of taking
advantage of an opportunity.
The following day it was reported
in the news that the bank was robbed of $ 3 million. The robbers
counted the money, but they found only $1 million so they started to
grumble. "We risked our lives for $1 million, while the bank's
management robbed two million dollars without blinking? Maybe it’s
better to learn how to work the system, instead of being a simple
robber."
This is an example of how
knowledge can be more useful than power !!!
Moral of the Story : Give a person
a gun, and he can rob a bank. Give him a bank, and he can rob
everyone.
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
"EY launches multi-million pound claim against KPMG," Economia,
December 15, 2014 ---
http://economia.icaew.com/news/december-2014/ey-launch-multimillion-pound-claim-against-kpmg
The collapse of a £300m hedge fund has sparked a legal
battle between the Big Four rivals
EY, acting as liquidator of the collapsed Scottish property fund
Heather Capitals, has launched a multimillion pound claim against
KPMG, the fund's former auditor.
KPMG has said that it will
"vigorously defend" the action from its fellow Big Four member. A
spokesperson for KPMG, said, “We believe the claim has no merit. We
stand by the quality of our work." EY declined to comment.
EY was appointed liquidators of the Scottish property hedge fund
after it collapsed spectacularly in 2010. At the time EY partner and
liquidator Paul Duffy told investors it was unlikely they would
recover any losses.
The Wall Street Journal has reported EY's claim to be
worth around £100m.
Heather Capital was launched by Scottish lawyer Gregory King and run
from Gibraltar. According to the WSJ, EY alleged in court
filings that many of the loans made by Heather to property
developers were “a fabrication and a sham”. In its 2006 and 2007
accounts KPMG identified suspicious loans that Heather had made to
Gibraltar-based companies, some of which were linked to King. The
report said KPMG did not know what the money had been lent out for.
- See more at: http://economia.icaew.com/news/december-2014/ey-launch-multimillion-pound-claim-against-kpmg#sthash.Wl0SkH4e.dpuf
The
collapse of a £300m hedge fund has sparked a legal battle between the Big
Four rivals
EY,
acting as liquidator of the collapsed Scottish property fund Heather
Capitals, has launched a multimillion pound claim against KPMG, the fund's
former auditor.
KPMG has said that it will "vigorously defend" the
action from its fellow Big Four member. A spokesperson for KPMG, said, “We
believe the claim has no merit. We stand by the quality of our work." EY
declined to comment.
EY was appointed liquidators of the Scottish property hedge fund after it
collapsed spectacularly in 2010. At the time EY partner and liquidator Paul
Duffy told investors it was unlikely they would recover any losses.
The Wall Street Journal
has reported EY's claim to be worth around £100m.
Heather Capital was launched by Scottish lawyer Gregory King and run from
Gibraltar. According to the WSJ, EY alleged in court filings that
many of the loans made by Heather to property developers were “a fabrication
and a sham”. In its 2006 and 2007 accounts KPMG identified suspicious loans
that Heather had made to Gibraltar-based companies, some of which were
linked to King. The report said KPMG did not know what the money had been
lent out for.
Relativism ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Relativism
. . .
The fact that the various species of descriptive
relativism are empirical claims, may tempt the philosopher to conclude that
they are of little philosophical interest, but there are several reasons why
this isn't so. First, some philosophers, notably Kant, argue that certain
sorts of cognitive differences between human beings (or even all rational
beings) are impossible, so such differences could never be found to obtain
in fact, an argument that places a priori limits on what empirical inquiry
could discover and on what versions of descriptive relativism could be true.
Second, claims about actual differences between groups play a central role
in some arguments for normative relativism (for example, arguments for
normative ethical relativism often begin with claims that different groups
in fact have different moral codes or ideals). Finally, the anthropologist's
descriptive account of relativism helps to separate the fixed aspects of
human nature from those that can vary, and so a descriptive claim that some
important aspect of experience or thought does (or does not) vary across
groups of human beings tells us something important about human nature and
the human condition.
Normative relativism concerns normative or
evaluative claims that modes of thought, standards
of reasoning, or the like are only right or wrong relative to a framework.
‘Normative’ is meant in a general sense, applying to a wide range of views;
in the case of beliefs, for example, normative correctness equals truth.
This does not mean, of course, that framework-relative correctness or truth
is always clear, the first challenge being to explain what it amounts to in
any given case (e.g., with respect to concepts, truth, epistemic norms).
Normative relativism (say, in regard to normative ethical relativism)
therefore implies that things (say, ethical claims) are not simply true in
themselves, but only have
truth values relative
to broader frameworks (say, moral codes). (Many normative ethical relativist
arguments run from premises about ethics to conclusions that assert the
relativity of truth values, bypassing general claims about the nature of
truth, but it is often more illuminating to consider the type of relativism
under question directly.)
Continued in article
"Making the Case for Moral Education in our Schools: Right versus
wrong is not Relative or Situational but based on Concrete Moral Virtues,"
by Steven Mintz, Ethics Sage, December 16, 2014 ---
http://www.ethicssage.com/2014/12/making-the-case-for-moral-education-in-our-schools.html
Jensen Comment
The problem is that it's often possible to rationalize exceptions to moral
edicts. For example, murder is immoral but many of us justify murder in the case
of self defense or when a bad guy kills a hostage and then points the gun toward
other hostages. Or we justify murder in the case of mental illness or
immaturity. For example, a child under ten years of age is not generally
punished in an adult courtroom. Some mentally ill murderers do not get death
sentences or "life without parole" sentences doled out to other murderers.
Researchers from one nation like the USA have difficulty accepting morality
differences in other cultures such as when a culture allows a father to have
incestuous relations with his very young children. Or when a culture frowns on
incest but allows marriage and sex with females who are not yet matured.
Missionaries are often criticized for imposing their religious faith and
morality in cultures with different religions and morals.
My point is that morality is a very complicated issue for our students at
most any level. This does not justify taking ethics out of the curriculum, but
it perhaps does justify having students understand how relativism affects
morality.
Also academic scholars do not all agree on morality. For example, some
scholars think that any difference in income or wealth is immoral. Other
scholars, like me, think that our lives would be far worse all wealth and income
were to be distributed equally.
What may be more important is for students to learn that situational or
relative ethics are often the cause of lapses in ethics by our graduates who
learned a lot about ethics when they were in our schools. For example,
"follow-the-herd" is something we try to make our students (sometimes
unsuccessfully) resist.
For example, I suspect that virtually all the 100+ students who
recently cheated in a political science course at Harvard knew full well that
cheating is wrong. But many justified (relativism in action) that the cheating
was less wrong since it would not affect their grades in the class (virtually
all the students were assured of A grades). They simply cheated to lighten their
work load on an assignment. Harvard officials did not accept relativism in this
case and expelled 60+ of the students from Harvard University.
What I never discovered is why the other cheaters were
also not expelled.
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Plagiarism.htm
Search on the word "Harvard"
My main point is that I agree with Professor Mintz that we should teach
morality in our schools. I do not agree with his assumption of global "Concrete
Moral Values" in all cultures or even within a given culture under certain
exceptional circumstances.
"10 Ways "Banking Sector Ethics" Can Stop Being An Oxymoron,"
Forbes, December 22, 2014 ---
http://www.forbes.com/sites/iese/2014/12/22/10-ways-banking-sector-ethics-can-stop-being-an-oxymoron/
Jensen Comment
These are band aids. The best thing to do is to bring back the original
Glass–Steagall Act ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Glass%E2%80%93Steagall_Legislation
PS
Isn't an oxymoron limited to two words?
New York Mag’s Boy Genius Investor Made It All Up
---
http://observer.com/2014/12/exclusive-new-york-mags-boy-genius-investor-made-it-all-up/
From EY on December 16, 2014
Highlights of the 2014 AICPA National Conference on Current SEC and PCAOB
Developments ---
http://www.ey.com/Publication/vwLUAssetsAL/AICPACompendium_CC0405_15December2014/$FILE/AICPACompendium_CC0405_15December2014.pdf
Our compendium summarizes comments of representatives of the
Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (PCAOB), the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) and
the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) at last week’s 2014
AICPA National Conference on Current SEC and PCAOB Developments in
Washington, D.C.
The highlights included:
-
A possible IFRS alternative to make it easier for US
registrants to voluntarily provide IFRS information as a supplement to
their US GAAP financial statements
-
Comments from SEC, FASB and IASB representatives on
implementing the new revenue standard
-
Discussion by the SEC staff about accounting and internal
control over financial reporting matters
-
An update on disclosure effectiveness initiatives by the
SEC and FASB and voluntary efforts by companies to make improvements now
-
Recent PCAOB standard-setting activity.
For further information on related topics, see our
AccountingLink site.
"FASB considering revenue recognition delay to reduce uncertainty," by
Ken Tysiac, Journal of Accountancy, December 9, 2014 ---
http://journalofaccountancy.com/News/201411487.htm
Bob Jensen's threads on some of the early encounters with the hang up
issues ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ecommerce/eitf01.htm
Usually With the Blessings of Their Deficient Audit Firms: The PCAOB
concludes that all large audit firms frequently conduct deficient audits
"Big Companies Can’t Stop Cooking Their Books," The Economist,
December 13, 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/why-big-companies-cant-stop-cooking-their-books-2014-12
No endorsement carries more weight than an
investment by Warren Buffett. He became the world's second-richest man by
buying safe, reliable businesses and holding them for ever. So when his
company increased its stake in Tesco to 5% in 2012, it sent a strong message
that the giant British grocer would rebound from its disastrous attempt to
compete in America.
But it turned out that even the Oracle of Omaha can
fall victim to dodgy accounting. On September 22nd Tesco announced that its
profit guidance for the first half of 2014 was £250m ($408m) too high,
because it had overstated the rebate income it would receive from suppliers.
Britain's Serious Fraud Office has begun a criminal investigation into the
errors. The company's fortunes have worsened since then: on December 9th it
cut its profit forecast by 30%, partly because its new boss said it would
stop "artificially" improving results by reducing service near the end of a
quarter. Mr Buffett, whose firm has lost $750m on Tesco, now calls the trade
a "huge mistake".
No sooner did the news break than the spotlight
fell on PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC), one of the "Big Four" global
accounting networks (the others are Deloitte, Ernst & Young (EY) and KPMG).
Tesco had paid the firm £10.4m to sign off on its 2013 financial statements.
PwC mentioned the suspect rebates as an area of heightened scrutiny, but
still gave a clean audit.
PwC's failure to detect the problem is hardly an
isolated case. If accounting scandals no longer dominate headlines as they
did when Enron and WorldCom imploded in 2001-02, that is not because they
have vanished but because they have become routine. On December 4th a
Spanish court reported that Bankia had mis-stated its finances when it went
public in 2011, ten months before it was nationalised. In 2012
Hewlett-Packard wrote off 80% of its $10.3 billion purchase of Autonomy, a
software company, after accusing the firm of counting forecast subscriptions
as current sales (Autonomy pleads innocence). The previous year Olympus, a
Japanese optical-device maker, revealed it had hidden billions of dollars in
losses. In each case, Big Four auditors had given their blessing.
And although accountants have largely avoided blame
for the financial crisis of 2008, at the very least they failed to raise the
alarm. America's Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation is suing PwC for $1
billion for not detecting fraud at Colonial Bank, which failed in 2009. (PwC
denies wrongdoing and says the bank deceived the firm.) This June two KPMG
auditors received suspensions for failing to scrutinise loan-loss reserves
at TierOne, another failed bank. Just eight months before Lehman Brothers'
demise, EY's audit kept mum about the repurchase transactions that disguised
the bank's leverage.
The situation is graver still in emerging markets.
In 2009 Satyam, an Indian technology company, admitted it had faked over $1
billion of cash on its books. North American exchanges have de-listed more
than 100 Chinese firms in recent years because of accounting problems. In
2010 Jon Carnes, a short seller, sent a cameraman to a biodiesel factory
that China Integrated Energy (a KPMG client) said was producing at full
blast, and found it had been dormant for months. The next year Muddy Waters,
a research firm, discovered that much of the timber Sino-Forest (audited by
EY) claimed to own did not exist. Both companies lost over 95% of their
value.
Of course, no police force can hope to prevent
every crime. But such frequent scandals call into question whether this is
the best the Big Four can do--and if so, whether their efforts are worth the
$50 billion a year they collect in audit fees. In popular imagination,
auditors are there to sniff out fraud. But because the profession was
historically allowed to self-regulate despite enjoying a
government-guaranteed franchise, it has set the bar so low--formally,
auditors merely opine on whether financial statements meet accounting
standards--that it is all but impossible for them to fail at their jobs, as
they define them. In recent years this yawning "expectations gap" has led to
a pattern in which investors disregard auditors and make little effort to
learn about their work, value securities as if audited financial statements
were the gospel truth, and then erupt in righteous fury when the inevitable
downward revisions cost them their shirts.
The stakes are high. If investors stop trusting
financial statements, they will charge a higher cost of capital to honest
and deceitful companies alike, reducing funds available for investment and
slowing growth. Only substantial reform of the auditors' perverse business
model can end this cycle of disappointment. Born with the railways
Auditors perform a central role in modern
capitalism. Ever since the invention of the joint-stock corporation,
shareholders have been plagued by the mismatch between the interests of a
firm's owners and those of its managers. Because a company's executives know
far more about its operations than its investors do, they have every
incentive to line their pockets and hide its true condition. In turn, the
markets will withhold capital from firms whose managers they distrust.
Auditors arose to resolve this "information asymmetry".
Early joint-stock firms like the Dutch East India
Company designated a handful of investors to make sure the books added up,
though these primitive auditors generally lacked the time or expertise to
provide an effective check on management. By the mid-1800s, British lenders
to capital-hungry American railway companies deployed chartered
accountants--the first modern auditors--to investigate every aspect of the
railroads' businesses. These Anglophone roots have proved durable: 150 years
later, the Big Four global networks are still essentially controlled by
their branches in the United States and Britain. Their current bosses are
all American.
As the number of investors in companies grew, so
did the inefficiency of each of them sending separate sleuths to keep
management in line. Moreover, companies hoping to cut financing costs
realised they could extract better terms by getting an auditor to vouch for
them. Those accountants in turn had an incentive to evaluate their clients
fairly, in order to command the trust of the markets. By the 1920s, 80% of
companies on the New York Stock Exchange voluntarily hired an auditor.
Unfortunately, Jazz Age investors did not
distinguish between audited companies and their less scrupulous peers. Among
the miscreants was Swedish Match, a European firm whose skill at securing
state-sanctioned monopolies was surpassed only by the aggression of its
accounting. After its boss, Ivar Kreuger, died in 1932 the company
collapsed, costing American investors the equivalent of $4.33 billion in
current dollars. Soon after this the Democratic Congress, cleaning up the
markets after the Great Depression, instituted a rule that all publicly held
firms had to issue audited financial statements. Britain had already brought
in a similar policy.
Read more:
http://www.businessinsider.com/why-big-companies-cant-stop-cooking-their-books-2014-12#ixzz3LsJuCymz
Bob Jensen's Recipes for Book Cooking ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#Manipulation
Question
In accounitng, what is the difference between "cooking the books" and
"misrepresenting the books"?
Teaching Case
From The Wall Street Journal Weekly Accounting Review on August 8, 2014
SEC Charges QSGI Executives of Misrepresenting Books
by:
Maria Arnental
Jul 30, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Fraud, Internal Controls, Misrepresentation
SUMMARY: Top executives of Florida computer-equipment company QSGI
Inc. have been charged with misrepresenting the company's books to increase
the amount of money they could borrow. The authorities allege that
co-founders Messrs. Sherman and Cummings misled the company's external
auditors and had poor internal controls. The deficiencies continued until
the company filed for bankruptcy in July 2009.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: This article is good to use for coverage of
both internal controls and also misrepresentation. The case is a good
illustration of the implications of having weak internal controls that lead
to intentional or unintentional misstatements in the financial statements.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What are the facts of the case in the article?
What agency was involved? Why was it involved in the case?
2. (Advanced) What were the inventory control problems detailed in
the article? Do those problems seem to be a result of negligence or
intentional actions? Why? What responsibilities do CEOs and CFOs have to
insure that financial records properly record the situation in the company?
3. (Advanced) What sanctions did Mr. Cummings agree to accept? Do
these seem appropriate sanctions for his actions?
4. (Advanced) The article states that Mr. Cummings did not admit or
deny wrongdoing. Why would the SEC not require an admission of wrongdoing?
Why did he agree to sanctions if the SEC did not prove he participated in
wrongdoing?
Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast
"SEC Charges QSGI Executives of Misrepresenting Books," by Maria Arnental,
The Wall Street Journal, July 30, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/sec-charges-florida-computer-company-executives-1406751620?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
Top executives of Florida computer-equipment
company QSGI Inc. QSGI -42.50% have been charged with misrepresenting the
company's books to increase the amount of money they could borrow, the
Securities and Exchange Commission said Wednesday.
QSGI Inc.'s Co-Founder and former Chief Financial
Officer Edward L. Cummings has agreed to pay a $23,000 a penalty to settle
the charges, the agency said. Under the terms of the settlement, Mr.
Cummings, who didn't admit or deny wrongdoing, agreed to a five-year ban
from practicing as an accountant of any entity regulated by the SEC and from
serving as an officer or director of a publicly traded company, the agency
said.
The case against Co-Founder and Chief Executive
Marc Sherman is pending. Mr. Sherman is to file an answer within 20 days,
according to the SEC.
Attempts to reach Mr. Sherman and the company for
comment were unsuccessful.
The authorities charge Messrs. Sherman and Cummings
misled the company's external auditors, withholding, for example, that
inventory controls at the company's Minnesota operations were inadequate.
The authorities charge the West Palm Beach, Fla.,
company failed to design inventory-control procedures that took into account
such things as employees' qualifications and experience levels. Sales and
warehouse employees often failed to document the removal of items from
inventories and when they did, accounting personnel often failed to process
the paperwork and adjust inventory in the company's financial reporting
system, the SEC said.
The inventory control problems emerged at the
Minnesota facility beginning in 2007, when key personnel left, according to
the SEC. Workers assigned to replace the accounting staff, however, lacked
the necessary accounting background, the authorities said, adding, training
either didn't take place or was inadequate, the SEC says.
The deficiencies continued until the company filed
for bankruptcy in July 2009, the SEC added.
Also, the authorities alleged, Mr. Sherman directed
Mr. Cummings to accelerate the recognition of certain inventory and accounts
receivables by as much as a week at a time, improperly increasing revenue,
to maximize how much money the company could borrow from its chief creditor.
Hertz Restatements due to Inadequate Internal Controls and Faulty Audit by
PricewaterhouseCoopers
"Ethics and Compliance Failures Underlie Hertz’s Restatement of Financial
Statements," by Steven Mintz, Ethics Sage, November 26, 2014 ---
http://www.ethicssage.com/2014/11/ethics-and-compliance-failures-underlie-hertzs-restatement-of-financial-statements-.html
Teaching Case
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on November 21,
2014
Hertz to Restate More Results
by:
Michael Calia
Nov 15, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Accounting Errors, Materiality,
Restatements
SUMMARY: Hertz Global Holdings Inc. confirmed
concerns that its accounting issues run even deeper, saying it would restate
its results for 2012 and 2013 as the company continues an investigation into
its financial statements dating back to 2011. The company said it would take
longer to complete the auditing process. "Hertz does not currently expect to
complete the process and file updated financial statements before mid-2015,
and there can be no assurance that the process will be completed at that
time, or that no additional adjustments will be identified," the company
said in a filing.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: This article is
appropriate for a financial accounting class for the topics of restatements
and accounting errors, or could be used in an auditing class.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What are the facts of the Hertz restatements
discussed in the article?
2. (Advanced) What are the reasons for the delays in releasing
financial statements? What additional work must occur? Why?
3. (Advanced) How have these announcements affected Hertz's stock
price? Why? How could the company's stock price be impacted going into the
future?
4. (Advanced) What should the company do in the future to prevent
problems like this?
Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast
RELATED ARTICLES:
Hertz's Accounting Woes Wider Than Thought
by Michael Calia
Jun 09, 2014
Online Exclusive
Hertz Restates Some Results Citing Errors
by Michael Calia
Mar 20, 2014
Online Exclusive
Hertz Withdraws Guidance Citing Ongoing Audit Costs
by Maria Armental
Aug 19, 2014
Online Exclusive
Carl Icahn Takes 8.5% Stake in Hertz
by Maria Armental
Aug 20, 2014
Online Exclusive
"Hertz to Restate More Results," by Michael Calia, The Wall Street Journal,
November 15, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/hertz-to-restate-more-results-1415969212?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
Hertz Global Holdings Inc. on Friday confirmed
concerns that its accounting issues ran even deeper, saying it would restate
its results for 2012 and 2013 as the company continues an investigation into
its financial statements dating back to 2011.
Previously, the company had said it would only
restate results for 2011, while saying that it would revise the results for
2012 and 2013.
Hertz shares, down 23% over the past three months
through Thursday, fell as much as 14% Friday, before closing down about 5%.
The company also disclosed changes to its
rental-car fleet strategy and a plan to cut $100 million in costs over the
next year.
The company said its audit committee and management
have “concluded that the additional proposed adjustments arising out of the
review are material to the company’s 2012 and 2013 financial statements,”
Hertz said in a filing Friday.
As a result, the company said it would take longer
to complete the auditing process. “Hertz does not currently expect to
complete the process and file updated financial statements before mid-2015,
and there can be no assurance that the process will be completed at that
time, or that no additional adjustments will be identified,” the company
said in a filing.
Hertz revealed its detection of accounting errors
in March, which followed its naming of a new chief financial officer at the
end of last year. In June, the company said it would restate its 2011
results, while warning it may do the same for 2012 and 2013. It withdrew its
guidance in August, citing the continuing challenges and costs associated
with the audit.
The company has since fallen under scrutiny by
activists investors such as Jana Partners LLC and Carl Icahn . Jana, which
owns a 7% stake in Hertz, earlier this month pressed the company to move
ahead with its succession planning as the company seeks a new chief
executive. Mark Frissora stepped down from that role early in September as
the company contended with weak results and accounting issues.
Mr. Icahn, who disclosed an 8.5% stake in Hertz in
August, has said he believes the company’s shares are undervalued, and that
he lacked confidence in management amid the accounting strife.
Hertz on Friday also unveiled a new strategy for
its U.S. rental car fleet, with an emphasis on buying more 2015 model-year
cars than 2014 models.
The company said it has implemented a cost-cutting
program expected to result in $100 million in savings by the end of next
year, as well.
Hertz said its total revenue for the period ended
Sept. 30 rose about 2% to $3.12 billion. U.S. car-rental revenue was down
slightly to $1.76 billion, while international car-rental rose about 3% to
$795 million.
The company’s equipment-rental business posted a 3%
revenue increase to $415 million.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on PwC ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm
Bob Jensen's threads on audit firm professionalism and ethics ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm
BDO (the fifth largest multinational accounting firm) ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BDO_International
PCAOB ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Public_Company_Accounting_Oversight_Board
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on December 4, 2014
(PCAOB)
Regulator finds deficiencies in 65% of BDO USA’s audits
http://blogs.wsj.com/cfo/2014/12/03/regulator-finds-deficiencies-in-65-of-bdo-usas-audits/?mod=djemCFO_h
The government’s audit watchdog
on Wednesday released annual inspection reports for 37 audit
firms, and found more deficiencies in audits by
BDO USA LLP and
fewer problems in those by
Crowe Horwath LLP, CFO Journal’s Noelle Knox reports. Weaknesses in
BDO’s audits according to the Public Company Accounting Oversight board
included a failure to test controls over goodwill, reserves and receivables,
as well as a failure to test a client’s method for calculating the revenue
and value of certain financial assets.
Bob Jensen's threads on audit firm professionalism and ethics ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm
Jensen Comment
There's little evidence that PCAOB inspection reports have done much to improve
financial auditing in large firms. It seems like the audit firms pretty much
ignore the reports if improvements are expensive such as the expense of more
detailed testing. Those reports do destroy the myth that expensive audits from
the largest auditing firms are superior audits.
Clients seemingly are more concerned with reducing audit costs than improving
audit quality. My hypothesis is that audit firms cut corners on clients that
they are relatively certain will not lead to auditing lawsuits. When
firms audit troubled clients perhaps those audits have more due diligence. A bad
inspection report can destroy a small audit firm, but a negative inspection
report seems to not hurt the huge global auditing firms seeking new clients.
PCAOB Inspection Reports ---
http://pcaobus.org/Inspections/Pages/default.aspx
Teaching Case on Audit
Inspections
From The Wall Street Journal Weekly Accounting Review on October 31, 2014
KPMG Audits Had 46% Deficiency Rate in PCAOB Inspection
by: Michael Rapoport
Oct 24, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Accounting
Firms, Auditing, Deficiencies, PCAOB
SUMMARY: The 23
deficient audits the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board found in its
2013 inspection of the firm, were out of 50 audits or partial audits
conducted by KPMG that the PCAOB evaluated - a deficiency rate of 46%. In
the previous year's inspection, the PCAOB found deficiencies in 17 of 50
KPMG audits inspected, or 34%. The report spotlights the PCAOB's continuing
concerns about audit quality. Overall, 39% of audits inspected in the latest
evaluations of the Big Four firms - KPMG, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP,
Deloitte & Touche LLP and Ernst & Young LLP - were found to have
deficiencies, compared with 37% the previous year.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: This
is useful for an auditing class to present recent results of PCAOB
inspections.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What is the PCAOB? What is its function?
2. (Advanced) What are the "Big Four" accounting firms? What are
the results of the annual inspections of the Big Four accounting firms? Did
one firm perform better than others?
3. (Advanced) What is the purpose of these inspections? What do the
inspectors do? What is a deficiency? What do the firms do with the
inspection results?
4. (Advanced) What happens once these results are determined? Are
the financial statements changed as a result of these inspections? Are the
firms sanctioned?
5. (Advanced) The article notes that the PCAOB has made public what
was previously secret criticism of the firms. Why were those previous
results secret? Should this information be secret? Why or why not?
6. (Advanced) Should these results impact the reputations of the
Big Four firms? Why or why not? How should the firms handle these public
revelations?
Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast
RELATED ARTICLES:
Inspection Finds Defects in 19 PricewaterhouseCoopers Audits
by Michael Rapoport
Jun 30, 2014
Online Exclusive
Regulator Finds Deficiencies in 15 Deloitte & Touche Audits
by Michael Rapoport
Jun 02, 2014
Online Exclusive
Ernst & Young 2013 Audit Deficiency Rate 49%, Regulators Say
by Michael Rapoport
Aug 28, 2014
Online Exclusive
"KPMG Audits Had 46% Deficiency Rate in PCAOB Inspection," Michael Rapoport,
The Wall Street Journal, October 24, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/kpmg-audits-had-46-deficiency-rate-in-pcaob-inspection-1414093002?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
Audit regulators found deficiencies in 23 of the
KPMG LLP audits they evaluated in their latest annual inspection of the Big
Four accounting firm’s work.
The 23 deficient audits the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board found in its 2013 inspection of the firm,
released Thursday, were out of 50 audits or partial audits conducted by KPMG
that the PCAOB evaluated—a deficiency rate of 46%. In the previous year’s
inspection, the PCAOB found deficiencies in 17 of 50 KPMG audits inspected,
or 34%.
In a statement responding to the PCAOB inspection,
KPMG said, “We are always mindful of our responsibility to the capital
markets, and we are committed to continually improving our firm and to
working constructively with the PCAOB to improve audit quality.”
The 23 deficiencies were significant enough that it
appeared KPMG hadn’t obtained sufficient evidence to support its audit
opinions that a company’s financial statements were accurate or that it had
effective internal controls, the PCAOB said. A deficiency in the audit
doesn’t mean a company’s financial statements were wrong, however, or that
the problems found haven’t since been addressed.
Still, the report spotlights the PCAOB’s continuing
concerns about audit quality. Overall, 39% of audits inspected in the latest
evaluations of the Big Four firms—KPMG, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Deloitte
& Touche LLP and Ernst & Young LLP—were found to have deficiencies, compared
with 37% the previous year.
In addition, all of the Big Four have now seen the
PCAOB make public some of its previously secret criticisms of the firms.
Separately from the latest report, the PCAOB on Thursday unsealed previously
confidential criticisms of KPMG’s quality controls it had made in 2011 and
2012, mirroring previous moves the board had made with regard to PwC, E&Y
and Deloitte. The unsealing amounts to a public rebuke to KPMG for not
acting quickly enough to fix quality-control problems, in the regulator’s
view.
In the unsealed passages, the board said some of
the firm’s personnel had failed to sufficiently evaluate “contrary evidence”
that seemed to contradict its audit conclusions.
In the latest inspection report, among the areas in
which the PCAOB found audit deficiencies at KPMG were failure to
sufficiently test companies’ loan-loss reserves, testing of companies’
valuations of hard-to-value securities, and audits of certain kinds of
derivatives transactions.
The PCAOB didn’t identify the clients involved in
the deficient audits, in accordance with its usual practice.
PCAOB inspectors evaluate a sample of audits every
year at each of the major accounting firms—focused on those the board
believes are at highest risk for problems. Because of that focus, the PCAOB
says the inspection results may not reflect how frequently a firm’s overall
audit work is deficient. The inspections are intended only to evaluate the
firms’ performance and highlight areas for potential improvement, so the
firms aren’t subject to any penalties.
Only part of the inspection reports typically
becomes public. A separate portion, with the PCAOB’s criticisms of the
firm’s quality controls, is kept confidential to give the firm an
opportunity to address any concerns. If the firm does so, that portion of
the report stays sealed permanently.
If the firm doesn’t do enough to satisfy the
PCAOB within a year, however, the board makes the concerns public.
Again, though, the unsealing doesn’t carry any formal penalties for the
firms.
Bob Jensen's threads on the
two faces of KPMG ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm
Bob Jensen's threads on
professionalism in auditing ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm
Question
For 2014 what is likely to be the worst performing stock in the Dow Jones index?
Hint
The company is really blue at the moment.
Answer
http://www.businessinsider.com/ibm-stock-about-to-hit-an-embarrassing-milestone-2014-12
While we're on the subject of the history
of econometrics ......... blog-reader Mark Leeds kindly drew my
attention to
this interesting paper published by
Duo Qin and Christopher Gilbert in Econometric Theory in
2001.
I don't recall
reading this paper before - my loss.
Mark supplied me with a pre-publication
version of the paper, which you can download
here if
you don't have access to Econometric Theory.
Here's the
abstract:
"We argue that many
methodological confusions in time-series econometrics may be
seen as arising out of ambivalence or confusion about the error
terms. Relationships between macroeconomic time series are
inexact and, inevitably, the early econometricians found that
any estimated relationship would only fit with errors. Slutsky
interpreted these errors as shocks that constitute the motive
force behind business cycles. Frisch tried to dissect further
the errors into two parts: stimuli, which are analogous to
shocks, and nuisance aberrations. However, he failed to provide
a statistical framework to make this distinction operational.
Haavelmo, and subsequent researchers at the Cowles Commission,
saw errors in equations as providing the statistical foundations
for econometric models, and required that they conform to a
priori distributional assumptions specified in structural models
of the general equilibrium type, later known as
simultaneous-equations models (SEM). Since theoretical models
were at that time mostly static, the structural modelling
strategy relegated the dynamics in time-series data frequently
to nuisance, atheoretical complications. Revival of the shock
interpretation in theoretical models came about through the
rational expectations movement and development of the VAR
(Vector AutoRegression) modelling approach. The so-called LSE
(London School of Economics) dynamic specification approach
decomposes the dynamics of modelled variable into three parts:
short-run shocks, disequilibrium shocks and innovative
residuals, with only the first two of these sustaining an
economic interpretation."
Jensen Comment
Note that this problem can arise in what we often do not think of as "time
series" econometrics.
From Two Former Presidents of the AAA
"Some Methodological Deficiencies in Empirical Research Articles in
Accounting." by Thomas R. Dyckman and Stephen A. Zeff , Accounting
Horizons: September 2014, Vol. 28, No. 3, pp. 695-712 ---
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/acch-50818 (not free)
This paper uses a sample of the regression and
behavioral papers published in The Accounting Review and the Journal of
Accounting Research from September 2012 through May 2013. We argue first
that the current research results reported in empirical regression papers
fail adequately to justify the time period adopted for the study. Second, we
maintain that the statistical analyses used in these papers as well as in
the behavioral papers have produced flawed results. We further maintain that
their tests of statistical significance are not appropriate and, more
importantly, that these studies do not�and cannot�properly address the
economic significance of the work. In other words, significance tests are
not tests of the economic meaningfulness of the results. We suggest ways to
avoid some but not all of these problems. We also argue that replication
studies, which have been essentially abandoned by accounting researchers,
can contribute to our search for truth, but few will be forthcoming unless
the academic reward system is modified.
The free SSRN version of this paper is at
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2324266
This Dyckman and Zeff paper is indirectly related to the following technical
econometrics research:
"The Econometrics of Temporal Aggregation - IV - Cointegration," by
David Giles, Econometrics Blog, September 13, 2014 ---
http://davegiles.blogspot.com/2014/09/the-econometrics-of-temporal.html
Common Accountics Science and Econometric Science Statistical Mistakes ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsScienceStatisticalMistakes.htm
What can be done to make reports easier for everyone to understand?
Cut through the financial reporting clutter ---
http://intheblack.com/articles/2014/11/11/cut-through-the-financial-reporting-clutter
Jensen Comment
This is useful, especially for students in accounting and finance classes who
are not accounting majors.
I would stress how financial analysis and investing entails a whole lot more
than comparing earnings numbers such as eps trends and P/E ratios. Those indices
are potentially very misleading since the FASB and IASB cannot even
define earnings, and earnings indices may not be comparable over time or for
different companies at a point in time.
Wake Forest University has nation’s top pass rate (among 787 accounting
programs) for CPA exam For the 12th time since 1997 ---
http://www.journalnow.com/business/wfu-school-of-business-has-nation-s-top-pass-rate/article_55079950-7a7c-11e4-9a21-cb9c9def3a7a.html
But WFU cannot beat the University of North Carolina in football. It helps to
admit graduates who can read and write and not just play football..
“'Dirty Dozen' tax scam list now includes telephone scams," by
Alistair M. Nevius, Journal of Accountancy, February 19, 2014 ---
http://www.journalofaccountancy.com/News/20149633.htm
Identity theft and telephone scams
top this year’s list of the “Dirty
Dozen” fraudulent tax schemes released by the IRS
on Wednesday. The annual list contains various common scams that taxpayers
may be subjected to at any time, but the IRS says many of them reach a peak
during tax filing season. “These schemes jump every year at tax time,” said
IRS Commissioner John Koskinen in a prepared statement.
“Pervasive telephone scams” represent a
new entry onto the list. The IRS reports an increase in scams in which
callers pretend to be from the IRS and try to steal taxpayers’ money or
identities. The IRS says that in these scams the callers may say the victim
owes money or is entitled to a huge refund. Sometimes the callers threaten
the victim with arrest or threaten that his or her driver’s license will be
revoked.
The IRS warns that the callers can appear
genuine because they may be able to recite the last four digits of the
victim’s Social Security number or may imitate the IRS’s toll-free number on
caller ID to make it appear that the IRS is calling.
The IRS also warns that some telephone
scams target recent immigrants, who are threatened with arrest or
deportation if they do not pay up promptly.
The IRS asks that taxpayers who
think they are being targeted by phone scammers to contact the Service at
800-829-1040, the Treasury Inspector General for Tax Administration at
800-366-4484, and the Federal Trade Commission using the FTC Complaint
Assistant at
FTC.gov.
The rest of the “Dirty Dozen” is similar
to last year’s list:
- Identity theft;
- Phishing;
- False promises of free money from
inflated refunds;
- Tax return preparer fraud;
- Hiding income offshore;
- Charitable organization
impersonation;
- False income, expenses, or
exemptions;
- Frivolous arguments;
- Falsely claiming zero wages or using
a false Form 1099;
- Abusive tax structures; and
- Misuse of trusts.
Jensen Comment
Ever since my local physician had his identity stolen when somebody filed a
phony tax return claiming a refund using his Social Security number, I file my
own returns as soon as possible when I get the information needed to file. To
his own peril he delayed filing until April. Actually there were quite a few
physicians in New England who had their IDs stolen and found that someone else
had filed tax returns in their name. Apparently some database with their
personal information was hacked.
Using 1.700 Stolen IDs
"Virginia woman admits $7.2 million child-credit tax scam," by Kenrick
Ward, Fox News, November 25, 2014 ---
http://www.foxnews.com/politics/2014/11/25/virginia-woman-admits-72-million-child-credit-tax-scam/?intcmp=latestnews
More than a year after Watchdog reported the IRS
sent thousands refunds to the tiny town of Parksley, Va., a woman has
pleaded guilty to conspiracy and mail fraud.
Linda Avila admitted to obtaining more than $7.2
million in refunds by exploiting the federal government’s child tax credit
program.
Avila filed more than 1,700 tax returns with stolen
identifications used by illegal immigrants, mainly from Mexico.
The Virginian-Pilot reported that Avila, 50,
operated a landscaping and cleaning business in Parksley.
Investigators found copies of refund checks in
amounts from $4,000 to more than $7,000. The tax returns frequently cited
foreign dependents, which increased the refund amounts.
Click for more from Watchdog.org ---
http://watchdog.org/184589/child-credit-tax-scam/
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
"Congressman Plans To Plead Guilty In Tax Fraud Case," by Hunter
Walker, Reuters, December 22, 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/r-us-rep-grimm-to-plead-guilty-in-tax-fraud-case-source-2014-12
Rep. Michael Grimm (R-New York) is expected to
plead guilty on Tuesday to resolve federal tax fraud and other charges, a
source familiar with the case told Reuters.
An indictment filed against Grimm in April
included 20 different charges relating to Healthalicious, a Manhattan
restaurant he was a part owner of from 2007 until 2010, the year before he
was elected to Congress. The
indictment detailed what was described as Grimm's "schemes"
including hiding over $1 million in earnings to pay
lower taxes and knowingly hiring undocumented immigrants. Grimm
initially denied any wrongdoing.
Despite his legal woes, Grimm,
a former FBI agent
whose New York City district includes Staten Island and parts of Brooklyn,
was
easily re-elected to a second term in November.
The New York Daily
News
first reported on Grimm's guilty plea and said he
"is expected to argue that he can continue to hold his House seat despite
his guilty plea" if he is able to avoid jail time.
If Grimm does fight to keep his seat, House
Republican leaders will need to decide whether to try to force him out.
Grimm's re-election campaign was
one of the most hotly-contested in the country as
he is the only Republican House member within the confines of New York City.
Court records show a plea hearing has been
scheduled for Tuesday afternoon in Brooklyn federal court.
Grimm has also been under investigation by federal
authorities since
at least 2012 for various allegations involving his campaign fundraising.
In January, a woman was charged with funnelling
$10,000 into Grimm's war chest illegally through straw donors. Last August,
an aide to a high profile Israeli rabbi who raised six figure sums for Grimm
from the rabbi's followers pleaded guilty to visa fraud.
In addition to his legal problems, Grimm made
headlines in January when he was
videotaped threatening to throw a reporter off a balcony.
The reporter, NY1's Michael Scotto, had asked Grimm
about the probe into his fundraising.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
"Former IRS employee gets
prison for tax fraud," by Brianne Pfannenstiel, Kansas City Business
Journal, October 27, 2014 ---
http://www.bizjournals.com/kansascity/news/2014/10/27/former-irs-employee-gets-prison-for-tax-fraud.html
Taylor Knight, a former employee of the Internal
Revenue Service in Kansas City, will spend two years in prison after
stealing taxpayer identity information.
Knight pleaded guilty in July and was sentenced
Monday. Knight admitted to inappropriately accessing information for three
taxpayers and using the stolen identities to receive fraudulent tax refunds.
Knight submitted a false 2010 tax return and
obtained a $46,572 refund check. Knight deposited $5,000 onto a debit card,
but the receiving banks rejected other deposits.
Knight's boyfriend, Michael Moore, then called the
IRS and asked to have the remaining money mailed to a former residence in
Independence.
Later, the victims filed legitimate amended 2010
tax returns. A $46,734 check was mailed to the address Moore had submitted.
Knight and Moore intercepted the check.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
"Pittsburgh police payroll accountant waives preliminary hearing," by
Liz Navratil, Pittsburgh Post-Gazette, December 17, 2014 ---
http://www.post-gazette.com/local/city/2014/12/17/Pittsburgh-police-payroll-accountant-waives-preliminary-hearing/stories/201412170258
A Pittsburgh police payroll accountant charged with
stealing from the city waived her right to a preliminary hearing today,
according to court records.
Tamara L. Davis, a civilian, was scheduled to
appear in court Thursday morning for a hearing on charges of theft, forgery
and misapplication of entrusted property. Her next court appearance will be
formal arraignment, scheduled for Feb. 9.
The waiver by Ms. Davis, 48, of the Hill District,
comes 11 months after the city's former police chief, Nate Harper, pleaded
guilty to federal charges of failing to file income tax returns and
conspiring with others to steal from the bureau. The charges filed against
Ms. Davis appeared to have brought to a close a long and sprawling probe of
the Pittsburgh police bureau and former mayor's office.
Investigators accused Ms. Davis, second-in-command
in the police bureau's personnel and finance office, of stealing various
amounts totaling $9,165 from the city on five instances between 2009 and
2012. In some cases, Ms. Davis withdrew money from an off-the-books account
named "I.P.F" -- the same one Harper tapped -- while depositing checks made
out to the bureau, according to an affidavit supporting the criminal
charges. In another, a detective wrote, she forged invoices to obtain a
$3,000 check made out to the police bureau, depositing some of the money
into I.P.F. and keeping the rest.
The affidavit accuses Ms. Davis of withdrawing
$4,000 from I.P.F. under the guise of buying riot shields for the 2009 G-20
summit. But instead of using the money on bureau expenses, Ms. Davis kept it
for herself, the affidavit said.
She has also been charged in connection with a 2012
instance in which investigators said they suspect she kept part of $3,000
check cut by the city under the guise it would be used for a D.A.R.E.
program.
In another instance, investigators wrote that Ms.
Davis told an officer a check given to the officer for providing children's
backpacks to the bureau had been cut from the wrong account and the officer
should submit a new invoice and reimburse the money. A detective wrote that
he suspects Ms. Davis kept the money submitted by the officer.
City officials announced after the charges were
filed against Ms. Davis that they were placing her on unpaid leave.
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
FCC plans $105 million fine for Sprint Corp.
The Federal Communications Commission is preparing to fine Sprint Corp. $105
million over allegations the company charged consumers for unwanted text message
alerts and other services ---
http://www.wsj.com/articles/corporate-watch-news-digest-1418777105
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
"NY Times: Life Insurers Use State Laws to Avoid $100 Billion in U.S.
Taxes," by Paul Caron, TaxProf Blog, December 13, 2014 ---
http://taxprof.typepad.com/taxprof_blog/2014/12/ny-times-life-insurers-use-state-laws-.html
New York Times DealBook,
Life Insurers Use State Laws to Avoid as Much as $100 Billion in U.S. Taxes:
Some companies have been called economic traitors for seeking
to lower their tax bills by moving overseas. But life insurers are
accomplishing the same goal without leaving the country, saving as much as
$100 billion in federal taxes, much of it in the last several years.
The insurers are taking advantage of fierce competition for
their business among states, which have passed special laws that allow the
companies to pull cash away from reserves they are required to keep to pay
claims. The insurers use the money to pay for bonuses, shareholder
dividends, acquisitions and other projects, and
because of complicated accounting maneuvers, the money escapes federal
taxation.
"WSJ: Bonus Depreciation Fails to Boost Jobs, Capital Investment,"
by Paul Caron, TaxProf Blog, December 12, 2014 ---
http://taxprof.typepad.com/taxprof_blog/2014/12/wsj-bonus-depreciation.html
With Congress poised to extend a raft of tax breaks, consider
this: One such break has helped AT&T and Verizon slash their recent tax
bills by billions of dollars without leading to the intended increase in
investment or jobs.
The measure, known as “bonus depreciation,” lets companies
offset their income with investments they have made more quickly. It was
enacted in 2008 as part of the economic stimulus package with the goal of
giving companies an incentive to build more factories or upgrade more
equipment, creating jobs and giving a boost to sluggish economic growth in
the process.
But that isn’t how it has worked, at least at AT&T and
Verizon, whose vast networks of towers and cables make them two of the
country’s biggest investors in infrastructure.
AT&T estimated its federal tax bill last year at $3 billion,
down from about $5.9 billion in 2007, before the tax relief was enacted.
Verizon estimated that it would get $197 million back last year, compared
with a 2007 bill of $2.6 billion.
Meanwhile, the companies have kept their
capital spending relatively flat since the stimulus was adopted, and their
employee count has dropped by more than 100,000 people, a fifth of their
combined work forces.
A terrific innovation "teetering on the brink of failure"
"HP Sprout Review: You Have Never Seen a PC Like This," by David
Pogue, Yahoo Tech, November 26, 2014 ---
https://www.yahoo.com/tech/hp-sprout-review-lets-just-admit-it-the-desktop-103667461034.html
Let’s just
admit it: The desktop PC is fully baked.
It’s finished
evolving in a meaningful way. We know what features it has and doesn’t have.
We no longer upgrade every other year to keep up with the latest advances;
there are no advances worth upgrading to so often.
That’s what
makes the HP Sprout ($1,900) newsworthy. It truly is, as HP contends, a
groundbreaking machine. No other computer can touch its innovations. It’s a
surprisingly bold departure for such a lumbering, hidebound company.
And yet, in
its 1.0 version, it’s teetering on the brink of failure.
The PC
The Sprout is, first of
all, a beautiful, well-built, one-piece PC. It runs Windows 8.1, has 8
gigabytes of memory and a 1-terabye hard drive, bristles with ports, and
comes with a wireless mouse and keyboard. It’s got a gorgeous 23-inch screen
— a touchscreen, so you can work with both standard Windows programs and
TileWorld touchscreen apps.
But onto this,
HP has integrated two truly unusual elements.
First, there’s
a floppy white 20-inch mat. At its top is a cool-looking metal
docking connector that snaps magnetically and satisfyingly onto the front of
the PC. (Similarly, when you don’t need it, you can just tug it away,
although there’s no real reason to; when you’re typing, you can just put the
mouse and keyboard on top of it.)
Continued in article
Question
What are the mysterious (secret?) Validity Concerns of TAR referees that led to
rejection of 46% of all submissions to The Accounting Review (TAR) in
2014?
"2014 Annual Report and Editorial Commentary for The Accounting Review,"
by Editor John Harry Evans III, The Accounting Review, Volume 89, Issue 6
(November 2014) ---
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/accr-10410
This annual
report describes the operations of The Accounting Review during
the final year (6/1/2013–5/31/2014) of my three-year term as senior
editor, with Stacy Hoffman as editorial assistant. The report represents
the sixth edition of a reporting format adopted by the AAA in 2009.
Along with summary statistics on The Accounting Review (TAR)
operations, I will continue the tradition that Steve Kachelmeier started
of providing a commentary for our constituents, particularly the AAA
Publications Committee and Board of Directors, the new editorial team
headed by Mark DeFond, with Elizabeth Garrett as Editorial Assistant, as
well as co-editors, authors, reviewers, and readers of TAR and
AAA members. Your comments and questions are welcome.
II. THE ACCOUNTING
REVIEW EDITORIAL PROCESS |
Our
third year continued the increasing reliance on the online AllenTrack
system, which is evolving further under Mark and Elizabeth. For
additional details on our operational processes during our regime,
please see the 2013 TAR annual report (Evans
2013). That report also discusses the
integrity of the academic research process and the integrity of
peer-reviewed journals in that process. In my opinion, these issues
become more important each year as more reports of fraudulent research
in academic journals become public.
III. EDITORIAL AND
PUBLICATION STATISTICS |
Table 1:
Annual Activity Summary
To facilitate
comparisons over time, the 2014 report follows the structure of the
2009–2013 reports. The annual TAR workflow has remained
relatively consistent during the 2010–2014 period, after an initial
adjustment in Steve Kachelmeier's first year in 2009.
Table 1,
Panel A reports TAR's comparative workflow statistics for the
six years 2009–2014, with the data on a journal-year basis of June 1
through May 31 of the following year. Panel A shows that in 2014 the
volume of new submissions increased by 7.3 percent from 543 in 2013
to 583 in 2014. During the first year of the Kachelmeier term,
TAR experienced a surge of new submissions, followed by a slight
decline in Steve's final two years. Our regime experienced a similar
surge in our first year of 2012 relative to 2011, but even further
growth in the final year of 2014. The year-over-year growth rates in
new submissions versus the corresponding years in the preceding
regime have been 2.0 percent, 8.2 percent, and 17.8 percent,
respectively. This pattern of increases suggests a generally healthy
position of the journal, in terms of this single measure of
attracting new submissions. The other columns of
Table 1,
Panel A show that 2014 achieved new highs in the activity measures
of total manuscripts available for evaluation (column (d)), decision
letters sent (column (e)) and ending inventory of manuscripts
(column (f)).
Next, to permit comparability to years before 2009,
Table 1,
Panel B provides data on a calendar year (CY) basis beginning in
1998. Panel B indicates that the total of 561 new manuscripts
submitted to The Accounting Review in CY2013 is exceeded only
by the 582 new submissions in CY2011. The third and fourth columns
of
Table 1,
Panel B track how the increased submissions prompted corresponding
increases from four TAR issues annually in 2005 to six issues
annually starting in 2008, and associated growth in the total annual
published pages.
Table 2:
Annual Outcome Summary
Table 2,
Panel A reports the editorial outcomes communicated in the total
decision letters (column (a)) generated during each of the fiscal or
journal years 2009–2014. The final two columns of Panel A of
Table 2 use
the data in columns (a) to (d) to generate two estimated annual
“acceptance rates” for each of the last six fiscal years. For 2014,
Acceptance Rate 1 in column (e) divides the 81 acceptances and
conditional acceptances in 2014 by the 81 (column (d)) + 466 (column
(b)) = 547 “final outcome” decisions, yielding the Acceptance Rate 1
of 14.8 percent. Acceptance Rate 2 in column (f) retains the same 81
acceptances in 2014 in the numerator but now adds to the denominator
the 239 “Revise and ‘Uncertain' Decisions” in 2014, which yields an
Acceptance Rate 2 of 10.3 percent (81/786). Acceptance Rate 1 can be
viewed as an upward-biased measure of the 2014 acceptance rate,
whereas Rate 2 is downward-biased, such that the “true” acceptance
rate falls somewhere in between—roughly in the 12–13 percent range
for 2014. The overall results for 2014 in
Table 2,
Panel A are largely similar to those for 2011–2013, consistent with
the current editorial team's decision to generally retain policies
from the preceding regime, together with a generally similar
experience in the submission and review process in 2014 as in the
previous five years.
Table 2,
Panel B presents a slightly different “annual cohort” perspective on
acceptance rates. Whereas Panel A focuses on the annual flow of
manuscripts and editorial decisions in a given year independent of
when those manuscripts were initially submitted, Panel B treats each
year's set of new submissions as a unique “cohort” and tracks the
eventual outcomes for that cohort over the next several years. Thus,
the first two lines of
Table 2,
Panel B shows that for the journal years ending May 31, 2009 and
2010, TAR received 557 and 502 new submissions, respectively
(column (a)), all of which, as column (d) shows, were either
accepted or rejected as of five years later on May 31, 2014,
yielding acceptance rates of 17.4 percent and 13.7 percent,
respectively, for these two cohorts of 2009 and 2010 submissions.
The final
three rows of
Table 2,
Panel B report the corresponding figures for the status of the 2011,
2012, and 2013 submission cohorts. The final two columns present
lower and upper bounds on the annual acceptance rates for these
three cohorts of new submissions based on different assumptions
concerning how many of the manuscripts that remained in process as
of 5/31/2014 will ultimately be accepted. The results show that the
final acceptance rate for the 2011 cohort of new submissions will
fall in the 14.3 percent to 16.3 percent range versus 15.3 percent
to 18.8 percent and 5.2 percent to 19.5 percent for the 2012 and
2013 cohorts, respectively. The wider range for the 2013 cohort
reflects the fact that a larger percentage of these manuscripts
remained in process as of 5/31/2014.
One final
observation concerns the relation between TAR acceptance
rates, publication rates, and the resulting backlog of accepted but
not-yet-published manuscripts. Steve Kachelmeier's regime accepted a
sufficient number of articles to build an approximately six-month
backlog by the end of his term. Therefore, Stacy and I inherited an
inventory of accepted articles to fill the three issues published in
our first six months. Throughout the Harry/Stacy term this backlog
grew to approximately ten months, which represents five issues.
Based on the data in column (d) of
Table 2,
Panel A, TAR editors have accepted an average of 75.7
articles per year over the last six years. Given that TAR has
published 72 articles per year over this period, an additional 3.7
articles per year have been added to the backlog, consistent with
the general description above.
Having
a sufficient backlog ensures a consistent publication rate and a
consistent number of articles per issue in contrast to some earlier
years in which TAR published relatively “thin” issues
comprised of fewer articles, where “thin” issues can hurt a
journal's visibility. On the other hand, having too long of a
backlog can result in published articles that are less timely,
although the online publication process addresses this concern to
some degree. In net, the current backlog seems at least sufficient,
and my understanding is that Mark and Elizabeth plan to take action
to reduce the backlog, a policy that I endorse.
Exhibit 1:
Histogram of Editorial Rounds and Outcomes
Exhibit 1
provides further details on the 786 editorial decisions reported in
Table 2,
Panel A for the journal year ending May 31, 2014.
Exhibit 1
shows that 574 of the 786 decisions (73 percent) were first-round
decisions, while 123 (16 percent) were second-round decisions (first
revisions) and the remaining 89 (11 percent) were third-round or
later. Of the 574 first-round decisions, Panel A of
Exhibit 1
shows that rejection was the most common outcome, accounting for
approximately 73 percent (227 + 192 = 419 of 574) of the first-round
decisions, while the remaining 27 percent of first-round decisions
were revisions if we exclude the 2012 Presidential Scholar Address.1
Panel A also shows that of the 419 first-round rejections, we
attributed 227 (54 percent) to insufficient contribution, and the
other 192 (46 percent) primarily to validity concerns.
Next,
Exhibit 1,
Panel A shows that of the 154 first-round decisions in 2014 that
permitted the authors to submit a revised manuscript, 74 were
standard “revise and resubmit” decisions, while the other 80 were
more qualified “uncertain” decisions. Both “revise and resubmit” and
“uncertain” have outcome risk, but the degree of that risk is
substantially higher for an “uncertain” decision. Specifically, an
“uncertain” letter informs the author that neither the reviewers nor
the editor can envision a viable revision path that would address
the identified concerns, but that the editor recognizes that the
author might be able to construct such a path. Accordingly, such a
letter gives the author an option to revise and resubmit, but
without explicitly encouraging the author to do so. The intent is to
communicate clearly to the author that withdrawing the manuscript
might be in the author's best interest if the author's candid
assessment is that the concerns raised cannot feasibly be addressed.
Experience indicates that almost all recipients of “uncertain”
letters choose to revise and resubmit in spite of the cautions, but
the rejection rate on “uncertain” revisions is substantially higher
than that for standard invitations to revise and resubmit.
Moving to the
second-round or “first revision” decisions,
Exhibit 1,
Panel B shows that of the 123 total second-round outcomes, 12
received conditional acceptances and 68 received invitations for
further revision, with seven of these in the more qualified
“uncertain” category. The remaining 43 (13 + 30) second-round
letters were rejections, which are always painful. Nevertheless, a
third-round rejection is even worse. This consideration encourages
editors to make difficult decisions on manuscripts that appear to
have potential but achieved only limited progress in the first
revision.
By the time a manuscript gets to the third round or beyond, the odds
of success increase dramatically.
Exhibit 1,
Panel C shows that for these manuscripts 68 of the 89 fiscal 2014
decisions were acceptance or conditional acceptance, a rate of 76
percent. Seventeen manuscripts received a further revise and
resubmit during the third or later round, and four manuscripts were
rejected at this advanced stage of the process. Although we seek to
minimize such late-round rejections by making the tough decisions
sooner whenever possible, in some cases further rounds appear to be
the most appropriate decision despite the risk. Finally, we note
that Panel C includes 70 third-round decisions, 18 fourth-round
decisions, and one fifth-round decision. Of the 19 fourth- and
fifth-round decisions, 18 were conditional acceptances.
Table 3:
Submissions and Acceptances by Subject Area and Research Method
Panels A–D in
Table 3
compare submissions to acceptances by subject area, research method,
and the combination of the two. The results offer important insight
concerning patterns and trends, including whether submissions in
certain subject areas or using certain methods were more or less
likely than others to be published in TAR over the fiscal
years 2009–2014. These tables are helpful in responding to
conjectures that TAR systematically favors or disfavors
particular areas or methods of research, where the conjecture could
stem simply from comparing the number of publications across topic
areas or research methods.
Table 3
provides systematic data by relating acceptance rates to
corresponding submission rates.
Table 3
counts each study only once, even though many studies go through
several rounds of revision before eventually being published or
rejected. This approach means that the figures in
Table 3 will
generally differ from those in
Tables 1 and
2, which
treat each submitted version of a study as a distinct manuscript.
The general
pattern in
Table 3
indicates that The Accounting Review accepts articles at
rates that are very similar to the corresponding submission rates,
whether by topic, by method, or by topic crossed with method.2
The overall similarity in submission and acceptance rates is
consistent with the journal's policy of not emphasizing one area or
method over another, but rather seeking to reflect the broad
interests of AAA members. In turn, this general similarity between
submission and acceptance rates is consistent with our process of
selecting editors and reviewers. By choosing reviewers for each
submission who are experts in the area of that submission, we seek
to subject each submission to a comparable review process.
Authors
obviously exhibit self-selection preferences in determining the
journals to which they direct their submissions. These decisions by
authors are one fundamental determinant of ultimate TAR
publication rates. For example, although TAR publishes far
fewer manuscripts in the accounting systems area or manuscripts
employing field study methods as compared to the number of financial
archival manuscripts, this difference in publication rates is driven
primarily by differences in submission rates rather than by
differences in acceptance rates. To see this, compare the two
percentages in each cell of
Table 3,
Panel D. The first (second) percentage indicates that cell's
percentage of all submissions (acceptances).
In this way,
Table 3,
Panel D compares the percentage of all submissions and acceptances
by area and method over the last six years, 2009–2014. For example,
the two percentages in the cell in
Table 3,
Panel D for the combination of the financial accounting area and the
archival research method are “43.5%” and “(37.5%),” indicating that
over the last six years financial archival studies have comprised
43.5 percent of all TAR submissions and 37.5 percent of all
TAR acceptances. The resulting [Acceptance Rate − Submission
Rate] differential is −6.0 percent, which is the least favorable
differential of any cell in Panel D. This pattern is consistent with
the observation above that financial archival was the least-favored
category by this measure over the 2009–2014 period.
In contrast to
the preceding example, the overall pattern of submission and
acceptance rates in
Table 3,
Panel D shows a generally close correspondence between the
submission and acceptance percentages. Other than the −6.0 percent
difference noted above, none of the individual cells (as opposed to
“Total” cells in the bottom row and the far right column) in
Table 3,
Panel D have [Acceptance Rate − Submission Rate] differentials with
absolute values greater than 2.1 percent. The only other distinctive
pattern in
Table 3,
Panel D is that managerial accounting studies have greater
acceptance rates than submission rates across all four research
method categories, resulting in the bottom “Total” row in Panel D
showing that managerial studies for all research methods represent
12.6 percent of TAR submissions, but 17.0 percent of
acceptances over the last six years. In my view, the rate
differentials documented here are worth noting and tracking in the
future. Differences between submission and acceptance rates of −6.0
percent for financial archival studies and +4.4 percent for all
managerial accounting studies over a six-year period could
potentially represent more than temporary random fluctuations.
The preceding
comparison of submissions and acceptances across areas is related to
the general TAR policy of openness with respect to a variety
of research areas and methods within accounting. One of the
important signals that the TAR senior editor can send with
respect to openness to research in particular areas or using
particular methods is through the make-up of the team of TAR
co-editors. For example, I continued the prior regime's approach of
signaling TAR's openness to research in the accounting
systems area and to studies using field-based methods by inviting
Vern Richardson and Ken Merchant, respectively, to serve as TAR
editors to handle submissions in accounting systems and field-based
studies.
Table 3,
Panel A shows one acceptance in the systems area in 2014, and the
same is true in
Table 3,
Panel B with one field and case study acceptance in 2014.
More broadly, the
process of recruiting an ideal team of TAR editors is an
interesting challenge. The challenge comes from attempting to
balance the desire to have an editorial team that has subject matter
and method expertise across a wide range of areas and methods, while
at the same time keeping the total number of editors manageable and
balancing the workload equitably across editors. Almost all authors
would prefer that one or more of the TAR co-editors have
considerable expertise and enthusiasm for the author's research area
and method, and further would prefer that one of these editors
handle the author's submission. To increase our odds of achieving
this matching, I recruited an additional co-editor to bring the
total to 14 co-editors, while adjusting the mix of editors'
expertise. Specifically, I adjusted the mix of editors slightly away
from the experimental/behavioral area and toward the financial
archival area because of the prior regime's experience of having to
request that editors in the financial archival area handle more than
the targeted maximum of 40 new manuscripts per year. Based on our
three years of experience, I am confident that these were good
decisions. Each of our co-editors has worked very hard during these
three years, and we have generally been able to handle all
submissions while respecting the agreed maximum workload of 40 new
manuscripts (not including revisions) per co-editor per year, in
addition to resubmissions. The primary exception has been in the
empirical auditing area, where Mike Ettredge has generously handled
an average of more than 40 new manuscripts annually over our
three-year term.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
Firstly, I might note that this report has an interesting statistic regarding
"Validity Rejections:"
Panel A also shows that of the 419 first-round
rejections, we attributed 227 (54 percent) to insufficient contribution, and
the other 192 (46 percent) primarily to
validity concerns.
I find this frustrating in that there is no elaboration on the things that
constitute "Validity Rejections." In virtually all instances these are the
concerns of referees and editors. Unlike science journals, the main validity
issues often arise due to inability to independently replicate the research and
published commentaries of readers of the articles. Since TAR will not publish
replications that do not extend the research and does not publish commentaries
on published papers, the "Validity Rejections" do not come from the readers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TheoryTAR.htm
Since the "Validity Rejections" come only from TAR referees and editors, it's
not at all likely that the scholars who rejected the papers did so on the basis
of replication attempts. And the referees and editors did not publish the basis
of their "Validity Rejections" it is of zero help to the TAR readership to know
what constitutes a "Validity Rejection." I suspect many of the concerns are
statistical analysis mistakes or serious concerns ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsScienceStatisticalMistakes.htm
Even more frustrating, is that unlike real science journals TAR does not
encourage validity tests and commentaries of the papers that are published in
TAR ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TheoryTAR.htm
The implication is that if TAR publishes it the
research is valid. I say baloney!
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TheoryTAR.htm
Secondly, I might note that once again in 2014 TAR only published accountics
science papers in that they had to have equations and/or statistical inference
tables. Previous editors of TAR argue this is heavily due to self-selection on
the part of authors submitting papers to TAR. However, since editors for four
decades of TAR have done zero to encourage submissions of articles without
mathematics and statistics, accounting researchers by now conclude that it's
hopeless to submit a research paper to TAR that does not have mathematics and/or
statistical analysis.
A notable exception is Gregory B. Waymire's very short conference summary
paper in the November 2014 issue of TAR. However, this us a summary of papers
that do have mathematics and statistical analysis such that I do not consider
this to be a true exception to TAR's defacto editorial policy of the past four
decades.
My main point of this posting, however, is that
it would be terrific in referees who rejected 192 (46%) of the 2014 submissions
to TAR on the basis of "Validity Concerns" would soon give us an analysis of
what constituted those "Validity Concerns."
"R2 and Idiosyncratic
Risk Are Not Interchangeable." by Bin Li, The Accounting Review,
November 2014 ---
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/accr-50826
A growing
literature exists in both finance and accounting on the association between
firm-specific variation in stock returns and several aspects of the firm's
information or governance environment. Appendix A, Part 1 lists 21 published
papers in top-tier finance and accounting journals and the Social Sciences
Research Network (SSRN) reports at least 75 working papers. These studies
rely on one of two proxies for firm-specific return variation as the
dependent variable:
Continued in article
Common Statistical Mistakes in
Accountics Science ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsScienceStatisticalMistakes.htm
Free From the Khan Academy ---
https://www.khanacademy.org/
Note that the Khan Academy has greatly expanded its tutorials in accounting,
economics, finance, and information technology.
Hour of Drawing with Code: Learn to program using JavaScript,
one of the world's most popular programming languages via two great options:
http://emails.khanacademy.org/523a1d5a191b2a646d943fa621xpa.7unbw/VH89x0mOdl6HTK8TD903a
- Drag-and-drop: experimental block-based coding
for those with less-developed typing skills and on tablet devices (ages
8+).
- Typing: keyboard-based coding (ages 10+).
Hour of Webpages: Learn to make your own webpages using the
basics of HTML and CSS (ages 10+).
http://emails.khanacademy.org/523a1d5a191b2a646d943fa621xpa.7unbw/VH89x0mOdl6HTK8TE3e97
Hour of Databases: Learn the fundamentals of databases using
SQL to create tables, insert data into them, and do basic querying (ages
12+).
http://emails.khanacademy.org/523a1d5a191b2a646d943fa621xpa.7unbw/VH89x0mOdl6HTK8TF0bf7
Free From
the Khan Academy
Tutorials on Piketty's Capital in the 21st Century ---
https://www.khanacademy.org/economics-finance-domain/macroeconomics/gdp-topic/piketty-capital
Bob Jensen's bookmarks for multiple disciplines ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob2.htm
December 7, 2014 message from
Richard Campbell
This is my first contribution on my website in respect to managerial
accounting. If you watch the entire video - I have questions and a feedback
request embedded in the video.
See the link below.
http://virtualpublishing.net/wordpress1/2014/12/07/capital-budgeting-using-microsoft-excel/
December 7, 2014 reply from Bob
Jensen
Thank you Richard. These are good for the
basics.
Other tutorials on capital budgeting, calculation of cost of capital,
inflation considerations, and risk analysis include the following
Khan Academy
Some Khan Academy tutorials that include inflation considerations in
capital budgeting ---
https://www.khanacademy.org/economics-finance-domain/core-finance/interest-tutorial/present-value/v/introduction-to-present-value
Some considerations for opportunity cost of capital calculations
(from the Khan Academy) ---
https://www.khanacademy.org/economics-finance-domain/microeconomics/firm-economic-profit/economic-profit-tutorial/v/depreciation-and-opportunity-cost-of-capital
The Rule of 72 for Compound Interest (from the Khan Academy) ---
https://www.khanacademy.org/economics-finance-domain/core-finance/interest-tutorial/compound-interest-tutorial
P/E conundrum (from the Khan Academy)
https://www.khanacademy.org/economics-finance-domain/core-finance/stock-and-bonds/valuation-and-investing/v/p-e-conundrum
Put vs. short and leverage (from the Khan Academy) ---
https://www.khanacademy.org/search?page_search_query=Capital+Budgeting&page=9
Some MOOCs on Corporate Finance that include capital
budgeting and risk analysis modules ---
https://www.mooc-list.com/course/introduction-corporate-finance-coursera
In particular note:
A Primer For University And College Board Members ---
http://dch360.com/file/1486a31
Popular Capital Budgeting Videos on YouTube ---
https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL6mabgsCsPGFrgXtntRZrZ8wM4Ida3KQE
In particular note
https://www.koofers.com/wofford-college/fin/430-capital-budgeting/videos
For each video note the YouTube link.
In particular note
Capital Budgeting Part 1 CA IPCC FINAL CMA CS MBA VIDEO LECTURE CLASSES
by Shivansh Sharma
October 30, 2014
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2HMehMZgDmk&list=PL6mabgsCsPGFrgXtntRZrZ8wM4Ida3KQE&index=6
Capital Budgeting Part 1
Time Value Of Money (TVM)
Accounting Rate Of return (ARR)
Internal Rate Of return (IRR)
Pay Back Period
Discounted Pay Back Period
Bob Jensen's tutorial on valuation of an interest rate
swap ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133swapvalue.htm
Bob Jensen's Excel workbooks on
capital budgeting ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/Excel/
From
the Khan Academy
Tutorials on Piketty's Capital in the 21st Century ---
https://www.khanacademy.org/economics-finance-domain/macroeconomics/gdp-topic/piketty-capital
These are the books reviewed in the
November 2014 issue of TAR:
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/accr-10404
Unlike articles, TAR's book reviews are free.
- IAN DENNIS, The Nature of Accounting Regulation (New York,
NY: Routledge, 2014, ISBN 978-0-415-89195-0, pp. 135).
IAN DEWINGOMIROS GEORGIOU
- YVES LEVANT and OLIVIER DE LA VILLARMOIS (editors), French
Accounting History: New Contributions (Abingdon, Oxon, U.K.:
Routledge, 2012, ISBN 13:978-0-415-84783-4, pp. viii, 178).
JACQUES RICHARD
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting
standard setting controversies ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting
"The Double-Dipping Legal Scam Bogus
asbestos claims break into the open in federal court," The Wall Street
Journal, December 25, 2014 ---
http://www.wsj.com/articles/the-double-dipping-legal-scam-1419535915?tesla=y&mod=djemMER_h&mg=reno64-wsj
House Speaker
John Boehner says asbestos legal reform is a
priority in the New Year, and it can’t come soon enough. Based on the
details emerging from federal bankruptcy court, asbestos litigation fraud
has reached new heights.
Garlock Sealing Technologies is a maker of gaskets
that since its bankruptcy in 2010 has become a symbol of the corrupt
practices of the plaintiffs bar. Lawyers demanded $1.3 billion in payouts
from Garlock for mesothelioma patients until federal Judge George Hodges
reviewed evidence showing that many of the claims were a sham. The judge in
January slashed the company’s liability to $125 million and slammed the
trial bar for “misrepresenting” the facts.
Then in October he moved to unseal that evidence,
and now we’re getting a glimpse of what has become a widespread tort-bar
con. Court documents show the ugly specifics of “double-dipping”—in which
lawyers sue a company and claim its products caused their clients’ disease,
even as they file claims with asbestos trusts blaming other products for the
harm. This lets them get double or multiple payouts for a single illness,
with a huge cut for the lawyers each time.
Garlock unveiled how this worked in at least 15
different cases that it had previously settled or lost after Judge Hodges
allowed for belated discovery. In a case called Torres, the plaintiff
claimed the only asbestos he handled was in Garlock gaskets, even as he told
multiple trusts that he regularly handled raw asbestos.
In a case called White, the plaintiff told Garlock
he’d never worked at the Norfolk naval shipyard, that he never went aboard
naval ships, and that he’d never had exposure to insulation in the Coast
Guard. The plaintiff meanwhile told various asbestos trusts that he had
worked at the Norfolk shipyard, that he’d been exposed to asbestos aboard
naval ships, and that he’d been exposed to insulation while in the Coast
Guard. Each of the 15 cases shows similar contradictions.
The extent of the deception won’t surprise anyone
who’s done business with plaintiffs firms. In the White case, the plaintiff
told Garlock that he’d been exposed to only two asbestos products. He told
others (including trusts or courts) he’d been exposed to 22 additional
products.
Of the 15 cases in question, the plaintiffs
disclosed to Garlock a cumulative total of 32 asbestos products to which
they’d had exposure. In other forums, those same 15 plaintiffs claimed to
have been exposed to 284 different products—many containing the most
dangerous forms of asbestos.
Often these trust claims were filed with sworn
statements in which plaintiffs attested to having “breathed” specific
products—though they hid this from Garlock. The company paid nearly $18
million to these 15 plaintiffs based on the misrepresentations.
Garlock noted in court that these 15 cases were
handled by the same five national firms: Shein Law Center; Waters, Kraus &
Paul; Belluck & Fox; Williams Kherkher; and Simon Greenstone Panatier
Bartlett. The gasket maker also pointed out that four of the firms (all but
Shein Law Center) employ lawyers who’d once worked for Baron & Budd, a firm
famous for a 1997 memo that instructed clients in the art of withholding
pertinent information from defense attorneys and courts.
The law firms have been able to get away with this
because they’ve pressured dozens of outside asbestos trusts not to share
claims data with each other or with courts. Most judges deny requests for
discovery, and Garlock was able to uncover the double-dipping because Judge
Hodges was a rare exception. No doubt more extensive discovery would turn up
more double-dipping, and Garlock has filed federal racketeering suits
against four of the firms toward that end.
Another response is moving through Congress: The
Furthering Asbestos Claim Transparency Act would require asbestos trusts to
disclose basic details about the claims they receive. This would allow
companies and the courts to produce more honest assessments of asbestos
liabilities. It would also allow the trusts to exercise some due diligence,
preserving more assets to compensate asbestos victims who have legitimate
claims.
The FACT Act had no chance in
Harry Reid ’s Senate, but a Republican Congress
might be different. Asbestos fraud is a blight on the courts and basic legal
fairness, and Congress ought to put a bill to stop it on President Obama ’s
desk.
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Perhaps the Gregg Popvich style of basketball coaching applies to listserv
"coaching" as well as, possibly, running a university
"55-Year-Old Legend Who Quit His Job To Work For The Spurs Explains Why
Gregg Popovich Is A Genius." by Tony Manfred, Business Insider,
December 5, 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/ettore-messina-on-gregg-popovich-2014-12
OBSF and Rule 144a Question?
A reporter recently asked me how Rule 144a equity offerings are used by
banks for off-balance-sheet financings. I generally view such offerings as
premarket IPOs and don't have a clue as to how they are used for off-balance
sheet financings. Can anybody clear up my confusion on this?
Frequently Asked Questions About 144a Equity Offerings ---
http://media.mofo.com/files/Uploads/Images/FAQ-Rule-144A-Equity-Offerings.pdf
Here's the best document for answers that I've found to date. This is great
material for showing students that it's not costless to circumvent consolidation
requirements of FAS 166 and 167, but that the amounts involved (trillions) are
so great that companies (e.g., banks) are willing to take revenue reductions in
order to avoid the consolidations.
http://www.federalreserve.gov/boarddocs/rptcongress/securitization/riskretention.html
Also see
http://www.google.ca/url?sa=t&rct=j&q=&esrc=s&source=web&cd=3&cad=rja&uact=8&ved=0CCkQFjAC&url=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.iflr.com%2Fpdfs%2FNY2-713434-v3-How_Foreign_Banks_Can_Finance_in_the_United_States.ppt&ei=9qaBVJTeNZSqyATd1IHYBQ&usg=AFQjCNEC1EajkciiWGBbRzG8Sj-miS7KWw&bvm=bv.80642063,d.aWw
December 5m 2014 reply from M. Raza
Additional links...
http://www.lexology.com/library/detail.aspx?g=ed04549e-3800-4cad-8ef7-f8c79c96aa6f
https://www.wilmingtontrust.com/wtcom/index.jsp?fileid=3000129
Regards,
Raza
"Law School Enrollments Continue Their Free Fall," Chronicle of Higher
Education, December 17, 2014 ---
https://www.insidehighered.com/quicktakes/2014/12/17/law-school-enrollments-continue-their-free-fall
Jensen Comment
We can thank turnover in public accounting for maintaining steady growth in
accounting enrollments in masters degree programs in accountancy. The job
opportunities combined with the lower cost becoming a CPA give the accountancy
profession a huge edge these days over law schools where seven or more years of
full-time college are required to sit for the BAR exam in all 50 states.
The cost of those extra three years of law school combined with mounting student
debt at the undergraduate level hare huge discouragements for taking on tens of
thousands of dollars in student loans to become a lawyer. This has not hit the
medical schools quite as hard because of the better job market for new
physicians.
It's sad that law schools are on a "free fall," because law schools helped to
generate undergraduate majors in nonprofessional disciplines in liberal arts
such as in history and philosophy. Now liberal arts graduates have a harder time
getting into careers without taking more undergraduate prerequisites such as
undergraduate accounting and criminal justice courses. By the way there are even
more dire shortages of criminal justice Ph.D. graduates than the well-known
shortages of new Ph.D.s in accountancy.
Note this article has links to the doctoral degree graduation data in
either Excel or PDF formats
"Doctoral Degrees Increased Last Year, but Career Opportunities Remained
Bleak," by Audrey Williams June, Chronicle of Higher Education, December 5,
2014 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/Doctoral-Degrees-Increased/150421/?cid=at&utm_source=at&utm_medium=en
The number of earned doctorates awarded by American
universities increased 3.5 percent in 2013, to 52,760, according to data
from the National Science Foundation.
However, the snapshot of new Ph.D.’s, which comes
from an annual
report on doctoral-degree attainment known as the
"Survey of Earned Doctorates," highlights a bleak part of post-Ph.D. life.
For new doctoral recipients, starting a postgraduate career is still an
uphill struggle and appears to be getting tougher.
Continued in article
Data Tables ---
http://www.nsf.gov/statistics/sed/2013/
Jensen Comment
Business administration doctorates (including accounting doctoral degrees) still
comprise less that three percent of all doctoral degrees granted in the USA. But
number of graduates increased from 750 graduates in 1983 to 1,545 in 2013. In
comparison there were 2,781 engineering new doctorates in 1983 versus 8,963
graduates in 2013.
The tables above do not drill down to accounting doctorates, but those have
actually declined from 212 accountancy doctoral graduates 1989 to 136 graduates
in 2013. At the same time, demand for accounting doctorates in 2014 is well in
excess of 10 openings for every new accountancy Ph.D. awarded in 2014.
http://www.jrhasselback.com/AtgDoct/XDocChrt.pdf
Question
Where are the shortages of PhDs in academe more severe than the shortage of
accounting PhDs?
"Believe It or Not, in Some Fields Colleges Can’t Find Anybody to Hire,"
by Sara Jerde, Chronicle of Higher Education, June 18, 2014 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/Believe-It-or-Not-in-Some/147207/?cid=at&utm_source=at&utm_medium=en
. . .
Since there are so few Ph.D.’s in criminal justice,
the degree nearly guarantees an offer for a tenure-track position, probably
several offers, said Craig T. Hemmens, professor and chair of the department
of criminal justice and criminology at Washington State University.
"There’s job after job posted throughout the year,"
he said. "There are more jobs out there than there are people graduating
with Ph.D.’s." A 3-Year Search
Competition for faculty members is also tough in
professionally oriented fields, such as physical therapy. It took three
years for the University of Central Arkansas to hire an instructor in that
field. The small number of qualified applicants, coupled with the college’s
rural location, made for a tough search, said Nancy Reese, professor and
chair of the department of physical therapy at Central Arkansas and a member
of the Board of Directors of the American Council of Academic Physical
Therapy. In Arkansas, Ms. Reese said, the number of applicants in the
health-science field can average in the single digits.
During the search, Ms. Reese said, only about two
or three people applied per year—and not all of them met even the basic job
requirements. Eventually her department decided it had to be more proactive.
Faculty members brainstormed to come up with a list of people they knew in
the industry who might make a good fit and contacted them, ultimately
offering the job to someone who was suggested to Ms. Reese by a colleague at
another institution.
Job advertisements don’t often work for filling
these kind of jobs, she said. "You know someone who knows someone," she
said. "It’s that network that actually gets someone there."
One reason colleges struggle to hire professors in
some fields might be the careers implied by the discipline. Most students
going into social work, for example, don’t envision themselves leading a
classroom, said Tory Cox, assistant director of field education at the
University of Southern California’s School of Social Work.
Among the hundreds of master’s-degree students at
USC who interact with Mr. Cox, about 15 or 20 will pursue a Ph.D. in social
work, and only four or five of those will even consider teaching.
Teaching isn’t necessarily compatible with the
goals students often have of working directly with people who are poor and
disenfranchised, Mr. Cox said.
In nursing, meanwhile, higher paychecks in the
professional sector often draw qualified candidates away from faculty
positions. Someone with a Ph.D. in nursing, or a doctor-of-nursing-practice
degree (a doctoral degree that emphasizes practice rather than research),
can earn, as a conservative estimate, 15 to 20 percent more in a "practice
setting" than in higher education, said Robert Rosseter, chief
communications officer for the American Association of Colleges of Nursing.
The median salary of an associate professor with a
doctoral degree is $92,736, according to the association’s data. But the
median salary for a nursing director, who typically holds a doctoral degree,
is $125,073. Likewise, the median salary for a chief nurse anesthetist is
$179,552.
There is little comprehensive data to show where
Ph.D.’s across many fields end up working. But the American Association of
Colleges of Nursing tries to track where Ph.D.’s in the field are employed
and began to notice a faculty shortage a decade ago.
The association also keeps track of how many
students are entering nursing Ph.D. programs. So many nursing students want
the credential that there aren’t always enough qualified instructors to
teach them. Over the past decide, the number of students enrolled in nursing
Ph.D. programs increased by 49 percent. And lack of staffing was cited as a
reason almost 280 applicants were turned away from those programs last year.
Nearly 1,500 applicants were turned away from doctor-of-nursing-practice
programs, according to the nursing association’s data.
On top of that, a wave of nursing professors are
either retiring or nearing retirement age, Mr. Rosseter said.
"It’s a perfect storm, really," said Linda K.
Young, dean of the College of Nursing and Health Sciences at the University
of Wisconsin at Eau Claire. Incentives to Teach
Ms. Young helped get a state grant, worth
$3.2-million, to ease faculty shortages in Wisconsin. The money was awarded
to four nursing programs in the University of Wisconsin system, which turned
away between 50 and 80 percent of qualified applicants last year.
Continued in article
"Lessons Not Learned: Why is There Still a Crisis-Level Shortage of
Accounting Ph.D.s?" by R. David Plumlee and Philip M. J. Reckers,
Accounting Horizons, June 2014, Vol. 28, No. 2, pp. 313-330.
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/acch-50703 (not free)
SYNOPSIS:
In 2005, an ad hoc committee appointed by the
American Accounting Association (AAA) documented a crisis-level shortage of
accounting Ph.D.s and recommended significant structural changes to doctoral
programs (Kachelmeier, Madeo, Plumlee, Pratt, and Krull 2005). However,
subsequent studies show that the shortage continues and the cumulative costs
grow (e.g., Fogarty and Holder 2012; Brink, Glasscock, and Wier 2012). The
Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business (AACSB) recently
called for renewed attention to the problem (AACSB 2013b). We contribute to
the literature by providing updated information regarding responses by
doctoral programs and, from the eyes of potential candidates, of continuing
impediments to solving the doctoral shortage. In this paper, we present
information gathered through surveys of program administrators and master's
and Accounting Doctoral Scholars Program (ADS) students. We explore (1) the
cumulative impact of the Ph.D. shortage as of 2013, including its impact on
accounting faculty composition, across different types of institutions, (2)
negative student perceptions of Ph.D. programs and academic accounting
careers, which discourage applicants from pursuing Ph.D. programs, and (3)
impediments facing institutions in expanding doctoral programs.
Keywords: faculty shortage, recruiting, accounting
Ph.D
Received: December 2013; Accepted: December 2013
;Published Online: January 2014
R. David Plumlee is a Professor at The University
of Utah, and Philip M. J. Reckers is a Professor at Arizona State
University. Corresponding author: R. David Plumlee. Email:
david.plumlee@business.utah.edu
INTRODUCTION
Despite recognition of a critical shortage in
accounting Ph.D.s and recommendations for structural changes to doctoral
programs (Kachelmeier et al. 2005), there is evidence that the shortage
continues (e.g., Fogarty and Holder 2012; Brink et al. 2012). The objective
of this commentary is to provide contemporaneous information from
administrators of doctoral programs, and the perceptions of potential
candidates on the major impediments to addressing the doctoral shortage.
We were mindful in the design of our study that,
potentially, two factors contribute to the current dilemma:
Insufficient numbers of qualified individuals are
applying for admission to doctoral programs, and The capacity of doctoral
programs has declined; thus, even if sufficient numbers of qualified
individuals are applying, schools are failing to admit enough candidates to
address the shortage.
In this paper, we present information gathered
through surveys of program administrators and master's and Accounting
Doctoral Scholars Program (ADS) students. We explore (1) the cumulative
impact of the Ph.D. shortage as of 2013, including its impact on accounting
faculty composition, across different types of institutions, (2) negative
student perceptions of Ph.D. programs and academic accounting careers, which
discourage applicants from pursuing Ph.D. programs, and (3) impediments to
growth in doctoral programs faced by institutions. While many authors (e.g.,
Gary, Dennison, and Bouillon 2011; Fogarty and Holder 2012) have examined
various causal elements for the shortage over the years, our purpose is to
provide a more comprehensive and up-to-date picture of the environment.
Prior research and commentary have addressed many
of the unintended negative consequences associated with the accounting
doctoral shortage. Exacerbating the problem is the growing demand for
collegiate accounting education. Leslie (2008) and Baysden (2013) report a
surge in undergraduate and graduate accounting enrollments in recent years
In 2011–2012, undergraduate accounting enrollments exceeded 240,000 students
(up another 6 percent from the 2009–2010 figures), with 61,334 B.S.
accounting degrees conferred and 20,843 master's accounting degrees
conferred—both record highs.
Some prior initiatives regarding the shortage of
Ph.D.-qualified accounting faculty have failed to sustain. The 2005 ad hoc
AAA committee recommended greater financial support for doctoral students.
The profession responded. The ADS program was kicked off in 2008 with
funding by CPA firms and state societies; it provided four years of
financial support each year for 30 doctoral students specializing in
auditing or tax. Unfortunately, the ADS program has expired, and its success
is hard to evaluate. Despite the initiative, Fogarty and Holder (2012, 374)
conclude that “(e)xtrapolating from the current population of doctoral
programs fails to support the prospects for a recovery over the near
future.”
Alternative means of supplying accounting faculty
have also been suggested. For example, Trapnell, Mero, Williams, and Krull
(2009) propose structural changes to reduce the time frame for the degree to
four years. Additionally, they suggest an executive-type program where
students do not leave their employment to pursue a Ph.D. In this model,
students would draw on their experience, supplemented by coursework in
research methods, to develop a research project. Few schools have responded
and adopted this model, and acceptance of their graduates has yet to be
tested. Another proposed alternative is to take advantage of international
accounting doctoral scholars willing to relocate to the United States, who
would participate in a ten-week postdoctoral program and thereby become
eligible to serve as accounting faculty in the United States (HassabElnaby,
Dobrzykowski, and Tran 2012). Our survey addresses whether schools have
actually substantially changed their doctoral programs along these lines or
the composition of their student bodies.
In the remainder of this paper, we report on
surveys conducted to address these and other relevant issues. First, we
focus on costs of the shortage and, specifically, the changes in hiring that
have been made, in part because of the Ph.D. shortage. Then we spotlight
structural changes in accounting Ph.D. programs. Finally, we consider what
might be discouraging more student applications; to address these issues, we
surveyed 388 M.Acc. students from various programs across the country,
requesting their perceptions of accounting Ph.D. programs and the academic
accounting profession. We also surveyed 84 current Ph.D. students in the ADS
program to compare the perceptions of a group who have chosen to get a Ph.D.
with those of potential applicants. In the final section, we discuss our
findings and offer recommendations for recruiting qualified students to
accounting Ph.D. programs.
SURVEY OF ADMINISTRATORS OF ACCOUNTING PROGRAMS
Changes in Faculty Composition
Since the AAA ad hoc committee's report on the
accounting Ph.D. shortage in 2005, studies have documented various aspects
of the shortage, using data sources such as Hasselback's Accounting
Directory (Brink et al. 2012; Fogarty and Holder 2012), surveys of
accounting faculty (Hunt, Eaton, and Reinstein 2009), and surveys of
accounting Ph.D. students (Deloitte 2007), but none have asked accounting
program administrators directly about the impact of the shortage on their
programs. To examine how accounting departments have responded to the Ph.D.
shortage, we surveyed 754 accounting program administrators listed in the
Hasselback directory and received 204 completed responses (a 27 percent
response rate). The schools in the sample included 73 percent that had
separate AACSB accounting accreditation. Of responding schools, 69 percent
graduated fewer than 100 undergraduate accounting majors each year, and 69
percent of schools with Master's of Accounting programs graduated 50 or
fewer each year. When asked about their teaching mission, 20 percent
responded that they had only an undergraduate accounting program, 61 percent
had both accounting undergraduate and master's programs, and the remaining
19 percent had a Ph.D. program in accounting, in addition to bachelor's and
master's programs.
. . .
CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Over 70 percent of responding accounting program
administrators believe that their programs have been harmed by the
accounting Ph.D. shortage. While the impact of broader economic factors is
undeniable, the shortage is certainly contributing to larger class sizes,
reduced elective offerings, and a significant change in the composition of
accounting faculties. Nearly every category of school reports an increasing
number of classes taught by clinical faculty, lecturers, and part-time
instructors. It is also clear from our data that accounting Ph.D. programs
have not been responsive to the calls of the AAA (Kachelmeier et al. 2005),
AACSB (2013b), and others for significant structural change.
Whether the change in faculty composition is seen
as a serious problem depends on one's perspective regarding the learning
goals and objectives of collegiate accounting education. Some opine (e.g.,
AACSB 2003, 2013b) that less exposure of accounting students to doctorally
qualified faculty will result in reduced attention to the economic and
social roles of accounting in society, and less exposure to the rigorous
forms of inquiry and analysis associated with the scientific method (and its
attendant skepticism). On the other hand, the shortage is less troubling if
the role of accounting faculty is perceived to be primarily to instruct and
train students in technical accounting, auditing, and tax topics, and
thereby instill those skills demanded to enter the accounting profession.
There is a continuing controversy about when and where students are best
“educated,” in the classroom or on the job, with clearly different
traditions in different parts of the world.
There is also the issue of the value of accounting
research, as well as the quantity of research needed. A root issue is the
value one places on the role of accounting faculty in contributing to
questions fundamental to accounting as a discipline. Advocates for a greater
research role might ask questions such as, “Would the propriety of fair
value as a measure of asset values or the option value of stock as a measure
of compensation be as thoroughly embedded in the accounting discipline today
without the contribution of rigorously trained accounting scholars?” The
relative contribution of scholars both in the classroom, as well as through
their contribution to fundamental knowledge and timely analyses of societal
issues of importance, is a value of doctoral education that must be
recognized and appreciated. Certainly, the AACSB (2013b) Report of the
International Doctoral Education Task Force: The Promise of Business
Doctoral Education foresees a much-expanded role for doctorally qualified
faculty.
That AACSB (2013b) report also argues the time is
now for business schools to embrace innovation, experimentation, and
opportunity, and come to grips with economic realities by exploring
innovations in doctoral education to enhance values and constrain costs to
the individual and the institution. While M.Acc. students represent a large
potential population of Ph.D. students, converting that opportunity into
reality has been and will continue to be a challenge. Dogmatic intransience
to change has not served our community well, any more than it has served
politicians in Washington well. Honest, serious discourse is crucial if a
way forward is to emerge. Financial constraints, including the length of
programs, must not only be acknowledged, they must be solved. Our data are
clear. Current accounting Ph.D. program models are not attractive to
domestic doctoral program candidates.
The authors' personal beliefs represent two voices
out of many. We do not purport to have the solutions. Certainly, we believe
that a critical mass of accounting scholars is necessary for accounting to
continue to serve its crucial role in society. Nonetheless, we are concerned
that little appears to be happening to address our current dilemma. We are
certainly mindful of the recommendations made nine years ago by the AAA's ad
hoc committee (Kachelmeier et al. 2005), but that is nearly a decade past.
Sustainable solutions have yet to manifest, and few signs of active
commitment to find solutions appear on the horizon. Can we continue to wait
on individual schools to change, or must a major collective initiative be
forthcoming? Foremost, our results suggest that active recruiting of
potential accounting Ph.D. students is critical, but unlikely to be
successful without significant institutional changes.
Our survey of M.Acc. students also finds that there
is a significant knowledge gap. Overcoming this knowledge gap requires a
collective effort. This may be within the purview of the AAA or the AACSB or
both. And this initiative, in our judgment, needs to rise above the level of
a one-year plan.
The group of M.Acc. students who expressed the
highest likelihood of applying to Ph.D. programs is those who see value in
and express an affinity for teaching and research. In professions such as
engineering and medicine, the leap from the academic content found in
master's programs and those found in doctoral programs is not huge. However,
in accounting, the disparity between the content of master's programs and
Ph.D. programs is enormous. As a result, Master's of Accounting students are
not acquainted with accounting research. Can this condition be remediated?
How do we go about this? While cost constraints are important to everyone,
it is well known that accounting academics are not motivated solely by money
matters. Arguably, one way is to incorporate academic research that
addresses issues of professional and/or societal importance into master's,
if not undergraduate, courses. This is something individual accounting
academics can do. This end might also be achieved through focused
undergraduate honors theses, or by embedding distinct research courses into
master's programs. While incentives for schools to adopt these strategies
and Ph.D. programs to accept the academic credit do not appear to exist at
present, such an approach might serve to reduce the length of Ph.D.
programs.
The ad hoc committee of 2005 also urged leaders of
accounting programs to consider “Ph.D. tracks” in their master's programs.
These tracks should not be thought of narrowly. Courses in the track could
be fashioned to allow students to get a head start on a Ph.D. program by
including foundational topics such as economics, mathematics, or statistical
methods.2 Accounting programs without a Ph.D. program might develop some
sort of articulation agreement, where certain courses in their “Ph.D. track”
would count toward the Ph.D. at the doctoral granting school. Our M.Acc.
survey finds that even those inclined to apply to an accounting Ph.D.
program see five years or more in a Ph.D. program as too much to sacrifice
for an academic career. Any method of shortening the process without
diluting the quality would be a welcome innovation.
A prior positive teaching experience also appears
to be related to pursuit of an academic career. We cannot definitively
resolve, based on our findings, whether those interested in Ph.D. programs
seek teaching opportunities or whether teaching sparks interest in Ph.D.
programs. Nonetheless, opportunities exist for more accounting students to
teach in some manner, or tutor. Whatever the venue, teaching opportunities
for students could be the catalyst for pursuit of an academic accounting
career.
In summary, the shortage of accounting Ph.D.
graduates continues, with several clearly identifiable negative
consequences. Many recommendations have been forthcoming in the past with
the goal of remediating the problem, but few recommendations have been
adopted. Champions of sustained new initiatives have not stepped forward,
with the exception of the ADS program, and the output of Ph.D. programs
continues to be inadequate.
M.Acc. students offer a large potential recruiting
pool, and a significant number of master's students show early interest in
academic careers. Unfortunately, a host of impediments thwart our progress
toward a robust Ph.D. pool. We identify and discuss the major impediments.
We observe that significant M.Acc. student recruitment efforts are needed,
where there are virtually none today. We suggest that waiting for this
problem to solve itself is folly; that well-considered, significant, and
sustained initiatives are required; and that there exists an opportunity for
the AAA, and its sections, to take the lead. Individual accounting
departments and schools can also make a difference. Waiting for others to
solve the problem has not led to a solution to date. Continuing on our same
path and expecting different outcomes is likely unrealistic.
Jensen Comment
This is an important update to an ever-increasing problem in our Academy. It
surveys students, doctoral program coordinators, and accounting department heads
with outcomes that provide some detailed insights into large and small issues.
One enormous issue is the decline in capacity for admission of applicants
into accounitng doctoral programs in North America. That is best reflected in
the well-known table generated by Jim Hasselback each year for many years
showing the number of graduating doctoral students in each doctoral program over
time ---
http://www.jrhasselback.com/AtgDoct/XDocChrt.pdf
At the moment the table shown in the above link only goes back to 1995. However,
I've saved copies of this table from earlier years Consider the University of
Illinois for example. Between 1939 and 1995 the University of Illinois graduated
an average of six accounting PhDs per year. The data are skewed. There were only
a few graduates in the early years of the program whereas during the1960-1980
period Illinois was graduating 10-20 accounting PhDs per year.
Between 1996 and 2013 Illinois only graduated an average of two accounitng
PhDs per year. Similar outcomes happened in the other accounting doctoral mills
of Texas and Arkansas where there were similarly severe declines in the number
of annual graduates since 1995. There have been some new doctoral programs such
as the newer program at the University of Texas in San Antonio, but the numbers
graduated each year from those programs are small.
My poi9nt is that the decline in output in the larger mills since 1995 has
not been offset by increased output in other programs. Hence in North America
we see a decline in the annual output from nearly 300 accounting PhD graduates
per year to 140.4 per yer between 1996 and2013.
Plumly and Reckers avoided some of the most controversial questions in their
surveys. Before 1985 accounting doctoral programs admitted accountants without
mathematical and statistical backgrounds and permitted accounting dissertations
without equations such as accounting history disserations without equations. Now
having equations in dissertations is required even in accounting history
dissertations.
In virtually all accounting doctoral programs in North America, new doctoral
students cannot matriculate without meeting advanced mathematics and statistics
prerequisites. Most of the accounting courses have been taken out of the
curricula and are replaced by econometrics and psychometrics courses. The
programs are essentially sophisticated programs on how to mine data.
Most accounting faculty in an accounting program do not have the quantitative
skill sets to teach in the accounting doctoral programs or if they have some
quantitative skills they do not want to teach ecnonometrics and psychometrics
and data mining course or supervise accountics science dissertations.. This is a
major reason why the the number of doctoral students that can be handled in most
accounting doctoral programs have declined so dramatically.
Also accountants who have been practicing accounting for 5-10 years wound
prefer accounting doctoral programs rather than accountics science doctoral
programs. One reason the number of foreign students has been increasing in North
American Accounting Doctoral Programs is that students are admitted on the basis
of their mathematics and statistics skills rather than accounting knowledge (and
even interest in accounting).
This is why so many of the graduates from our
accounting doctoral programs in the 21st Century are not prepared to teach
accounting courses in the undergraduate and masters programs. All
they can teach are the doctoral program courses. The teaching of accounting is
being shifted to adjunct professors who are better prepared to teach accounting,
auditing, and taxation.
Plumlee and Reckers indirectly recognize this problem and suggest that there
be more curriculum tracks in accounting doctoral programs. The Pathways
Commission is even more blunt. It recommends that doctoral programs allow
doctoral dissertations without equations --- like in the good old days when we
had more accounting doctoral program graduates.
A huge limitation of the Plumlee and Reckers paper above is that it ignores
the Pathways Commission recommendations.
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2012/07/31/updating-accounting-curriculums-expanding-and-diversifying-field
The (Pathways Commission) report includes seven
recommendations. Three are shown below:
- Integrate accounting research, education
and practice for students, practitioners and educators by bringing
professionally oriented faculty more fully into education programs.
- Promote accessibility of doctoral education
by allowing for flexible content and structure in doctoral programs and
developing multiple pathways for degrees. The current path to an
accounting Ph.D. includes lengthy, full-time residential programs and
research training that is for the most part confined to quantitative
rather than qualitative methods. More flexible programs -- that might be
part-time, focus on applied research and emphasize training in teaching
methods and curriculum development -- would appeal to graduate students
with professional experience and candidates with families, according to
the report.
- Increase recognition and support for
high-quality teaching and connect faculty review, promotion and tenure
processes with teaching quality so that teaching is respected as a
critical component in achieving each institution's mission. According to
the report, accounting programs must balance recognition for work and
accomplishments -- fed by increasing competition among institutions and
programs -- along with recognition for teaching excellence.
The Sad State of Accountancy Doctoral Programs in North America ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#DoctoralPrograms
Suggestions for Accounting Majors (including doctoral students)
Ask your advisor accounting professor to give you a listing of the Top 10
accounting historians since Pacioli.
"The Fall and Rise of Economic History," by Jeremy Adelman and
Jonathan Levy, Chronicle of Higher Education, December 1, 2014 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/The-FallRise-of-Economic/150247/?cid=at&utm_source=at&utm_medium=en
Irritated, one shoos
it out the door, and almost immediately it climbs in through the window."
Without the concept of capitalism, the late French historian Fernand Braudel
once wrote, it was impossible to study economic history. But the reverse is
equally true: We can’t understand capitalism without economic history.
Once a mainstay of history departments, economic
history was, with historians’ complicity, seized in the mid-20th century by
economists who sucked the culture and chronology out of it and turned it
into an obscure province of mathematical formulas. There it languished. The
field became increasingly uncool. By the 1990s, to be a materialist in the
age of
Michel
Foucault and
Pierre Bourdieu was to be
"deterministic"—in other words, a dinosaur. So
economic history further retreated to economics departments, where many
self-described economic historians had already been gathering under the
banner of the "new economic history."
The past decade has exposed some fundamental
problems with that division of disciplinary labor. The now-old "new"
economic history either fizzled or has become so technical, so
unrecognizable to anyone who cannot wield its finely tuned analytics, that
few historians can engage with it. Meanwhile, fewer and fewer economics
departments now consider history—including the history of economics itself—a
relevant domain of disciplinary inquiry, with many of the top departments
having eliminated economic history from their programs altogether.
Lately historians have started to take it back,
spurred by a demand to better understand the roller coaster of capitalist
life, particularly how inequality and globalization factored into the
recession. The economic crisis pushed courses on the "history of capitalism"
to the top of the charts in history departments around the country, even
making front-page
news in The New York Times. With
conferences, courses, and book series, the history of capitalism, one of the
few areas of inquiry where job postings are growing, is on the verge of
becoming an established subfield. The runaway
success of Thomas Piketty’s Capital in the
Twenty-First Century (Harvard University Press) raised even higher the
political and intellectual profile of capitalism and its history.
In this way, a prodigal-son subfield has returned.
Historians do not leave political history to political scientists, or social
history to sociologists. Why should economic history be left to economists,
especially when they ignore it? Besides, the humanities might well benefit
from the revival of a field that once served as a bridge to the social
sciences.
The history of
capitalism performs heroic service, but bereft of a broader grasp of the
history of economic life, it can’t provide deep insights into the makings of
systems of production, circulation, and distribution. Capitalism is a
latecomer in that story, and, like all latecomers, more reliant on its
precursors and alternatives than its apostles and critics like to admit.
There can be no history of capitalism without an economic history near its
explanatory core.
Like democracy or modernity, capitalism is a
historical problem, specific to time and place. If only because it eludes
easy definition, it must be studied from different perspectives, with
different historical methodologies. There are social histories of democracy,
intellectual histories of democracy, and, of course, political histories of
democracy. The economy could be the subject of similar multiple approaches.
But it is not. It has been treated as a realm apart.
This is a surprising state of affairs. Looking back
to 1960 or even 1980, one would not have predicted the eclipse of economic
history. From the Progressive Age (1900 to 1930) onward, it was almost de
rigueur to proclaim the material roots of everything and to tie one’s
research to the broad spirit of reform. Capitalism’s postwar "golden age"
was good for economic history, as it was for the world economy. The pairing
of "social and economic history" was the fallback working methodology of
many professional historians. The works of
Eric Hobsbawm,
Thomas C. Cochran,
and Braudel himself were touchstones. Even books by the first generation of
new economic historians, such as Robert Fogel and Stanley Engerman’s
Time on the Cross: The Economics of American Slavery
(Little, Brown and Company, 1974), were read and
reckoned with by noneconomic historians. Surely globalization, the
ascendance of China, and the rise of Apple should have continued to fuel the
field.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
In accountancy programs accounting history never "rose again" because it never
ever rose from the bottom in the first place. I suspect that the history of a
discipline is sadly neglected in most any academic programs dominated by
licensure examination passage concerns of students. History would rise from the
bottom of accountancy program curricula if it was a topic on the CPA
examination, but this has never been the case.
Most accountancy students are aware that Pacioli wrote a book that
illustrates double entry accounting using algebra, but most are not aware that
this book was primarily an algebra book that only used accounting as an
illustration of algebra. Between Pacioli in 1494 and the FASB's formation in the
1970s, accounting students learn virtually nothing about the intervening history
of accounting for nearly 500 years.
In accountancy doctoral programs accounting history is a track in only a few
programs such as at Case Western and Ole Miss. Over 99% of the new Ph.D.s in
accounting graduate with little or no more knowledge than
historically-unchallenged accounting undergraduates.
Assorted accounting professors have carried forth with contributions to
accounting history, and most of them in recent years are or have been members of
the Academy of Accounting Historians ---
http://www.aahhq.org/
Most are involved in accounting history out of genuine interest, although some
may mostly be looking for opportunities to publish in journals that do not
require equations and/or statistical analysis.
Suggestions for Accounting Majors (including doctoral students)
Ask your adviser accounting professor to give you a listing of the Top 10
accounting historians since Pacioli.
Hint
Don't let them fail to mention Littleton, Flesher, Previts, and Zeff.
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting history are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#AccountingHistory
Jensen Comment
I think Harvard's Ben Edelman overreacted in a fit of temper at being
overcharged one time at a Chinese restaurant. I also do not fully support Peter
Jacob's defense of Professor Edelman
"Stop Hating On The Harvard Professor Who Complained About Overpaying For
Chinese Food — He Had A Good Point," by Peter Jacobs, Business Insider,
December 10, 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/in-defense-of-harvard-professor-ben-edelman-2014-12
Jensen Comment
The academic approach to this situation, and the possible police undercover
investigation approach, should have been to say nothing and not even reveal that
the overcharge was detected. Then investigators (or Edelman's friends) should
have dined out in the future to investigate whether there was a systematic
pattern to such overcharges.
This is what happened in an incident at the golf course that I live beside
up here in Sugar Hill, New Hampshire.
The golf course is owned by the Sunset Hill House Hotel (SHH) subject to deed
restrictions that the mountain golf course can only be a golf course or a
forest. The owners of the SHH at the time contacted me and other nearby friends
to pay green fees so that the SHH owners could investigate account bookings of
the fees.
They suspected pilfering of green fees by the golf course manager and pro who
also gave golfing lessons. Let's call him Pro X.
Even though I don't play golf, I was one of the local residents who the SHH
owners asked to pay green fees to play a round of golf. Subsequent inspections
of the accounting records uncovered a pattern of unbooked green fees. Eventually
the police conducted their own undercover investigation. When confronted under
oath in court, Pro X eventually plea bargained to stay out of prison by
confessing to stealing over $100,000 from the golf course over the years. He was
unable to pay back most of the stolen funds, although the SHH eventually got the
deeds to a home and car owned by Pro X. His wife also bid him farewell.
The point is that if the Chinese restaurant overcharged Professor Edelman
also systematically overcharged a relatively large number of customers it
becomes a matter for undercover investigation. Sadly, law enforcement often does
nothing in such instances. For example, studies have shown that some hospitals
systematically overcharge patients, especially billings when third parties
(e.g., Medicaid, Medicare, and medical insurance companies) pay the billings
such that patients are not directly harmed by the billing errors. Studies show
that in over 90% of the time in some hospitals the billing errors are in favor
of the hospitals. Patients seldom scrutinize bills that they do not have to pay
themselves.
Back to the Chinese restaurant
Peter Jacobs does provide us with some background information on Peter Edelman
that perhaps explains Edelman's overreaction. It does not explain his stupidity
of making a big issue out of this one instance. Instead he should have quietly
had his friends examine future billings by this restaurant in an effort to
detect a systematic pattern of fraud.
Then it becomes a matter for law enforcement just like the suspected fraud by
Pro X eventually became a matter for law enforcement.
Here are some pictures of the mountain golf course in question ---
Set 1 ---
www.trinity.edu/rjensen/tidbits/GolfCourse/GolfCourseSet01.htm
"Accountant accused of stealing millions from N.J. megachurch," by
Katie Lannin, NJ.com, December 4, 2014 ---
http://www.nj.com/union/index.ssf/2014/12/accountant_stole_millions_from_rahway_church_over_7_years_funneled_some_to_golf_association_attorney.html
The former accountant for the Agape Family Worship
Center has been indicted for embezzling more than $4 million from the church
over a period of seven years, church officials said today.
Donald Gridiron, Jr., a certified public accountant
licensed in California, was arrested in Los Angeles Tuesday, according to a
statement from the church.
The thefts were hidden in 900 separate transactions
in which Gridiron would write checks to himself or arrange wire transfers,
said Matthew Davis, a Texas-based attorney representing the church.
"Professionally, our former CPA violated the trust
of the ministry," said Lawrence Powell, Agape's senior pastor. "And
personally, I feel betrayed because this man used to be my friend. It hurts,
but we serve a God who will get us through this."
The church began in Powell's parents' garage 14
years ago and has since grown to a 6.5-acre campus that serves a
congregation of nearly 5,000.
Gridiron had sole control over the church's
finances, Powell said.
The accountant, a California resident selected for
the job in part because of his "connections with individuals in the
religious community as well as his standing within that community," earned a
monthly salary of $5,500, according to a criminal complaint filed Monday in
federal court.
On top of his salary, he took more than $4.25
million in unauthorized payments, sending more than $2.75 million to his
personal accounts in California, FBI Special Agent Abigail Weidner wrote in
the complaint.
Gridiron, 50, spent those funds at casinos and a
luxury car dealership and on mortgage payments, the complaint reads.
Continued in article
GASB ISSUES PRELIMINARY VIEWS ON
REPORTING GOVERNMENTS’ FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITIES ---
http://www.gasb.org/cs/ContentServer?c=GASBContent_C&pagename=GASB%2FGASBContent_C%2FGASBNewsPage&cid=1176164579728
GASB ISSUES PRELIMINARY VIEWS ON
LEASE ACCOUNTING FOR STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTS ---
http://www.gasb.org/cs/ContentServer?c=GASBContent_C&pagename=GASB%2FGASBContent_C%2FGASBNewsPage&cid=1176164579649
Bob Jensen's threads the sad state
of governmental accounting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#GovernmentalAccounting
"For-Profit Educator Will Pay $3.75-Million Over Deceptive Marketing,"
by Andy Thomason, Chronicle of Higher Education, December 12. 2014 ---
http://chronicle.com/blogs/ticker/jp/for-profit-educator-will-pay-3-75-million-over-deceptive-marketing?cid=at&utm_source=at&utm_medium=en
A for-profit education company has agreed to pay
Massachusetts $3.75-million to settle claims it engaged in deceptive
marketing practices, The Boston Globe
reports. The office of the state’s attorney
general, Martha Coakley,
announced on Friday that the Salter chain, which
is owned by Premier Education Group LP, had claimed its admissions process
was selective when it wasn’t and had misrepresented job-placement rates. The
company’s chief executive, Gary Camp, disputed the allegations but said the
company had agreed to change some of its practices and begin offering career
counseling for current and former students in 2015.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on December 15, 2014
Meet the SEC’s brainy new crime fighters
---
http://www.wsj.com/articles/meet-the-secs-brainy-new-crime-fighters-1418601581
Long outgunned by Wall Street’s legions of Ph.D.’s,
the Securities and Exchange Commission is arming itself with mathematicians
and computer programmers of its own to catch bad market actors. While the
SEC has used computer models to detect fraud for years, the approach has
gained added steam under Mary Jo White.
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on December 12, 2014
Risky corporate debt is meeting a wary
market following a steep slide in oil prices that’s left investors worried
about energy’s trickle-down effect on the economy, the
WSJ’s Katy Burne
reports. Investors
pulled close to $1.9 billion from funds dedicated to low-rated corporate
debt in the week ended
Wednesday, the largest weekly decline since the $2.3 billion
withdrawal registered in the week ended
Oct. 1.
The oil rout has dented issuance
volumes, causing a handful of energy companies to delay or cancel borrowing
plans. Energy companies previously used the reach for yield among debt
investors to pad their pockets for new projects, equipment and acquisitions.
But now, the U.S. oil price has
tumbled below $60 a barrel
for the first time in five years, intensifying the pain across financial
markets and jolting the central banks of some oil-dependent economies into
action.
Some believe the panic is overdone, and
cheap gas is now fueling hopes for a strong holiday
season for retail. But it is a bad time to
see weakness in junk bonds. Investors are now demanding 5.02 percentage
points over comparable Treasurys to own U.S. high-yield corporate bonds, the
widest spread since June 2013. Will a shifting bond market change your
company’s capital and investment plans? Let us know.
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on December 9, 2014
Inside trading convictions reversed
http://www.wsj.com/articles/appeals-court-overturns-two-insider-trading-convictions-1418224146
In a blow to the Justice Department’s Wall Street
crackdown, a federal appeals court overturned two insider-trading
convictions and ruled it isn’t always illegal to buy or sell stocks using
inside information. The ruling raised the bar for prosecutors on a crime
that is already hard to prove.
New Inefficiencies in the Capital Markets: Unwanted (and possibly
unreachable) Insiders Now Conducting Insider Trades
"Security Firm Says It Uncovered A Cyber Espionage Ring Focused On Gaming The
Stock Market," by Jim Finkle, Reuters via Business Insider,
December 1, 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/r-cyber-ring-stole-secrets-for-gaming-us-stock-market-fireeye-2014-12
BOSTON (Reuters) - Security researchers say they
have uncovered a cyber espionage ring focused on stealing corporate secrets
for the purpose of gaming the stock market, in an operation that has
compromised sensitive data about dozens of publicly held companies.
Cybersecurity firm FireEye Inc, which disclosed the
operation on Monday, said that since the middle of last year, the group has
attacked email accounts at more than 100 firms, most of them pharmaceutical
and healthcare companies.
Victims also include firms in other sectors, as
well as corporate advisors including investment bankers, attorneys and
investor relations firms, according to FireEye.
The cybersecurity firm declined to identify the
victims. It said it did not know whether any trades were actually made based
on the stolen data.
Still, FireEye Threat Intelligence Manager Jen
Weedon said the hackers only targeted people with access to highly insider
data that could be used to profit on trades before that data was made
public.
They sought data that included drafts of U.S.
Securities and Exchange Commission filings, documents on merger activity,
discussions of legal cases, board planning documents and medical research
results, she said.
"They are pursuing sensitive information that would
give them privileged insight into stock market dynamics," Weedon said.
The victims ranged from small to large cap
corporations. Most are in the United States and trade on the New York Stock
Exchange or Nasdaq, she said.
An FBI spokesman declined comment on the group,
which FireEye said it reported to the bureau.
The security firm designated it as FIN4 because it
is number 4 among the large, advanced financially motivated groups tracked
by FireEye.
The hackers don't infect the PCs of their victims.
Instead they steal passwords to email accounts, then use them to access
those accounts via the Internet, according to FireEye.
They expand their networks by posing as users of
compromised accounts, sending phishing emails to associates, Weedon said.
FireEye has not identified the hackers or located
them because they hide their tracks using Tor, a service for making the
location of Internet users anonymous.
FireEye said it believes they are most likely based
in the United States, or maybe Western Europe, based on the language they
use in their phishing emails, Weedon said.
She said the firm is confident that FIN4 is not
from China, based on the content of their phishing emails and their other
techniques.
Researchers often look to China when assessing
blame for economically motivated cyber espionage. The United States has
accused the Chinese government of encouraging hackers to steal corporate
secrets, allegations that Beijing has denied, causing tension between the
two countries.
Weedon suspects the hackers were trained at Western
investment banks, giving them the know-how to identify their targets and
draft convincing phishing emails.
"They are applying their knowledge of how the
investment banking community works," Weedon said.
"We Have Better Things to Do Than Prosecute Insider Trading," by
Justin Fox, Harvard Business Review Blog, October 11, 2014 ---
https://hbr.org/2014/12/we-have-better-things-to-do-than-prosecute-insider-trading?referral=00563&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date&utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date
Jensen Comment
I disagree with Justin on this one. Insider trading is an infectious market
disease that can spread like an epidemic if no prosecuted vigorously.
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's threads on the Efficient Market Hypothesis (EMH) ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#EMH
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on December 9, 2014
Workers to bear burden of ACA cost increases ---
http://blogs.wsj.com/cfo/2014/12/08/workers-to-bear-burden-of-aca-cost-increases/?mod=djemCFO_h
Workers in the U.S. should expect health care to take
a bigger bite out of their paychecks next year, CFO Journal’s Vipal Monga
reports. According to Bank of America Merrill Lynch, finance chiefs at U.S.
companies expect the Affordable Care Act to increase healthcare costs next
year, and the majority expect to pass that along to their employees.
Jensen Comment
There were only supposed to be savings for workers under the ACA. What went
wrong?
"ObamaCare by the Numbers: Part 2," by John Cassidy, The New Yorker,
March 2010 ---
http://www.newyorker.com/online/blogs/johncassidy/2010/03/obamacare-by-the-numbers-part-2.html
. . .
Does Santa Claus live after all? According to the
C.B.O., between now and 2019 the net cost of insuring new enrollees in
Medicaid and private insurance plans will be $788 billion,
but other provisions in the legislation will generate
revenues and cost savings of $933 billion. Subtract the first figure from
the second and—voila!—you get $143 billion in deficit reduction.
The first objection to these figures is that the
great bulk of the cost savings—more than $450 billion—comes from cuts in
Medicare payments to doctors and other health-care providers. If you are
vaguely familiar with Washington politics and the letters A.A.R.P. you might
suspect that at least some of these cuts will fail to materialize. Unlike
some hardened skeptics, I don’t think none of them will happen. One part of
the reform involves reducing excessive payments that the Bush Administration
agreed to when it set up the Medicare Advantage program in 2003. If Congress
remains under Democratic control—a big if, admittedly—it will probably enact
these changes. But that still leaves another $300 billion of Medicare
savings to be found.
The second problem is accounting gimmickry. Acting
in accordance with standard Washington practices, the C.B.O. counts as
revenues more than $50 million in Social Security taxes and $70 billion in
payments towards a new home-care program, which will eventually prove very
costly, and it doesn’t count some $50 billion in discretionary spending.
After excluding these pieces of trickery and the questionable Medicare cuts,
Douglas Holtz-Eakin, a former head of the C.B.O., has calculated that the
reform will actually raise the deficit by $562 billion in the first ten
years. “The budget office is required to take written legislation at face
value and not second-guess the plausibility of what it is handed,” he wrote
in the Times. “So fantasy in, fantasy out.”
Holtz-Eakin advised John McCain in 2008, and he has
a reputation as a straight shooter. I think the problems with the C.B.O.’s
projections go even further than he suggests. If Holtz-Eakin’s figures
turned out to be spot on, and over the next ten years health-care reform
reduced the number of uninsured by thirty million at an annual cost of $56
billion, I would still regard it as a great success. In a $15 trillion
economy—and, barring another recession, the U.S. economy should be that
large in 2014—fifty or sixty billion dollars is a relatively small sum—about
four tenths of one per cent of G.D.P., or about eight per cent of the 2011
Pentagon budget.
My two big worries about the reform are that it
won’t capture nearly as many uninsured people as the official projections
suggest, and that many businesses, once they realize the size of the
handouts being offered for individual coverage, will wind down their group
plans, shifting workers (and costs) onto the new government-subsidized
plans. The legislation includes features designed to prevent both these
things from happening, but I don’t think they will be effective.
Consider the so-called “individual mandate.” As a
strict matter of law, all non-elderly Americans who earn more than the
poverty line will be obliged to obtain some form of health coverage. If they
don’t, in 2016 and beyond, they could face a fine of about $700 or 2.5 per
cent of their income—whichever is the most. Two issues immediately arise.
Even if the fines are vigorously enforced, many
people may choose to pay them and stay uninsured. Consider a healthy single
man of thirty-five who earns $35,000 a year. Under the new system, he would
have a choice of enrolling in a subsidized plan at an annual cost of $2,700
or paying a fine of $875. It may well make sense for him to pay the fine,
take his chances, and report to the local emergency room if he gets really
sick. (E.R.s will still be legally obliged to treat all comers.) If this
sort of thing happens often, as well it could, the new insurance exchanges
will be deprived of exactly the sort of healthy young people they need in
order to bring down prices. (Healthy people improve the risk pool.)
If the rules aren’t properly enforced, the problem
will be even worse. And that is precisely what is likely to happen. The
I.R.S. will have the administrative responsibility of imposing penalties on
people who can’t demonstrate that they have coverage, but it won’t have the
legal authority to force people to pay the fines. “What happens if you don’t
buy insurance and you don’t pay the penalty?” Ezra Klein, the Washington
Post’s industrious and well-informed blogger, asks. “Well, not much. The law
specifically says that no criminal action or liens can be imposed on people
who don’t pay the fine.”
So, the individual mandate is a bit of a sham.
Generous subsidies will be available for sick people and families with
children who really need medical care to buy individual coverage, but
healthy single people between the ages of twenty-six and forty, say, will
still have a financial incentive to remain outside the system until they get
ill, at which point they can sign up for coverage. Consequently, the number
of uninsured won’t fall as much as expected, and neither will prices.
Without a proper individual mandate, the idea of universality goes out the
window, and so does much of the economic reasoning behind the bill.
The question of what impact the reforms will have
on existing insurance plans has received even less analysis. According to
President Obama, if you have coverage you like you can keep it, and that’s
that. For the majority of workers, this will undoubtedly be true, at least
in the short term, but in some parts of the economy, particularly industries
that pay low and moderate wages, the presence of such generous subsidies for
individual coverage is bound to affect behavior eventually. To suggest this
won’t happen is to say economic incentives don’t matter.
Take a medium-sized firm that employs a hundred
people earning $40,000 each—a private security firm based in Atlanta,
say—and currently offers them health-care insurance worth $10,000 a year, of
which the employees pay $2,500. This employer’s annual health-care costs are
$750,000 (a hundred times $7,500). In the reformed system, the firm’s
workers, if they didn’t have insurance, would be eligible for generous
subsidies to buy private insurance. For example, a married forty-year-old
security guard whose wife stayed home to raise two kids could enroll in a
non-group plan for less than $1,400 a year, according to the Kaiser Health
Reform Subsidy Calculator. (The subsidy from the government would be
$8,058.)
In a situation like this, the firm has a strong
financial incentive to junk its group coverage and dump its workers onto the
taxpayer-subsidized plan. Under the new law, firms with more than fifty
workers that don’t offer coverage would have to pay an annual fine of $2,000
for every worker they employ, excepting the first thirty. In this case, the
security firm would incur a fine of $140,000 (seventy times two), but it
would save $610,000 a year on health-care costs. If you owned this firm,
what would you do? Unless you are unusually public spirited, you would take
advantage of the free money that the government is giving out. Since your
employees would see their own health-care contributions fall by more than
$1,100 a year, or almost half, they would be unlikely to complain. And even
if they did, you would be saving so much money you afford to buy their
agreement with a pay raise of, say, $2,000 a year, and still come out well
ahead.
Even if the government tried to impose additional
sanctions on such firms, I doubt it would work. The dollar sums involved are
so large that firms would try to game the system, by, for example, shutting
down, reincorporating under a different name, and hiring back their
employees without coverage. They might not even need to go to such lengths.
Firms that pay modest wages have high rates of turnover. By simply refusing
to offer coverage to new employees, they could pretty quickly convert most
of their employees into non-covered workers.
The designers of health-care reform and the C.B.O.
are aware of this problem, but, in my view, they have greatly underestimated
it. According to the C.B.O., somewhere between eight and nine million
workers will lose their group coverage as a result of their employers
refusing to offer it. That isn’t a trifling number. But the C.B.O. says it
will be largely offset by an opposite effect in which employers that don’t
currently provide health insurance begin to offer it in response to higher
demand from their workers as a result of the individual mandate. In this
way, some six to seven million people will obtain new group coverage, the
C.B.O. says, so the overall impact of the changes will be minor.
Continued in article
"Senate Bill Sets a Plan to Regulate Premiums," by Robert Pear, The New York
Times, April 20, 2010 --- http://www.nytimes.com/2010/04/21/health/policy/21healt
. . .
Grace-Marie Turner, president of the Galen
Institute, a research center that advocates free-market health policies,
said the Democrats’ proposal was unlikely to succeed in lowering insurance
costs.
“Capping premiums without recognizing the forces
that are driving up costs would be like tightening the lid on a pressure
cooker while the heat is being turned up,” Mrs. Turner said.
Mrs. Feinstein said her bill would close what she
described as “an enormous loophole” in the new law. And she said health
insurance should be regulated like a public utility.
“Water and power are essential for life,” Mrs.
Feinstein said. “So they are heavily regulated, and rate increases must be
approved. Health insurance is also vital for life. It too should be strictly
regulated so that people can afford this basic need.”
The 6 Biggest Whoppers In Gruber's ObamaCare Comic Book ---
http://news.investors.com/ibd-editorials-obama-care/120114-728618-the-6-biggest-whoppers-in-gruber-obamacare-comic-book.htm
. . .
What the reviewers failed to mention is that the
book is also chock-a-block with misinformation and outright falsehoods about
the law Gruber helped construct — many of which Gruber himself exposed later
on. Among the most glaring:
• Gruber claims that for individuals and small
firms qualifying for a tax credit, "this bill will lower your health care
costs." But Gruber would later go on to tell several states the opposite.
One of them was Wisconsin, where he said fewer than 6% would see lower
premiums, and 41% would get hit with hikes of 50% or more. Meanwhile,
millions learned that Gruber's claim was a fantasy last year, when they
confronted
ObamaCare's sky-high premiums after seeing their
existing plans canceled.
• Gruber declares that the law doesn't raise taxes
on anyone "with incomes below $200,000 per year." Yet several of the dozens
of tax hikes stuffed into the bill hit the middle class, or soon will.
Americans for Tax Reform counted seven big ones.
• In the section on the Cadillac tax, which depicts
Gruber tooling around in a Caddy, he claims this tax would apply "only to
the top few percent of health insurance plans" and would hit more only if
premiums climb faster than inflation.
But in videotaped comments, Gruber explains that
the tax was purposely designed to start small and then eventually hit all
employer plans, "essentially getting rid of the exclusion for
employer-sponsored plans."
• Gruber emphatically declares that ObamaCare will
cut the federal deficit by $1 trillion over its second decade because "the
deficit-reducing effects of this legislation grow over time."
But all the Congressional Budget Office said was
that a "rough outlook" for ObamaCare's second decade resulted in deficit
cuts "in a broad range of around one-half percent of GDP." And that assumed
the law was enacted exactly as written, and worked exactly as predicted,
both of which have already failed to come true.
When the Government Accountability Office ran the
numbers using more realistic scenarios, it found ObamaCare adding
significantly to the long-term deficit. The CBO, meanwhile, has given up
making even short-term forecasts of ObamaCare's impact on the deficit.
• Throughout the book, Gruber cites CBO projections
of ObamaCare's effects on premiums and coverage, calling it "the best
independent source for evaluating bills like the ACA." What he doesn't
mention is that when the CBO developed its health care forecasting model in
2007, Gruber had a role in creating it. It even credits
Gruber for his "helpful comments and feedback ...
throughout the model's development."
And in a 2011 paper, Gruber himself said that his
own health care
model "mirrors
the CBO approach to modeling health reform."
• Gruber says that if the law's many cost-control
measures work as expected, "the ACA will end up solving our cost problem in
the U.S." But earlier this year Gruber told the Washington Post that it was
"misleading" to say ObamaCare will save money. "The law isn't designed to
save money," he said. "It's designed to improve health, and that's going to
cost money."
Bob
Jensen's universal health care messaging ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Health.htm
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on December 9, 2014
Tax battle in Germany shakes family dynasties
http://www.wsj.com/articles/tax-battle-in-germany-shakes-family-dynasties-1418089894
The German tax code, which has helped build some of
the world’s wealthiest business dynasties by generally exempting corporate
succession from inheritance tax, is under threat in court on constitutional
grounds. At present, companies can be transferred to heirs, before or after
the owner’s death, tax-free as long as the heirs keep running the business
for at least seven years and without substantial layoffs. Nearly two-thirds
of German family businesses say they will have to cut investment and half
say they will have to slash jobs if the tax privilege is abolished.
Why Bob Jensen gives Shane Ferro a grade of D-
"Leaked Data Reveals A Big Gender Pay Gap (in 2005) At The Top Of
Deloitte," by Shane Ferro, Business Insider, December 3, 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/deloitte-gender-pay-gap-2014-12
In the mid-2000s, the auditing and consulting firm
Deloitte had a gender pay problem.
This chart
comes from Fusion, which analyzed 2005 salary
information for over 30,000 employees. The data was leaked as part of the
major Sony Pictures hack. According to Kevin Roose, the information appeared
to come from the computer of a current HR employee at Sony who used to work
at Deloitte and still had the files on her computer.
The info includes many of the top-paid people at
Deloitte, including more than 1,000 directors.
Roose reports that "the top 10 highest earners are
all men, as are 22 of the top 25, 43 of the top 50, and 85 of the top 100."
He says that this appears to be a compilation of data for an internal study
in 2006 about whether there was racial or gender discrimination going on at
the company.
Fifty-eight groups within the company were
examined. Thirty-four seemed to have significant results regarding gender or
race. Eighteen were considered "problematic based on both regressions &
t-tests." Deloitte apparently looked into those 18 groups, although
representatives from the company have not yet responded to requests for
comment.
While you can see from the chart that women make
less than men at all levels, the gap appears to widen near the range of
$75,000 to $80,000. The top-paid woman makes 25% in salary than the top-paid
man (this appears to be just salary, not total comp). And, from a rough
estimate looking at the chart, there appear to be about twice as many men
making $100,000 as women.
Men make up more than half of the total workforce
at Deloitte, but not by much. They are
about 55%, according to Fusion's Felix Salmon.
We'd love to know how this data has changed in
the past nine years.
Jensen Comment
Perhaps this 2005 data (secretly) impacted the subsequent initiative by Deloitte
to increase the number of women partners.
Women Partners in the Big 4 Accounting Firms
For the tenth consecutive year, Deloitte & Touche USA
LLP tops the Big Four accounting firms in percentage of women partners,
principals and directors, according to Public Accounting Report's 2006 Survey of
Women in Public Accounting. The survey revealed that Deloitte's percentage of
women partners, principals and directors is currently 19.3 percent, surpassing
that of KPMG (16.8 percent), Pricewaterhouse Coopers (15.8 percent) and Ernst &
Young (13.5 percent). Deloitte has held this lead every year since the inception
of the survey in 1997, according to Jonathan Hamilton, editor, Public Accounting
Report.
SmartPros, December 26, 2006 ---
http://accounting.smartpros.com/x55948.xml
Updates: Deloitte's Initiative for advancement and
retention of female professionals
From Smart Stops on the Web, Journal of Accountancy, July 2008
HER SIDE
OF THE STORY
Deloitte’s Women’s Initiative
(WIN) Blog, part of the firm’s program for
advancement and retention for female employees, is
an “ongoing community conversation about life, work,
and everything in between.” Recent posts are listed
down the right side of the home page, and cover
topics such as work/life balance, the generation
gap, mentors, office politics and life lessons. An
active group of readers—who include both men and
women—give feedback, commiserate or just share their
related experiences in the comments below each
blurb. You can also subscribe to the RSS feed to
keep up with the latest posts. |
|
"Deloitte Given Perfect Rating on Human Rights Campaign Corporate Equality
Index," by Kalen Smith, Big4.com, January 13, 2012 ---
http://www.big4.com/uncategorized/deloitte-given-perfect-rating-on-human-rights-campaign-corporate-equality-index
The Human Rights Campaign has named Deloitte one of
the best places to work for the sixth year in a row. In their 2012 Corporate
Equality Index, the HRC noted that it gave Deloitte a 100 percent rating.
Deloitte chief talent officer, Jennifer Steinmann,
said that Deloitte is constantly working to provide a workplace that
employees will be proud of. Steinmann said that they offer a culture that
helps the LGBT community and encourages all of its employees to feel
accepted.
Steinmann said that Deloitte offers a number of
solutions to the variety of challenges they face as they strive to create an
environment that increases employee morale and gives all employees the
opportunity to thrive. Deloitte has used a number of Business Resource
Groups to educate employees and offer them the resources they need to
address the challenges they face in the workplace.
HRC is making its standards increasingly strict.
Due to the changes in their eligibility standards, about 50 percent of
companies have fallen off of the list. New standards include providing a
culture for members of the LGBT community and promoting company citizenship.
Steinmann and other representatives at Deloitte
state that they are proud of the fact that Deloitte has consistently earned
this recognition since 2006.
Continued in article
Accounting firms populate Working Mother top 100
list
Working Mother magazine has released its annual list of
the top 100 firms for working mothers, and this year, three of the Big Four
firms appear in the top 10. Among the top 10 firms are Ernst & Young, KPMG, and
PricewaterhouseCoopers. Deloitte isn't far behind at xx, and Grant Thornton and
RSM McGladrey also appear on the Top 100 list. Seven areas are measured and
scored in order to arrive at the top 100:
- Workforce profile
- Compensation
- Child care
- Flexibility Time off and leaves
- Family-friendly programs
- Company culture
Jensen Comment
I doubt that scholars would be given much credit for academic integrity by
analyzing old and possibly misleading data except by noting that this is only a
history study. I give Shane Ferro a D grade. Make that a D-.
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting careers are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#careers
Tax Reform Controversies
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on December 3, 2014
Popular corporate tax credits are set
to be extended for a year by Congress, the
WSJ’s Siobhan Hughes reports.
They include one for research and experimentation and
a provision to let companies deduct more of the cost of new equipment in the
year in which it is purchased. The move marks a turnabout for the
“extenders” which had failed to gain their usual two-year extension in the
U.S. before they expired earlier this year.
Still, the fact that current discussions are
over a bill that would renew the credits only for 2014 may show that
Republicans are planning to dig in their heels for a broader reform package.
That means that financial chiefs may need to scramble to rework their tax
plans for the current year, and also that 2015 will retain an uncertain tax
outlook due to the political process.
But the debate over the extenders may
be a distraction from the bigger picture for tax on multinational
corporations. Jay Nibble, global vice chair of tax for EY,
writes for CFO Journal
that transparency initiatives from the OECD targeting cross-border tax
planning appear to be on the fast track for adoption by national
governments. “In short, companies can assume what it tells one country will
soon be shared with every country. And tax auditors that examine corporate
tax returns with a microscope will need to add a wide-angle lens to their
toolkit.”
Teaching Case on Tax Reform
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on November 21,
2014
A Two-Year Plan to Lower Your Taxes
by:
Brett Arends
Nov 15, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Individual Taxation, Tax Planning
SUMMARY: Many people can boost overall deductions for every
two-year period by alternating between the two approaches each year. In the
years when you itemize expenses, you make two years' worth of charitable
donations and pay two years of property taxes. The following year, you take
the standard deduction, which could be much more than you would have
qualified for otherwise, given that you would have relatively little to
itemize for that tax year.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: This tax-planning example could be used in
an individual income tax class.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What is the standard deduction? What are itemized
deductions? How are the two related?
2. (Advanced) What advice does the article offer regarding itemized
deductions and the standard deduction? How involved are the steps a taxpayer
must make?
3. (Advanced) How many U.S. taxpayers take the standard deduction?
Why is this the choice of so many?
4. (Advanced) What amount of deductions must a taxpayer have for
this planning idea to be worthwhile?
Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast
"A Two-Year Plan to Lower Your Taxes," by Brett Arends, The Wall Street
Journal, November 15, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/a-two-year-plan-to-lower-your-taxes-1415984503?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
Here’s another reason to be generous during the
holiday season: You could lower your tax bill by making next year’s
charitable donations before Dec. 31 and prepaying next year’s state and
local taxes.
By doing so, you could benefit from a simple tactic
that takes advantage of a feature of the tax system: Each year, taxpayers
get to decide how they want to take deductions from taxable income.
The Internal Revenue Service offers two options.
Taxpayers can take the standard deduction, which is $6,200 for a single
filer and $12,400 for joint filers. Or they can itemize expenses such as
mortgage interest, state and local income and property taxes, and charitable
donations, which can add up to a larger deduction.
Unless you receive reasonably sophisticated tax
advice, chances are that each year you make the choice that lowers your tax
bill the most for that year. About 70% of U.S. taxpayers simply take the
standard deduction, which is the easier route.
But many people can boost overall deductions for
every two-year period by alternating between the two approaches each year.
In the years when you itemize expenses, you make two years’ worth of
charitable donations and pay two years of property taxes. For a typical
couple who own a home, that could add up to well over $12,400.
The following year, you take the standard
deduction, which could be much more than you would have qualified for
otherwise, given that you would have relatively little to itemize for that
tax year.
“Individuals should consider alternating between
the standard deduction and itemized deduction,” says Grant Moore, a
financial adviser in Rockford, Ill. “By doubling up on items such as
charitable contributions and property taxes in the year in which someone
itemizes their deductions, they could significantly reduce their lifetime
tax burden.”
To be sure, the savings may be modest. Don
Williamson, who heads the Kogod Tax Center at American University in
Washington, said the maneuver is likely to be of marginal benefit to many
taxpayers.
Those savings may be welcome nonetheless,
especially for those on middle-class incomes.
The technique frequently gets overlooked. Tax
planners tend to focus most on taxpayers with higher incomes or more complex
affairs, whose deductions are so large that it almost always makes sense for
them to take itemized deductions each year. When they recommend paying some
of next year’s expenses early, it is typically to help wealthier clients
avoid the impact of the alternative minimum tax, the parallel tax code
designed to close loopholes in the principal code.
Yet even those who aren’t among the highest earners
can benefit from multiyear planning.
Consider a married couple with $5,000 in annual
mortgage interest, $3,000 in state income taxes, $4,000 in property taxes
and $2,000 in annual qualified charitable donations. That adds up to $14,000
in annual deductible expenses.
The total is only slightly above the $12,400
standard deduction allowed for joint filers. This couple may wonder if it is
even worth spending the extra time, effort and cost to itemize their taxes
for a net saving which may amount only to a couple hundred dollars. But the
picture changes if they make two years’ worth of charitable donations in a
single year and prepay next year’s state and local taxes by Dec. 31.
If they do that, they can itemize $23,000 of
expenses this year. (The overpayments of state and local taxes will go
toward next year’s state and local tax bills.) Next year the only itemized
deduction left would be the $5,000 in mortgage interest, but the couple can
take the $12,400 standard deduction.
Total deductions over two years: $35,400, compared
with the $28,000 they would have taken by itemizing each year. If the couple
had $100,000 in taxable income each year and was in the 25% bracket for
federal income tax, that would save them $1,850.
The maneuver does have some drawbacks. By prepaying
some of next year’s expenses, taxpayers miss out on the interest they could
have earned on the money.
But inflation is low and so are short-term interest
rates, so the cost is likely minuscule. Meanwhile, low interest rates have
reduced the value of the deduction for mortgage interest, bringing many
taxpayers’ total annual deductions down below the value of the standard
deduction.
Continued in article
A message that makes muggers hopeful
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on December 2, 2014
Cash, as it turns out, is still king. Mobile
payment systems like Apple Pay and CurrentC promise to liberate shoppers
from their wallets and smooth the process of making purchases—and could in
the process liberate retailers from the internal control headache of
managing all of that physical money. But as it turns out, it may be a lot
more difficult to pry those old wallets from consumers’ fingers than many
eager technologists and forward-thinking finance departments would prefer.
Even old-fashioned credit and debit
cards are each less popular than cold hard cash when it comes to making
transactions,
CFO Journal’s Vipal Monga reports.
For companies, handling all of those paper bills and
coins presents a slew of costly challenges, and there are a variety of
strategies for coping.
Pilot Travel Centers LLC, which operates Pilot Flying J truck
stops, has installed cash “recyclers” from
Fifth Third Bancorp
at its locations that collect and count money from tills and immediately
credit the company’s accounts, among other functions. Other firms are
following Uber
Technologies Inc.’s lead and creating payment systems that let
consumers breeze past the checkout counter through the use of online
profiles that include credit-card information.
Buyers appreciate the convenience of cash,
the easy method of curbing spending it provides as well as its natural
safety from cybersecurity threats.
But is your firm encouraging consumers to adopt new payment methods? Send us
an email and let us know.
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on December 1, 2014
Banks use big data to trap wily traders
http://www.ft.com/intl/cms/s/0/8c2452ee-72c9-11e4-803d-00144feabdc0.html
Recent trading scandals have spurred big banks to turn
to new technology and data sources to crack down on illegal behavior by
their staff, the
Financial Times reports.
Some compliance departments are benchmarking staff’s
performance against average use of internal communications devices to try
detect discrepancies between their profitability and the number of messages
sent to clients. Banks have long worried that staff may turn to personal
cellphones or social-media platforms to avoid having their work
communications monitored.
"What Book Changed Your Mind?" Chronicle of Higher Education's
Chronicle Review, November 7, 2014 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/What-Book-Changed-Your-Mind-/149839/?cid=wb&utm_source=wb&utm_medium=en
The Chronicle Review asked 12 scholars
what nonfiction book published in the last 30 years has most changed their
minds—not merely inspired or influenced their thinking, but profoundly
altered the way they regard themselves, their work, the world.
Continued in article
Click of the listing of scholars on the left side of the screen.
Jensen Comment
As usual when asked to name one thing such as my favorite book, my
favorite movie, my favorite teacher, favorite cocktail, favorite wine, or my
favorite whatever I cannot answer such a question out of context. Context
means everything in terms of "favorites."
The same applies when asked to name a thing or event that changed my life
because there are so many things that changed my life in certain contexts.
For example the thing that first changed my mind to major in accounting was
a notice on the a bulletin board in the Placement Center at Iowa State
University. I was only in my first year of college and not really seeking a
job, but I went to the Placement Center out of some curiosity that I cannot
recall. What I noticed was that if I were (hypothetically) a graduating
senior one of the best things to be was an accounting major. The prompted me
to sign up for an accounting course in my second year of college even though
I was currently a General Science major. That course led me to take a second
course in accounting and to discuss accountancy as a career with my
professor. The rest is is a history of my life that led ultimately to a
Ph.D. and academic career in accountancy. There were other events that
changed by aspirations to be a professor instead of a practicing accountant,
but I won't go into that here. It had to do with skiing!
Hence if I'm asked to name a book that "changed my life" I have to put it
into context --- religion, love life, career, research, etc.
I will put my choice of a book that "changed my life" in the context of
my research while I was an accounting faculty member at four different
universities. Although I got a Ph.D. in accountancy at Stanford University
in the late 1960s, this was a great transition period for accountancy and
business schools in general. I entered Stanford's doctoral program as an MBA
and CPA and was told focus over 90% of my time and effort learning outside
the business school in such areas as mathematics, economics, statistics, and
operations research. The idea was to be on
the vanguard of accounting professors who brought more science and
mathematics and statistics into academic accounting research.
While at Stanford I stumbled upon a book in the campus library that
changed my research life after graduation. The book is not well known
but led me to years of conducting research and publishing papers in the area
of "cluster analysis."
Cluster Analysis ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cluster_analysis
The book is as follows:
Cluster analysis : correlation
profile and orthometric (factor) analysis for the isolation of unities
in mind and personality
by Robert Choate Tryon
Ann Arbor, Michigan : Edwards brothers, inc., 1939
I never had my own copy of this book, and the book itself was not nearly
so important in my research as related books and academic papers on the
topics of cluster analysis, numerical taxonomy, factor analysis, and related
technical materials.
My point is that the book that changed my life was not necessarily the
most important reference work in my changed life. There were far more
important references and exposures to other researchers at academic
conferences and workshops. But Robert Tryon changed
my research life for years to come.
Later my research moved on from cluster analysis, but it was my
publishing in cluster analysis that got me promotions, tenure, two years in
a think tank at Stanford University, and three endowed chairs before I moved
into other topical areas and research methodologies.
Bob Jensen
Retired
Video: A Scenario of Higher Education in 2020
November 14, 2014 message from Denny Beresford
Bob,
The link below is to a very
interesting video on the future of higher education – if you haven’t seen it
already. I think it’s very consistent with much of what you’ve been saying.
Denny
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5gU3FjxY2uQ
November 15, 2014 reply from Bob Jensen
Hi Denny,
Thank you for this link. I agree with many parts of this possible
scenario, and viewers should patiently watch it through the Google Epic in
2020.
But this is only one of many possible scenarios, and I definitely do not
agree with the predicted timings. None of the predictions for the future
will happen in such a short time frame.
It takes a long time for this video to mention the role of colleges as a
buffer between living as a protected kid at home and working full time on
the mean streets of life. And I don't think campus living and learning in
the future will just be for the "wealthy." We're moving toward a time when
campus living will be available more and more to gifted non-wealthy
students. But we're also moving toward a time when campus living and
learning may be available to a smaller percentage of students --- more like
Germany where campus education is free, but only the top 25% of the high
school graduates are allowed to go to college. The other 75% will rely more
and more on distance education and apprenticeship training alternatives.
Last night (November 14) there was a fascinating module on CBS News about
a former top NFL lineman (center) for the Rams who in the prime of his
career just quit and bought a 1,000 acre farm in North Carolina using the
millions of dollars he'd saved until then by playing football.
What was remarkable is that he knew zero about farming until he started
learning about it on YouTube. Now he's a successful farmer who gives over
20% of his harvest to food banks for the poor.
This morning I did a brief search and discovered that there are tons of
free videos on the technical aspect of farming just as there are tons of
videos that I already knew about on how to be a financial analyst trading in
derivative financial instruments.
My point is that there will be more and more people who are being
educated and trained along the lines of the video in your email message to
me.
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5gU3FjxY2uQ
The education and training will be a lifelong process because there is so
much that will be available totally free of charge. We will become more and
more like Boy-Girl Scouts earning our badges.
College degrees will be less and less important as the certification
badges (competency achievements) mentioned in the video take over as
chevrons of expertise and accomplishment. Some badges will be for hobbies,
and some badges will be for career advancement.
These are exciting times for education and training. We will become more
and more like the Phantom of the Library at Texas A&M without having to live
inside a library. This "Phantom" Aggie was a former student who started
secretly living and learning in the campus library. Now the world's free
"library" is only a few clicks away --- starting with Wikipedia and YouTube
and moving on to the thousands of MOOCs now available from prestigious
universities ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/updateee.htm#OKI
Also see the new-world library alternatives at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookbob2.htm
Thanks Denny
Bob
American Accounting Association
2014 Annual Meeting Videos are Now Posted Online (not free to non-AAA members)
---
Click Here
http://commons.aaahq.org/hives/8d320fc4aa/summary
http://www.businessinsider.com/low-rates-high-valuation-2014-12
Featured
videos include speakers Jimmy Wales, William Beaver, Condoleezza Rice, Duane
Still, and Christine Botosan, as well as a host of workshop and session
videos.
"There Are Many Stock Market
Valuation Models, And Most Of Them Stink," by Ed Yardeni, Dr. Ed's Blog
via Business Insider, December 4, 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/low-rates-high-valuation-2014-12
Does low inflation justify higher valuation
multiples? There are many valuation models for stocks. They mostly don’t
work very well, or at least not consistently well. Over the years, I’ve come
to conclude that valuation, like beauty, is in the eye of the beholder.
For many investors, stocks look increasingly
attractive the lower that inflation and interest rates go. However, when
they go too low, that suggests that the economy is weak, which wouldn’t be
good for profits. Widespread deflation would almost certainly be bad for
profits. It would also pose a risk to corporations with lots of debt, even
if they could refinance it at lower interest rates. Let’s review some of the
current valuation metrics, which we monitor in our Stock
Market Valuation Metrics & Models:
(1) Reversion to the mean. On Tuesday, the
forward P/E of the S&P 500 was 16.1. That’s above its historical average of
13.7 since 1978.
(2) Rule of 20. One rule of thumb is that the forward P/E of the
S&P 500 should be close to 20 minus the y/y CPI inflation rate. On this
basis, the rule’s P/E was 18.3 during October.
(3) Misery Index. There has been an inverse relationship between
the S&P 500’s forward P/E and the Misery Index, which is just the sum of the
inflation rate and the unemployment rate. The index fell to 7.4% during
October. That’s the lowest reading since April 2008, and arguably justifies
the market’s current lofty multiple.
(4) Market-cap ratios. The ratio of the S&P 500 market cap to
revenues rose to 1.7 during Q3, the highest since Q1-2002. That’s identical
to the reading for the ratio of the market cap of all US equities to nominal
GDP.
Today's Morning Briefing: Inflating
Inflation. (1) Dudley expects Fed to hit inflation target next
year. (2) It all depends on resource utilization. (3) What if demand-side
models are flawed? (4) Supply-side models explain persistence of
deflationary pressures. (5) Inflationary expectations falling in TIPS
market. (6) Bond market has gone global. (7) Valuation and beauty contests.
(8) Rule of 20 says stocks still cheap. (9) Other valuation models find no
bargains. (10) Cheaper stocks abroad, but for lots of good reasons. (11) US
economy humming along. (More
for subscribers.)
Jensen Comment
The Accountics Science stock valuation models we teach our students are almost
worthless because they only deal with the accounting data that is booked into
the ledgers. Often the most important data affecting values are not booked into
ledgers such as value of a firm's human resources and R&D and intangibles that
we don't know how to measure.
For example, accountics scientists love to teach
weighted average cost of capital, free
cash flow valuation, and the residual income valuation. These can be highly
misleading as illustrated in the following terrific real-world case:
"Questrom vs. Federated Department
Stores, Inc.: A Question of Equity Value," by University of Alabama faculty
members Gary Taylor, William Sampson, and Benton Gup, pp. 223-256.
This is perhaps the best short case that I've ever read. It will
undoubtedly help my students better understand weighted average cost of
capital, free cash flow valuation, and the residual income model. The three
student handouts are outstanding. Bravo to Taylor, Sampson, and Gup.
From the CPA Newsletter on
December 1, 2014
PCAOB receives wide range of feedback on fair value proposal
http://www.complianceweek.com/blogs/accounting-auditing-update/ideas-for-guidance-on-auditing-estimates-draws-mixed-reviews#.VHyI_MlS7rx
The Public Company Accounting Oversight Board is receiving varying levels of
support during the comment period for its ideas on changing guidance on
auditing fair value measurements and accounting estimates. Some commenters
said the standard didn't need to be changed while other suggestions ranged
from a single comprehensive new standard to involving the Securities and
Exchange Commission so there is a response broader than just an auditing
standard.
Compliance Week/Accounting & Auditing Update blog
(11/26)
Jensen Comment
Problems of appraisal professionalism include the following:
-
Assets and liabilities are
so specialized in terms of valuation estimation. Appraisals of debentures is
quite unlike appraisals of commodities. Appraisals of options is quite
unlike appraisals of interest rate swaps. Appraisals of housing development
real estate is quite unlike appraisals cattle or even land having oil and
mineral reserves.
-
There is notorious
subjectivity in most appraisal tasks, especially subjectivity built upon
widely varying assumptions.
-
Assets and liabilities are
often very unique even within a given classification. For example, the
estimating value of development property ofExit 132 of an interstate highway
may be totally unlike estimating the value of development property off Exits
131 .133, and 167. Estimation of a McDonald's debenture may be quite unlike
estimating an Intel debenture.
-
The appraisal professions
vary widely as to fraud history and barriers to entry (e.g., certification
examinations), experience requirements, and notorious histories of fraud.
For example, most real estate bubbles and recoveries bring out the worst in
terms of real estate appraisals of loan values of homes and businesses. The
bottom line is that the appraisal professions are not as respected as the
professions of accounting, law, and medicine. Yeah even law!
-
The same appraisal firm
gave me widely varying estimates of my home based upon the purpose of the
appraisal. The appraisal when I wanted to take out a mortgage was much
higher than the subsequent appraisal when I wanted to lower my property
taxes. The appraisal firm aimed to please me. Go figure!
"How Do Auditors Use Valuation Specialists When Auditing Fair Values?"
by Emily E. Griffith, SSRN, May 30, 2014 ---
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2460970
Abstract:
Auditors frequently rely on valuation specialists in audits of fair values
to help them improve audit quality in this challenging area. However,
auditing standards provide inadequate guidance in this setting, and problems
related to specialists’ involvement suggest specialists do not always
improve audit quality. This study examines how auditors use valuation
specialists in auditing fair values and how specialists’ involvement affects
audit quality. I interviewed 28 audit partners and managers with extensive
experience using valuation specialists and analyzed the interviews from the
perspective of Giddens’ (1990, 1991) theory of trust in expert systems. I
find that while valuation specialists perform many of the most difficult and
important elements of auditing fair values, auditors retain the final
responsibility for making overall conclusions about fair values. This
situation causes tension for auditors who bear responsibility for the final
conclusions about fair values, yet who must rely on the expertise of
valuation specialists to make their final judgments. Consistent with this
tension, auditors tend to make specialists’ work conform to the audit team’s
prevailing view. This puts audit quality at risk. Additional threats to
audit quality arise from the division of labor between auditors and
valuation specialists because auditors, though ultimately responsible for
audit judgments, must rely on work done by valuation specialists that they
cannot understand or review in the depth that they review other audit work
papers. This study informs future research addressing problems related to
auditors’ use of valuation specialists, an area in which problems have
already been identified by the PCAOB and prior research.
Jensen Comment 1
One of the problems is that some types of valuation may rely upon the same
defective databases no matter whether they are used by employees of audit firms
or outsourced valuation specialists hired by audit firms.Exhibit A is that
virtually all valuation experts of interest rate swaps and forward contracts
using the LIBOR underlying were relying upon LIBOR yeild curves in the Bloomberg
or Reuters database terminals that were using LIBOR rates manipulated
fraudulently by the large banks like Barclays ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Libor
On 28 February 2012, it was revealed that the U.S.
Department of Justice was conducting a criminal investigation into Libor
abuse.[49] Among the abuses being investigated were the possibility that
traders were in direct communication with bankers before the rates were set,
thus allowing them an advantage in predicting that day's fixing. Libor
underpins approximately $350 trillion in derivatives. One trader's messages
indicated that for each basis point (0.01%) that Libor was moved, those
involved could net "about a couple of million dollars".[50]
On 27 June 2012, Barclays Bank was fined $200m by
the Commodity Futures Trading Commission,[7] $160m by the United States
Department of Justice[8] and £59.5m by the Financial Services Authority[9]
for attempted manipulation of the Libor and Euribor rates.[51] The United
States Department of Justice and Barclays officially agreed that "the
manipulation of the submissions affected the fixed rates on some
occasions".[52][53] On 2 July 2012, Marcus Agius, chairman of Barclays,
resigned from the position following the interest rate rigging scandal.[54]
Bob Diamond, the chief executive officer of Barclays, resigned on 3 July
2012. Marcus Agius will fill his post until a replacement is found.[55][56]
Jerry del Missier, Chief Operating Officer of Barclays, also resigned, as a
casualty of the scandal. Del Missier subsequently admitted that he had
instructed his subordinates to submit falsified LIBORs to the British
Bankers Association.[57]
By 4 July 2012 the breadth of the scandal was
evident and became the topic of analysis on news and financial programs that
attempted to explain the importance of the scandal.[58] On 6 July, it was
announced that the U.K. Serious Fraud Office had also opened a criminal
investigation into the attempted manipulation of interest rates.[59]
On 4 October 2012, Republican U.S. Senators Chuck
Grassley and Mark Kirk announced that they were investigating Treasury
Secretary Tim Geithner for complicity with the rate manipulation scandal.
They accused Geithner of knowledge of the rate-fixing, and inaction which
contributed to litigation that "threatens to clog our courts with
multi-billion dollar class action lawsuits" alleging that the manipulated
rates harmed state, municipal and local governments. The senators said that
an American-based interest rate index is a better alternative which they
would take steps towards creating.[60] Aftermath
Early estimates are that the rate manipulation
scandal cost U.S. states, counties, and local governments at least $6
billion in fraudulent interest payments, above $4 billion that state and
local governments have already had to spend to unwind their positions
exposed to rate manipulation.[61] An increasingly smaller set of banks are
participating in setting the LIBOR, calling into question its future as a
benchmark standard, but without any viable alternative to replace
Jensen Comment 2
FAS 133 and IAS 39 ushered in national and international requirements to book
derivative contracts at fair values and adjust those values to "market" at least
every 90 days. However, those "markets" are replete with market manipulation
scandals that corrupt the databases used by valuation experts---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#DerivativesFrauds
Bob Jensen's threads on fair
value accounting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory02.htm#FairValue
Update on the FASB's Technical Agenda ---
http://www.fasb.org/technicalagenda
I wonder if the FASB will ever operationally define net earnings and show how
to measure net earnings.
From PwC on December 8, 2014
The
inaugural edition of our accounting and financial reporting guide,
Foreign currency ,
addresses the accounting for foreign currency transactions and foreign
operations under U.S. GAAP. The guide discusses the framework for accounting
for foreign currency matters, accounting implications, and includes specific
examples related to various topics such as:
-
Determining functional currencies
- Accounting for foreign currency transactions
- Translating financial statements of foreign
entities
- Highly inflationary economies
- Intercompany transactions denominated in
foreign currencies
- Acquisitions and dispositions of foreign
operations
The Foreign Currency URL ---
Click Here
http://www.pwc.com/us/en/cfodirect/publications/accounting-guides/foreign-currency-reporting.jhtml?display=/us/en/cfodirect/publications/accounting-guides&j=644737&e=rjensen@trinity.edu&l=934030_HTML&u=23479485&mid=7002454&jb=0
"California Law School Grads Bear Staggering Debt Loads," by Paul
Caron, TaxProf Blog, December 3, 2014 ---
http://taxprof.typepad.com/taxprof_blog/2014/12/california-law-school-grads-.html
Typical California law graduates' debt has jumped
35 percent since 2008, so even today's top earners are strapped. A
public-service repayment plan offers hope for some.
Among 2013 law graduates in California, 87 percent
borrowed money to help fund their education - an average of $135,000, all
backed by the federal government. The thousands of students applying this
winter to attend California's 21 ABA-accredited law schools are likely to
borrow even more. And most will be expected to pay as much as $350,000
apiece over the two decades after they graduate.
[The Public Service Loan Forgiveness Program, which
caps payments at 10 percent of "discretionary" income and forgives the loan
balance after ten years] is the best-case scenario, and it is available to
only about one-fourth of new lawyers. Just 27.6 percent of the 2013 law
school grads nationwide who were employed by last February worked in
positions that might qualify them for eventual loan forgiveness - as
judicial clerks or military lawyers or in other public-service or nonprofit
roles, according to the National Association for Law Placement, or NALP. The
rest are not eligible -- and many lawyers prefer corporate or community
practice. ...
Debt and income are uncomfortable topics. It's
especially embarrassing to acknowledge owing much more than you can
reasonably repay when you're in a profession that's traditionally been
considered lucrative. The issue has arisen particularly suddenly in
California, where public schools - which produce nearly half the state's new
lawyers - have doubled tuition since the recession began and quadrupled it
since 2002. For students starting this year at a University of California
law school, tuition alone will run about $145,000 for three years.
Considering that the American Bar Association prohibits accredited schools
from letting full-time students work more than 20 hours a week, even a
generous grant - say, $25,000 a year for top students - barely dents the
total cost, which UC Berkeley estimates at $228,000, including living
expenses. ...
During and after the recession, the legal
profession stripped down to its chassis and rebuilt itself as a much leaner
and more nimble machine - with lower salaries, less job security, and fewer
positions overall. Things have improved since, but just 84.5 percent of 2013
law school grads found jobs within nine months of graduation, and only 64.4
percent landed positions that required passage of a bar exam, according to
NALP. At the same time, law students kept coming, all figuring they would
eventually work something out.
The crushing realization that repaying their
student loans could last their whole careers dawns anew each May for
thousands of freshly minted JDs. Heather Cantua, a 2013 graduate of the UC
Davis law school, started exploring the issue on a blog for her classmates.
"A lot of the deans didn't even think it was a problem that someone in her
early twenties [would accumulate] $50,000 a year in debt," she says.
Cantua counts herself lucky: Grants minimized her
need to borrow, and she makes enough as a financial services associate with
Reed Smith in San Francisco to pay off her debt in ten years with 15 percent
of her take-home earnings. But it will be hard to save or buy a house.
Cantua says her husband actually dropped out of law school after one
semester, having decided the debt was too high. "He saw how quickly it could
accumulate."
Davis Dean Kevin Johnson says the UC law schools
remain public only in name because state funding has plunged from 90 percent
of their budgets 20 years ago to about 8 percent now. And they can't offer
the volume of grants and other assistance that many private schools can. All
of which is changing the stakes - and the etiquette - of the whole game.
"When I went to law school, and as recently as ten years ago, you didn't
think that you were in the position to negotiate what you paid," Johnson
says. Now students angle for grants before they accept an offer of
admission. "But I find it somewhat off-putting to get a text for money
before I get a 'thank you.' "
Law firm leaders don't expect the legal market to
revert to prerecession conditions, when new graduates were often courted by
firms and offered cushy salaries up front. The Bureau of Labor Statistics
projects 75,000 new law jobs will emerge nationwide in the decade ending in
2022. At the pace California is churning out new JDs - 5,557 in 2013,
according to the UC Office of the President - the state's law schools alone
could fill two-thirds of those new jobs.
"Research and Development, Uncertainty, and Analysts’ Forecasts: The Case
of IAS 38," by Tami Dinh Thi, Brigitte Eierle, Wolfgang Schultze, and Leif
Steeger, SSRN, November 26, 2014 ---
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2531094
Abstract:
This paper analyzes the consequences of the capitalization of development
expenditures under IAS 38 on analysts’ earnings forecasts. We use unique
hand-collected data in a sample of highly research and development (R&D)
intensive German listed firms over the period 2000 to 2007. We find that the
capitalization of development costs is significantly associated with both
higher individual analysts’ forecast errors and forecast dispersion. This
suggests that the increasing complexity surrounding the capitalization of
development costs negatively impacts forecast accuracy. However, for firms
with high underlying environmental uncertainty, forecast errors are
negatively associated with capitalized development expenditures. This
indicates that the negative impact of increased complexity on forecast
accuracy can be outweighed by the information contained in the signals from
capitalized development costs when the underlying environmental uncertainty
is high. The findings contribute to the ongoing controversial debate on the
accounting for self-generated intangible assets. Our results provide useful
insights on the link between capitalization of development costs,
environmental uncertainty, and analysts’ forecasts for accounting academics
and practitioners alike.
Teaching Case on How It Pay's to Look Under the Hood of Indian Financial
Statements
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on November 21,
2013
It Pays to Look Under Tata's Hood
by:
Abheek Bhattacharya
Nov 15, 2013
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Financial Accounting, Financial Ratios, Financial
Reporting, International Accounting
SUMMARY: Tata Motors is "India's largest auto company...[which]
leapt onto the world stage after buying JaguarLand Rover in 2008. Now that
the British luxury car maker makes up roughly 80% of Tata's revenue, this
Indian firm is competing with BMW, Mercedes-Benz and a host of American and
Japanese premium brands...Although its shares are up more than 20% so far
this year, the stock trades at 9.6 times estimated profit for the fiscal
year that ends next March...Yet Tata's valuation may be flattered by the way
it treats certain costs...At issue is how Tata treats research and
development costs...Indian accounting standards give Tata discretion in
accounting for such spending...Tata capitalized roughly 80% of R&D activity
last fiscal year."
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article provides an excellent comparison
of U.S. GAAP, IFRS, and Indian local accounting for R&D costs.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What three accounting treatments for research and
development (R&D) activities are compared in this article?
2. (Advanced) Briefly summarize the accounting under each of these
systems in your own words.
3. (Advanced) Do you agree with the statement in the article that,
under IFRS, German auto makers can capitalize R&D? Explain your answer.
4. (Introductory) How does the author compare the amount of R&D
capitalization under these three accounting systems?
5. (Advanced) What is the implication of these differing accounting
treatments for the assessment of different auto manufacturers' financial
performance? Be specific about the financial ratios used in the article to
compare the companies' results, valuation, and stock price.
6. (Advanced) How does the author adjust the amounts reported by
these companies in order to make them comparable? Be specific in describing
what accounting treatment and income measures to which the author converts
the reported numbers.
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
"It Pays to Look Under Tata's Hood," by Abheek Bhattacharya, The Wall Street
Journal, November 185, 2013 ---
http://online.wsj.com/news/articles/SB10001424052702303789604579199210852043816?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
India's Tata Motors TTM -1.05% is in the big league
of global car makers. When it comes to accounting for certain costs, though,
it doesn't play exactly the same way as its peers.
India's largest auto company by market value leapt
onto the world stage after buying JaguarLand Rover in 2008. Now that the
British luxury car maker makes up roughly 80% of Tata's revenue, this Indian
firm is competing with BMW, BMW.XE +0.37% Mercedes-Benz and a host of
American and Japanese premium brands.
And when compared with some of these peers, Tata
looks to be a relative bargain. Although its shares are up more than 20% so
far this year, the stock trades at 9.6 times estimated profit for the fiscal
year that ends next March. That is at a discount to Daimler, DAI.XE +0.20%
which owns Mercedes, and BMW.
Yet Tata's valuation may be flattered by the way it
treats certain costs. This has the effect of boosting its profit—in the near
term, at least. Taking that into account, Tata is more expensive than it
initially appears.
At issue is how Tata treats research and
development costs. Tata's R&D program, at 6% of sales, is higher than the 4%
or 5% global car makers typically spend on new products and designs.
Indian accounting standards give Tata discretion in
accounting for such spending. The company can treat it as an immediate
expense that cuts into income. Or it can capitalize the spending,
recognizing it over a longer period of time. Tata capitalized roughly 80% of
R&D activity last fiscal year. In this, Tata is ahead of Indian
counterparts—Indian SUV-maker Mahindra & Mahindra 500520.BY +0.44%
capitalized 44% of its R&D last fiscal year.
Tata's practice also contrasts with global rivals.
American and Japanese car makers expense all their R&D spending, as local
accounting rules require. German auto makers, who report under international
accounting standards, can capitalize R&D, though this has averaged only a
third at BMW the last five years.
To be sure, Tata may need more R&D than BMW and
Mahindra. JLR sported outdated models and platforms before 2008, and Tata
says it's treating the British unit as a young company hungry for new
designs. The company says it has followed this practice for years, meaning
it isn't changing course.
Still, Tata's R&D accounting bolsters the bottom
line. If all R&D spending were expensed, Tata's net profit for this fiscal
year would fall by two-thirds, estimates Bernstein Research. Tuning the
numbers this way decreases earnings by 10% at Daimler. And at BMW, it
actually boosts earnings 1% since this car maker amortizes older R&D
spending and bears the expense on its income statement.
Continued in article
"Failed Convergence of R&D Accounting:: Only Politicians and
Opportunists Would Have Downplayed the Implications," by Tom Selling, The
Accounting Onion, June 5, 2010 ---
Click Here
http://accountingonion.typepad.com/theaccountingonion/2010/06/failed-convergence-of-rd-accounting-only-politicians-and-opportunists-would-have-downplayed-the-implications.html?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+typepad%2Ftheaccountingonion+%28The+Accounting+Onion%29
Bob Jensen's threads on R&D Accounting and IAS 38 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#FAS02
Financial Data for Each of the 50 States in the USA ---
http://www.statedatalab.org/
"Welcome to Illinois, the Deadbeat State:
Last year the Land of Lincoln had to defer paying $7 billion owed to
contractors. Its bond rating is the worst of any state," by Gerald Skoning,
The Wall Street Journal, December 9, 2014 ---
http://www.wsj.com/articles/gerald-skoning-welcome-to-illinois-the-deadbeat-state-1418169679?tesla=y&mod=djemMER_h&mg=reno64-wsj
Like millions of other Americans, I have spent
cautiously, paid bills on time and maintained a strict budget. That doesn’t
make us heroes. But it does mean we have exercised common sense, which has
been sorely lacking among the politicians in my home state of Illinois.
The Land of Lincoln has accrued a $111 billion
unfunded liability for government workers’ pensions—up 75% from five years
ago. There is an additional $56 billion of unfunded debt to cover health
benefits for the state’s retirees. Illinois today is already spending more
of its general fund on pensions than on K-12 education. One in four tax
dollars pays for its retired workers’ benefits. Last year the state had to
defer paying $7 billion owed to contractors. All this after Democrats in
2011 raised income taxes and corporate taxes by 67% and 30%, respectively.
It’s getting embarrassing to admit that I’m a
citizen of such a deadbeat state.
The level of debt is staggering. According to a
recent
report by Statista Inc., Illinois residents owe
$24,959 each as their share of the outstanding bonds, unfunded pension
commitments and budget gaps the state has accumulated. Thank goodness this
obligation doesn’t go on my credit report, or my credit rating would be in
the tank along with the state’s A-minus bond rating, the
worst of any state in
the nation.
It is no wonder that 850,000 people have
left Illinois for other states in the past 15
years, according to the Illinois Policy Institute. Or that Illinois has
become one of the most business unfriendly states in the country (40th in a
recent Forbes
survey).
Ironically, there is an easy way for me and my
fellow Illinoisans to reduce our obligations: Move next door to Indiana, or
maybe to Florida. The debt per resident in the Hoosier State is just $5,726
(third lowest in the country) and residents of the Sunshine State owe only
$7,175 each (fourth lowest). It may be a coincidence, but the eight lowest
debt-per-resident states have Republican governors.
Crushing debt isn’t just Illinois’s problem.
According to
State Budget Solutions, America’s 50 state
governments collectively
owe $5.1 trillion,
including outstanding bonds, unfunded pension commitments and budget gaps.
California has by far the largest debt—$778 billion—more than twice that of
No. 2, New York, with $387 billion in red ink.
County and local governments also are huge debtors.
The Cook County treasurer
notes that the county’s numerous local governments
have a debt load of more than $140 billion. Of course, Uncle Sam is the
worst offender in the deficit-spending Hall of Shame. The federal debt is
more than $17 trillion and increasing by $4 billion a day. Every citizen’s
share of the debt is $58,604.
The $17 trillion federal deficit is the tip of the
iceberg. The U.S. has nearly more than $115 trillion in
unfunded liabilities, principally in entitlement
programs such as Medicare and Social Security. That’s $1.1 million per U.S.
taxpayer.
Forget about Indiana and Florida, maybe I should
move to the Cayman Islands. But I’m not going to leave the United States—or
Illinois. The message of the midterm elections last month was that Americans
want to put the era of fiscal irresponsibility and economic stagnation in
the rearview mirror. I’m hoping that Bruce Rauner, the Republican elected
governor of deep-blue Illinois, will show them how it can be done.
Mr. Skoning is a labor and employment lawyer in Chicago.
What is the incentive to
manage pensions responsibly in Illinois?
"Illinois’s Pension Absurdity: A
judge rules that all benefits are forever, no matter the public cost,"
The Wall Street Journal, November 28, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/illinoiss-pension-absurdity-1417219755?tesla=y&mod=djemMER_h&mg=reno64-wsj
Republican Bruce Rauner has his work cut out
rehabilitating Illinois from years of liberal-public union misrule, but now
he may also have to cope with a willful state judiciary. Consider a lower
court judge’s slipshod ruling last week striking down de minimis pension
reforms.
The fiscally delinquent state has accrued a $111
billion unfunded pension liability—a 75% increase from five years ago—in
addition to $56 billion in debt for retiree health benefits. Incredibly, the
state is spending more of its general fund on pensions than on K-12
education. One in four tax dollars pays for retirement benefits. Last year
the state had to defer $7 billion in bills to contractors. This is after
Democrats in 2011 raised income and corporate taxes by 67% and 30%,
respectively. Little wonder that Illinois has the nation’s worst credit
rating.
Democrats last year passed modest pension fixes
conceived with the fainthearted judiciary in mind. The retirement age for
younger workers increased on a graduated scale. Workers now in their 20s
could still retire with pensions approximating 75% of their salaries at age
60.
Salaries used for pension calculations were also
capped at an inflation-adjusted $110,600 with a gaping carve-out for workers
who collectively-bargained higher pay. Cost-of-living adjustments were tied
to years of service and inflation instead of annually compounding at 3%. As
a political salve, the state even cut worker pension contributions by 1%.
Yet Sangamon County Circuit Court Judge John Belz
last week rejected all pension trims as a violation of the state
Constitution, which holds that “[m]embership in any pension or retirement
system of the State, any unit of local government or school district, or any
agency or instrumentality thereof, shall be an enforceable contractual
relationship, the benefits of which shall not be diminished or impaired.”
According to Judge Belz, there is “no legally cognizable affirmative
defense” for impairing pensions benefit.
Except, well, 80 years of U.S. Supreme Court
precedent. Federal courts have established that states may invoke their
police powers to impair contracts. In the 1934 case Home Building & Loan
Association v. Blaisdell, the U.S. Supreme Court ruled that emergencies “may
justify the exercise of [the State’s] continuing and dominant protective
power notwithstanding interference with contracts,” which the U.S.
Constitution otherwise prohibits.
The Supreme Court has since developed a balancing
test that allows states to impair contracts when it is reasonable and
necessary to serve an important public purpose. The level of legal scrutiny
increases with the severity of the impairment.
Yet Judge Belz refused even to consider the state’s
argument that it must tweak pensions to maintain vital public services
(e.g., police, schools). The court “need not and does not reach the issue of
whether the facts would justify the exercise of such a power if it existed,”
the judge asserted. If the police power existed?
Perhaps the judge assumes that the Illinois Supreme
Court, based on its 6-1 decision this summer that extended constitutional
protections to retiree health benefits, will strike down the pension
reforms. Judge Belz teed up the high court by quoting copiously from that
opinion.
Even if they lose at the Illinois Supreme Court,
Mr. Rauner and the legislature will still have options for fixing their
pension mess including moving new workers to defined-contribution plans and
putting a constitutional amendment before voters that affirms the ability to
prospectively modify retirement benefits. Option C would be to petition
Illinois’s more prudent neighbors for annexation.
Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (PBGC) ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pension_Benefit_Guaranty_Corporation
The Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (PBGC) is
an independent agency of the United States government that was created by
the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA) to encourage the
continuation and maintenance of voluntary
private defined benefit pension plans,
provide timely and uninterrupted payment of pension benefits, and keep
pension insurance premiums at the lowest level necessary to carry out its
operations. Subject to other statutory limitations, the PBGC insurance
program pays pension benefits up to the maximum guaranteed benefit set by
law to participants who retire at age 65 ($54,000 a year as of 2011).[2] The
benefits payable to insured retirees who start their benefits at ages other
than 65, or who elect survivor coverage, are adjusted to be equivalent in
value.
During fiscal year 2010, the PBGC paid $5.6 billion
in benefits to participants of failed pension plans. That year, 147 pension
plans failed, and the PBGC's deficit increased 4.5 percent to $23 billion.
The PBGC has a total of $102.5 billion in obligations and $79.5 billion in
assets.
Jensen Comment
Private sector companies can pay premiums to insure employee pension benefits
will carry on when companies carrying this insurance go bankrupt. But at least
those benefits are capped. For example, here on Sunset Hill Road I have a friend
who is a retired United Airlines Captain. When United Airlines went bankrupt his
pension benefits were cut in half because the insured benefits are capped for
high-salaried employees. In terms of the public sector such caps are no longer
allowed unless this court ruling is overturned by a higher court.
Because of their skills, airline Captains
are understandably paid very well with large pension benefits tied to their high
salaries before retirement, pensions that they themselves contributed to out of
their salaries over the years. In the public sector, salaries are generally not
so high, and sometimes the high pension benefits are outright frauds such as the
$500,000 annual pension of the former City Manager of tiny
Bell,
California. Illinois public pension plans were similarly wracked with frauds
promising enormous pensions and early retirements.
One can argue that pension contracts should not be
broken, but pension contracts are commonly broken in the private sector.
Employees of companies that did not pay for PGBC insurance may lose all their
pensions depending upon the outcomes of the bankruptcy courts. Employees of
companies that are insured by PGBC may still lose part of their pensions like my
friend nearby lost half of his United Airlines pension. Then why is it that
public sector pension contracts cannot be broken somewhat similar to private
sector pensions?
The main problem with this ruling is that there is
moral hazard. It encourages fraud and mismanagement of pensions in the public
sector. The main problem with public sector pensions in Illinois that they were
enormously mismanaged and underfunded. What is the
incentive to manage pensions responsibly in Illinois?
"Measuring Pension Liabilities under GASB Statement No. 68," by John W.
Mortimer and Linda R. Henderson, Accounting Horizons, September 2014,
Vol. 28, No. 3, pp. 421-454 ---
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/acch-50710
While
retired government employees clearly depend on public sector defined benefit
pension funds, these plans also contribute significantly to U.S. state and
national economies. Growing public concern about the funding adequacy of
these plans, hard hit by the great recession, raises questions about their
future viability. After several years of study, the Governmental Accounting
Standards Board (GASB) approved two new standards, GASB 67 and 68, with the
goal of substantially improving the accounting for and transparency of
financial reporting of state/municipal public employee defined benefit
pension plans. GASB 68, the focus of this paper, requires state/municipal
governments to calculate and report a net pension liability based on a
single discount rate that combines the rate of return on funded plan assets
with a low-risk index rate on the unfunded portion of the liability. This
paper illustrates the calculation of estimates for GASB 68 reportable net
pension liabilities, funded ratios, and single discount rates for 48 fiscal
year state employee defined benefit plans by using an innovative valuation
model and readily available data. The results show statistically significant
increases in reportable net pension liabilities and decreases in the
estimated hypothetical GASB 68 funded ratios and single discount rates. Our
sensitivity analyses examine the effect of changes in the low-risk rate and
time period on these results. We find that reported discount rates of weaker
plans approach the low-risk rate, resulting in higher pension liabilities
and creating policy incentives to increase risky assets in pension
portfolios.
Bob Jensen's threads on the sad state of governmental accounting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#GovernmentalAccounting
"TIGTA: IRS Has 25-30% Error Rate In
Refundable Child Tax Credits, Mistakenly Pays $6-7 Billion," by Paul Caron,
TaxProf Blog, December 10, 2014 ---
http://taxprof.typepad.com/taxprof_blog/2014/12/tigta-irs-has-25-30-error-rate-.html
The
Treasury Inspector
General for Tax Administration yesterday released Existing
Compliance Processes Will Not Reduce the Billions of Dollars in Improper
Earned Income Tax Credit and Additional Child Tax Credit Payments
(2014-40-093):
The Earned Income Tax Credit (EITC) and Additional Child Tax Credit (ACTC)
are refundable credits designed to help low-income individuals reduce their
tax burden. The IRS estimated that it paid $63 billion in refundable EITCs
and $26.6 billion in refundable ACTCs for Tax Year 2012. The IRS also
estimated that 24 percent of all EITC payments made in Fiscal Year 2013, or
$14.5 billion, were paid in error. ...
The IRS has
continually rated the risk of improper ACTC payments as low. However,
TIGTA’s assessment of the potential for ACTC improper payments indicates the
ACTC improper payment rate is similar to that of the EITC. Using IRS data,
TIGTA estimates the potential ACTC improper payment rate for Fiscal Year
2013 is between 25.2 percent and 30.5 percent, with potential ACTC improper
payments totaling between $5.9 billion and $7.1 billion. In addition, IRS
enforcement data show the root causes of improper ACTC payments are similar
to those of the EITC.
New York Times,
Billions in Child Tax Credits Were Invalid, U.S. Audit Finds
http://www.nytimes.com/2014/12/10/business/billions-in-child-tax-credits-were-invalid-us-audit-finds.html?_r=0
By adding an
average of 803 new residents each day between July 1, 2013 and July 1, 2014,
Florida passed New York to become the nation’s third most populous state . . .
Six states lost population between July 1, 2013, and July 1, 2014: Illinois
(9,972 or -0.08 percent), West Virginia (3,269 or -0.18 percent), Connecticut
(2,664 or -0.07 percent), New Mexico (1,323 or -0.06 percent, Alaska (527 or
-0.07 percent) and Vermont (293 or -0.05 percent).
http://finance.townhall.com/columnists/mikeshedlock/2014/12/24/people-are-still-fleeing-hightax-liberal-states-n1935393?utm_source=thdaily&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=nl
Jensen Comment
What adds pain to msery is the loss of some professionals a state really, really
wants to keep. Exhibit A is Vermont. Vermont's population loss is not enormous
in terms of numbers, but the losses of high income professionals, especially
physicians, hurts more than the total loss numbers reflect. I suspect this is
also happening in the other high tax states like Illinois and Connecticut.
California is a high-tax enigma. Hollywood hangs on to its professionals due to
the enormous tax relief Governor Brown has given to the movie industry and
wealthy taxpayers who donated heavily to his campaigns. Proposition 13 that
prevents property tax increases to long-time home owners in California also
encourages retirees to not move out of state after retirement ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/California_Proposition_13_%281978%29
The Florida Express train would be derailed if more northern states like New
York, New Jersey, Massachusetts, and Connecticut adopted Proposition 13.
"Stock Prices and Earnings: A History of Research," by Patricia M.
Dechow, Richard G. Sloan, and Jenny Zha, SSRN
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2347193
Annual Review of Financial Economics, Vol. 6, pp. 343-363, 2014
December 2014 ($32 unless accessed free via your university's library
subscription)
http://www.annualreviews.org/doi/full/10.1146/annurev-financial-110613-034522
Abstract:
Accounting earnings summarize periodic corporate financial performance and
are key determinants of stock prices. We review research on the usefulness
of accounting earnings, including research on the link between accounting
earnings and firm value and research on the usefulness of accounting
earnings relative to other accounting and nonaccounting information. We also
review research on the features of accounting earnings that make them useful
to investors, including the accrual accounting process, fair value
accounting, and the conservatism convention. We finish by summarizing
research that identifies situations in which investors appear to
misinterpret earnings and other accounting information, leading to security
mispricing.
Jensen Comment
AAA Members may want to accompany this paper with Bill Beaver's recollections of
his own pioneering research on stock prices and earnings --- recollections given
at the American Accounting Association Annual Meetings as the 2014 Presidential
Scholar.
Video (free to AAA members who are subscribed to the AAA Commons) ---
http://commons.aaahq.org/hives/8d320fc4aa/summary
It is somewhat surprising that a predictor variable its
extended versions (e.g., earnings per share) that cannot be defined by the FASB
and IASB can be an effective predictor after it no longer can be defined.
By not being definable, there is little assurance that earnings, eps, etc. are
consistently measured over time for a single firm and across firms at a point in
time.
Net earnings and EBITDA cannot be defined since
the FASB and IASB elected to give the balance sheet priority over the income
statement in financial reporting ---
"The Asset-Liability Approach: Primacy does not mean Priority,"
by Robert Bloomfield, FASRI Financial Accounting Standards Research
Initiative, October 6, 2009 ---
http://www.fasri.net/index.php/2009/10/the-asset-liability-approach-primacy-does-not-mean-priority/
Financial Statements Loss of Quality and
Predictive Power
Jensen Comment
I don't think the "The EBITDA Epidemic Takes Its Cue from Standard Setters."
Like Professor Verrecchia currently and my accounting Professor Bob
Jaedicke decades earlier I think the "EBITDA Epidemic" takes its cue from
investors and managers that have a "functional fixation" for earnings, eps,
EBITDA, and P/E ratios --- when in fact those metrics are no longer defined by
the FASB/IASB and may have a lot of misleading noise and secret manipulations.
"The EBITDA Epidemic Takes Its Cue from Standard Setters," by Tom
Selling, The Accounting Onion, October 13, 2013 ---
http://accountingonion.com/2013/10/the-ebitda-epidemic-takes-its-cue-from-standard-setters.html
Jensen Comment
If the FASB cannot define net earnings then it follows from cold logic that they
cannot define measures derived from net earnings like EBITDA.
However, virtually all private sector business firms compute net earnings and
some measures derived from net earnings like eps, EBITDA, and P/E ratios.
It's doubtful whether net earnings for two different companies or even one
company over two time intervals are really comparable.
But all that does not matter when it comes to adjudicating an insider trading
case in court even if the accused may not really be an insider.
I'm reminded of why billionaire Martha Stewart went to prison because she
acted on inside information about a company --- inside information passed on to
her by the CEO of that company. It doesn't matter that the amount of loss saved
by the inside tip involved is insignificant compared to her billion-dollar
portfolio. Evidence in the case made it clear that she did exploit other
investors by acting on the inside tip no matter how insignificant the value of
that tip to her. She was hauled off the clink in handcuffs and was released in
less than five months. But her good name and reputation were tarnished forever
---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Martha_Stewart
Mark Cuban ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mark_Cuban
Flamboyant billionaire Mark Cuban is now in trial for very similar reasons,
although the alleged insider tip and the value of the alleged tip is more
obscure than in the Martha Stewart case. Like in the case of Martha Stewart the
loss avoided is pocket change ($750,000) relative to Cuban's billion-dollar
portfolio.
In the case of Martha Stewart the prosecution had her dead to rights in terms
of timing of the tip and her stock sales. In the case of Mark Cuban the SEC's
case is based upon an "unreliable witness who refused to testify in person."
http://www.ottawacitizen.com/business/Lawyers+Mark+Cuban+begin+closing+arguments+billionaires/9038098/story.html
"An Accounting Lesson for Twitter," by Jonathan Weil, Bloomberg
Businessweek, October 14, 2013 ---
http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2013-10-04/an-accounting-lesson-for-twitter-.html
What Cuban failed to mention to the jury is that net earnings and EBITDA
cannot be defined since the FASB elected to give the balance sheet priority over
the income statement in financial reporting ---
"The Asset-Liability Approach: Primacy does not mean Priority,"
by Robert Bloomfield, FASRI Financial Accounting Standards Research
Initiative, October 6, 2009 ---
http://www.fasri.net/index.php/2009/10/the-asset-liability-approach-primacy-does-not-mean-priority/
Possible Teaching Case
Question
If you presented the following article in class how would you approach the
analysis of this article and/or evaluate student reactions to this article?
Considerations
First consider the fact that neither the FASB nor the IASB has a working
definition of net earnings, and it's quite dangerous to compare earnings numbers
of a company over time.
Second consider the classical debate over whether accrual financial
statements or cash flow financial statements are more important when analyzing
the future of a company --- realizing that both may be important at the same
time.
Third consider any problems of revenue recognition and unrealized fair value
changes that may or may not be factors in these particular Twitter financial
statements.
"Why This Twitter Earnings Report Matters So Much," by Jon C. Ogg,
24/7 Wall Street, July 28, 2014 ---
Click Here
http://247wallst.com/technology-3/2014/07/28/why-this-twitter-earnings-report-matters-so-much/?utm_source=247WallStDailyNewsletter&utm_medium=email&utm_content=JULY292014A&utm_campaign=DailyNewsletter
Twitter, Inc. (NYSE: TWTR) is set to report its
second quarter earnings report after the close of trading on Tuesday. This
will be just the second full quarter earnings report since its late 2013
initial public offering.
24/7 Wall St. has seen that the Thomson Reuters
estimate is for a loss of one-cent per share on revenues of $283 million.
Management had guided in a range of $270 to $180 million. New advertising is
said to be continuing to let the company grow, but we are also looking at
that user growth closely and the internal ad metrics rather than just the
raw revenue number.
We would caution that 2013 revenue was $664.89
million, up almost 110% from the $316.93 million in 2012. Revenue growth is
expected to slow ahead – with 90% growth to $1.27 billion in 2014 and with
revenue growth of another 62% to $2.06 billion in 2015. This is still
massive growth expected, but many
investors
remain mixed to uncertain about Twitter and its
endless growth.
On top of revenue growth, we will again be looking
closely at user growth. This should be up somewhere close to around 6% again
to around 270 million users, although the fair range might be 265 million to
275 million.
The number is too wild to calculate for an
earnings multiple for 2014, but even
after losing half of its post-IPO peak value Twitter still trades above
140-times expected 2015 earnings per share. It is also trading at a multiple
of almost 11-times expected 2015 revenues.
We have long wondered how investors will continue
to treat social media stocks in the years ahead. At some point there will
either be a split where social media takes over or there will be user
fatigue. That verdict remains out.
Twitter shares were above $38 on Monday in
afternoon trading. Its 52-week
trading
range
is $29.51 to $74.73, and the consensus analyst price target is almost
$43.50.
It almost feels like a conundrum for Twitter
investors. The stock has lost half of its peak value, but it likely still
has to post very strong numbers to keep investors happy. Having a
market
cap of $22.25 billion in revenues
comes with high expectations, and disappointing on those expectations could
come with serious consequences.
These were the metrics posted in the first quarter
of 2014, verbatim from Twitter’s release:
- Average Monthly Active Users (MAUs)
were 255 million as of March 31, 2014, an increase of 25%
year-over-year.
- Mobile MAUs reached
198 million in the first quarter of 2014, an increase of 31%
year-over-year, representing 78% of total MAUs.
- Timeline views reached 157 billion for
the first quarter of 2014, an increase of 15% year-over-year.
- Advertising revenue per thousand
timeline views reached $1.44 in the first quarter of 2014, an increase
of 96% year-over-year.
References:
"Twitter's Recent 8-K Begs for More Transparency," by Anthony H.
Catanach, Grumpy Old Accountants, February 2014 ---
,
http://grumpyoldaccountants.com/blog/2014/2/16/twitters-recent-8-k-begs-for-more-transparency
On the AECM Tom Selling was not so much
concerned about the insider trading issue as he his with Mark Cuban's EBITDA
lecture to the jury
"An Accounting Lesson for Twitter," by Jonathan Weil, Bloomberg
Businessweek, October 14, 2013 ---
http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2013-10-04/an-accounting-lesson-for-twitter-.html
What Cuban failed to mention is that net earnings and EBITDA cannot be
defined since the FASB elected to give the balance sheet priority over the
income statement in financial reporting ---
"The Asset-Liability Approach: Primacy does not mean Priority,"
by Robert Bloomfield, FASRI Financial Accounting Standards Research
Initiative, October 6, 2009 ---
http://www.fasri.net/index.php/2009/10/the-asset-liability-approach-primacy-does-not-mean-priority/
Bob Jensen's threads on the history of earnings and stock price predictive
power ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#PredictivePower
"Is Empirical
Management Accounting Research Progressing? Evidence on its Diversity and
Methodological Sophistication Over Three Decades," by Irene Essert, Maik
Lachmann, and Rouven Trapp, SSRN, November 17, 2014 ---
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2526186
Abstract:
This paper assesses three decades of empirical management accounting
research in light of its diversity and methodological sophistication. In
doing so, we first address concerns recently voiced by distinguished
scholars regarding an increasing homogenization of research approaches that
may compromise our understanding of management accounting practice. Second,
we complement the methodological papers that have prescribed what
researchers should account for to ensure the validity of their findings by
evaluating how four important types of validity – internal, external,
construct and statistical conclusion validity – are de facto considered. Our
study provides initial empirical evidence on these issues based on a
quantitative content analysis of 415 papers published in ten leading
accounting journals. We find a growing narrowness of research content as
management control issues become increasingly prioritized, whereas the range
of methods employed remains broad. Given the corresponding disclosures,
validity improves over time, suggesting that management accounting research
is progressing with respect to its rigor. Based on our findings, we discuss
avenues for further research.
Bob Jensen's threads on managerial accounting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#ManagementAccounting
EY Attorneys at Law
"EY goes multi-disciplinary as it gains legal services licence,"
Financial Director, December 1, 2014 ---
http://www.financialdirector.co.uk/aa/news/2384228/ey-goes-multi-disciplinary-as-it-gains-legal-services-licence
Hertz Restatements due to Inadequate Internal Controls and Faulty Audit by
PricewaterhouseCoopers
"Ethics and Compliance Failures Underlie Hertz’s Restatement of Financial
Statements," by Steven Mintz, Ethics Sage, November 26, 2014 ---
http://www.ethicssage.com/2014/11/ethics-and-compliance-failures-underlie-hertzs-restatement-of-financial-statements-.html
Teaching Case
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on November 21,
2014
Hertz to Restate More Results
by:
Michael Calia
Nov 15, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Accounting Errors, Materiality,
Restatements
SUMMARY: Hertz Global Holdings Inc. confirmed
concerns that its accounting issues run even deeper, saying it would restate
its results for 2012 and 2013 as the company continues an investigation into
its financial statements dating back to 2011. The company said it would take
longer to complete the auditing process. "Hertz does not currently expect to
complete the process and file updated financial statements before mid-2015,
and there can be no assurance that the process will be completed at that
time, or that no additional adjustments will be identified," the company
said in a filing.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: This article is
appropriate for a financial accounting class for the topics of restatements
and accounting errors, or could be used in an auditing class.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What are the facts of the Hertz restatements
discussed in the article?
2. (Advanced) What are the reasons for the delays in releasing
financial statements? What additional work must occur? Why?
3. (Advanced) How have these announcements affected Hertz's stock
price? Why? How could the company's stock price be impacted going into the
future?
4. (Advanced) What should the company do in the future to prevent
problems like this?
Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast
RELATED ARTICLES:
Hertz's Accounting Woes Wider Than Thought
by Michael Calia
Jun 09, 2014
Online Exclusive
Hertz Restates Some Results Citing Errors
by Michael Calia
Mar 20, 2014
Online Exclusive
Hertz Withdraws Guidance Citing Ongoing Audit Costs
by Maria Armental
Aug 19, 2014
Online Exclusive
Carl Icahn Takes 8.5% Stake in Hertz
by Maria Armental
Aug 20, 2014
Online Exclusive
"Hertz to Restate More Results," by Michael Calia, The Wall Street Journal,
November 15, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/hertz-to-restate-more-results-1415969212?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
Hertz Global Holdings Inc. on Friday confirmed
concerns that its accounting issues ran even deeper, saying it would restate
its results for 2012 and 2013 as the company continues an investigation into
its financial statements dating back to 2011.
Previously, the company had said it would only
restate results for 2011, while saying that it would revise the results for
2012 and 2013.
Hertz shares, down 23% over the past three months
through Thursday, fell as much as 14% Friday, before closing down about 5%.
The company also disclosed changes to its
rental-car fleet strategy and a plan to cut $100 million in costs over the
next year.
The company said its audit committee and management
have “concluded that the additional proposed adjustments arising out of the
review are material to the company’s 2012 and 2013 financial statements,”
Hertz said in a filing Friday.
As a result, the company said it would take longer
to complete the auditing process. “Hertz does not currently expect to
complete the process and file updated financial statements before mid-2015,
and there can be no assurance that the process will be completed at that
time, or that no additional adjustments will be identified,” the company
said in a filing.
Hertz revealed its detection of accounting errors
in March, which followed its naming of a new chief financial officer at the
end of last year. In June, the company said it would restate its 2011
results, while warning it may do the same for 2012 and 2013. It withdrew its
guidance in August, citing the continuing challenges and costs associated
with the audit.
The company has since fallen under scrutiny by
activists investors such as Jana Partners LLC and Carl Icahn . Jana, which
owns a 7% stake in Hertz, earlier this month pressed the company to move
ahead with its succession planning as the company seeks a new chief
executive. Mark Frissora stepped down from that role early in September as
the company contended with weak results and accounting issues.
Mr. Icahn, who disclosed an 8.5% stake in Hertz in
August, has said he believes the company’s shares are undervalued, and that
he lacked confidence in management amid the accounting strife.
Hertz on Friday also unveiled a new strategy for
its U.S. rental car fleet, with an emphasis on buying more 2015 model-year
cars than 2014 models.
The company said it has implemented a cost-cutting
program expected to result in $100 million in savings by the end of next
year, as well.
Hertz said its total revenue for the period ended
Sept. 30 rose about 2% to $3.12 billion. U.S. car-rental revenue was down
slightly to $1.76 billion, while international car-rental rose about 3% to
$795 million.
The company’s equipment-rental business posted a 3%
revenue increase to $415 million.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on PwC ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm
Bob Jensen's threads on earnings management and manipulation ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#Manipulation
Bob Jensen's threads on audit firm professionalism and ethics ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm
"Is Academic Ethics an Oxymoron? The Ends do not justify the Means
in an Ethical Decision-Making System," by Steven Mintz, Ethics Sage,
December 2, 2014 ---
http://www.ethicssage.com/2014/12/is-academic-ethics-an-oxymoron.html
PwC on the Evolution and Recommended Future of Audit Committees ---
Click Here
http://www.pwc.com/us/en/cfodirect/publications/point-of-view/audit-committee-evolution-2014-beyond.jhtml?display=/us/en/cfodirect/publications/point-of-view&j=639619&e=rjensen@trinity.edu&l=930931_HTML&u=23384014&mid=7002454&jb=0
New Inefficiencies in the Capital Markets: Unwanted (and possibly
unreachable) Insiders Now Conducting Insider Trades
"Security Firm Says It Uncovered A Cyber Espionage Ring Focused On Gaming The
Stock Market," by Jim Finkle, Reuters via Business Insider,
December 1, 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/r-cyber-ring-stole-secrets-for-gaming-us-stock-market-fireeye-2014-12
BOSTON (Reuters) - Security researchers say they
have uncovered a cyber espionage ring focused on stealing corporate secrets
for the purpose of gaming the stock market, in an operation that has
compromised sensitive data about dozens of publicly held companies.
Cybersecurity firm FireEye Inc, which disclosed the
operation on Monday, said that since the middle of last year, the group has
attacked email accounts at more than 100 firms, most of them pharmaceutical
and healthcare companies.
Victims also include firms in other sectors, as
well as corporate advisors including investment bankers, attorneys and
investor relations firms, according to FireEye.
The cybersecurity firm declined to identify the
victims. It said it did not know whether any trades were actually made based
on the stolen data.
Still, FireEye Threat Intelligence Manager Jen
Weedon said the hackers only targeted people with access to highly insider
data that could be used to profit on trades before that data was made
public.
They sought data that included drafts of U.S.
Securities and Exchange Commission filings, documents on merger activity,
discussions of legal cases, board planning documents and medical research
results, she said.
"They are pursuing sensitive information that would
give them privileged insight into stock market dynamics," Weedon said.
The victims ranged from small to large cap
corporations. Most are in the United States and trade on the New York Stock
Exchange or Nasdaq, she said.
An FBI spokesman declined comment on the group,
which FireEye said it reported to the bureau.
The security firm designated it as FIN4 because it
is number 4 among the large, advanced financially motivated groups tracked
by FireEye.
The hackers don't infect the PCs of their victims.
Instead they steal passwords to email accounts, then use them to access
those accounts via the Internet, according to FireEye.
They expand their networks by posing as users of
compromised accounts, sending phishing emails to associates, Weedon said.
FireEye has not identified the hackers or located
them because they hide their tracks using Tor, a service for making the
location of Internet users anonymous.
FireEye said it believes they are most likely based
in the United States, or maybe Western Europe, based on the language they
use in their phishing emails, Weedon said.
She said the firm is confident that FIN4 is not
from China, based on the content of their phishing emails and their other
techniques.
Researchers often look to China when assessing
blame for economically motivated cyber espionage. The United States has
accused the Chinese government of encouraging hackers to steal corporate
secrets, allegations that Beijing has denied, causing tension between the
two countries.
Weedon suspects the hackers were trained at Western
investment banks, giving them the know-how to identify their targets and
draft convincing phishing emails.
"They are applying their knowledge of how the
investment banking community works," Weedon said.
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's threads on the Efficient Market Hypothesis (EMH) ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#EMH
Arachnophobia ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arachnophobia
Teaching Case
"Arachnophobia: A Case on Impairment and Accounting Ethics," by Julie S.
Persellin, Michael K. Shaub, and Michael S. Wilkins, Issues in Accounting
Education, November 2014 ---
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/iace-50890
This
case requires students to apply accounting and ethical decision making
within the context of a potential land impairment decision. Students are
required to research the relevant professional literature and provide
appropriate FASB codification references and IAS cites as they investigate
the significant uncertainties that frequently are associated with valuation
and impairment analyses. Students also are required to evaluate the ethical
implications of the decisions that could be made regarding the necessity of
impairment. The case provides an opportunity for students to extend their
research and financial accounting abilities, to consider the consequences
associated with a set of potentially reasonable accounting alternatives, and
to begin to appreciate how the significant uncertainties that are present in
many accounting and auditing situations require consistent technical and
ethical decision making. The case could be used in Intermediate Accounting
I, as well as in undergraduate and graduate Auditing or Ethics classes.
Adjustable-Rate Mortgage
(ARM) ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Adjustable-rate_mortgage
Teaching Case from the Real
World
"WaMu's Option-ARM Strategy," by Robert M. Bowen, S. Jane Jollineau, and
Barbara A. Lougee, Issues in Accounting Education, November 2014 ---
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/iace-50702
Abstract
At the end of 2007, Washington Mutual, Inc. (generally known as “WaMu”) was
the largest savings and loan bank in the U.S., based on assets ($328
billion) and revenue ($25.5 billion). Less than nine months later, WaMu was
seized by federal regulators and sold to JPMorgan Chase for $1.9 billion in
a transaction facilitated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
(FDIC). During the worst recession since the Great Depression, WaMu became
the largest U.S. bank failure in history.
This case illustrates how a financial
institution's business strategy affects risk and how these characteristics
are revealed in the financial statements. Students assume the role of a
financial analyst examining WaMu's 2007 10-K after its release in March
2008. In particular, they evaluate the quality of WaMu's loans and the
adequacy of WaMu's estimates for loan losses, one of the most important
discretionary accruals for financial institutions. Students gain insights
into the consequences of WaMu's business strategy to emphasize high-margin
loan products by comparing WaMu to (1) the relatively conservative Wells
Fargo Bank and (2) the average large FDIC bank. This case has been used
successfully in graduate-level financial statement analysis courses.
Continued in article
Teaching Case on Small Business
Taxation
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on December 5,
2014
Year-End Tax Moves for Small Businesses
by:
Laura Saunders
Nov 22, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Corporate Taxation, Small Business, Taxation
SUMMARY: The U.S. has more than 28 million small businesses, and
they employ nearly half of private-sector workers. What they often lack is
staff dedicated to tax matters. Yet this year small businesses face thorny
new issues. In particular, owners of small businesses should consider taking
these three steps: scrutinize health reimbursement arrangements, or HRAs;
prepare to act quickly on depreciation; and grapple with the "repair regs."
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: This article is appropriate for a corporate
taxation class.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What areas of tax law are addressed in this
article? Are these issues limited to small business, or must larger
businesses also address them?
2. (Advanced) What tax-planning challenges do small businesses face
because they are smaller? What can small businesses do to address those
issues?
3. (Advanced) What are HRAs? What must small businesses do
regarding HRAs? What advice does the article offer?
4. (Advanced) What is a 179 deduction? Why does tax law include it?
What tax law updates does the article offer? What decisions must businesses
make?
5. (Advanced) What are "repair regs"? What are the problems with
the new rules? What are some of the benefits?
Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast
RELATED ARTICLES:
Lawmakers Divided over Renewing Tax Breaks
by John D. McKinnon and Siobhan Hughes
Dec 02, 2014
Online Exclusive
"Year-End Tax Moves for Small
Businesses," by Laura Saunders, The Wall Street Journal, November 22,
2014 ---
http://www.wsj.com/articles/three-year-end-tax-moves-for-small-businesses-1416588809?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
The U.S. has more than 28 million small businesses,
and they employ nearly half of private-sector workers, according to federal
data.
What they often lack is staff dedicated to tax
matters. Yet this year small businesses face thorny new issues.
In particular, owners of small businesses should
consider taking these three steps:
Scrutinize health reimbursement
arrangements, or HRAs. In the past, many smaller businesses have
chosen to reimburse workers who buy individual health-insurance policies
rather than purchase group coverage. Under prior rules, employees often
didn’t have to pay tax on the money. (Note: HRAs differ from health savings
accounts, which allow tax-deductible payments to savings accounts to be used
for health costs.)
Now, these HRAs violate the rules of the Affordable
Care Act. Businesses that have them could be fined up to $100 per employee a
day, meaning a $36,500 penalty for each worker a year, says Eddie Adkins, a
benefits specialist with the accounting firm Grant Thornton in Washington.
Many small businesses are still unaware of the
drastic penalties that HRAs can now trigger, says Mr. Adkins. “They think
that because they have fewer than 50 employees, ACA penalties don’t apply to
them. But this is a huge trap.” Under the ACA, businesses with fewer than 50
employees generally don’t have to provide health plans.
It’s important for affected businesses to act right
away. One fix, experts say, is to make the payments to workers regardless of
whether they use the money to purchase health coverage and to count it as
taxable compensation.
There are also important exceptions to the new
penalty. For example, it doesn’t apply to HRAs that have only one
participant who is an employee. This means that many very small firms can
continue to use HRAs as they did before, says Mr. Adkins.
Another exception: If the firm offers an ACA-approved
health plan as well as an HRA, and employees in the HRA participate in the
plan, the firm won’t owe a penalty, he says.
Prepare to act quickly on depreciation.
The tax code generally requires businesses investing in equipment and
property to spread deductions for these costs (known as depreciation) over
several years rather than taking them all at once, which is better for
owners.
However, Congress in the past has granted more
generous write-offs for these business investments. The enhanced Section 179
depreciation, for example, allowed an immediate deduction of up to $500,000
for capital investments rather than just $25,000.
So-called bonus depreciation, another enhancement
Congress passed, provided additional incentives.
Both benefits expired at the beginning of 2014, as
did other provisions. Such lapses have happened before, and lawmakers have
retroactively reinstated the benefits for two years. But the outcome this
year is uncertain following the recent election.
One real possibility, experts say, is that Congress
will reinstate the provisions for only one year—2014. Then they will expire
again, as of Jan. 1, 2015.
The upshot: Business owners could have just a few
weeks—or less—to make investments under the more generous rules. Dave
Kautter, who heads the national tax office of accounting firm McGladrey, is
urging businesses that would benefit from the enhanced depreciation to
prepare to act quickly.
“Right now nobody knows what’s going to happen,
even the Congress members and their staffs,” says Mr. Kautter. If the
provisions are reinstated for only that brief period, and Congress then
tackles broader tax overhauls next year, the provisions “might become a
bargaining chip and never reappear in their current form.”
Grapple with the “repair regs.” In
2013, the Internal Revenue Service finally issued new regulations for
Section 263 of the tax code, which also involves depreciation.
This guidance details which expenditures qualify
for an immediate deduction, such as the repair of a broken window, and which
must be written off over several years, unless Congress grants more generous
treatment, as described above.
Continued in article
Teaching Case on Audit Firm
Independence and Professionalism
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on December 5,
2014
Advisory Work May Cloud Audit Integrity, PCAOB Member Says
by:
Kimberly S. Johnson
Nov 24, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Auditing, Big Four, Consulting
SUMMARY: The rise of non-audit services offered by accounting firms
could threaten the quality and integrity of independent audits, according to
a key member of the PCAOB. Although the Securities and Exchange Commission
has limits on the kinds of consulting and advisory work audit firms can
perform for their clients, that line may be blurring with services such as
tax consulting. The rise of advisory services is generally considered to
have changed the culture and tone at the top of audit firms. Revenue from
non-audit services at the "Big 4" audit firms rose $14 billion to $65
billion between 2009 and 2013. Revenues from audit services rose $3 billion
during the same period.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: This is interesting information for an
auditing class, and for a discussion regarding accounting careers and the
accounting industry.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What is the PCAOB? What is its areas of
authority? What is the SEC? What is its authority? How do they differ?
2. (Advanced) What is the Big Four? What type of work do they do?
Why are they called the Big Four?
3. (Advanced) What type of work is including in auditing? What type
of work is consulting and advisory work? Why do the Big Four do all of these
types of work?
4. (Advanced) Who is Steven Harris? What is his position? What is
his opinion? What are the statistics regarding revenues from various
practice areas?
5. (Advanced) Is this a serious problem? Should it be addressed?
What could be changed?
Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast
"Advisory Work May Cloud Audit
Integrity, PCAOB Member Says," by Kimberly S. Johnson, The Wall Street
Journal, November 24, 2014 ---
http://blogs.wsj.com/cfo/2014/11/24/advisory-work-may-cloud-audit-integrity-pcaob-chair-says/?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
The rise of non-audit services offered by
accounting firms could threaten the quality and integrity of independent
audits, said Steven Harris, a key member of the government’s watchdog
agency.
Although the
Securities and Exchange Commission has limits on
the kinds of consulting and advisory work audit firms can perform for their
clients, that line may be blurring with services such as tax consulting,
said Mr. Harris, chair of the investor advisory group of the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board.
“Investors are concerned that the firms may not
maintain their public watchdog, total independence and complete fidelity to
the public trust responsibilities,” he said Monday at the Practising Law
Institute’s 12th Annual Directors’ Institute on Corporate
Governance in New York.
The rise of advisory services is generally
considered to have changed the culture and tone at the top of audit firms.
Revenue from non-audit services at the “Big 4” audit firms rose $14 billion
to $65 billion between 2009 and 2013. Revenues from audit services rose $3
billion during the same period, Mr. Harris said.
However, the PCAOB has no plans to issue guidance
on non-audit practices, Mr. Harris said, adding that the matter was beyond
the group’s jurisdiction.
Though he acknowledged that the growth in non-audit
services can be “a distraction” from the audit firm’s core values, and could
“surpass their interest in the audit relationship.”
The additional work being performed could cloud
auditor objectivity, said Mr. Harris. And in some instances, the firm could
be auditing its own work.
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP officials were not
available for comment. KPMG LLP, Deloitte LLP and Ernst & Young LLP did not
return requests for comment.
Bob Jensen's threads on
audit firm independence and professionalism ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm
Teaching Case on Tax Strategies
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on December 5,
2014
Using Insurance to Reduce a Couple's Taxes
by:
Kelly Kearsley
Nov 28, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Section 79 Insurance Plan, Taxation
SUMMARY: Section 79 insurance plans make use of an IRS tax code
that allows companies to take tax deductions on insurance premiums they pay
on policies for employees. Those premiums count as part of an employee's
compensation, but they are assessed at a reduced tax rate. The plans can be
used for tax planning.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: This article can be used in both individual
and corporate income tax classes, and it shows how planning can overlap for
owners of businesses.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What is a Section 79 insurance plan? What are the
rules for this kind of plan?
2. (Advanced) What are the details of the tax plan Mr. Turner
suggested to his clients? Why did he make this suggestion?
3. (Advanced) What are the tax benefits of this plan? Are there
benefits other than the tax effects? Are there any drawbacks?
4. (Advanced) Why had the couple planned to buy a second home? What
was the problem with that plan?
Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast
"Using Insurance to Reduce a
Couple's Taxes," by Kelly Kearsley, The Wall Street Journal, November 28,
2014
http://www.wsj.com/articles/using-insurance-to-reduce-a-couples-taxes-1417189905?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
The couple’s business had a banner year, generating
about $1 million in profits--much of which they planned to take as personal
income. A
They’d worked with financial adviser Michael Turner
to defer $100,000 of that income by establishing a Safe Harbor 401(k) and a
profit-sharing plan. But the couple was interested in reducing their income
taxes even further.
Unbeknown to Mr. Turner, they hatched an unusual
plan to buy a second home in an income tax-free state, thinking it would
exempt them from taxes. Mr. Turner had to explain that the laws regarding
cross-state taxation meant that the second home likely wouldn’t have the
effect they assumed.
“I told them that could still buy a second home if
they wanted one, but if their goal was to reduce their income taxes, there
were likely more effective options,” says Mr. Turner of Franklin Chase
Wealth Management, which manages $5 million for 75 clients in Charlotte,
N.C.
Putting additional money into their retirement
plans wasn’t a good option, because the plan structures required that they
also contribute more to their employees’ accounts at the same time. That
wasn’t the couple’s immediate priority. So Mr. Turner found a solution that
specifically benefited them: a Section 79 insurance plan.
These plans make use of an IRS tax code that allows
companies to take tax deductions on insurance premiums they pay on policies
for employees. Those premiums count as part of an employee’s compensation,
but they are assessed at a reduced tax rate.
Under Mr. Turner’s plan, the couple’s business
purchased separate permanent life policies on the wife and the husband. The
policies offered initial death benefits of $3 million and $5 million,
respectively, and the premiums totaled $400,000 a year for five years.
IRS rules required that the company also offer
their dozen employees $50,000 in group term insurance as part of the
program, but the small premiums on those plans didn’t count toward the
employees’ income. The employees could choose to add a permanent life policy
similar to the owners’ policy. However, being taxed on those additional
insurance premiums didn’t make sense for the staff.
“The additional insurance really just works for the
owners, who were going to take that income anyway,” Mr. Turner says.
The insurance program provided a dual bonus: The
couple’s company was able to take a $400,000 expense deduction for that tax
year on those premiums, which reduced the $1 million profit. And though the
couple had to count the $400,000 worth of premium payments as personal
income, they only owed taxes on 65% of it, or $260,000.
The policy also will provide the couple with
tax-free retirement income from a cash-value component of the policy that
grows based on an index’s performance, usually the S&P 500. Once the couple
retires, they’ll be able to make withdrawals against that cash value, which
are tax-free because they are considered “loans” that are deducted against
the death benefit.
A drawback of Section 79 plans is that you have
enough cash flow to fund the premiums, but the clients’ company was growing
fast enough to support the cost. Also, the returns are capped, meaning the
policies could feasibly earn less than market returns.
However, in this case, the strategy provided a
major deduction on their company’s income, reduced the couple’s personal tax
liability, and gave their retirement savings a boost. The adviser notes they
also decided against buying that second home.
Continued in article
Teaching Case
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on November 21,
2014
FASB to Consider Delaying Changes to Revenue Recognition
Rules
by:
Michael Rapoport
Nov 17, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: FASB, Revenue Recognition
SUMMARY: The Financial Accounting Standards
Board, which sets U.S. accounting rules, plans to reach out to companies and
other parties affected by its new rules on revenue recognition, and will
assess next year whether a delay is warranted. Accounting rule-makers said
they would consider whether to delay implementing new, sweeping changes in
how companies book their revenue, in the wake of complaints from some
companies that the current effective date of 2017 doesn't give them enough
time.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: This article is
appropriate for an update on revenue recognition, as well as for discussing
the changing of financial accounting rules.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What is FASB? What is the IASB? What are the
purposes of these organizations?
2. (Advanced) What are the new revenue recognition rules? What is
the effective date for compliance with those rules?
3. (Advanced) Why are some companies requesting delays in the
effective date of the new rules? How much time is needed to make the
changes?
4. (Advanced) What factors come into play when determining how long
it could take to implement new rules?
Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast
"FASB to Consider Delaying
Changes to Revenue Recognition Rules," by Michael Rapoport, The Wall Street
Journal, November 17, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/fasb-to-consider-delaying-changes-to-revenue-recognition-rules-1416259797?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
Accounting rule-makers said Monday they would
consider whether to delay implementing new, sweeping changes in how
companies book their revenue, in the wake of complaints from some companies
that the current effective date of 2017 doesn’t give them enough time.
The Financial Accounting Standards Board, which
sets U.S. accounting rules, plans to reach out to companies and other
parties affected by its new rules on revenue recognition, and will assess
next year whether a delay is warranted, said Cullen Walsh, a FASB assistant
director, at a Financial Executives International conference in New York.
Companies such as AT&T Inc., TiVo Inc. and Verizon
Communications Inc. have sent letters to the FASB asking for a delay, and
“we are taking it seriously,” Mr. Walsh told reporters. The board recognizes
that companies “need clarity…one way or another” as to how much time they
will have to revamp their practices and systems to put the new rule into
effect.
FASB and the International Accounting Standards
Board, which sets accounting rules for most companies outside the U.S., both
enacted rules in May that will overhaul the ways in which companies book
their revenue. The moves are intended to simplify revenue recognition and
make it more consistent across companies and industries. But for many
companies that will mean significant changes—notably booking some of their
revenue either more quickly or more slowly, particularly in industries such
as software, autos and wireless communications.
U.S. public companies must implement the rule
during 2017, but the preparations are already proving tricky. James Schnurr,
the Securities and Exchange Commission’s chief accountant, said earlier this
month that SEC staffers have identified as many as 250 different issues to
be addressed in how companies put the new rule into effect.
Some companies have said the 2 1/2 years from final
passage of the rule to implementation simply isn’t enough. “An extension of
the effective date…would afford us the time to fully understand and
interpret the new standard prior to beginning any modifications to our
current systems,” Verizon said in an August letter to the FASB.
It wasn’t clear Monday whether the IASB also
planned to consider a delay in implementing its global rule, which affects
companies in more than 100 countries outside the U.S. Mr. Walsh said the
IASB is having similar discussions to the FASB’s over whether its rule
should be delayed, but IASB spokesman Mark Byatt declined to comment.
At the FEI conference, at the end of a panel about
the new revenue-recognition rules, General Motors Co. Controller Tom Timko
asked the audience of corporate finance officials and accounting-industry
workers how many favored a delay in the effective date. About half the
people in the giant hotel ballroom raised their hands.
“I just think there’s still a lot of unknowns at
this point in time, still a lot of questions,” Mr. Timko said. “It’s
challenging.”
Bob Jensen's threads on
revenue accounting controversies ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ecommerce/eitf01.htm
Teaching Case
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on December 19,
2014
U.K.'s 'Google Tax' Draws Skepticism
by: Lisa Fleisher
Dec 05, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Corporate Taxation, Tax Treaties,
International Taxation
SUMMARY: Should profits derived from a ride
in an Uber car in London be taxed in the U.K.? How about clicking on a
Google ad, or buying a song on Apple 's iTunes? U.K. treasury chief George
Osborne introduced a new 25% tax on foreign companies' profits derived from
economic activity in the U.K.-aiming to rein in what the government says is
tax avoidance by multinationals shifting their tax burden to lower-tax
regimes. Big U.S. tech companies, like Facebook Inc. and Google Inc., along
with other multinationals, have long been criticized for the relatively
small corporate tax they pay in Britain, compared with their large physical
presence-including everything from warehouses, retail outlets and employees.
But because of a web of treaties-many of them bilateral and individually
negotiated between states over the years-many of these companies are legally
able to move much of their taxable profits offshore, to lower-tax regimes.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: This article is
appropriate for a corporate taxation class and for international business.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What are the facts of Britain's proposed
corporate tax? What types of companies will it impact?
2. (Advanced) Have the companies mentioned in the article purposely
avoided taxes in the U.K.? How have the companies paid less in taxes than
the U.K. government thinks they should?
3. (Advanced) What are tax treaties? Why do countries agree to take
part in them? How could tax treaties affect Britain's new tax proposal?
4. (Advanced) What is the likelihood that this tax legislation will
be passed, and the companies will have to pay additional taxes?
5. (Advanced) If this tax becomes effective, how could
international business be affected?
Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast
"U.K.'s 'Google Tax' Draws
Skepticism," by Lisa Fleisher, The Wall Street Journal, December 5, 2014
---
http://www.wsj.com/articles/u-k-s-google-tax-draws-skepticism-1417727208?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
LONDON—The British government hasn’t disclosed many
details about a new 25% tax announced Wednesday that it intends to levy on
companies it accuses of dodging taxes. But tax experts and attorneys here
are already saying it could conflict with international tax treaties, some
of which date back to the 1920s.
That would make the new measures difficult to
enforce—and easy for companies to challenge. The move is already drawing
criticism for being more political rhetoric than sound economic policy.
The measure, unveiled in Parliament Wednesday
as part of a broader government spending and taxation plan,
is officially called the “diverted profits tax.” But
after Chancellor of the Exchequer George Osborne cited multinational
technology companies as potential targets of the new tax, the British press
quickly dubbed it the “
Google tax.”
Big U.S. tech companies, like
Facebook Inc. and Google Inc., along with other
multinationals, have long been criticized for the relatively small corporate
tax they pay in Britain, compared with their large physical
presence—including everything from warehouses, retail outlets and employees.
But because of a web of treaties—many of them bilateral and individually
negotiated between states over the years—many of these companies are legally
able to move much of their taxable profits offshore, to lower-tax regimes.
Teaching Case
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on December 19,
2014
Expected Tax Breaks Don't Go Far Enough for Some Small Firms
by: Angus Loten
Dec 11, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Corporate Taxation, Deductions,
Depreciation, R&D, Tax Planning
SUMMARY: Small-business owners let out sighs
of relief following the deal by House lawmakers to retroactively extend tax
breaks for spending on research-and-development and equipment. But for some
the extension wouldn't go quite far enough. The issue is that the extension
applies only to 2014-leaving small-business owners unsure if they'll get
similar tax breaks in 2015 too. In 2013, Congress allowed deductions of up
to $500,000. After the tax break lapsed in January 2014, the cap on
deductions fell to just $25,000.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: This is an excellent
article to illustrate the challenges of tax planning complicated by
Congress's propensity to delay enacting and extending tax law.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What is a "tax extender"? What was the example of
a tax extender featured in the article?
2. (Advanced) What are the tax rules regarding the business
activities mentioned in the article? How do these rules impact business
planning? How far ahead should businesses typically plan transactions and
acquisitions?
3. (Advanced) Why are some taxpayers frustrated with Congress's
pattern of extending tax breaks? How are those taxpayers affected by the
timing?
4. (Advanced) Why does Congress delay extending deductions? Why
doesn't Congress enact some tax laws to apply for several years at a time?
How would this help businesses and the economy?
Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast
RELATED ARTICLES:
Charitable IRA Rollovers Could Get Reprieve
by Anne Tergesen
Dec 14, 2014
Online Exclusive
Senate Votes to Extend Temporary Tax Breaks to End of 2014
by John D. McKinnon
Dec 17, 2014
Online Exclusive
"Expected Tax Breaks Don't
Go Far Enough for Some Small Firms," by Angus Loten, The Wall Street
Journal, December 11, 2014 ---
http://www.wsj.com/articles/expected-tax-breaks-dont-go-far-enough-for-some-small-firms-1418249161?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
Small-business owners let out sighs of relief
following last week’s deal by House lawmakers to retroactively extend tax
breaks for spending on research-and-development and equipment.
But for some, including Lisa Goodbee, the owner of
a Denver engineering firm, the extension wouldn’t go quite far enough.
The issue, she says, is that the extension applies
only to 2014—leaving her and other small-business owners unsure if they’ll
get similar tax breaks in 2015, too.
The federal tax write-off on equipment expenses is
“one of the few tax breaks that directly affects my decision-making,” says
Ms. Goodbee, whose firm, with $2 million in annual revenue, designs
light-rail and other transportation systems.
Back in 2013, for instance, her business relied on
that write-off, which then allowed deductions of up to $500,000 in the same
tax year. She was able to fully write off purchases of some $50,000 in new
laptops and software for her staff of 14 engineers and designers.
But then, after the tax break lapsed in January
2014, the cap on deductions fell to just $25,000. The lower limit forced her
to keep equipment and software outlays to a minimum, cutting spending this
year by 65%.
Ms. Goodbee says she finds it frustrating to deal
with such variation. If she sent a memo to lawmakers, she adds, her message
would be that, “As a small business, the most important thing you can do is
to help us plan ahead.”
Teaching Case
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on December 19,
2014
SEC, Big 4 Firms Make Progress in China Audit Dispute
by: Michael Rapoport
Dec 16, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Auditing, Big Four, International
Business, SEC
SUMMARY: U.S. regulators and the Chinese
affiliates of the Big Four accounting firms have made "substantial progress"
toward settling their dispute over access to the firms' audit documents. But
Securities and Exchange Commission enforcement officials and the Chinese
affiliates of the Big Four firms-PricewaterhouseCoopers, Deloitte Touche
Tohmatsu, Ernst & Young and KPMG-say that while their progress toward a
settlement has "increased significantly," they still need "significant time
and care" to discuss the potential pact, according to an order in the SEC's
administrative proceeding against the firms. The discussions involve audit
documents the SEC had sought from U.S.-traded Chinese clients of the Big
Four accounting firms' China-based affiliates. The order didn't give any
details about the prospective terms of a settlement, which the two sides
have been discussing since June, or when it might be completed. The SEC had
demanded documents from the firms to assist its investigations of some of
their U.S.-traded Chinese clients, but the firms refused to turn over the
documents, citing strict Chinese laws that treat such documents as akin to
"state secrets."
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: This is an interesting
auditing article related to issues involved with auditing international
businesses.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What are the Big Four accounting firms? Where do
they do business?
2. (Introductory) What is the SEC? What is its area of authority?
3. (Advanced) What are the Big Four accounting firms and the SEC
attempting to do? Why are they working together on this? What challenges do
they face in obtaining information?
4. (Advanced) What potential problems could result if Chinese firms
are suspended? How could this issue be resolved?
Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast
"SEC, Big 4 Firms Make
Progress in China Audit Dispute," by Michael Rapoport, The Wall Street
Journal, December 16, 2014 ---
http://www.wsj.com/articles/sec-big-4-firms-make-progress-in-china-audit-dispute-1418685152?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
U.S. regulators and the Chinese affiliates of the
Big Four accounting firms have made “substantial progress” toward settling
their dispute over access to the firms’ audit documents, the two sides said
Monday.
But Securities and Exchange Commission enforcement
officials and the Chinese affiliates of the Big Four
firms—PricewaterhouseCoopers, Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu, Ernst & Young and
KPMG—say that while their progress toward a settlement has “increased
significantly,” they still need “significant time and care” to discuss the
potential pact, according to an order in the SEC’s administrative proceeding
against the firms.
The discussions involve audit documents the SEC had
sought from U.S.-traded Chinese clients of the Big Four accounting firms’
China-based affiliates. The order didn’t give any details about the
prospective terms of a settlement, which the two sides have been discussing
since June, or when it might be completed.
The SEC had demanded documents from the firms to
assist its investigations of some of their U.S.-traded Chinese clients, but
the firms refused to turn over the documents, citing strict Chinese laws
that treat such documents as akin to “state secrets.”
In January, an SEC administrative law judge ruled
the firms had violated U.S. law and ordered them suspended from auditing
U.S.-traded companies for six months. The suspension is on hold while the
firms appeal the judge’s ruling to the five-member SEC.
If imposed, a suspension could leave dozens of
Chinese companies without auditors and complicate the audits of some
U.S.-based multinational companies with major operations in China.
To allow the settlement talks to continue, the SEC
granted a request by the Big Four firms and the SEC enforcers for another 70
days before legal briefs on the appeal will be due. The two sides’ briefs,
which were due later this week, will now be due Feb. 26. The extension of
time is the third since the settlement talks began, and both sides in the
order said it is expected to be the last.
Humor December 1-31, 2014
An Aging Accountant by David Albrecht ---
http://profalbrecht.wordpress.com/2014/11/
This year, I’ve been working on a top ten list of
things to think about today.
10. Counting is mandatory, a-counting is not.
9. Your wife doesn’t depreciate you any more.
8. The tax loophole named after you pays
royalties.
7. The dry cleaner won’t charge for removing
today’s coffee stains.
6. Would the course of history have been
different if debits were on the right?
5. Everyone complains you are accrual.
4. You are certified but not crazy.
3. You are a debit to your profession.
2. How to Frame a Figg (on Netflix) is
your favorite movie.
1. Today only, no spouse can contradict an
auditor’s opinion.
Video: Instead of Milk
and Cookies Give Santa Air Freshener for XMAS ---
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wW0VYKtJisw
A Southwest Airlines flight landed in Los Angeles
with one more passenger than when it took off. A passenger gave birth shortly
after Flight 623 took off from San Francisco on Tuesday and the Phoenix-bound
jet diverted to Los Angeles International Airport. ---
http://bigstory.ap.org/article/541472211c0e4dc7aac6916b6c602205/baby-born-flight-aboard-airliner-over-california
"When I picked up the little guy, the lioness came
over to me and tapped me with her head as if to say: 'take care of him.' And
then she left." (zoo keeper) Zerdzicki said. He turned to his old English
sheepdog, Carmen, for help. He said the canine was "surprised, at first" by the
little lion, but she quickly accepted the cub alongside her five puppies.
http://www.upi.com/Odd_News/2014/10/10/Rejected-lion-cub-adopted-by-sheepdog/2361412952002/?spt=sec&or=on
A British dwarf who dropped his pants at a
government office and defecated on the floor was warned by a judge to clean up
his act or face jail time.
http://www.upi.com/Odd_News/2014/10/07/Dwarf-who-defecated-on-floor-of-govt-office-warned-with-jail/8791412694237/?spt=sec&or=on
Forwarded by Paula
A born salesman Ole, the smoothest-talking Norske in the Minnesota National
Guard, got called up to active duty. Ole's first assignment was in a military
induction center. Because he was a good talker, they assigned him the duty of
advising new recruits about government benefits, especially the GI life
insurance to which they were entitled.
The officer in charge soon noticed that Ole was getting a 99% sign-up rate
for the more expensive supplemental form of GI insurance. This was remarkable
because it cost these low-income recruits $30 per month for the higher coverage,
compared to what the government was already providing at no charge.
The officer decided he'd sit in the back of the room at the next briefing and
observe Ole's sales pitch. Ole stood up before the latest group of inductees and
said, "If you haf da normal GI insurans an' yoo go to Afghanistan an' get
yourself killed, da governmen' pays yer beneficiary $20,000.
If yoo take out da supplemental insurans vich cost you only t'irty dollars a
mont, den da governmen' got ta pay yer beneficiary $200,000!"
"Now," Ole concluded, "Vich bunch you tink dey gonna send ta Afghanistan
first?"
Humor Between December 1-31, 2014
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q4.htm#Humor123114
Humor Between November 1-30, 2014
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q4.htm#Humor113014
Humor Between October 1-31, 2014
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q4.htm#Humor103114
Humor Between September 1-30, 2014
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q3.htm#Humor093014
Humor Between August 1-31, 2014
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q3.htm#Humor083114
Humor Between July 1-31, 2014---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q3.htm#Humor073114
Humor Between June 1-31, 2014 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q2.htm#Humor063014
Humor Between May 1-31, 2014, 2014
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q2.htm#Humor053114
Humor Between April 1-30, 2014
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q2.htm#Humor043014
Humor Between March 1-31, 2014
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q1.htm#Humor033114
Humor Between February 1-28, 2014
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q1.htm#Humor022814
Humor Between January 1-31, 2014
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q1.htm#Humor013114
Humor Between December 1-31, 2013
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q4.htm#Humor123113
Humor Between November 1-30, 2013
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q4.htm#Humor113013,
Humor Between October 1-31, 2013
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q4.htm#Humor103113
Humor Between September 1 and September 30, 2013
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q3.htm#Humor093013
Humor Between July 1 and August 31, 2013
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q3.htm#Humor083113
Humor Between June 1-30, 2013
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q2.htm#Humor063013
Humor Between May 1-31, 2013
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q2.htm#Humor053113
Humor Between April 1-30, 2013
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q2.htm#Humor043013
And that's
the way it was on December 31, 2014 with a little help from my friends.
Bob
Jensen's gateway to millions of other blogs and social/professional networks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm
Bob
Jensen's Threads ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/threads.htm
Bob
Jensen's Blogs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
New Bookmarks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Tidbits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's past presentations and lectures ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/resume.htm#Presentations
Free
Online Textbooks, Videos, and Tutorials ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm#Textbooks
Free Tutorials in Various Disciplines ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob2.htm#Tutorials
Edutainment and Learning Games ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#Edutainment
Open Sharing Courses ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/updateee.htm#OKI
Bob
Jensen's Resume ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Resume.htm
Bob
Jensen's Homepage ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/
Accounting Historians Journal ---
http://www.libraries.olemiss.edu/uml/aicpa-library and
http://clio.lib.olemiss.edu/cdm/landingpage/collection/aah
Accounting Historians Journal Archives---
http://www.olemiss.edu/depts/general_library/dac/files/ahj.html
Accounting History Photographs ---
http://www.olemiss.edu/depts/general_library/dac/files/photos.html
For an elaboration on the reasons you should join a ListServ (usually
for free) go to http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListServRoles.htm |
AECM (Accounting Educators)
http://listserv.aaahq.org/cgi-bin/wa.exe?HOME
The AECM is an email Listserv list which
started out as an accounting education technology Listserv. It has
mushroomed into the largest global Listserv of accounting education
topics of all types, including accounting theory, learning, assessment,
cheating, and education topics in general. At the same time it provides
a forum for discussions of all hardware and software which can be useful
in any way for accounting education at the college/university level.
Hardware includes all platforms and peripherals. Software includes
spreadsheets, practice sets, multimedia authoring and presentation
packages, data base programs, tax packages, World Wide Web applications,
etc
Roles of a ListServ --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListServRoles.htm
|
CPAS-L (Practitioners) http://pacioli.loyola.edu/cpas-l/
(closed down)
CPAS-L provides a forum for discussions
of all aspects of the practice of accounting. It provides an unmoderated
environment where issues, questions, comments, ideas, etc. related to
accounting can be freely discussed. Members are welcome to take an
active role by posting to CPAS-L or an inactive role by just monitoring
the list. You qualify for a free subscription if you are either a CPA or
a professional accountant in public accounting, private industry,
government or education. Others will be denied access. |
Yahoo (Practitioners)
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/xyztalk
This forum is for CPAs to discuss the
activities of the AICPA. This can be anything from the CPA2BIZ portal
to the XYZ initiative or anything else that relates to the AICPA. |
AccountantsWorld
http://accountantsworld.com/forums/default.asp?scope=1
This site hosts various discussion groups on such topics as accounting
software, consulting, financial planning, fixed assets, payroll, human
resources, profit on the Internet, and taxation. |
Business Valuation Group
BusValGroup-subscribe@topica.com
This discussion group is headed by Randy Schostag
[RSchostag@BUSVALGROUP.COM] |
Concerns That Academic Accounting Research is Out of Touch With Reality
I think leading academic researchers avoid applied research for the
profession because making seminal and creative discoveries that
practitioners have not already discovered is enormously difficult.
Accounting academe is threatened by the
twin dangers of fossilization and scholasticism (of three types:
tedium, high tech, and radical chic)
From
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/395wpTAR/Web/TAR395wp.htm
“Knowledge and competence increasingly developed out of the internal
dynamics of esoteric disciplines rather than within the context of
shared perceptions of public needs,” writes Bender. “This is not to
say that professionalized disciplines or the modern service
professions that imitated them became socially irresponsible. But
their contributions to society began to flow from their own
self-definitions rather than from a reciprocal engagement with
general public discourse.”
Now, there is a definite note of sadness in Bender’s narrative – as
there always tends to be in accounts
of the
shift from Gemeinschaft to
Gesellschaft. Yet it is also
clear that the transformation from civic to disciplinary
professionalism was necessary.
“The new disciplines offered relatively precise subject matter and
procedures,” Bender concedes, “at a time when both were greatly
confused. The new professionalism also promised guarantees of
competence — certification — in an era when criteria of intellectual
authority were vague and professional performance was unreliable.”
But in the epilogue to Intellect and Public Life,
Bender suggests that the process eventually went too far.
“The risk now is precisely the opposite,” he writes. “Academe is
threatened by the twin dangers of fossilization and scholasticism
(of three types: tedium, high tech, and radical chic).
The agenda for the next decade, at least as I see it, ought to be
the opening up of the disciplines, the ventilating of professional
communities that have come to share too much and that have become
too self-referential.”
What went wrong in accounting/accountics research?
How did academic accounting research become a pseudo science?
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#WhatWentWrong
Avoiding applied research for
practitioners and failure to attract practitioner interest in
academic research journals ---
"Why business ignores the business schools," by Michael
Skapinker
Some ideas for applied research ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#AcademicsVersusProfession
Clinging to Myths in Academe and Failure
to Replicate and Authenticate Research Findings
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#Myths
Poorly designed and executed experiments
that are rarely, I mean very, very rarely, authenticated
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#PoorDesigns
Discouragement of case method research by leading journals (TAR,
JAR, JAE, etc.) by turning back most submitted cases ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#Cases
Economic Theory Errors
Where analytical mathematics in accountics research made a huge
mistake relying on flawed economic theory and interval/ratio scaling
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#EconomicTheoryErrors
Accentuate the Obvious and Avoid the Tough
Problems (like fraud) for Which Data and Models are Lacking
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#AccentuateTheObvious
Financial Theory Errors
Where capital market research in accounting made a huge mistake by
relying on CAPM
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#AccentuateTheObvious
Philosophy of Science is a Dying
Discipline
Most scientific papers are probably wrong
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#PhilosophyScienceDying
|
Accountancy, Tax, IFRS, XBRL, and Accounting History News Sites
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/AccountingNews.htm
Accounting
Professors Who Blog ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm
Cool
Search Engines That Are Not Google ---
http://www.wired.com/epicenter/2009/06/coolsearchengines
Free
(updated) Basic Accounting Textbook --- search for Hoyle at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm#Textbooks
CPA
Examination ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cpa_examination
Free CPA Examination Review Course Courtesy of Joe Hoyle ---
http://cpareviewforfree.com/
Bob Jensen's Pictures and Stories
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Pictures.htm
Bob
Jensen's Homepage ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/

November 30, 2014
Bob
Jensen's New Bookmarks for November 1-30, 2014
Bob Jensen at
Trinity University
For
earlier editions of Fraud Updates go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
For earlier editions of Tidbits go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
For earlier editions of New Bookmarks go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Click here to search Bob Jensen's web site if you
have key words to enter --- Search Box in Upper Right Corner.
For example if you want to know what Jensen documents have the term "Enron"
enter the phrase Jensen AND Enron. Another search engine that covers Trinity and
other universities is at
http://www.searchedu.com/
Bob
Jensen's Blogs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
New Bookmarks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Tidbits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's
Pictures and Stories
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Pictures.htm
All
my online pictures ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/PictureHistory/
David Johnstone asked me to write a paper on the following:
"A Scrapbook on What's Wrong with the Past, Present and Future of Accountics
Science"
Bob Jensen
February 19, 2014
SSRN Download:
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2398296
"What Book Changed Your Mind?" Chronicle of Higher Education's
Chronicle Review, November 7, 2014 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/What-Book-Changed-Your-Mind-/149839/?cid=wb&utm_source=wb&utm_medium=en
The Chronicle Review asked 12 scholars
what nonfiction book published in the last 30 years has most changed their
minds—not merely inspired or influenced their thinking, but profoundly
altered the way they regard themselves, their work, the world.
Continued in article
Click of the listing of scholars on the left side of the screen.
Jensen Comment
As usual when asked to name one thing such as my favorite book, my
favorite movie, my favorite teacher, favorite cocktail, favorite wine, or my
favorite whatever I cannot answer such a question out of context. Context
means everything in terms of "favorites."
The same applies when asked to name a thing or event that changed my life
because there are so many things that changed my life in certain contexts.
For example the thing that first changed my mind to major in accounting was
a notice on the a bulletin board in the Placement Center at Iowa State
University. I was only in my first year of college and not really seeking a
job, but I went to the Placement Center out of some curiosity that I cannot
recall. What I noticed was that if I were (hypothetically) a graduating
senior one of the best things to be was an accounting major. The prompted me
to sign up for an accounting course in my second year of college even though
I was currently a General Science major. That course led me to take a second
course in accounting and to discuss accountancy as a career with my
professor. The rest is is a history of my life that led ultimately to a
Ph.D. and academic career in accountancy. There were other events that
changed by aspirations to be a professor instead of a practicing accountant,
but I won't go into that here. It had to do with skiing!
Hence if I'm asked to name a book that "changed my life" I have to put it
into context --- religion, love life, career, research, etc.
I will put my choice of a book that "changed my life" in the context of
my research while I was an accounting faculty member at four different
universities. Although I got a Ph.D. in accountancy at Stanford University
in the late 1960s, this was a great transition period for accountancy and
business schools in general. I entered Stanford's doctoral program as an MBA
and CPA and was told focus over 90% of my time and effort learning outside
the business school in such areas as mathematics, economics, statistics, and
operations research. The idea was to be on
the vanguard of accounting professors who brought more science and
mathematics and statistics into academic accounting research.
While at Stanford I stumbled upon a book in the campus library that
changed my research life after graduation. The book is not well known
but led me to years of conducting research and publishing papers in the area
of "cluster analysis."
Cluster Analysis ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cluster_analysis
The book is as follows:
Cluster analysis : correlation
profile and orthometric (factor) analysis for the isolation of unities
in mind and personality
by Robert Choate Tryon
Ann Arbor, Michigan : Edwards brothers, inc., 1939
I never had my own copy of this book, and the book itself was not nearly
so important in my research as related books and academic papers on the
topics of cluster analysis, numerical taxonomy, factor analysis, and related
technical materials.
My point is that the book that changed my life was not necessarily the
most important reference work in my changed life. There were far more
important references and exposures to other researchers at academic
conferences and workshops. But Robert Tryon changed
my research life for years to come.
Later my research moved on from cluster analysis, but it was my
publishing in cluster analysis that got me promotions, tenure, two years in
a think tank at Stanford University, and three endowed chairs before I moved
into other topical areas and research methodologies.
Bob Jensen
Retired
Video: A Scenario of Higher Education in 2020
November 14, 2014 message from Denny Beresford
Bob,
The link below is to a very
interesting video on the future of higher education – if you haven’t seen it
already. I think it’s very consistent with much of what you’ve been saying.
Denny
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5gU3FjxY2uQ
November 15, 2014 reply from Bob Jensen
Hi Denny,
Thank you for this link. I agree with many parts of this possible
scenario, and viewers should patiently watch it through the Google Epic in
2020.
But this is only one of many possible scenarios, and I definitely do not
agree with the predicted timings. None of the predictions for the future
will happen in such a short time frame.
It takes a long time for this video to mention the role of colleges as a
buffer between living as a protected kid at home and working full time on
the mean streets of life. And I don't think campus living and learning in
the future will just be for the "wealthy." We're moving toward a time when
campus living will be available more and more to gifted non-wealthy
students. But we're also moving toward a time when campus living and
learning may be available to a smaller percentage of students --- more like
Germany where campus education is free, but only the top 25% of the high
school graduates are allowed to go to college. The other 75% will rely more
and more on distance education and apprenticeship training alternatives.
Last night (November 14) there was a fascinating module on CBS News about
a former top NFL lineman (center) for the Rams who in the prime of his
career just quit and bought a 1,000 acre farm in North Carolina using the
millions of dollars he'd saved until then by playing football.
What was remarkable is that he knew zero about farming until he started
learning about it on YouTube. Now he's a successful farmer who gives over
20% of his harvest to food banks for the poor.
This morning I did a brief search and discovered that there are tons of
free videos on the technical aspect of farming just as there are tons of
videos that I already knew about on how to be a financial analyst trading in
derivative financial instruments.
My point is that there will be more and more people who are being
educated and trained along the lines of the video in your email message to
me.
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5gU3FjxY2uQ
The education and training will be a lifelong process because there is so
much that will be available totally free of charge. We will become more and
more like Boy-Girl Scouts earning our badges.
College degrees will be less and less important as the certification
badges (competency achievements) mentioned in the video take over as
chevrons of expertise and accomplishment. Some badges will be for hobbies,
and some badges will be for career advancement.
These are exciting times for education and training. We will become more
and more like the Phantom of the Library at Texas A&M without having to live
inside a library. This "Phantom" Aggie was a former student who started
secretly living and learning in the campus library. Now the world's free
"library" is only a few clicks away --- starting with Wikipedia and YouTube
and moving on to the thousands of MOOCs now available from prestigious
universities ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/updateee.htm#OKI
Also see the new-world library alternatives at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookbob2.htm
Thanks Denny
Bob
Question
What are the mysterious (secret?) Validity Concerns of TAR referees that led to
rejection of 46% of all submissions to The Accounting Review (TAR) in
2014?
"2014 Annual Report and Editorial Commentary for The Accounting Review,"
by Editor John Harry Evans III, The Accounting Review, Volume 89, Issue 6
(November 2014) ---
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/accr-10410
This annual
report describes the operations of The Accounting Review during
the final year (6/1/2013–5/31/2014) of my three-year term as senior
editor, with Stacy Hoffman as editorial assistant. The report represents
the sixth edition of a reporting format adopted by the AAA in 2009.
Along with summary statistics on The Accounting Review (TAR)
operations, I will continue the tradition that Steve Kachelmeier started
of providing a commentary for our constituents, particularly the AAA
Publications Committee and Board of Directors, the new editorial team
headed by Mark DeFond, with Elizabeth Garrett as Editorial Assistant, as
well as co-editors, authors, reviewers, and readers of TAR and
AAA members. Your comments and questions are welcome.
II. THE ACCOUNTING
REVIEW EDITORIAL PROCESS |
Our
third year continued the increasing reliance on the online AllenTrack
system, which is evolving further under Mark and Elizabeth. For
additional details on our operational processes during our regime,
please see the 2013 TAR annual report (Evans
2013). That report also discusses the
integrity of the academic research process and the integrity of
peer-reviewed journals in that process. In my opinion, these issues
become more important each year as more reports of fraudulent research
in academic journals become public.
III. EDITORIAL AND
PUBLICATION STATISTICS |
Table 1:
Annual Activity Summary
To facilitate
comparisons over time, the 2014 report follows the structure of the
2009–2013 reports. The annual TAR workflow has remained
relatively consistent during the 2010–2014 period, after an initial
adjustment in Steve Kachelmeier's first year in 2009.
Table 1,
Panel A reports TAR's comparative workflow statistics for the
six years 2009–2014, with the data on a journal-year basis of June 1
through May 31 of the following year. Panel A shows that in 2014 the
volume of new submissions increased by 7.3 percent from 543 in 2013
to 583 in 2014. During the first year of the Kachelmeier term,
TAR experienced a surge of new submissions, followed by a slight
decline in Steve's final two years. Our regime experienced a similar
surge in our first year of 2012 relative to 2011, but even further
growth in the final year of 2014. The year-over-year growth rates in
new submissions versus the corresponding years in the preceding
regime have been 2.0 percent, 8.2 percent, and 17.8 percent,
respectively. This pattern of increases suggests a generally healthy
position of the journal, in terms of this single measure of
attracting new submissions. The other columns of
Table 1,
Panel A show that 2014 achieved new highs in the activity measures
of total manuscripts available for evaluation (column (d)), decision
letters sent (column (e)) and ending inventory of manuscripts
(column (f)).
Next, to permit comparability to years before 2009,
Table 1,
Panel B provides data on a calendar year (CY) basis beginning in
1998. Panel B indicates that the total of 561 new manuscripts
submitted to The Accounting Review in CY2013 is exceeded only
by the 582 new submissions in CY2011. The third and fourth columns
of
Table 1,
Panel B track how the increased submissions prompted corresponding
increases from four TAR issues annually in 2005 to six issues
annually starting in 2008, and associated growth in the total annual
published pages.
Table 2:
Annual Outcome Summary
Table 2,
Panel A reports the editorial outcomes communicated in the total
decision letters (column (a)) generated during each of the fiscal or
journal years 2009–2014. The final two columns of Panel A of
Table 2 use
the data in columns (a) to (d) to generate two estimated annual
“acceptance rates” for each of the last six fiscal years. For 2014,
Acceptance Rate 1 in column (e) divides the 81 acceptances and
conditional acceptances in 2014 by the 81 (column (d)) + 466 (column
(b)) = 547 “final outcome” decisions, yielding the Acceptance Rate 1
of 14.8 percent. Acceptance Rate 2 in column (f) retains the same 81
acceptances in 2014 in the numerator but now adds to the denominator
the 239 “Revise and ‘Uncertain' Decisions” in 2014, which yields an
Acceptance Rate 2 of 10.3 percent (81/786). Acceptance Rate 1 can be
viewed as an upward-biased measure of the 2014 acceptance rate,
whereas Rate 2 is downward-biased, such that the “true” acceptance
rate falls somewhere in between—roughly in the 12–13 percent range
for 2014. The overall results for 2014 in
Table 2,
Panel A are largely similar to those for 2011–2013, consistent with
the current editorial team's decision to generally retain policies
from the preceding regime, together with a generally similar
experience in the submission and review process in 2014 as in the
previous five years.
Table 2,
Panel B presents a slightly different “annual cohort” perspective on
acceptance rates. Whereas Panel A focuses on the annual flow of
manuscripts and editorial decisions in a given year independent of
when those manuscripts were initially submitted, Panel B treats each
year's set of new submissions as a unique “cohort” and tracks the
eventual outcomes for that cohort over the next several years. Thus,
the first two lines of
Table 2,
Panel B shows that for the journal years ending May 31, 2009 and
2010, TAR received 557 and 502 new submissions, respectively
(column (a)), all of which, as column (d) shows, were either
accepted or rejected as of five years later on May 31, 2014,
yielding acceptance rates of 17.4 percent and 13.7 percent,
respectively, for these two cohorts of 2009 and 2010 submissions.
The final
three rows of
Table 2,
Panel B report the corresponding figures for the status of the 2011,
2012, and 2013 submission cohorts. The final two columns present
lower and upper bounds on the annual acceptance rates for these
three cohorts of new submissions based on different assumptions
concerning how many of the manuscripts that remained in process as
of 5/31/2014 will ultimately be accepted. The results show that the
final acceptance rate for the 2011 cohort of new submissions will
fall in the 14.3 percent to 16.3 percent range versus 15.3 percent
to 18.8 percent and 5.2 percent to 19.5 percent for the 2012 and
2013 cohorts, respectively. The wider range for the 2013 cohort
reflects the fact that a larger percentage of these manuscripts
remained in process as of 5/31/2014.
One final
observation concerns the relation between TAR acceptance
rates, publication rates, and the resulting backlog of accepted but
not-yet-published manuscripts. Steve Kachelmeier's regime accepted a
sufficient number of articles to build an approximately six-month
backlog by the end of his term. Therefore, Stacy and I inherited an
inventory of accepted articles to fill the three issues published in
our first six months. Throughout the Harry/Stacy term this backlog
grew to approximately ten months, which represents five issues.
Based on the data in column (d) of
Table 2,
Panel A, TAR editors have accepted an average of 75.7
articles per year over the last six years. Given that TAR has
published 72 articles per year over this period, an additional 3.7
articles per year have been added to the backlog, consistent with
the general description above.
Having
a sufficient backlog ensures a consistent publication rate and a
consistent number of articles per issue in contrast to some earlier
years in which TAR published relatively “thin” issues
comprised of fewer articles, where “thin” issues can hurt a
journal's visibility. On the other hand, having too long of a
backlog can result in published articles that are less timely,
although the online publication process addresses this concern to
some degree. In net, the current backlog seems at least sufficient,
and my understanding is that Mark and Elizabeth plan to take action
to reduce the backlog, a policy that I endorse.
Exhibit 1:
Histogram of Editorial Rounds and Outcomes
Exhibit 1
provides further details on the 786 editorial decisions reported in
Table 2,
Panel A for the journal year ending May 31, 2014.
Exhibit 1
shows that 574 of the 786 decisions (73 percent) were first-round
decisions, while 123 (16 percent) were second-round decisions (first
revisions) and the remaining 89 (11 percent) were third-round or
later. Of the 574 first-round decisions, Panel A of
Exhibit 1
shows that rejection was the most common outcome, accounting for
approximately 73 percent (227 + 192 = 419 of 574) of the first-round
decisions, while the remaining 27 percent of first-round decisions
were revisions if we exclude the 2012 Presidential Scholar Address.1
Panel A also shows that of the 419 first-round rejections, we
attributed 227 (54 percent) to insufficient contribution, and the
other 192 (46 percent) primarily to validity concerns.
Next,
Exhibit 1,
Panel A shows that of the 154 first-round decisions in 2014 that
permitted the authors to submit a revised manuscript, 74 were
standard “revise and resubmit” decisions, while the other 80 were
more qualified “uncertain” decisions. Both “revise and resubmit” and
“uncertain” have outcome risk, but the degree of that risk is
substantially higher for an “uncertain” decision. Specifically, an
“uncertain” letter informs the author that neither the reviewers nor
the editor can envision a viable revision path that would address
the identified concerns, but that the editor recognizes that the
author might be able to construct such a path. Accordingly, such a
letter gives the author an option to revise and resubmit, but
without explicitly encouraging the author to do so. The intent is to
communicate clearly to the author that withdrawing the manuscript
might be in the author's best interest if the author's candid
assessment is that the concerns raised cannot feasibly be addressed.
Experience indicates that almost all recipients of “uncertain”
letters choose to revise and resubmit in spite of the cautions, but
the rejection rate on “uncertain” revisions is substantially higher
than that for standard invitations to revise and resubmit.
Moving to the
second-round or “first revision” decisions,
Exhibit 1,
Panel B shows that of the 123 total second-round outcomes, 12
received conditional acceptances and 68 received invitations for
further revision, with seven of these in the more qualified
“uncertain” category. The remaining 43 (13 + 30) second-round
letters were rejections, which are always painful. Nevertheless, a
third-round rejection is even worse. This consideration encourages
editors to make difficult decisions on manuscripts that appear to
have potential but achieved only limited progress in the first
revision.
By the time a manuscript gets to the third round or beyond, the odds
of success increase dramatically.
Exhibit 1,
Panel C shows that for these manuscripts 68 of the 89 fiscal 2014
decisions were acceptance or conditional acceptance, a rate of 76
percent. Seventeen manuscripts received a further revise and
resubmit during the third or later round, and four manuscripts were
rejected at this advanced stage of the process. Although we seek to
minimize such late-round rejections by making the tough decisions
sooner whenever possible, in some cases further rounds appear to be
the most appropriate decision despite the risk. Finally, we note
that Panel C includes 70 third-round decisions, 18 fourth-round
decisions, and one fifth-round decision. Of the 19 fourth- and
fifth-round decisions, 18 were conditional acceptances.
Table 3:
Submissions and Acceptances by Subject Area and Research Method
Panels A–D in
Table 3
compare submissions to acceptances by subject area, research method,
and the combination of the two. The results offer important insight
concerning patterns and trends, including whether submissions in
certain subject areas or using certain methods were more or less
likely than others to be published in TAR over the fiscal
years 2009–2014. These tables are helpful in responding to
conjectures that TAR systematically favors or disfavors
particular areas or methods of research, where the conjecture could
stem simply from comparing the number of publications across topic
areas or research methods.
Table 3
provides systematic data by relating acceptance rates to
corresponding submission rates.
Table 3
counts each study only once, even though many studies go through
several rounds of revision before eventually being published or
rejected. This approach means that the figures in
Table 3 will
generally differ from those in
Tables 1 and
2, which
treat each submitted version of a study as a distinct manuscript.
The general
pattern in
Table 3
indicates that The Accounting Review accepts articles at
rates that are very similar to the corresponding submission rates,
whether by topic, by method, or by topic crossed with method.2
The overall similarity in submission and acceptance rates is
consistent with the journal's policy of not emphasizing one area or
method over another, but rather seeking to reflect the broad
interests of AAA members. In turn, this general similarity between
submission and acceptance rates is consistent with our process of
selecting editors and reviewers. By choosing reviewers for each
submission who are experts in the area of that submission, we seek
to subject each submission to a comparable review process.
Authors
obviously exhibit self-selection preferences in determining the
journals to which they direct their submissions. These decisions by
authors are one fundamental determinant of ultimate TAR
publication rates. For example, although TAR publishes far
fewer manuscripts in the accounting systems area or manuscripts
employing field study methods as compared to the number of financial
archival manuscripts, this difference in publication rates is driven
primarily by differences in submission rates rather than by
differences in acceptance rates. To see this, compare the two
percentages in each cell of
Table 3,
Panel D. The first (second) percentage indicates that cell's
percentage of all submissions (acceptances).
In this way,
Table 3,
Panel D compares the percentage of all submissions and acceptances
by area and method over the last six years, 2009–2014. For example,
the two percentages in the cell in
Table 3,
Panel D for the combination of the financial accounting area and the
archival research method are “43.5%” and “(37.5%),” indicating that
over the last six years financial archival studies have comprised
43.5 percent of all TAR submissions and 37.5 percent of all
TAR acceptances. The resulting [Acceptance Rate − Submission
Rate] differential is −6.0 percent, which is the least favorable
differential of any cell in Panel D. This pattern is consistent with
the observation above that financial archival was the least-favored
category by this measure over the 2009–2014 period.
In contrast to
the preceding example, the overall pattern of submission and
acceptance rates in
Table 3,
Panel D shows a generally close correspondence between the
submission and acceptance percentages. Other than the −6.0 percent
difference noted above, none of the individual cells (as opposed to
“Total” cells in the bottom row and the far right column) in
Table 3,
Panel D have [Acceptance Rate − Submission Rate] differentials with
absolute values greater than 2.1 percent. The only other distinctive
pattern in
Table 3,
Panel D is that managerial accounting studies have greater
acceptance rates than submission rates across all four research
method categories, resulting in the bottom “Total” row in Panel D
showing that managerial studies for all research methods represent
12.6 percent of TAR submissions, but 17.0 percent of
acceptances over the last six years. In my view, the rate
differentials documented here are worth noting and tracking in the
future. Differences between submission and acceptance rates of −6.0
percent for financial archival studies and +4.4 percent for all
managerial accounting studies over a six-year period could
potentially represent more than temporary random fluctuations.
The preceding
comparison of submissions and acceptances across areas is related to
the general TAR policy of openness with respect to a variety
of research areas and methods within accounting. One of the
important signals that the TAR senior editor can send with
respect to openness to research in particular areas or using
particular methods is through the make-up of the team of TAR
co-editors. For example, I continued the prior regime's approach of
signaling TAR's openness to research in the accounting
systems area and to studies using field-based methods by inviting
Vern Richardson and Ken Merchant, respectively, to serve as TAR
editors to handle submissions in accounting systems and field-based
studies.
Table 3,
Panel A shows one acceptance in the systems area in 2014, and the
same is true in
Table 3,
Panel B with one field and case study acceptance in 2014.
More broadly, the
process of recruiting an ideal team of TAR editors is an
interesting challenge. The challenge comes from attempting to
balance the desire to have an editorial team that has subject matter
and method expertise across a wide range of areas and methods, while
at the same time keeping the total number of editors manageable and
balancing the workload equitably across editors. Almost all authors
would prefer that one or more of the TAR co-editors have
considerable expertise and enthusiasm for the author's research area
and method, and further would prefer that one of these editors
handle the author's submission. To increase our odds of achieving
this matching, I recruited an additional co-editor to bring the
total to 14 co-editors, while adjusting the mix of editors'
expertise. Specifically, I adjusted the mix of editors slightly away
from the experimental/behavioral area and toward the financial
archival area because of the prior regime's experience of having to
request that editors in the financial archival area handle more than
the targeted maximum of 40 new manuscripts per year. Based on our
three years of experience, I am confident that these were good
decisions. Each of our co-editors has worked very hard during these
three years, and we have generally been able to handle all
submissions while respecting the agreed maximum workload of 40 new
manuscripts (not including revisions) per co-editor per year, in
addition to resubmissions. The primary exception has been in the
empirical auditing area, where Mike Ettredge has generously handled
an average of more than 40 new manuscripts annually over our
three-year term.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
Firstly, I might note that this report has an interesting statistic regarding
"Validity Rejections:"
Panel A also shows that of the 419 first-round
rejections, we attributed 227 (54 percent) to insufficient contribution, and
the other 192 (46 percent) primarily to
validity concerns.
I find this frustrating in that there is no elaboration on the things that
constitute "Validity Rejections." In virtually all instances these are the
concerns of referees and editors. Unlike science journals, the main validity
issues often arise due to inability to independently replicate the research and
published commentaries of readers of the articles. Since TAR will not publish
replications that do not extend the research and does not publish commentaries
on published papers, the "Validity Rejections" do not come from the readers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TheoryTAR.htm
Since the "Validity Rejections" come only from TAR referees and editors, it's
not at all likely that the scholars who rejected the papers did so on the basis
of replication attempts. And the referees and editors did not publish the basis
of their "Validity Rejections" it is of zero help to the TAR readership to know
what constitutes a "Validity Rejection." I suspect many of the concerns are
statistical analysis mistakes or serious concerns ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsScienceStatisticalMistakes.htm
Even more frustrating, is that unlike real science journals TAR does not
encourage validity tests and commentaries of the papers that are published in
TAR ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TheoryTAR.htm
The implication is that if TAR publishes it the
research is valid. I say baloney!
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TheoryTAR.htm
Secondly, I might note that once again in 2014 TAR only published accountics
science papers in that they had to have equations and/or statistical inference
tables. Previous editors of TAR argue this is heavily due to self-selection on
the part of authors submitting papers to TAR. However, since editors for four
decades of TAR have done zero to encourage submissions of articles without
mathematics and statistics, accounting researchers by now conclude that it's
hopeless to submit a research paper to TAR that does not have mathematics and/or
statistical analysis.
A notable exception is Gregory B. Waymire's very short conference summary
paper in the November 2014 issue of TAR. However, this us a summary of papers
that do have mathematics and statistical analysis such that I do not consider
this to be a true exception to TAR's defacto editorial policy of the past four
decades.
My main point of this posting, however, is that
it would be terrific in referees who rejected 192 (46%) of the 2014 submissions
to TAR on the basis of "Validity Concerns" would soon give us an analysis of
what constituted those "Validity Concerns."
"R2 and Idiosyncratic
Risk Are Not Interchangeable." by Bin Li, The Accounting Review,
November 2014 ---
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/accr-50826
A growing
literature exists in both finance and accounting on the association between
firm-specific variation in stock returns and several aspects of the firm's
information or governance environment. Appendix A, Part 1 lists 21 published
papers in top-tier finance and accounting journals and the Social Sciences
Research Network (SSRN) reports at least 75 working papers. These studies
rely on one of two proxies for firm-specific return variation as the
dependent variable:
Continued in article
Common Statistical Mistakes in
Accountics Science ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsScienceStatisticalMistakes.htm
These are the books reviewed in the
November 2014 issue of TAR:
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/accr-10404
Unlike articles, TAR's book reviews are free.
- IAN DENNIS, The Nature of Accounting Regulation (New York,
NY: Routledge, 2014, ISBN 978-0-415-89195-0, pp. 135).
IAN DEWINGOMIROS GEORGIOU
- YVES LEVANT and OLIVIER DE LA VILLARMOIS (editors), French
Accounting History: New Contributions (Abingdon, Oxon, U.K.:
Routledge, 2012, ISBN 13:978-0-415-84783-4, pp. viii, 178).
JACQUES RICHARD
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting
standard setting controversies ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting
American Accounting Association
2014 Annual Meeting Videos are Now Posted Online (not free to non-AAA members)
---
Click Here
http://commons.aaahq.org/hives/8d320fc4aa/summary
Featured
videos include speakers Jimmy Wales, William Beaver, Condoleezza Rice, Duane
Still, and Christine Botosan, as well as a host of workshop and session
videos.
At the 2014 AAA Annual Meeting, two
distinguished researchers graciously agreed to create short videos to
convey aspects of their research to share across the academy. The first of these
videos is of Professor Ron Dye, of Northwestern University. Stay tuned for the
next video to be posted and for others in the future!
"An Overview of Accounting Theory from the 1970s to today"
Click HERE to view the video of Professor Ron Dye ---
http://r20.rs6.net/tn.jsp?f=001NHUpVVP3qv5OTc5BrXaKc_WPaseuEioYFFYBIa4k2qUeqRo2Iec3vBh6c-10rdifhdWUm5U_GZDdh-H2u3cYtaKN2CEB4efcEUdZlIWjNi5xfXHv2aN4JssbbMIh_lfMFlORsAe-m2QTpCmi9uajg8h0XYqlO4dIuj3nTIbSSlhnZ_w_opoIqz55VvB_6s_Y7pRFDV1DprBF9DewaDyh7w==&c=0zHDjdss5-KbtLcp3dcDhicPt2RbZGG3vTTM2ZE1pTtE9IYmAIhGXg==&ch=mqOD4t8pspqb50AWkrzB9SjSzaosdGUdvPlbbx3fRe1QMPkhoWr4_A==
Jensen Comment
This is only an overview of a small slice of accounting theory since the 1970s,
an accountics science analytical slice as it affected Ron Dye's research. For
example if the theory of accounting for derivatives contracts an hedge
accounting are completely overlooked. However, he's been teaching accounting
theory for years in the framework of analytical models. The theories discussed
in this video are pretty well detached from the complexities of the real world
of accounting and business decisions.
Ron is a good speaker who uses examples a lot to make his points in this video.
He's easy to follow even for viewers without mathematical expertise. However,
his presentation lacks the warnings that the research contributions he praises
make many underlying assumptions that are seldom met in the real world --- such
as the assumptions of equilibrium and rational economic decision making. Often
the definition of "information" is quite simplistic (such as number of cars in a
container) or overly generalized in terms of real-world uncertainties.
At one time Ron was not overly impressed with the state of accounting research
and innovation. Here's an exchange on the AECM in 2008:
January 2, 2008 reply from Bob Jensen
Hi David,
CEOs rise up from many walks of life, especially engineering,
economics, law, and the specialties of an industry such as chemistry,
medicine, agriculture, etc. CFOs and CAOs are another matter entirely.
As far as research impacts are determined, subjective judgment is
certainly a huge factor but there are other indicators. Can executives
recall a single article published in The Accounting Review or other
leading academic accounting journal upon which academic reputations are
built? Can executives name one author who received the AAA Seminal
Contributions Award or any other academic award of major academic
associations?
One indicator in accounting is practitioner membership in the
American Accounting Association. The AAA started out as primarily an
association for accounting practitioners and teachers of accounting. For
four decades practitioners were heavily involved in the AAA and the
longest-running editor of The Accounting Review was a practitioner
(Kohler) ---
http://snipurl.com/aohkohler
All this changed with what Jean Heck and I call the "perfect storm"
of the 1960s. Since then, practitioner membership steadily declined in
the AAA and readership of academic accounting research journals
plummeted to virtually zero. Practitioners still send us their money and
their recruiters, but leading academic researchers like Joel Demski warn
against accounting researchers catching a "vocational virus" and cringe
at aiming our research talent toward practical problems of the
profession for which we seemingly have no comparative advantage due to
our rather useless accountics skills.
You can read much of the history of this schism at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#AcademicsVersusProfession
The schism is probably greatest in accounting and the smallest in
finance where there practitioners have relied more on research findings
and fads in economics and finance journals.
Some universities are more focused on industry than others. Harvard
certainly has tried very hard in this regard, but Harvard's case method
research just cannot pass the hurdles of the journal referees of our
leading accounting research journals.
And even accounting academics are bored with the (yawn) articles
appearing in our academic research journals. Ron Dye is probably one of
our most esoteric accountics researchers (his degrees are in mathematics
and economics even though he's an "accounting professor"). Ron stated
the following at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#AcademicsVersusProfession
Begin Quote from Ron Dye***************
About the question: by and large, I think
it is a mistake for someone interested in pursuing an academic
career in accounting not to get a phd in accounting. If you look at
the "success" stories, there aren't many: most of the people who
make a post-phd transition fail. I think that happens for a couple
reasons. 1. I think some of the people that transfer late do it for
the money, and aren't really all that interested in accounting.
While the $ are nice, it is impossible to think about $ when you are
trying to come up with an idea, and anyway, you're unlikely to come
up with an idea unless you're really interested in the subject. 2. I
think, almost independent of the field, unless you get involved in
the field at an early age, for some reason it becomes very hard to
develop good intuition for the area - which is a second reason good
problems are often not generated by "crossovers."
The bigger thing - not related to the
question you raise - but maybe you could add to the discussion is
that there are, as far as I can tell,
not a lot of new ideas being put forth by
anyone in accounting nowadays (with
the possible exception of John Dickhaut's neuro stuff). In most
fields, the youngsters are supposed to come up with the new
problems, techniques, etc., but I see a lot more mimicry than
innovation among newly minted phds now.
Anyway, for what it's worth....
Ron
End Quote from Ron Dye****************
_________________
Perhaps the AACSB can make some progress toward bridging the schism.
But I leave you with a forthcoming quote in the January 6 edition of
Tidbits:
Question "How many professors does it take to change a light
bulb?"
Answer "Whadaya mean, "change"?" Bob Zemsky, Chronicle of
Higher Education's Chronicle Review, December 2007
How Accountics Scientists Should Change:
"Frankly, Scarlett, after I get a hit for my resume in The Accounting Review
I just don't give a damn"
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm
One more mission in what's left of my life will be to try to change this
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm
The conflict between "never up never in" versus "just trying too hard."
Kobe Bryant is currently ranked Number 4 in terms of NBA points scored.
However, he's now Number 1 in terms of missed shots in a single game ---
http://time.com/3580708/kobe-bryant-breaks-nba-record-for-missed-shots/?xid=newsletter-brief
Jensen Comment
Years ago a well-known accounting professor named Williard Stone made the
following comment about an assistant professor seeking tenure at the University
of Florida. Professor Stone observed that if this candidate would have slowed
down in publishing he might have had a better chance of getting tenure. Read
that as meaning that Stone thought most of the candidate's publications were
crap surrounding some more quality hits ---
http://clio.lib.olemiss.edu/cdm/ref/collection/aah/id/27297
McLaren Applied Technologies ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/McLaren_Applied_Technologies
"KPMG laps up McLaren’s F1-style analytics," by Harriet Agnew,
Financial Times, November 20, 2014 ---
http://www.ft.com/intl/cms/s/0/262d0ffe-6fdf-11e4-90af-00144feabdc0.html#axzz3Jo3UdIEO
McLaren Group has signed an alliance with KPMG to
apply the same predictive analytics and technology it does to its Formula
One team to KPMG’s audit and consulting clients....
Continued in article (that is not free)
"U.S. Audit Regulator Scrutinizing PwC Over Caterpillar Tax Advice:
PCAOB Reviewing Whether Tax Advice Creates Conflict With Audit of Company,"
by Michael Rapoport, The Wall Street Journal, November 18, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/u-s-audit-regulator-scrutinizing-pwc-over-caterpillar-tax-advice-1416350375
The government’s audit regulator is scrutinizing
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP over tax-saving strategies it provided to audit
client Caterpillar Inc., according to people familiar with the matter.
The Public Company Accounting Oversight Board is
looking at whether the practice might create a conflict of interest that
could compromise PwC’s ability to perform a tough audit of the manufacturer,
the people said.
The regulator’s review dates back several months
and follows an April request from Sen. Carl Levin (D., Mich.) for the PCAOB
to look at the matter after he alleged earlier this year that Caterpillar
had deferred or avoided $2.4 billion in taxes under strategies devised by
PwC.
Neither PwC nor Caterpillar have been charged with
any wrongdoing. PwC and Caterpillar have said that PwC’s advice and
Caterpillar’s actions complied with all tax laws.
In April, Sen. Levin sent a letter to the PCAOB
requesting that it “conduct a formal review” of the services that PwC
provided to Caterpillar.
The letter, a copy of which has been reviewed by
The Wall Street Journal, also asks the PCAOB to review whether its rules
should be strengthened to prohibit an auditor from auditing a company’s tax
obligations when those obligations rely on a tax strategy developed by the
same firm.
Accounting firms are required to avoid conflicts of
interest that could raise questions about their objectivity and impartiality
in conducting an audit of a company.
If a firm provides tax strategies to a company for
which it also serves as independent auditor, it could end up auditing its
own work.
Colleen Brennan, a PCAOB spokeswoman, said in the
wake of Sen. Levin’s concerns, the board “is looking further at the nature
of tax services that auditors are performing for their audit clients.” The
PCAOB monitors audit firms’ compliance with independence rules through its
inspections, and those rules “prohibit auditors from marketing aggressive
tax positions to their audit clients,” she said. She didn’t mention PwC or
Caterpillar specifically.
The review came to light Tuesday when Jay Hanson, a
PCAOB member, mentioned it at an accounting conference in New York. He also
didn’t mention PwC or Caterpillar but said members of Congress had asked the
PCAOB to review audit firms’ provision of tax strategies to their clients
and whether that could affect the auditors’ independence.
News of the PCAOB’s review comes less than two
weeks after the release of documents regarding other PwC tax strategies that
reportedly helped hundreds of the world’s largest companies avoid billions
of dollars in taxes by channeling money through the low-tax country of
Luxembourg, according to the International Consortium of Investigative
Journalists.
The PCAOB review predates and is unrelated to the
Luxembourg matter, Mr. Hanson said. PwC has said the Luxembourg documents
were stolen and that its tax advice had complied with applicable laws
Bob Jensen's threads on PwC ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm
"Who gets the best return on stock-market investments? Not finance
professionals," by Siri Srinivas, The Guardian, November 17, 2014 ---
http://www.theguardian.com/money/us-money-blog/2014/nov/17/who-gets-best-return-on-investments-not-finance-professionals
. . .
The researchers conclude that fund managers fared
better only when their workplace exposed them to additional information.
“This is not about skill, this is about access to superior information,”
says Bodnaruk.
This mass rejection of financial expertise may be a
deeper generational trend. Lambur observes that millennial investors would
rather look to the wisdom of friends and their extended network than go to a
financial adviser – especially so after the financial crisis they have lived
through. “The younger generation has a deeper distrust of expertise,” he
says. Go figure.
Jensen Comment
The above paper has some especially interesting quotations from finance
professors at leading universities.
Question
What did
Galileo Galilei claim was the language of the universe?
Hint
Pacioli wrote a book on this language and claimed it was the language of
accounting ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Luca_Pacioli
Fra Luca Bartolomeo de Pacioli (sometimes
Paccioli or Paciolo; 1445–1517) was an
Italian
mathematician,
Franciscan
friar, collaborator with
Leonardo da Vinci, and seminal contributor to the
field now known as
accounting.
Answer from Khan Academy
https://www.khanacademy.org/math/algebra/introduction-to-algebra/overview_hist_alg/v/the-beauty-of-algebra?utm_source=Sailthru&utm_medium=email&utm_term=Stuff
You Might Like Test Cohort&utm_campaign=Highlighted Content
110914&utm_content=Final
Download State Sales Tax Rates ---
http://www.taxrates.com/download-tax-tables/?CampaignID=70140000000VMrA&_kk=sales
tax&utm_medium=display&_bt=51227303064&_bm=&gclid=CKHYw7CVisICFfLm7AodoHIACg
"Critics: Cuomo's 'Tax-Free' Plan for NY Is Not So Tax-Free," by Cheryl
K. Chumley, Newsmax, February 4, 2014 ---
http://www.newsmax.com/Newsfront/Cuomo-New-York-tax-free/2014/02/04/id/550910/
Jensen Comment
In part the complicated rules are intended to prevent devious taxpayers from
using this "tax-free" plan as a tax haven, especially NYC residents who might
try to escape Mayor de Blasio's moves the opposite direction for milking high
income residents in NYC. For them, Cuomo's "Tax-Free" Plan could become very
complicated if they try to shelter income from Bill de Blasio.
In any case the State of New York still has the least friendly business climate
aside from New Jersey. However, governors in virtually all the 50 states have
ways of selectively exempting businesses from state taxes in order to either
attract new businesses or to keep businesses that threaten to leave from moving
to states with more favorable "tax climates."
From the
Tax Foundation
"2015 Business Tax Climate: Chilliest in Blue States," by Paul Caron,
TaxProf Blog, October 29, 2014 ---
http://taxprof.typepad.com/taxprof_blog/2014/10/2015-business-tax-climate.html
The
Tax Foundation
yesterday released the
2015 State Business Tax Climate Index, which ranks
the fifty states according to five indices: corporate tax, individual income
tax, sales tax, unemployment insurance tax, and property tax. Here are the
ten states with the best and worst business tax climates:
1 |
Wyoming
|
41 |
Iowa
|
2 |
South Dakota |
42 |
Connecticut |
3 |
Nevada |
43 |
Wisconsin |
4 |
Alaska |
44 |
Ohio |
5 |
Florida |
45 |
Rhode Island |
6 |
Montana |
46 |
Vermont |
7 |
New Hampshire |
47 |
Minnesota |
8 |
Indiana |
48 |
California |
9 |
Utah |
49 |
New York |
10 |
Texas |
50 |
New Jersey |
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
There are two kinds of tax "climates" in terms of individuals versus businesses.
These two climates are highly correlated but there are some instances where a
state having a high taxation business climate will give tremendous subsidies
and/or tax deferrals to attract businesses and then clobber the individuals who
move into the state. New York, for example, has tremendous deals exempting
business income and sales taxes for new businesses locating near universities.
But the deals do not extend to workers in those businesses.
Washington State did not make
the Top 10 in terms of business climate taxation whereas Washington State has no
income tax on individuals.
Taxachusetts taxes
individuals in every which way and yet comes in at the middle at Rank 24 in
terms of business taxes. This may be the reason some wealthy people who work at
places like Harvard University commute from New Hampshire. They have to pay a
Massachusetts tax on their in-state salaries but they can shield their portfolio
capital gains taxes and royalty incomes by living in New Hampshire. Harvard's
accounting professor Bob Anthony shielded his huge book revenues from state
taxation by commuting in this way for years.
We keep hearing horror
stories about Illinois business taxes relative to surrounding states of Indiana
and Wisconsin. And yet Illinois did not make the Bottom 10 in the table above.
Illinois is instead ranked near the middle at Rank 31. Go figure!
"Audit reveals half of people enrolled in
Illinois Medicaid program not eligible," by Craig Cheatham, KMOV
Television, November 4, 2013 ---
http://www.kmov.com/news/just-posted/Audit-reveals-half-of-people-enrolled-in-IL-Medicaid-program-not-eligible-230586321.html?utm_content=buffer824ba&utm_source=buffer&utm_medium=twitter&utm_campaign=Buffer
"Medicaid Spending Has
Exploded, And It Will Keep Rising Faster Than Expected
"Medicaid Spending Has
Exploded, And It Will Keep Rising Faster Than Expected," by John R. Graham,
Daily Caller, November 12. 2014 ---
http://dailycaller.com/2014/11/12/medicaid-spending-has-exploded-and-it-will-keep-rising-faster-than-expected/
According to the Centers for Medicare &
Medicaid Services (CMS), spending on Medicaid, the jointly funded
state-federal welfare program that provides health benefits to low-income
people,
increased 6.7 percent in 2013 to $449.5 billion.
And it will keep growing at a fast rate.
In 2014, total Medicaid spending is
projected to grow 12.8 percent because Obamacare has added about 8 million
dependents. A large minority of states have chosen to increase residents’
eligibility for Medicaid by expanding coverage to adults making up to 138
percent of the federal poverty level.
Unfortunately, more states are likely to
expand this welfare program. This is expected to result in a massive
increase in the number of Medicaid dependents: From 73 million in 2013 to 93
million in 2024. Medicaid spending is expected to grow by 6.7 percent in
2015, and 8.6 percent in 2016. For 2016 to 2023, spending growth is
projected to be 6.8 percent per year on average.
This comprises a massive increase in
welfare dependency and burden on taxpayers. Further, official estimates
often low-ball actual experience. This is because it is hard to grapple with
how clever states are at leveraging federal dollars.
The Office of the Inspector General of
the U.S. Department of Health & Human Services has just released
a report that
summarizes a decade of research on how states game the system to increase
spending beyond that which the federal government anticipated.
The incentive lies in Medicaid’s
perverse financing merry-go-round. In a rich state
like California, for example, the federal government (pre-Obamacare) spent
50 cents on the dollar for adult dependents. So, if California spent 50
cents, it automatically drew 50 cents from the U.S. Treasury. And most
states had a bigger multiplier. Which state politician can resist a deal
like that?
Continued in article
"Social Security Administration announces 2015 wage base," by Sally P.
Schreiber, Journal of Accountancy, October 23, 2014 ---
http://www.journalofaccountancy.com/News/201411177.htm
On Wednesday, the Social Security Administration (SSA)
announced that the wage base above which taxes for
old age, survivors, and disability insurance (OASDI) are not due will
increase from $117,000 to $118,500 in 2015. The new rate means employees
will pay a maximum of $7,347 of OASDI in 2015, with employers paying an
equal amount. According to the SSA, 10 million of the estimated 168 million
workers who will pay OASDI tax in 2015 will exceed the higher wage base.
The SSA reminded taxpayers that the Medicare
hospital insurance (HI) portion of the tax, which is also paid by employers
and employees, has no wage limit.
It applies to all wages at a rate of 1.45%—unchanged from 2014. The
additional Medicare tax of 0.9% also applies to wages in excess of $200,000
for single taxpayers and $250,000 for married taxpayers filing jointly, but
there is no employer portion for this tax, although employers must withhold
the employee portion.
The SSA also announced a 1.7% cost-of-living
increase for Social Security benefits that will take effect in 2015.
"Stanford (Graduate School of Business) Bets Big on Virtual (online)
Education," by Natalie Kitroeff and Akane Otani, Bloomberg Businessweek,
November 6, 2014 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2014-11-05/stanford-gsb-offers-executive-certificate-program-completely-online
Stanford’s
Graduate School of Business took its relationship
with online education to the next level on Wednesday, when it announced that
a new program for company executives will be delivered entirely by way of
the Internet.
“I don’t know of anything else like this,” says
Audrey Witters, managing director of online executive education at Stanford
GSB. “We’ve put together something for a very targeted audience, people who
are trying to be corporate innovators, with courses where they all work
together. That’s a lot different from taking a MOOC [massive open online
course].”
Stanford said it will admit up to 100 people to the
LEAD Certificate program, which will begin in May
2015 and deliver the “intimate and academically rigorous on-campus Stanford
experience” to students from the comfort of their computer screens. In an
effort to make students “really feel connected to each other, to Stanford,
and to the faculty,” the eight-course program will encourage students to
interact through message boards, online chats, Google Hangouts, and phone
calls over the course of its yearlong duration, Witters says.
“We really want to create the high-engagement,
community aspect that everyone who comes to Stanford’s campus feels,” she
says.
The classes will be offered on a platform supplied
by Novoed, a virtual education company started by former Stanford professor
Amin Saberi and Stanford Ph.D. student Farnaz Ronaghi. The B-school has
invested a significant chunk of its resources in launching the program:
About 10 to 15 faculty members are slated to teach the courses. In addition
to building a studio where it will film course videos, the school has hired
a growing pool of educational technology experts and motion graphic
designers to work on the courses, according to Witters.
“This is by far the most serious and most
significant initiative by GSB in the online realm,” Saberi says.
People go to business school for more than just
lectures, Saberi says, and online programs should be as good at teaching the
numbers of business as the art of it. “What we are planning to do is to
create a very similar environment online where they can acquire softer
skills and build a network of peers.”
The program’s $16,000 price tag dwarfs the online
offerings of Stanford’s competitors, including
Harvard Business School’s $1,500
nine-week online program and the
Wharton School’s entirely free
first-year MBA classes, which it put on the virtual platform Coursera
last fall.
The program may seem less pricey, though, to the
company executives it’s intended for. Business schools have traditionally
sold certificates to working professionals for tens, if not hundreds, of
thousands of dollars. Stanford’s own six-week, on-campus
program costs executives $62,500.
To Novoed, which also provides technology to
Wharton, the
Haas School of Business, and the
Darden School of Business, the Internet is an
obvious place for business schools to expand their lucrative executive
education programs.
Saberi says companies are interested in elite
training programs that don’t require employees to leave their desks. “We
expect that programs like this are going to grow.”
100 MOOCs in November 2014 ---
http://www.openculture.com/free_certificate_courses
Accountants might note the following:
Forensic Accounting and Fraud Examination (VC$) – West Virginia
University on Coursera – November 3 (5 weeks)
Introduction to financial and management accounting (NI) – Politecnico
di Milano on Polimi OPEN KNOWLEDGE – November 10 (3 weeks)
An Introduction to Financial Accounting (VC/SA) – Penn on Coursera –
September 5 (10 weeks)
An Introduction to Financial Accounting (SA) – Penn on Coursera –
September 16 (10 weeks)
Intro to Accounting (NI) – BYU Hawaii on Canvas – January 13
Introduction to Business in Asia (SA) – Griffith University on
Open2study – January 13 (4 weeks)
Accounting Cycle: The Foundation of Business Measurement and Reporting (NI)
– Utah State on Canvas – August 5 (4 weeks)
Bob Jensen's threads on MOOCs and free learning resources from prestigious
universities ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/updateee.htm#OKI
"Disruption Ahead: What MOOCs Will Mean for MBA Programs,"
Knowledge@wharton Blog, July 16, 2014 ---
http://knowledge.wharton.upenn.edu/article/moocs-mba-programs-opportunities-threats/
In a new research paper, Christian Terwiesch,
professor of operations and information management at Wharton, and Karl
Ulrich, vice dean of innovation at the school, examine the impact that
massive open online courses (MOOCs) will have on business schools and MBA
programs. In their study — titled, “Will Video Kill the Classroom Star? The
Threat and Opportunity of MOOCs for Full-time MBA Programs” — they identify
three possible scenarios that business schools face not just as a result of
MOOCs, but also because of the technology embedded in them. In an interview
with Knowledge@Wharton, Terwiesch and Ulrich discuss their findings.
An edited transcript of the interview appears
below.
Knowledge@Wharton: Christian, perhaps you could
start us off by describing the main findings or takeaways from your
research?
Terwiesch: Let me preface what we’re going to
discuss about business schools by saying that Karl and I have been in the
business school world for many, many years. We love this institution, and we
really want to make sure that we find a sustainable path forward for
business schools.
Continued in article
From FAF: USA GAAP Education Helper Site
November 19, 2014 message from Terry Warfield
This week the FAF launched
a new web page
focused on the benefits of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles—GAAP—to
public companies, private companies, not-for-profit organizations, and state
and local governments in the U.S. The web page is available at
www.accountingfoundation.org/gaap.
This educational portal is part
of a broader FAF initiative to highlight the benefits of preparing financial
reports according to GAAP.
While many regard GAAP as the
“gold standard” of financial reporting for public companies and state
governments, there are many private companies, not-for-profits, local
governments, and others that may not be familiar with the benefits of using
GAAP.
This initiative explores those
benefits and also seeks to educate and inform all stakeholders—including
preparers, investors, lenders, auditors, taxpayers, and other users—on how
GAAP is essential to the efficient functioning of our capital markets and
the strengthening of our economy and governments.
We encourage you to visit the new
page; take a look around; and experience the new educational material,
thought leadership, and videos on the importance of GAAP for
public companies,
private companies,
not-for-profit organizations,
and
state and local governments.
We also have a section dedicated to how the FASB and
the GASB are
simplifying and improving GAAP.
You are encouraged to share the
FAF’s new GAAP web page with others and the FAF welcomes your feedback and
input.
Jensen Comment
Also note
Relaunched FASB Technical Agenda Web Page Brings Online Visitors Up-To-Speed
At a Glance
http://www.fasb.org/technicalagenda
Bob Jensen's
threads on accounting standard setting controversies ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting
Bob Jensen's
threads on accounting theory ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm
November 19, 2014 message from Dennis Huber
Huber, W.D., & DiGabriele, J.A. (2014). Research in
forensic accounting – what matters? Journal of Theoretical Accounting
Research, 10(1), 40-70.
The purpose of this paper is to build on and expand
Stone and Miller's (2013) (henceforth, Stone and Miller) propositions
concerning "what matters" in forensic accounting research. Forensic
accounting research that matters is a function of the purpose(s) of forensic
accounting research. Stone and Miller's work serves as a prelude for more
mature forensic accounting research, a starting point for a debate about
what constitutes forensic accounting research that matters. We critique
their work and extend the debate by further developing their propositions.
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/cf_dev/AbsByAuth.cfm?per_id=371197
"Dissenting From an SEC Windfall For
Lawyers: A $600 million ‘fair fund’ is likely to benefit only
class-action attorneys and the fund’s administrators," by
SEC Commissioners Daniel M. Gallagher And Michael S. Piwowar, The Wall
Street Journal, November 10, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/daniel-m-gallagher-and-michael-s-piwowar-dissenting-from-an-sec-windfall-for-lawyers-1415665948?tesla=y&mod=djemMER_h&mg=reno64-wsj
Earlier this month reports circulated that the
Securities and Exchange Commission may set up a $600 million “fair fund” to
distribute money collected from defendants to purportedly harmed investors
in the insider-trading case SEC v. CR Intrinsic Investors.
In 2012 the SEC charged the Connecticut-based
hedge-fund advisory firm CR Intrinsic Investors and former portfolio manager
Matthew Martoma in connection with a $276 million insider-trading scheme
involving the development of an Alzheimer’s drug by two pharmaceutical
companies. The SEC’s complaint alleged that Martoma illegally obtained
confidential details about negative results of a clinical trial and that,
based on this information, several hedge funds sold more than $960 million
in securities, avoiding hundreds of millions of dollars in losses.
In June the federal district court in the Southern
District of New York approved a settlement between the SEC and CR Intrinsic.
The court then ordered interested parties—including allegedly harmed
investors—to make submissions to the SEC as to whether a fair fund should be
established to distribute the money collected in the settlement. The court
also directed the SEC to make a recommendation on setting up a fair fund.
We strongly object to the SEC’s reported
recommendation to set up a fair fund, for a number of reasons. Fair funds
can play an important role in returning money to defrauded investors, but in
this case it will be incredibly difficult and expensive to identify and
compensate the victims. In fact, it may not be possible to know who was
harmed.
The only guaranteed winners will be administrators
who distribute the fair fund and class-action lawyers who will take a
significant cut of any funds paid to their clients. Indeed, plaintiffs
lawyers mounted an unprecedented lobbying campaign after the court directed
the SEC to make a recommendation about whether to establish a fair fund.
Before the vote, our offices received dozens of letters from purported
victims urging the commission to petition for a fair fund.
The strikingly similar tone and content of the
letters that came cascading into our offices made it clear that they had
been sent at the behest of class-action lawyers in a parallel civil action.
It was all part of a coordinated campaign by the plaintiffs bar to gain
access to the pot of gold at the end of the government investigations
rainbow. These lawyers played no part in the commission’s successful
enforcement action, yet they may now receive tens of millions of dollars as
a result of the majority’s vote.
We refuse to be a part of any commission decision
that will create a cottage industry for class-action lawyers, piggybacking
on government investigations and targeting the disgorgement—and, even worse,
government-ordered penalties—collected from defendants in SEC enforcement
actions.
This decision sets a dangerous precedent.
Class-action lawyers now have an incentive to round up potential victims in
SEC insider trading cases and arrange a substantial contingency fee, then
lead a fair-fund campaign under the guise of a grass-roots movement by
harmed investors. Class-action lawyers could reap a third of the fair fund
payouts thanks to the efforts of hard-working SEC staffers and the taxpayers
who pay them.
The most galling aspect of the majority’s decision
to seek a fair fund is that it will, in the long run, harm the investors the
SEC is supposed to protect. Rather than receiving the maximum possible
compensation for their losses under a fair fund, harmed investors are now at
greater risk of suffering the additional loss of a significant amount of
their potential recovery at the hands of opportunistic trial attorneys. The
creation of a fair fund in this case is simply a misguided, massive wealth
transfer to plaintiffs lawyers.
Beyond the corrupting influence this fair fund will
have on internal SEC processes and the risk of further harm to victims, the
majority’s action ignores questions of whether identifying harmed investors
and calculating the amount of damages is practical, or even possible. The
minuscule chance that some harmed investors might be identified cannot
justify the resources that would be expended on a fruitless search.
The majority’s decision is all the more worrisome
because it signals that the SEC may seek a fair fund in every insider
trading case hereafter. Such a road would lead to pure folly—or in the case
of class-action plaintiffs lawyers, to the bank.
Messrs. Gallagher and Piwowar are
commissioners at the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
"Defining roles in prevention of financial reporting fraud," by Ken
Tysiac, Journal of Accountancy, November 17, 2014 ---
http://www.journalofaccountancy.com/News/201411371.htm
There is no way to guarantee that an organization
will not experience financial reporting fraud.
But research shows that fraud-resistant
organizations share three traits:
- A tone at the top that encourages an ethical
culture.
- The presence of skepticism.
- Engagement of all participants in the
financial reporting supply chain.
That’s according to
The Fraud-Resistant Organization, a report
released Monday by the
Anti-Fraud
Collaboration, whose members include the Center
for Audit Quality (CAQ), Financial Executives International, The Institute
of Internal Auditors, and the National Association of Corporate Directors.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
One of the problems is that the first trait may make the organization complacent
about the other two traits. Exhibit A is Brigham Young University that certainly
gets an A+ on the "encouraging an ethical culture" trait. But this made BYU
complacent about skepticism and engaging employees in internal controls. Who
would have guessed that a financial officer at BYU would pilfer hundreds of
thousands of dollars (2002)?
http://www.deseretnews.com/article/948838/Ex-BYU-official-is-charged-with-stealing-fees.html?pg=all
PROVO — Prosecutors say that a former BYU finance
officer and his wife used a defunct corporation as a shell to steal hundreds
of thousands of dollars in collection fees from the university over several
years.
In a preliminary hearing Friday in 4th District
Court, deputy Utah County Attorney David Wayment charged that John Davis and
his wife, Carol, used an expired corporate name as a front to skim thousands
in inflated student fees that were supposed to go to collection agencies.
By the end of the four-hour hearing, Judge James
Taylor found probable cause to bind John Davis over on seven counts of theft
and one count of racketeering, all second-degree felonies. Taylor, however,
found the state lacked enough evidence to prove that Carol Davis knew that
potential criminal activity was going on, despite having her name on several
bank accounts related to the crime.
Taylor ordered that four counts of theft and one
count of racketeering be dropped against Carol Davis.
During the hearing, finance officials with Brigham
Young University testified finding strange financial activity involving John
Davis, who worked as BYU's supervisor of collections.
Mark Madsen, assistant treasurer over student
financial services at BYU, testified of finding several checks requested by
John Davis made payable to a company called RCM (Regional Credit
Management). Madsen assumed that the company was a collection agency
contracted with BYU to collect on outstanding debts from students who had
failed to pay their tuition, library fees or parking tickets.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Using 1.700 Stolen IDs
"Virginia woman admits $7.2 million child-credit tax scam," by Kenrick
Ward, Fox News, November 25, 2014 ---
http://www.foxnews.com/politics/2014/11/25/virginia-woman-admits-72-million-child-credit-tax-scam/?intcmp=latestnews
More than a year after Watchdog reported the IRS
sent thousands refunds to the tiny town of Parksley, Va., a woman has
pleaded guilty to conspiracy and mail fraud.
Linda Avila admitted to obtaining more than $7.2
million in refunds by exploiting the federal government’s child tax credit
program.
Avila filed more than 1,700 tax returns with stolen
identifications used by illegal immigrants, mainly from Mexico.
The Virginian-Pilot reported that Avila, 50,
operated a landscaping and cleaning business in Parksley.
Investigators found copies of refund checks in
amounts from $4,000 to more than $7,000. The tax returns frequently cited
foreign dependents, which increased the refund amounts.
Click for more from Watchdog.org ---
http://watchdog.org/184589/child-credit-tax-scam/
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
"What Georgia Tech’s Online Degree in Computer Science Means for Low-Cost
Programs," by Steve Kolowich, Chronicle of Higher Education, November
6, 2014 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/What-Georgia-Tech-s-Online/149857/?cid=wc
Among all recent inventions that have to do with
MOOCs, the Georgia Institute of Technology’s online master’s program in
computer science may have the best chance of changing how much students pay
for a traditional degree.
The
program, which started last winter, pairs MOOC-like
course videos and assessments with a support system of course assistants who
work directly with students. The goal is to create a low-cost master’s
degree that is nonetheless "just as rigorous" as the on-campus
equivalent—producing graduates who are "just as good," to quote one of the
new program’s cheerleaders, President Obama. The price: less than $7,000 for
the three-year program, a small fraction of the cost of the traditional
program.
It’s too early yet for a graduating class. But
researchers at Georgia Tech and Harvard University have studied the students
who have enrolled in the program, in an effort to figure out "where the
demand is coming from and what it’s substituting for educationally," says
Joshua S. Goodman, an assistant professor of public policy at Harvard.
By understanding what kinds of students are drawn
to the new program, Mr. Goodman and his fellow researchers think they can
begin to understand what competitors it might threaten.
Here is what they found out about those students:
How They Are Different
The enrollees are numerous. The
online program this year got as many applications as Georgia Tech’s
traditional program did during two recent semesters. But while the
traditional program accepted only about 15 percent of its applicants, the
online program accepted 50 percent, enrolling about 1,800 in its first year.
That might not qualify as large in light of the 50,000-students-per-course
figures often quoted in reference to MOOCs, but it does make the online
program three times as large as the largest traditional master’s programs in
computer science, according to the researchers.
They’re older (and they already have jobs).
The people enrolling in the online program are 35 years old, on average, and
are far more likely to report that they are working rather than studying
full time. (The average age of the students in Georgia Tech’s traditional
program is 24, with only half indicating that they are employed.) That
should not surprise anyone who has even a passing familiarity with online
education. Online programs have pitched themselves to adults who are
tethered to work and family, and who want to earn degrees without
rearranging their lives around a course schedule.
They’re from the United States.
Online education is supposed to make geographic borders matter less. But
this online master’s program has drawn 80 percent of its students from
within the country. By contrast, in the traditional program, 75 percent of
the students are foreign, mostly from India and China.
Most of them did not study computer science
in college. In the traditional graduate program, 62 percent of
students have completed an undergraduate major in computer science. That is
true of only 40 percent of the online students. The percentage of
undergraduate engineering majors, 27 percent, remained constant.
How They Are Similar
They’re good at school. Unlike San
Jose State University’s MOOC-related pilot program, which
tried and failed to help underperforming students,
Georgia Tech’s online program appeals to students with a proven academic
track record, specifically those who earned bachelor’s degrees with a
grade-point average of 3.0 or higher. (The university told The Chronicle
last year that its first group of applicants averaged a 3.58 GPA—about the
same as the students in the traditional program.) They seem to be doing well
so far: Courses held last spring and summer saw pass rates of about 88
percent, according to the university.
They’re mostly men. The online
program had a lower rate of female applicants than the traditional program
did, but there were precious few in either pool: 14 percent and 25 percent,
respectively. Among American applicants, the rates were similar: 13 percent
and 16 percent.
Over all, the first enrollees in Georgia Tech’s
MOOC-like master’s program fit the profile of students who are applying to
online graduate programs at institutions across the country.
Continued in article
"The 25 Best Universities In The World For Computer Science," by Melia
Robinson, Business Insider, October 30, 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/best-universities-for-computer-science-2014-10
Ranking Criteria ---
http://www.topuniversities.com/university-rankings-articles/world-university-rankings/qs-world-university-rankings-methodology
Pushdown Accounting ---
http://www.readyratios.com/reference/accounting/push_down_accounting.html
From EY on November 19, 2014
https://americas.ey-vx.com/email_handler.aspx?sid=6fed1484-c411-4260-bf88-75f85e5aca62&redirect=http%3a%2f%2fwww.ey.com%2fPublication%2fvwLUAssetsAL%2fTothePoint_BB2882_Pushdown_19November2014%2f%24FILE%2fTothePoint_BB2882_Pushdown_19November2014.pdf
The FASB issued
final guidance that allows all acquired entities to choose to apply pushdown
accounting (i.e., reflect the acquirer’s basis of accounting for the
acquired entity’s assets and liabilities) when an acquirer obtains control
of them. The SEC staff responded by rescinding its guidance on pushdown
accounting, meaning SEC registrants and non-registrants will now follow the
new US GAAP guidance.
For further information on related topics, see our
AccountingLink site.
How to Mislead With Charts
"How to Lie with Charts," Harvard Business Review, December 2014
---
https://hbr.org/2014/12/vision-statement-how-to-lie-with-charts
The above link is only a teaser. You have to pay to see the rest of the article.
"BP Misleads You With Charts," by Andrew Price, Good Blog, May
27, 2010 ---
Click Here
http://www.good.is/post/bp-misleads-you-with-charts/?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=feed&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+good%2Flbvp+%28GOOD+Main+RSS+Feed%29
"Correlation or Causation? Need to prove something you already believe?
Statistics are easy: All you need are two graphs and a leading question," by
Vali Chandrasekaran, Business Week, December 1, 2011 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/magazine/correlation-or-causation-12012011-gfx.html
How to Mislead With Statistics
"Reminder: The FBI’s ‘Police Homicide’ Count Is Wrong," by Reuben
Fischer-Baum, Nate Silver's 5:38 Blog, November 12, 2014 ---
http://fivethirtyeight.com/datalab/reminder-the-fbis-police-homicide-count-is-wrong/
How to Mislead With Statistics
"Some Stats Are Just Nonsense," by Cullen Roche, Pragmatic Capitalism
via Business Insider, November 15, 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/historical-statistical-and-nonsensical-2014-11
How to Mislead With Statistics
Common Accountics Science and Econometric Science Statistical Mistakes ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsScienceStatisticalMistakes.htm
Resistance if Futile: It's Just a Matter of When IFRS Replace USA
GAAP?

From the CPA Newsletter on November 11, 2014
SEC official: IFRS recommendation is coming soon
http://r.smartbrief.com/resp/gjizBYbWhBCKBgtACidKtxCicNpBrC?format=standard
James Schnurr, chief accountant of the Securities and Exchange Commission,
said
Thursday he could recommend soon whether the
agency should adopt International Financial Reporting Standards. "I would
hope that within the next few months there would be movement on this," he
said.
The Wall Street Journal (tiered subscription model)
(11/6)
Jensen Comment
IFRS takeover of USA GAAP is just a matter of time. Resistance is futile.
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting
From the CPA Newsletter on November 21, 2014
U.K. regulator advises companies against publishing audit-inspection grades
http://r.smartbrief.com/resp/gmwnBYbWhBCLkxqICidKtxCicNxMUo?format=standard
The U.K.
Financial Reporting Council (FRC) guidance contradicts recommendations made
by the U.K.'s competition authority that companies publish the results of
audit-quality reviews in their annual reports and accounts. The FRC stated
that doing so could lead to misunderstanding of the scope or significance of
the review, as well as its relevance to the quality of the financial
statements.
CGMA Magazine online (11/20)
Jensen Comment
This is somewhat analogous to requiring a university accompany each student's
transcript with that university's Department of Education Scorecard Review ---
http://www.whitehouse.gov/issues/education/higher-education/college-score-card
The overall Scorecard Review for the university may be misleading in terms of a
selected student's performance.
From the CPA Newsletter on November 11, 2014
Fiscal 2014 a record for SEC whistleblower tips ---
http://r.smartbrief.com/resp/gmmABYbWhBCLiLdvCidKtxCicNBmrb?format=standard
Tips from whistleblowers to the Securities and Exchange Commission exceeded
3,500 in fiscal 2014, the highest annual level since the program started
three years ago. Fiscal 2014 also set a record for money awarded to
tipsters.
Reuters
(11/18)
"Here's How the Government Is Wasting Your Tax Dollars," by Barton
Hinkle, Reason Magazine, November 5, 2014 ---
http://reason.com/archives/2014/11/05/heres-how-the-government-is-wasting-your
You think the federal government wastes money? You
don’t know the half of it. During the past year alone, Washington has
shelled out billions to give bureaucrats paid vacations in lieu of
discipline; to ship coal to Germany for no reason; to design better golf
clubs; and to give bunny rabbits massages — among many other things.
According to received wisdom, Americans ought to be
clear about three things: (1) You can’t balance the federal budget by
targeting waste, fraud and abuse. (2) The spending cuts imposed by
sequestration have been devastating. (3) We might have an Ebola vaccine by
now if federal agencies had received adequate funding.
Each of these propositions contains some truth. No
amount of pork-trimming can offset the huge outlays for entitlements, which
(along with interest on the debt) will soon consume every dollar Washington
collects. Sequestration’s cuts do indeed apply equally to crucial government
outlays, such as military flight training, as well as foolish ones. And
while there’s no guarantee more spending would have produced an Ebola
vaccine by now, there’s no guarantee it wouldn’t, either.
But arguments like those offer cold comfort when
you page through the latest issue of Sen. Tom Coburn’s Wastebook, which
relates just some of the myriad ways the federal government squanders your
hard-earned pay.
It begins by noting that many federal workers are
placed on paid administrative leave for offenses that, in the private
sector, would result in summary dismissal. Such as? Such as buying liquor
with government charge cards, watching porn at work or not doing their jobs.
At the Department of Homeland Security, 237 employees were put on paid leave
for more than 10 days this past year — more than 200 of them for misconduct.
Last year DHS Secretary Janet Napolitano said the
sequester would put “our nation at risk” by “significantly negatively
affecting . . . operations.” (That’s bureaucrat-speak for harming them.) Yet
this year, DHS was able to find enough change in the seat cushions to pay
for night-vision goggles, a robot and chemical suits for Ithaca, N.Y. —
which already boasts the distinction of being named one of America’s safest
small towns by Farmers Insurance.
The House Armed Services Committee has warned that
sequestration “put our military and national security at risk.” But Congress
can be only so alarmed — given that it continues forcing the Air Force to
heat military bases in Germany with anthracite coal mined in Pennsylvania.
The Defense Department has pleaded to no avail “to end this earmark because
it wasted hundreds of millions of dollars annually,” the Wastebook reports.
The litany of lunacy runs on and on, and includes
expenditures such as. . .
- $5 million from the FAA to renovate a city
golf course in Sioux Falls, S.D.;
- $371,000 for fMRI scans to test whether
mothers love dogs as much as kids;
- $41 billion on a missile defense system with a
70 percent failure rate;
- $95,000 for a museum celebrating the Drug
Enforcement Agency;
- $1.25 million for a Grammy Museum in
Cleveland, Miss.;
- $77 million so the Postal Service can ship
pallets of soda and other supplies to remote Alaskan villages;
- $16 million from the Department of
Transportation to keep a crumbling mall in Fresno, Calif., on life
support;
- $1 billion by the Pentagon to destroy $16
billion worth of ammunition it no longer wants;
- $3.5 million from HUD to build water-themed
playgrounds in New Jersey, Alabama and elsewhere;
- $2 million for a sheep research station the
Department of Agriculture wanted to shut down (Congress said no);
- $45,000 by NASA for experiments on the
International Space Station that “will examine a variety of coatings and
metals used in golf products”; and
- $50,000 from the USDA to help Alpaca farmers
market Alpaca manure, aka the “perfect poop.”
A special word ought to be said about the National
Science Foundation, which seems to have a fetish for funding ridiculous
research projects, to the tune of . . .
- $307,000 to study the micro-turbulence stirred
up by the swimming of brine shrimp, a.k.a. Sea Monkeys;
- $331,000 to discover that — surprise! —
“hungry people are cranky and aggressive”;
- $171,000 teaching monkeys to play video games
to prove that monkeys, like people, wrongly believe in winning and
losing streaks; and
- $856,000 to teach mountain lions to run on a
treadmill, to better analyze their caloric consumption rates.
Then there’s the National Center for Complementary
and Alternative Medicine, an arm of the National Institutes of Health. In
the past two years, it has spent $387,000 on a study testing the effects of
Swedish massage on the muscle recovery of rabbits that had recently been
exercised.
That should come in real handy in the fight against
Ebola.
Jensen Comment
These remind me of the famous Golden Fleece Awards issued by Wisconsin's Senator
Proxmire years ago ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Golden_Fleece_Award
From the American Library Association
Advocacy: Online Learning ---
http://www.ala.org/onlinelearning/issues/advocacy
Also see the following links from Bob Jensen
Growth Worldwide ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm#DistanceEducation
Alternatives Worldwide ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/CrossBorder.htm
Free online tutorials, videos, and courses from prestigious universities
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/updateee.htm#OKI
This posting is indirectly related to my threads on
"Edutainment, Learning Games, and Gamification"
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#Edutainment
Jensen Comment
I've been saying this for years for accountics science journals, but accountics
scientists do not seem to want to debate controversial issues by refusing to
publish commentaries and even replications ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TheoryTAR.htm
For years Accounting Horizons lost sight of its original mission and became
just another accountics science journal according to accounting historian Steve
Zeff. But then something happened that illustrates what can happen when AAA
journals appoint editors who are not paranoid accountics scientists. This
happened with the appointment of Dana Hermanson as editor of Accounting
Horizons. Among other things, Dana encouraged submissions of commentaries on
controversial issues.
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TheoryTAR.htm#AH
The highlight of the promoting "sets of articles on debatable issues" is
illustrated by invitations to publish four essays in the December 2012 issue of
AH:
"Introduction for Essays on the State of Accounting Scholarship," Gregory
B. Waymire, Accounting Horizons, December 2012, Vol. 26, No. 4, pp.
817-819 ---
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/acch-50236
The four essays in this bundle are summarized and extensively quoted at
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm#Essays
- "Framing the Issue of Research Quality in a
Context of Research Diversity," by Christopher S. Chapman ---
- "Accounting Craftspeople versus Accounting
Seers: Exploring the Relevance and Innovation Gaps in Academic Accounting
Research," by William E. McCarthy ---
- "Is Accounting Research Stagnant?" by Donald V.
Moser ---
- Cargo Cult Science "How Can Accounting
Researchers Become More Innovative? by Sudipta Basu
You can read excerpts of these four essays at
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm#Essays
I especially encourage a detailed reading of the "Cargo Cult Science" article by
Sudipta Basu that seems to be despised by most accountics scientists that have
communicated with me about this controversial article. Bravo Sudipta!
My point to Jim Martin is that Accounting Horizons seems to have
turned the corner on publishing of controversial articles and commentaries. I'm
still waiting for the day when TAR publishes a controversial article without
equations and/or statistical inference tables. Just one is all I ask for for
starters.
November 2, 2014 reply from Jim Martin
Bob,
I would like to see debates in the Journal of Accountancy since that is the
largest potential audience (more than half a million according to the JOA)
and perhaps followed by debates in the academic journals.
However, I think AAA panel discussions on certain
issues at the annual meeting would be a good place to start. The 1990 debate
by Kaplan, Shank, Boer and Horngren published in the Journal of Management
Accounting Research was the edited version of an AAA panel discussion.
An example topic for a panel discussion might be
something like, "Models for management accounting related decisions that
avoid the dysfunctional behavior of the traditional accounting model." I
believe someone on the theory of constraints side would be interested. Lean
accounting advocates might want to be represented. Perhaps the activity
based management, and the balanced scorecard advocates as well. The panel or
group of debaters needs to include people with backgrounds other than
accounting. The probability that accountants will ever solve the flaws
associated with accounting is pretty low since accountants have a built-in
bias to protect traditional accounting. Rather than reengineering the entire
information system they tweak the system with activity accounting, target
costing, value stream accounting, resource consumption accounting etc., but
the underlying accounting system stays the same. People with engineering,
production, operations research, and other backgrounds need to get involved.
Unfortunately, these groups don't talk to each other very often or read each
others publications. Goldratt's publications seems to be an exception.
Customer Loyalty Versus Free
Cash Flow
"Amazon’s Future: Looking Beyond the Balance Sheet,"
by Peter Fader and Daniel Raff," Knowledge@wharton, October 28, 2014 ---
http://knowledge.wharton.upenn.edu/article/kw-radio-faderraff-amazon/
Jensen Comment
There are many good things contributing to Amazon's extreme customer loyalty,
and I've experienced nearly all the good things. For me the biggest thing is the
ease of using the software such as tracking orders and obtaining a complete
history of orders going back years. For example, rather than look up a product I
sometimes go to my archived orders and look up when I last ordered the item.
Then with one click I order it once again.
I've not found an online company with easier return software that includes
free shipping cost for returning merchandise (even if you did not pay for
shipping in the first place).
I like the guarantee that you will be happy with used items (like books) that
you buy from other vendors like individuals who are simply putting some of their
library on sale through Amazon. I like being able to pay for such items at
Amazon so I don't have to give my credit card number to vendors who sell through
Amazon.
Lastly I like the enormous selection of size as well as style. For example,
in stores I'm lucky to find a pair of trousers I like in terms of style and
color, but I'm not likely to be lucky in also finding the correct size such as
the correct leg length. At Amazon I can find the preferred style, color, and
size with the easiest possible search software and one-click ordering.
For a guy who does not like to "waste" a whole lot of time and fuel on
shopping, give me Amazon whenever I need almost anything except for items where
there are local dealer advantages or at-home service contracts. For example, I
prefer to buy TV sets, freezers, computers, and most anything with a gasoline or
diesel engine from a vendor who will conveniently service the item at my home,
e.g., especially the Sears at-home service contracts. The Sears at-home service
contract on heavy items is fantastic --- things like snow throwers, washing
machines, kitchen appliances, sewing machines, etc. Amazon cannot compete with
Sears on such items.
By the way, Sears will now sell service contracts on some products that you
bought elsewhere --- like our walking machine. To date, Sears has put in two new
motors and three new belts on a walking machine that I did not buy from Sears.
The parts and labor cost me zero after paying $140 for a five-year service
contract. More importantly, there's no charge for a service call even when the
repair guy has to travel almost 200 miles round trip to get to our house in the
White Mountains.
I'm really, really worried that Sears is now having serious cash flow
problems. I don't worry two hoots about Amazon's cash flow problem, because
Amazon does not have a survival problem. I do worry about the survival of Sears.
"Evernote and Markdown: Two Tools that Work Great Together," by Amy
Cavender, Chronicle of Higher Education, November 10, 2014 ---
http://chronicle.com/blogs/profhacker/evernote-and-markdown-two-tools-that-work-great-together/58457?cid=wc&utm_source=wc&utm_medium=en
Sometimes, I come across ideas for posts quite by
accident.
Early this afternoon (November 6), for instance, I
was looking at the wiki that we use for scheduling our posts, trying to
figure out my posting schedule for the next few weeks. I was also wondering
whether I’d be able to post something for the week of November 10. We try to
have our posts in by midnight on Thursday of the week before the post runs,
and I was, quite frankly, drawing a blank on post ideas.
I’d pretty much concluded I’d have to put posting
anything off for a week, and I turned to other concerns. I’ve been
frustrated with my writing (or lack thereof) lately, and I’ve been thinking
I need to restart a daily writing practice — something along the lines of
using 750words.com,
but without relying on that service
Readers may recall that I recently wrote about
using Evernote in the classroom.
In that post, I noted that I use Evernote for storing
all kinds of information, not just for keeping track of my class notes.
Since everything in my Evernote account is searchable, it seemed a good
place to start keeping that daily writing.
The catch is that I’ve started doing most of my
writing in Markdown, for a number of reasons. (I won’t go into them here,
but if you’d like some good reasons and a quick introduction to
Markdown, check out
Lincoln’s post
from a few years back.)
So far as I’m aware, Evernote doesn’t handle Markdown natively. Still, I was
sure there had to be a way to get them working together, and that more than
likely some clever person had already figured something out. So off to
Google I went, and I found this:
Evernote for Sublime Text.
I’ve been using
Sublime Text
for most of my writing for some months now. A Sublime
Text package that integrates with my Evernote account is ideal. I can do my
writing in the application and markup language I’ve become most accustomed
to using, and can send daily work to my Evernote account with just a few
keystrokes, and without having to leave Sublime Text. The note shows up in
Evernote formatted in rich text, but I can easily open it (or any other note
in my account) again in Sublime Text to continue editing in Markdown. This
may turn out to be just the tool I was looking for.
It turned out to be a fine post idea, too.
Bob Jensen's threads on Evernote and other tricks and tools of the trade
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm
Historical Research on Accountants’ Salaries ---
http://accountingonion.com/2014/11/research-on-accountants-salaries.html
Hi Tom,
A complicating factor in this survey is overtime. One of the reasons I left
Ernst and Ernst to become an accounting professor was too much overtime at E&E
Denver. Actually I mean too much overtime in ski season.
When I started out with E&E tax accountants were tax experts who did not have
computer software making all the complicated legal decisions. After New Years
Day we started spending upwards of 60 hours per week in the back room trying to
figure out how clients should report their taxes.
On Saturday and Sunday mornings I would ride the elevator up the the 17th
floor of Denver's First National Bank Building recalling that when I was still a
student at Denver University. I would instead be riding three successive chair
lifts to the top of the mountain at Aspen.
My DU accounting professors seemingly only worked 12-16 hours per week. That
was when I decided that being an accounting professor was the way to go for a
ski bum.
Eventually, after I graduated from Stanford, and I moved to my first faculty
job at Michigan State University I never skied again. Instead I worked 60+ hours
a week trying to get tenure. And there was no overtime pay for research and
writing.
My point is that Notre Dame in this survey will probably have a difficult
time factoring overtime for me back in the E&E office. Overtime was a highly
variable thing with almost none in the summers and tons of it in the winters.
Now I suspect overtime is not such a big deal in the EY office in Denver in
2015. Staff accountants will pretty much feed the accounting data into highly
sophisticated tax computers and watch the return copies get printed. The hard
copy is not even mailed to the IRS. The IRS wants eFiling in 2015.
I wonder what percentage of EY staff accountants in Denver these days will be
wearing casts on their legs and arms during the 2015 ski season?
Sigh!
Respectfully,
Bob Jensen
November 17, 2014 message from Richard Campbell
See attached for my first "newsletter" - which
features active links to 18 videos on the time value of money. I also have
an interactive quiz on the 18 videos. Feel free to use it in your
intermediate accounting classes.
If any individual faculty member wants to be on my mailing list, email me at
campbell@virtualpublishing.net
I think you will see how klutzy both the Kieso and
Spiceland intermediate texts are in respect to their coverage of the time
value of money.
I will next move on to coverage of managerial accounting and illustrate how
trivial some of the problems are in the major textbooks.
Richard Campbell
www.VirtualPublishing.NET
Hi Richard,
Thank you for sharing the videos on computing bond prices and yields using
the PV and RATE Excel functions. These should be useful when introducing time
value of money ---
http://virtualpublishing.net/wordpress1/
However, in my AIS and Accounting Theory courses I thought it was important
for students to learn why bond prices and yields computed in this elementary
manner rarely equal, or in many cases even come close, to bond prices and
yields in the real-world such as those in The Wall Street Journal and
FINRA. For real world derivations Excel's specialized bond pricing and yield
formulas work better.
A huge complication is that you assume finding bonds
of "comparable risk." In the real world it's usually impossible to find bonds
having the same default risk, the same number of time periods to maturity, the
same coupon dates, etc. Sadly, virtually all accounting textbooks overlook this
enormous problem.
I made my students learn how to look up real-world bond prices and yields for
real companies in FINRA ---
http://www.finra.org/
A video that illustrates deriving FINRA's bond price and yield of a
McDonald's debenture can be found at ---
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XkZ_diws6Hg
Excel's specialized bond functions are as follows:
Bond Prices
Bond Yields
I made Camtasia videos showing when and how to use all the above Excel
functions using the FINRA database. Sadly, my videos no longer work due to a
tragic decision of Microsoft to drop an audio codec in Windows 7 and beyond ---
a codec that was used by Camtasia until then.
If I were still teaching I would divide my students into teams and have them
make their own Camtasia videos showing how to use the above Excel bond functions
and the FINRA database (or the Dow Jones database).
I had similar problems when teaching FAS 133 in Accounting Theory. It's one
thing to teach derivatives using hypothetical examples and quite another to
teach derivatives using real-world databases. In my Accounting Theory course
students I made students learn how to use the CBOT and CBOE databases. The
Websites for those trading exchanges have some wonderful tutorials that I
assigned to my students.
Beyond pricing bonds is the more complicated problem of valuing interest
rate swaps in bonds. I have a tutorial and video on how to do that at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133swapvalue.htm
"Are Business Majors Harder to Love?" by Akane Otani, Bloomberg
Businessweek, November 7, 2014 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2014-11-07/college-business-majors-dont-get-emotional-support-from-teachers
Jensen Comment
I always thought I was pretty easy to love, but my students most likely did not
think the same way.
This begs the question about loving accounting majors apart from the general
population of business majors. Accounting majors are probably even harder to
love since they go to work as auditors, IRS agents, and FBI probers --- only one
poet in a million.
How to Mislead With Statistics
"The 10 Best Jobs For 2015," by Jacquelyn Smith, Business Insider,
November 20, 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/best-jobs-for-2015-2014-11?op=1
. . .
Marketing Executive
Software Developer, Applications
Registered Nurse
Industrial Engineer
Network and Computer System Administrator
Web Developer
Medical and Health Services Manager
Physical Therapist
Speech-Language Pathologist
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
The above article is terrible in many respects.
- The biggest failing is that it does not define "best jobs." There are
many criteria for "best jobs." Best can be defined in terms of starting
compensation packages, demand versus supply, mobility (e.g., are the jobs
only available in larger urban centers or are they available in rural areas
across the USA), amount of overnight travel required, promotion
opportunities and career paths, nature of the compensation (fixed salary
versus bonuses versus sales commissions) etc.
- The article does list "growth potential" as an annual percentage growth
in compensation, but this is highly misleading. In some careers the
inflation-adjusted compensation is asymptotic. The growth in compensation
for a Registered Nurse or a Physical Therapist may be 5% per year for the
first few years, but the after adjusting for inflation the growth potential
is likely to be asymptotic as it approaches the high end in that career. A
CPA or computer program may work for a firm for five years and then go to
work for a client at double or triple compensation rates.
- The article mixes executive jobs like Marketing Executive, Network and
Computer System Administrator, and Medical and Health Services Manager with
non-executive jobs like Registered Nurse, Physical Therapist, and
Speech-Language Pathologist. There are usually entry jobs available for
Registered Nurse, Physical Therapist, and Speech-Language Pathologist, but
nobody graduates after four years expecting to get job offers as a Marketing
Executive or a "Manager" of anything.
- Some job categories are too vague in terms of a high degree of variance
in opportunity and compensation. For example, Web Developers are a dime a
dozen with extremely high variance in opportunity and compensation.
- In my opinion, the "best jobs" at the time of graduation are those with
high demand, on-the-job-training, and client/customer exposures that will
lead to huge opportunities down the road. The starting salary is very low in
importance if a job offers tremendous opportunity for training and career
advancement. For example, a new CPA in a large accounting firm usually
receives very extensive training and exposure to clients that will offer
tremendous job offers down the road. A Registered Nurse, Physical Therapist,
and Speech-Language Pathologist may end up doing pretty much the same thing
for 40+ years.
- For men or women with family responsibilities some jobs can be performed
heavily without leaving the home or children. For example, many CPA firms
now let workers work from home computers a very large share of the work
week. This is usually not the case for a all of the above supposed "best
jobs" other than possibly a "Web Developer."
- I'm confused why "Industrial Engineer" beats out other types of
engineers in the above ranking. Most rankings that I have seen before list
the Chemical Engineers and Electrical Engineers well above Industrial
Engineers. Civil Engineers don't fare as well.
I could go on and on lambasting the above article. but perhaps you get the
idea by now.
How to Mislead With Statistics: Ignore the Variance and Ignore the
Outliers (in this case graduates without law jobs)
"Why Huge Salaries Don't Necessarily Make Law Grads Rich," bv Akane Otani,
Bloomberg Businessweek, October 22, 2014 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2014-10-22/law-school-grads-make-good-salaries-but-have-high-debt-and-few-jobs
Graduates of Harvard Law School,
among all the graduate schools in the U.S., make the most money,
earning a median salary of $201,000 once they are 10 years out of
school, according to a new report. Law schools rank higher than
other graduate programs when it comes to salaries, yet skyrocketing debt and
a
thinning job market for law graduates may
dampen the appeal of a J.D.
Harvard Law School, Emory University School
of Law, and Santa Clara University School of Law topped salary
rankings for graduate and professional
programs in a study released Wednesday by compensation-tracking
company PayScale. Of the top 20 schools, 12 were law schools. The
rest were business schools.
Despite a few law schools dominating the
rankings, law school graduates did not hold claim to the most
lucrative degree on the market. The median midcareer salary for a
law school graduate was $139,300—a far smaller sum than the figures
boasted by the schools that topped PayScale’s rankings.
Considering that the median debt load for law school graduates
rose to
$140,616 in 2012, even a six-figure salary doesn’t sound as
glamorous.
What’s more, Payscale’s data didn’t factor
in law school grads who don’t have jobs—and jobs are scarcer for
lawyers now than they have been in years. The employment rate for
law school graduates has
dropped
six years in a row. “Since 1985,
there have only been two classes with an overall employment rate
below [84.5 percent], and both of those occurred in the aftermath of
the 1990-91 recession,” the National Association for Law
Placement said in a
report
this summer. Over the past decade,
at least 12 firms, accounting for more than 1,000 lawyers, have shut their
doors. Others are eyeing cuts
among partners.
One reason why a J.D. isn’t a
get-rich-quick guarantee is the wide range of salaries within the
field of law. A new graduate working as a public interest lawyer or
for local government will make an average of $60,000 or less a year,
according to the
NALP.
“If you want to be a public defender vs. a
corporate attorney, there is going to be a big difference in terms
of ability to pay off your loans,” says Lydia Frank, editorial and
marketing director for PayScale. “Because there’s such a wide
variety in earnings potential, you can’t assume that any job you’re
going to pursue with a J.D. is going to be equal.”
While the salary rankings may provide a
good benchmark for what’s possible with an elite law degree, great
job connections, and a lucrative specialty, the average would-be
lawyer should think carefully about the return on an investment in
legal education.
“If you’re going to take out ‘X’ amount in
student loans, you really want to have a good understanding of the
likelihood of being able to repay that loan in a timely fashion,”
Frank says. “I think it still behooves everybody to really examine
things other than salary potential, such as employment potential for
JDs.”
Jensen Comment
Traditionally, accounting graduates who go to work for large CPA firms
get great training and great client exposure. The bad news is that
probabilities of attaining partnerships after 6-10 years are very low.
The good news is that prospects of going to work for clients are high,
and new graduates never wanted the pressures, travel, and time
commitments of partnerships in CPA firms in the first place.
Among the least-wanted pressures are the pressures to obtain new
clients via lots of night and weekend community volunteer work, golf
outings that aren't all that much fun, and selling the firms' services
over and over and over year after year Some of the things that
discourage faculty from striving to be college presidents also
discourage staff accountants and lawyers from seeking partnerships.
My point is that winnings of the highest salaries as partners
in both law and accounting firms are not all they're cracked up to be in
terms of job stress, long hours, frequent travel, glad-handing, broken
marriages, neglected children, etc. Most of the very good lawyers and
accountants want no part of this partnership lifestyle even at much
higher compensation. Men and women partners who are also parents are
advised to have spouses who will take on the chores of child rearing and
keeping the home fires burning.
A bummer for finance and marketing graduates is performance-based
compensation. For example, landing that job on Wall Street sounds great
until you realize that your pay is really based upon sales commissions.
It's not a great life unless you really like to spend your days wooing
customers to buy what you're selling (like bonds and derivatives) year
after year after year.
"Where the Jobs Are," Inside Higher Ed, April 23, 2014 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/quicktakes/2014/04/23/where-jobs-are#sthash.NKe4NhNO.dpbs
A new analysis of available jobs finds that
the highest demand (among openings for college graduates) is for
white-collar professional occupations (33 percent) and science and
technology occupations (28 percent). The analysis -- by the
Georgetown University Center on Education and the Workforce -- is
consistent with that center's past research, in finding many more
opportunities for those with a bachelor's degree than for those
without a college degree.
The new study is based on online job
advertisements. The most in-demand
professional jobs are accountants/auditors
and medical/health service managers. In STEM, the most in-demand
jobs are for applications software developers and computer systems
analysts.
Jensen Comment
There's a bit of mixing of apples and oranges here. The study says it
looks at bachelor's degrees. But in in order to take the CPA exam
accountants and auditors mush have 150 credits which for most graduates
translates to a masters degree. Also many medical/health service
programs are graduates of masters of health care administration programs
such as the graduate health care administration program at Trinity
University.
In some cases like chemistry and biology the job prospects with a
bachelor's degree are mostly lousy McJobs. But those majors have an edge
for being admitted to graduate programs, especially medical schools,
where opportunities abound upon graduation.
For those rejected for graduate schools or who cannot afford graduate
schools, career opportunities are probably better in the skilled trades
such as those $150,000 - $200,000 welding jobs.
Bob Jensen's career helpers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#careers
Buying back stock, pretty much corporate America’s
favorite thing to do with its money over the past decade, has come in for a
lot of criticism this fall. In an epic September 2014 HBR article,
“Profits
Without Prosperity,” economist
William Lazonick blamed buybacks for much of what
ails the U.S. economy. His arguments have
begun to
catch on, in
the media at least.
Two years ago, though, HBR Press published a book
that cast buybacks in a much different light. In
The Outsiders: Eight Unconventional CEOs and Their Radically Rational
Blueprint for Success, Will Thorndike
described how share buybacks had helped drive several of the most remarkable
corporate successes of the past half century. The Outsiders has
been described by The Wall Street Journal
as the “playbook” for many of the activist investors currently pushing
companies to buy back more shares.
So I asked Thorndike,
a managing director at the private equity firm Housatonic Partners,
what gives: Are buybacks a travesty, or smart capital
allocation? What follows is an edited and condensed version of our
conversation. But first, I should probably define a few things that come up:
A
tender offer is when a company publicly offers to
buy a large number of shares, at a set price, over a limited time period.
P/E means
price-to-earnings ratio. And John Malone is a
cable-TV billionaire who figures prominently in Thorndike’s book.
I guess I’ll start where your book starts,
with Henry Singleton, who is really the father of the modern stock buyback.
What did he do?
The way to think about Henry Singleton is that he
demonstrated kind of unique range as a capital allocator. He built
Teledyne [in the
1960s] largely by using his very high P/E to acquire a wide range of
businesses. He bought 130 companies, all but two of them in stock deals.
Throughout that decade his stock traded at an average P/E north of 20, and
he was buying businesses at a typical P/E of 12. So it was a highly
accretive activity for his shareholders.
That was Phase One. Then he abruptly stops
acquiring when the P/E on his stock falls at the very end of the decade,
1969, and focuses on optimizing operations. He pokes his head up in the
early ‘70s and all of a sudden his stock is trading in the mid single digits
on a P/E basis, and he begins a series of significant stock repurchases.
Starting in ‘72, going to ’84, across eight significant tender offers, he
buys in 90% of his shares. So he’s sort of the unparalleled repurchase
champion.
When he started doing that in ‘72, and across that
entire period, buybacks were very unconventional. They were viewed by Wall
Street as a sign of weakness. Singleton sort of resolutely ignored the
conventional wisdom and the related noise from the media and the sell side.
He was an aggressive issuer when his stock was highly priced, and an
aggressive purchaser when it was priced at a discount to the market.
The other seven companies in the book,
buybacks were a big part of their success too, right?
Yes, that’s correct. Of the eight companies in the
book, all but Berkshire Hathaway — kind of a special case, Warren Buffett’s
company — bought in 30% or more of shares outstanding over the course of the
CEO’s tenure.
Is part of it the era? Most of these
stories you tell, the bear market of the ‘70s and early ‘80s is right in the
middle of them.
There’s definitely some meaningful overlap across
that group in terms of their tenures. But
John
Malone’s buyback activity is just extraordinary
over the last five to eight years. And Buffett has signaled for the first
time ever that he’s a buyer. He’s gone from a non-active buyback CEO to one
who has
changed his approach
and gotten very specific about it for the first time, which is interesting.
So in the 1970s, when Henry Singleton and
some of these others were getting into buybacks, it was seen as weird, a
sign of weakness. Now I think we’re going through the greatest buyback wave
ever. Is that good news for investors?Corporate America’s track
record buying in stock is just horrendous. It’s terrible. We are now again
approaching a peak of buyback activity, no matter how you measure it. The
prior peak occurred in the second half of 2007, the last market peak. The
trough in corporate buyback activity? Early ’09. So, kind of a perfect
contra-indicator for the stock market.
Not surprisingly, many studies have shown that
buybacks don’t produce great returns. But there are very different
approaches to buybacks, and they produce very different outcomes. The
typical way that corporate America implements a buyback is the board
announces an authorization, which is usually equal to a relatively small
percentage of market cap — low to mid single digits — and they then proceed
to implement that authorization by buying in a specific amount of stock
every quarter. Sort of a metronome-like pattern. And generally the amount of
stock they repurchase is designed to offset options grants.
The approach of the CEOs in the book was entirely
different. It was pioneered by Singleton, and it involved very sporadic,
sizable repurchases. I mentioned that Singleton bought in those 90% of
shares over eight tender offers. The largest was the last one, which he did
in 1984. He bought in 40% of shares outstanding. He tendered for 20-25% and
there was excess demand, so he bought in all the shares [that were offered
to him].
It’s very different mindset. You’re looking at a
stock repurchase as an investment decision with a return and you’re
comparing that return to other alternatives, and when it’s attractive you’re
aggressive in implementing it.
With Carl Icahn and Apple, Icahn’s argument is,
“Do a tender offer, because the stock is relatively cheap compared to where
I think it’s headed.”
That’s exactly right. It’s very interesting to see,
[because] tenders are rare these days. Even Malone, he’s used tenders
occasionally, but he’s generally doing open-market purchases. But you can
still implement that sporadic, large-purchase approach in the open market.
It’s just you don’t see it that often.
I think the world divides into people who are
serious about repurchases and those who are doing it for more cosmetic
reasons. You could look at a list of companies who’ve bought in some minimum
threshold of shares over the last 24 months, and that’s a group who’s going
to have a very different philosophy in this area than the broader market.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
I'm a cynic on this issue. I think all too many buybacks are motivated by
executives seeking more compensation based upon earnings-per-share increases.
These fall under what Professor Fox calls "cosmetic." I think all too often the
buybacks are motivated for cosmetic reasons that lead to higher executive
compensation.
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on
November 25, 2014
The death of a family farm
What do Wal-Mart, Mars and Cargill have in common? Apart from being three of
America’s most high-profile corporate success stories – they are all family
run businesses. As the very foundations of the American corporate landscape,
almost a third of all U.S businesses are family owned. But transfer of power
and influence within a company –big or small – from generation to generation
is also often fraught with jealousy, suspicion and divergent ideas about the
way things should run.
This piece by Kristina Johnson for Fast Company
presents the anatomy of the demise one such business –
a family run dairy farm. Factors akin to the aforementioned played out
between father and son – coupled with externalities such as drought and
unrelenting competition from bigger operations – all conspire to bring this
family business to a bitter end.
Jensen Comment
One of the major factors killing the family farm is the price of quality farm
land. Decades ago, when a farmer died the children, let's say four children,
could often come to an agreement that one of the siblings buy the farm with the
proceeds being divided among the other heirs. Often the buyer was the one
running the farm at the time the retired farmer (usually the father) died. One
of the heirs may well have been the spouse in addition to her children.
The problem in the 21st Century is that quality farms are so valuable that
one of the heirs cannot afford to buy out the other heirs. A section of land in
Iowa is one square mile. A section of good farm land in Iowa these days sells
for upwards of $5 million. They typical heir farming the land often has well
over $1 million invested in machinery plus owes the bank tens of thousands of
dollars for investments in crops, investments like seed, fertilizer, and
herbicide sprays. That heir is just unable to raise the money needed to pay out
the other heirs. And so the farm is sold off to wealthy investors, sometimes to
corporations from other nations like China. The heir who farms the land may even
continue to farm the land as a renter. But then it's no longer a "family farm."
Decades ago a section of land in Iowa was a huge farm. It was also possible
in some instances to divide the farm estate into quarter sections where each
heir then had a quarter-section (160 acre farm). It was possible in those days
to support a family on a quarter section. These days that is no longer realistic
because of the price of machinery. Machinery in the 21st Century is made for
efficient farming on very large farms. It just does not pay to invest in
machinery to farm only 160 acres or possibly even 240 acres of land. I inherited
a 160-acre farm that was rented to Farmer X. Farmer X owned 240 acres plus
rented two quarter sections of land. When the two rental farms were sold to
other investors he went out of business by selling his own land.
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on
November 25, 2014
Advisory work may cloud audit integrity, PCAOB member says
---
http://blogs.wsj.com/cfo/2014/11/24/advisory-work-may-cloud-audit-integrity-pcaob-chair-says/?mod=djemCFO_h
A
prominent member of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board has warned
that the rise of non-audit services offered by accounting firms could
threaten the quality and integrity of independent audits. Steven Harris,
chair of the watchdog’s investor advisory board, said that services such as
tax consulting tread the thin regulatory line established by the SEC that
dictates the kinds of consulting and advisory work audit firms can perform
for clients. “Investors are concerned that the firms may not maintain their
public watchdog, total independence and complete fidelity to the public
trust responsibilities,” he said
Monday. The rise of advisory services has essentially changed
the culture and tone at the top of audit firms. Revenue from non-audit
services at the “Big 4” audit firms rose $14 billion to $65 billion between
2009 and 2013. Revenues from audit services rose $3 billion during the same
period, Mr. Harris said.
U.S. Audit Regulator Scrutinizing PwC Over Caterpillar Tax Advice:
PCAOB Reviewing Whether Tax Advice Creates Conflict With Audit of Company,"
by Michael Rapoport, The Wall Street Journal, November 18, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/u-s-audit-regulator-scrutinizing-pwc-over-caterpillar-tax-advice-1416350375
The government’s audit regulator is
scrutinizing PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP over tax-saving strategies
it provided to audit client Caterpillar Inc., according to people
familiar with the matter.
The Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board is looking at whether the practice might create a conflict of
interest that could compromise PwC’s ability to perform a tough
audit of the manufacturer, the people said.
The regulator’s review dates back several
months and follows an April request from Sen. Carl Levin (D., Mich.)
for the PCAOB to look at the matter after he alleged earlier this
year that Caterpillar had deferred or avoided $2.4 billion in taxes
under strategies devised by PwC.
Neither PwC nor Caterpillar have been
charged with any wrongdoing. PwC and Caterpillar have said that
PwC’s advice and Caterpillar’s actions complied with all tax laws.
In April, Sen. Levin sent a letter to the
PCAOB requesting that it “conduct a formal review” of the services
that PwC provided to Caterpillar.
The letter, a copy of which has been
reviewed by The Wall Street Journal, also asks the PCAOB to review
whether its rules should be strengthened to prohibit an auditor from
auditing a company’s tax obligations when those obligations rely on
a tax strategy developed by the same firm.
Accounting firms are required to avoid
conflicts of interest that could raise questions about their
objectivity and impartiality in conducting an audit of a company.
If a firm provides tax strategies to a
company for which it also serves as independent auditor, it could
end up auditing its own work.
Colleen Brennan, a PCAOB spokeswoman, said
in the wake of Sen. Levin’s concerns, the board “is looking further
at the nature of tax services that auditors are performing for their
audit clients.” The PCAOB monitors audit firms’ compliance with
independence rules through its inspections, and those rules
“prohibit auditors from marketing aggressive tax positions to their
audit clients,” she said. She didn’t mention PwC or Caterpillar
specifically.
The review came to light Tuesday when Jay
Hanson, a PCAOB member, mentioned it at an accounting conference in
New York. He also didn’t mention PwC or Caterpillar but said members
of Congress had asked the PCAOB to review audit firms’ provision of
tax strategies to their clients and whether that could affect the
auditors’ independence.
News of the PCAOB’s review comes less than
two weeks after the release of documents regarding other PwC tax
strategies that reportedly helped hundreds of the world’s largest
companies avoid billions of dollars in taxes by channeling money
through the low-tax country of Luxembourg, according to the
International Consortium of Investigative Journalists.
The PCAOB review predates and is unrelated
to the Luxembourg matter, Mr. Hanson said. PwC has said the
Luxembourg documents were stolen and that its tax advice had
complied with applicable laws
Bob Jensen's threads on PwC ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm
Bob Jensen's threads on audit firm professionalism and
independence ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on
November 20, 2014
Inside Apple’s broken sapphire deal ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/inside-apples-broken-sapphire-factory-1416436043?mod=djemCFO_h
The
relationship between Apple Inc. and GT
Advanced Technologies Inc., the
sapphire-screen manufacturer that declared bankruptcy last month, was a
troubled one from the get-go. For one, GT hadn’t mass-produced sapphire
before the Apple deal last year. GT’s meltdown underscores the promise and
peril for Apple suppliers. An Apple deal can generate billions in revenue.
But it also means adapting to huge fluctuations in demand, at razor-thin
profit margins and with little room for error.
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on
November 19, 2014
Smaller companies slow to adopt new rules for internal controls
---
http://blogs.wsj.com/cfo/2014/11/19/smaller-companies-slow-to-adopt-new-rules-for-internal-controls/?mod=djemCFO_h
Smaller firms aren’t keeping up with their larger
brethren in adopting new internal controls as the
Dec. 15 deadline approaches, CFO Journal’s John Kester
reports. While businesses aren’t legally required to adopt the new
framework, known as COSO 2013, those that cling to the old edition that
hasn’t changed since 1992 could face questions from the SEC and investors.
Africa: Contract sanctity and enforcement are necessary
conditions of capitalism
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on
November 18, 2014
Businesses in African nations are
making strides in keeping better books and becoming more transparent to
investors, with more recently adopting International Financial Reporting
Standards,
CFO Journal’s Kimberly S. Johnson reports.
Sub-Saharan Africa has long lagged the developed world in governance
practices, but on several fronts that is improving, and that positions the
continent for growth.
Still, Africa is hardly a monolith, with
varying struggles from region to region. Ghana, Kenya and Rwanda have
enjoyed relative political stability, and that has had a halo effect on the
region. “Many people paint Africa with one brush, but it’s 54 different
countries,” said James Newlands, a partner at Ernst & Young LLP’s Africa
practice.
The experience of Nigeria’s stock exchange
highlights spots of progress. Two weeks ago, the CEO of the Nigerian Stock
Exchange launched a corporate-governance rating system that puts its 190
major companies—including Unilever Nigeria PLC, Total Nigeria PLC and Oando
PLC—through a rigorous assessment that requires them to answer questions
about business ethics, internal and external audit and control, transparency
and disclosure. Is your business challenged to expand in Africa due to
limited financial expertise there? Send us a note or let us know in the
comments.
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on
November 17, 2014
The Web is dying, and apps are killing it
http://online.wsj.com/articles/the-web-is-dying-apps-are-killing-it-1416169934?mod=djemCFO_h
The Web—that thin veneer of human-readable design on
top of the machine babble that constitutes the Internet—is dying. And the
way it’s dying has farther-reaching implications than almost anything else
in technology,
writes the WSJ’s Christopher Mims.
The advances that apps provide feel like a win for
users, but they also signal the end of the openness that allowed Internet
companies to grow. App stores are walled gardens where the likes of
Apple Inc.,
Google Inc.
and Amazon.com Inc.
get to set the rules, and they routinely take huge fees on transactions and
ban apps that offend their sensibilities.
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on
November 17, 2014
Actavis PLC’s
potential deal with
Allergan Inc. is a backdoor to tax savings that have become harder
to come by since the U.S. Treasury Department cracked down this fall on
tax-friendly merger deals known as inversions, the
WSJ’s Dana Mattioli reports. Actavis
got the lower rate for itself when it relocated to Ireland in 2013 through a
$5 billion deal it struck with
Warner Chilcott PLC.
As a result of that deal, Actavis was able to
strip out tax when it bought
Forest Laboratories Inc.,
based in New York. And now with Allergan, Actavis is coming back for
seconds. Estimates vary, but analysts say Actavis, whose tax rate is about
16%, could shave $240 million to $370 million off Allergan’s tax bill in
2015.
In addition to the tax benefits, a deal
with Actavis
could shield Allergan from hostile suitor
Valeant Pharmaceuticals
International Inc. But closing a deal is still a big if, as Valeant
may sweeten its offer. A deal for Allergan would also be a big bite for
Actavis, whose market cap barely exceeds that of its deal target.
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on
November 11, 2014
Health care providers face the
challenge of having to manage the often competing demands of adopting health
information technologies, securing patient data and complying with myriad
regulations while reducing the cost and increasing the quality of care. To
address security and compliance risks in such a complex environment,
executives can focus on activities that take a risk-based approach to
prioritizing security investments and implement controls aimed at preventing
breaches, while helping to shore up funding for new investments.
Continue Reading Today's Article »
Read more Deloitte Insights »
Mobile-Game Makers: Roller-coaster accounting and
revenue shifts
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on
November 11, 2014
It may be bad for a mobile-game maker’s business if
players don’t stick with its games for long, but, because of accounting
rules for virtual goods, it can drive revenue higher in the short term,
CFO Journal reports.
Anticipating when players will lose interest is an essential part of
recording revenue in the industry, where the sale of “virtual durable
goods,” such as cows and tractors in “FarmVille” or cannons and dark
barracks in “Clash of Clans,” is a major source of income. (Just ask this
Slate columnist, who was shocked to find himself spending “real money” in
one.)
When game companies like Zynga Inc. or King Digital
Entertainment PLC change their assumptions, it can skew their short-term
results. Some virtual goods, like potions or spells, are good for a single
use so accounted for as a one-time sale, but virtual durable goods that are
continuously available to a player, like a tractor, are accounted for like
services or club memberships. Companies book part of the payment upfront,
but defer the rest until the average period in which the item will be used.
The Securities and Exchange Commission has sent
more than two dozen letters to the companies since 2010, asking them to
explain how they come up with their estimates on length of use of the
virtual durable goods. Game makers say they base their estimates on
historical data, but that the playing periods can change substantially each
year. That could make for some roller-coaster accounting—and revenue shifts
to go with it.
From the CPA Newsletter on
November 17, 2014
Bob Jensen's Excel workbook on Hedging and Speculating Strategies With
Derivatives ---
www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/Calgary/CD/Graphing.xls
Note the tabs at the bottom of the workbook.
Students need to learn about hedging and speculating strategies before
attempting to learn the accounting rules in FAS 133, IAS 39, and now IFRS 9.
From the CPA Newsletter on
November 6, 2014
From the IFRS Report Newsletter on the AICPA on February 6, 2014
IASB completes hedge-accounting model
The International Accounting Standards Board has completed its
hedge-accounting model to be added to IFRS 9 Financial Instruments. The
principles-based standard is intended to reflect risk-management activities
more closely in financial statements. Key areas of change include more
identifiable risk components, a reduced burden of proving the efficacy of a
hedge and changes in accounting for the time value of an option.
Financial Director (U.K.) (1/16)
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on February 12, 2014
Companies unclear on EU derivatives rules
New reporting requirements for over-the-counter derivatives trades
in Europe take effect today, but companies are still uncertain about whether
the regulation applies to them, according to a survey by Chatham Financial.
The European Market Infrastructure Regulation, known as EMIR, requires
European and multinational companies to report over-the-counter and listed
derivatives transactions with an EU-recognized trade repository. To comply,
CFOs will need to report more than 60 data points for each transaction, and
will also need to choose a repository,
Saranya Kapur notes.
They may also decide to contract with a third party or delegate reporting
responsibility to their bank counterparties, if all of their trade
counterparties agree to take on the operational responsibility.
Jensen Comment
The bottom line is that the forthcoming IAS 9 is replete with
"principles-based" subjectivity ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#BrightLines
Put another way the IASB yielded to pressures to go soft on rules to allow hedge
accounting. If you are looking for differences between IFRS versus FASB
standards, this is one of the biggest differences in accounting standards. If it
intended to disclose more about risk management activities dropping
the previous IAS 39 requirement to identify and possibly bifurcating embedded
derivatives is a loser. Reduced standards on testing for hedge effectiveness is
another huge loser.
Jensen Comment
Hedge accounting is one of the areas where the IASB departed dramatically from
the very complicated FAS 133 and its subsequent amendments ---
PwC: IFRS and US GAAP:
similarities and differences - 2014 edition (224 pages) ---
Click Here
http://www.pwc.com/us/en/cfodirect/issues/ifrs-adoption-convergence/ifrs-and-us-gaap-similarities-and-differences.jhtml?display=/us/en/cfodirect/issues/accounting-reporting
Table of contents
Importance of being financially bilingual 4
IFRS first-time adoption 7
Revenue recognition 11
Expense recognition—share-based payments 30
Expense recognition—employee benefits 41
Assets—nonfinancial assets 54
Assets—financial assets 80
Liabilities—taxes 102
Liabilities—other 114
Financial liabilities and equity 123
Derivatives and hedging 139
Consolidation 157
Business combinations 177
Other accounting and reporting topics 185
IFRS for small and medium-sized entities 205
FASB/IASB project summary exhibit 209 Noteworthy updates 211
Index 215
Similarities and Differences
- A comparison of IFRS for SMEs and 'full IFRS' ---
http://www.pwc.com/en_GX/gx/ifrs-reporting/pdf/Sims_diffs_IFRS_SMEs.pdf
Bob Jensen's free tutorials
on hedge accounting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm
From the CPA Newsletter on
November 5, 2014
"COSO’s ERM framework to
undergo update," by Ken Tysiac, Journal of Accountancy, October 21,
2014 ---
http://www.journalofaccountancy.com/News/201411173.htm
A well-known framework for risk management
is scheduled for another update.
The Committee of Sponsoring Organizations
of the Treadway Commission (COSO) announced Tuesday that it is undertaking a
project to update its Enterprise Risk Management—Integrated Framework,
which debuted in 2004.
Organizations use the framework to help
them manage uncertainty, consider how much risk to accept, and improve
understanding of their opportunities to increase and preserve value.
The update is being undertaken to improve
the framework’s content and relevance in the context of an increasingly
complex business environment. The update is intended to:
- Reflect the evolution of risk
management thinking and practices, as well as stakeholder expectations.
- Develop tools to help management
report risk information, and review and assess the application of
enterprise risk management.
PwC has been engaged to update the framework under the direction of COSO’s
board. PwC will seek input and feedback on the project, and will conduct a
survey seeking opinions on the current framework and suggestions for
improvements.
More information is available at
coso.org.
COSO is a committee of five sponsoring
organizations, including the AICPA, that come together periodically to
provide thought leadership on enterprise risk management, internal control,
and fraud deterrence.
In 2013, COSO completed an update of its
internal control framework to reflect changes in technology and the business
environment that have taken place since that framework’s origination in
1992.
What's New with COSO?
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on September 24, 2014
To unlock the value that can be achieved by adopting COSO's
2013 Internal Control-Integrated Framework, management should take a step
back and evaluate how it is addressing the risks to its organization in
light of its size, complexity, global reach and risk profile. Learn about
leading internal control practices that may help address common challenges
related to implementing the 2013 Framework, as well as perspectives on
applying the framework for operational and regulatory compliance purposes.
Continue Reading Today's Article ---
http://deloitte.wsj.com/cfo/2014/09/26/implementing-cosos-internal-control-integrated-framework/
Read More --- Deloitte Insights »http://deloitte.wsj.com/cfo/
May 14, 2013 2013 Internal
Control-Integrated Framework Released
COSO has issued the 2013 Internal Control–Integrated Framework
(Framework). The Framework published in 1992 is recognized as the
leading guidance for designing, implementing and conducting internal
control and assessing its effectiveness. The 2013 Framework is
expected to help organizations design and implement internal control in
light of many changes in business and operating environments since the
issuance of the original Framework, broaden the application of internal
control in addressing operations and reporting objectives, and clarify
the requirements for determining what constitutes effective internal
control.
COSO has also issued Illustrative Tools for Assessing
Effectiveness of a System of Internal Control and the Internal
Control over External Financial Reporting (ICEFR): A Compendium of
Approaches and Examples. The Illustrative Tools are
expected to assist users when assessing whether a system of internal
control meets the requirements set forth in the updated Framework.
The ICEFR Compendium is particularly relevant to those who
prepare financial statements for external purposes based upon
requirements set forth in the updated Framework.
Read
Press Release
Download
Executive Summary
Read
FAQs
Download
PowerPoint Slides
Purchase Framework
and Tools |
Bob Jensen's threads on managerial accounting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#ManagementAccounting
"Competency, Texas-Style November 6, 2014," By Paul Fain, Inside
Higher Ed, November 6, 2014 ---
https://www.insidehighered.com/news/2014/11/06/competency-based-health-profession-credentials-university-texas-system
The University of Texas System plans to make its
first foray into competency-based education fittingly far-reaching.
The system’s forthcoming “personalized” credentials
will be limited to the medical sciences, for now. But the new,
competency-based curriculum will involve multiple institutions around the
state, system officials said, with a track that eventually will stretch from
high school, or even middle school, all the way to medical school.
Many details still need to be hashed out about the
project, which the system
announced this week. But several key elements are
in place.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
Competency-based college credits are now widely available from both non-profit
and for-profit universities. However, the programs are very restricted to
certain disciplines, often graduate studies. In Western Canada, for example, the
Chartered Accountancy School of Business (CASB) has offered a competency-based
masters degree for years. However, students do enroll in courses and have
extensive internships on the job ---
http://www.casb.com/
Bob Jensen's threads on competency-based college credits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Assess.htm#ConceptKnowledge
Question
Since the PwC auditors gave a warning, was Tesco’s Audit Committee asleep at
the wheel?
Answer
Snore
"The
unanswered questions in Tesco’s accounting scandal: Tesco wants to draw a
line under accounting scandal, but questions remain about size of the blackhole
and what was behind it," Graham Ruddick, The Telegraph, November 6,
2014 ---
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/finance/comment/11214948/Unanswered-questions-in-Tescos-accounting-scandal.html
Despite the best efforts of Dave Lewis, the
accounting scandal facing Tesco will not go away. Two weeks ago Lewis, the
chief executive, pledged to draw a line under the crisis when the retailer
published interim results. Since then the scandal has gone nowhere, a bit
like Tesco’s share price.
The Serious Fraud Office announced days after
Lewis’s first presentation to the City that it would launch a criminal
investigation into events at Tesco.
This inquiry could drag on for up to seven years,
according to City lawyers, so the roots of the inflated profit shortfall and
the perpetrators, if it was created deliberately, will not be confirmed for
some time.
But, aside from the matter of who and how, there
are a collection of key questions about the scandal at Britain’s biggest
retailer that remain unanswered.
How big is the black hole?
When Tesco originally alerted the City to the
potential shortfall in its profits, the company estimated that profits for
the past six months had been overstated by £250m. It said this was primarily
a “timing issue” – meaning that profits could eventually be booked in a
later period – and related to the recognition of revenue and costs on deals
with suppliers.
However, when the company published its half-year
results last month, Tesco completely wrote off £263m of profits. Not only
that, but only £118m actually related to the previous six months, with the
rest from previous financial years. Tesco’s new finance director, Alan
Stewart, also said the majority of this related to the recognition of
revenues, not costs.
The plot thickens with the £382m collection of
impairment charges that Tesco booked in the results. This includes £27m for
the mis-selling of payment protection insurance by Tesco Bank, but also a
£41m retrospective charge relating to a Valuation Office ruling on the
payment of business rates on cash machines, £63m in stock write-downs, and
£136m of impairment charges on assets in the UK and Europe.
The timing of the charge for cash machines is
slightly odd because Sainsbury’s booked its £13m hit last year. Meanwhile,
industry sources say the stock write-down stands out for its size – Tesco
did not book any stock write-downs in the previous financial year and it
takes a lot of products to add up to £63m.
Finally, it is unusual for a retailer to book
impairment charges at a half-year. Usually these charges – some of which are
on the value of supermarkets – are taken in the annual results when the
financial performance of the company is fully audited. Did life change so
dramatically for Tesco in the six months that it was forced to book an extra
£136m of write-downs? Perhaps. But in the three years that Philip Clarke was
chief executive, no impairment charges were ever booked at the half-year on
the value of the company’s assets.
These charges highlight that the health of Tesco
was even worse than feared, and worse than just £263m of missing profits.
Why did Tesco and PwC sign off last year’s accounts when they included a
warning about a “risk of manipulation” in commercial revenues?
Much has been made of the fact that Tesco’s
auditors, PwC, warned in last year’s annual report that the company’s
commercial revenues was at “risk of manipulation”, which effectively flagged
up that this could be a problem for Tesco.
Sources in the audit world with a knowledge of how
the British boardroom works claim that most audit committees would have
refused to sign off a report that included that wording. They claim that it
is likely the committee would have ordered PwC to go back and ensure that
there had been no manipulation.
This, therefore, raises a few questions – was
Tesco’s audit committee asleep at the wheel? Or was PwC concerned that there
had been manipulation and that was the only wording the auditors were
prepared to use in their report?
A public company cannot risk its auditors refusing
to sign off accounts – it would set off serious alarm bells – so some sort
of agreement between both parties must always be reached.
What prompted the SFO to launch its
investigation?
The Financial Conduct Authority, the City
regulator, was already investigating Tesco when the SFO announced it would
launch a probe into the accounting regularities. Also, the SFO is already
stretched to breaking point with investigations into the banking industry,
Rolls-Royce and GlaxoSmithKline. It has been regularly forced to go cap in
hand to the Government in search of fresh cash and Theresa May, the Home
Secretary, appears to want to close it down.
Put simply, the SFO had little reason to want to
get involved with Tesco. Sceptics will say that Britain’s biggest retailer
could be a trophy victory for SFO, but equally it is a political hot potato
given that the company employs more than 320,000 people.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
"2 in 5 Young Americans Don’t Have Jobs and Aren’t Looking,"
Time Magazine, November 14, 2014 ---
http://time.com/3585786/young-americans-work/?xid=newsletter-brief
93% of Americans
who aren't looking for work say they don't want a job
Nearly 40% of people in the United States ages 16
to 24 don’t have a job, and are fine with it. They say they’re happy not to
be employed and don’t plan to find a job anytime soon, according to a Pew
Research Center
analysis of Bureau of Labor Statistics data.
The figures do not include young people who aren’t
working, but are actively seeking employment. About 10% of Americans aged 20
to 24 and 19% of those aged 16 to 19 are considered
unemployed, which means they are actively seeking
work.
However, most Americans who are of working age and
don’t have jobs are not actively seeking employment. Overall, 93% of the 86
million Americans 16 and older who aren’t looking for work say they don’t
want a job. The total figure is up from a decade ago, and the change is most
stark for young people. Around 30% of young Americans of working age in 2000
said they weren’t looking for work, compared to nearly 40% today. People
over 55 are much more likely not to look for work, the data shows.
Individuals who aren’t looking for work do not
count as unemployed for statistical purposes. The U.S. unemployment hit 5.8%
last month, the
lowest number since 2008
Jensen Comment
I guess they either live on welfare or somebody who loves them to a point where
they don't have to contribute to their own room and board. Most of the time it's
probably parents for the young people who are not yet parents themselves and
qualify for welfare.
To be honest, I don't really trust these statistics due to the
$2+ trillion underground economy. The nerd who fixes computers for cash probably
does not report the income to the IRS and is not truly "unemployed." The same
goes for many of the people who clean houses, work on construction, farms, and
ranches for cash, load and unload furniture trucks for cash, tutor in math and
music for cash, etc. Sadly, tens of thousands are also drug pushers,
prostitutes, stealing cars, or otherwise starting life as career criminals.
Case Studies in Gaming the Income Tax Laws
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/TaxNoTax.htm
Hybrid Instrument --- see "Background" below
From EY
"A ‘whole-istic’ approach to defining host contracts in hybrid instruments
issued as shares," ---
Click Here
https://americas.ey-vx.com/email_handler.aspx?sid=b4e53e9e-497e-4bfa-93be-05e9273fe37f&redirect=http%3a%2f%2fwww.ey.com%2fPublication%2fvwLUAssetsAL%2fTothePoint_BB2873_HostContracts_4November2014%2f%24FILE%2fTothePoint_BB2873_HostContracts_4November2014.pdf
What you need to know
- The FASB issued final guidance requiring all
entities to use what is called the “whole instrument approach” to
determine the nature of a host contract in a hybrid financial instrument
issued in the form of a share.
- The guidance requires entities to consider all
of a hybrid instrument’s stated and implied substantive terms and
features, including any embedded derivative features being evaluated for
bifurcation .
- The guidance eliminates the “chameleon
approach,” under which all embedded features except the feature being
analyzed are considered.
- The guidance is effective for public business
entities for fiscal years and interim periods within those years
beginning after 15 December 2015. For all other entities, it is
effective for fiscal years beginning after15 December 2015, and interim
periods within fiscal yeas beginning after 15 December 2016.
Overview and
scope
The Financial
Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued final guidance that requires all
entities to use what is called the whole instrument approach to determine
whether the nature of the host contract in a hybrid instrument issued in the
form of a share is more akin to debt or to equity.
Under this
approach, an issuer or investor considersall stated and implied substantive
terms and features of a hybrid instrument when determining the nature of the
host contract. The Accounting Standards Update (ASU) clarifies that the
existence or omission of any single feature does not determine the economic
characteristics and risks of the host contract and that the presence of an
investor-held, fixed-price, noncontingent redemption option is not
determinative.
However, an
individual term or feature may be weighted more heavily in the evaluation
based on the facts and circumstances.
The guidance,
which is based on a consensus of the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF), is
intended to reduce diversity in practice.
Many entities
already use the whole instrument approach and won’t have to change practice.
The guidance applies to both public and nonpublic entities that issue or
invest in hybrid instruments issued in the form of share
Background
A hybrid
instrument consists of a host contract and one or more embedded features
that may need to be bifurcated and accounted for separately.
This may be
the case for embedded features that meet the definition of a derivative in
US GAAP and have economic characteristics and risks that are not clearly and
closely related to those of the host contract. To assess whether an
embedded feature is clearly and closely related to the host, an entity must
determine whether the hostcontract is more akin to debt or to equity.
Determining
the nature of the host contract can be challenging with preferred shares,
which may have both debt-like and equity-like terms and features.
These often
include conversion options, redemption features (e.g.,mandatory or
contingent redemption, elective calls or puts), voting rights (e.g.,fullvoting
on an “as-converted” basis, no voting), dividends (e.g.,cumulative,
fixed-rate, participating) and liquidation preferences.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
Unlike the FASB, I think the IASB made a terrible mistake caving in to EU
business firms who no longer wanted to have to search out embedded derivatives
in hybrid contracts having different financial risks. Sometimes accounting can
be made too simple.
EY: FASB proposes eliminating certain
investments from the fair value hierarchy ---
Click Here
https://americas.ey-vx.com/email_handler.aspx?sid=b4e53e9e-497e-4bfa-93be-05e9273fe37f&redirect=http%3a%2f%2fwww.ey.com%2fPublication%2fvwLUAssetsAL%2fTothePoint_BB2871_NAVPracticalExpedient_31October2014%2f%24FILE%2fTothePoint_BB2871_NAVPracticalExpedient_31October2014.pdf
The FASB proposed eliminating the requirement that
entities that measure investments using the net asset value practical
expedient categorize them in the fair value hierarchy table. Under the
proposal, certain disclosures about these investments would still be
required.
Bob Jensen's threads on fair value accounting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory02.htm#FairValue
"The Impact of Enterprise Resource Planning
(ERP) Systems on the Audit Report," by Lag Jongkyum Kim, Andreas I. Nicolaou,
and Miklos A. Vasarhelyi,
Journal of Emerging Technologies in Accounting, American Accounting
Association, Volume 10, Issue 1 (December 2013) ---
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/jeta-50712 (not free)
Abstract
Prior research has shown that the implementation of ERP systems can
significantly affect a firm's business operations and processes. However,
scant research has been conducted on the relationship between ERP
implementation and the timeliness of external audits, such as audit report
lags. While some of the alleged benefits of ERP are closely related to
removing impediments contributing to audit report lags, others argue that
the complex mechanisms of ERP systems create greater complexity for control
and audit. In this paper, we examine the relationship between ERP
implementations and audit report lags. The test results indicate that
overall, a firm's ERP implementation is negatively associated with audit
report lag. However, this negative association is significant only at the
fourth and fifth years after initial ERP implementation. These results imply
that the use of ERP systems by client firms may help decrease the audit
report lag, but it takes time for the full impact of the firms' accounting
systems to be realized.
"Developing
a Conceptual Framework to Appraise the Corporate Social Responsibility
Performance of Islamic Banking and Finance Institutions," by M. Mansoor
Khan, Accounting and the Public Interest, American Accounting
Association, Volume 13, Issue 1 (December 2013) ---
http://aaajournals.org/doi/abs/10.2308/apin-10375
Abstract
This paper fills some of the theoretical and empirical deficiencies
regarding Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) dimensions in Islamic
Banking and Financial Institutions (IBFIs). The firms' CSR initiatives are
the key to secure success in modern business and society, and there is a
scope to develop a broader understanding of CSR in globally integrated
business and financial markets. This paper provides the Islamic perspective
of CSR, which is etho-religious based and, thus, more meaningful and
intensified. It proposes a CSR framework for IBFIs based on principles of
Islamic economics and society. The proposed framework urges IBFIs to engage
in community-based banking, work toward the betterment of the poor, ensure
the most efficient and socially desirable utilization of financial
resources, develop their institutional frameworks, infrastructures, and
innovative products to facilitate the wider circulation of wealth and
sustainable development in the world. This paper observes that IBFIs have
failed to deal with underlying CSR challenges due to lack of commitment and
expertise in the field. The CSR-based outlook of IBFIs can only ensure their
legitimacy, sustainability, and long-term success.
Bob Jensen's Threads on Islamic Accounting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#IslamicAccounting
From the CFO Journal's Morning
Ledger on November 10, 2014
Symptoms of ill business health
including weak sales are turning up in third-quarter earnings reports,
the WSJ reports, and
that’s raising concerns about the outlook for U.S. share prices. Profit
gains have been solid, but built on weak sales growth or outright
year-over-year declines.
Amplifying that anxiety is a softening global
economic outlook. Key markets like Europe and China are showing weak growth,
and a strong dollar is making American products more expensive around the
world as well as reducing the value of payments collected in foreign
currencies.
Traders and analysts fear future growth at
U.S. firms won’t be strong enough to meet the high expectations set by the
above-average valuations on blue-chip shares.
Friday’s employment report for October,
which showed another month of modest job gains
tempered by only slight increases in wages,
underscored those concerns.
Jensen Comment
Countless journalists
bemoan that wages remain stagnant while USA unemployment dropped below 6.0%.
This really isn't hard to explain when you consider that over half of the
adult workers in the USA only have part-time jobs, in part a sad tribute to
Obamacare.
"The Full-Time Scandal of Part-Time America Fewer than half of U.S. adults
are working full time. Why? Slow growth and the perverse incentives of ObamaCare,"
by Mortimer Zuckerman, The Wall Street Journal, July 13, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/mortimer-zuckerman-the-full-time-scandal-of-part-time-america-1405291652?tesla=y&mod=djemMER_h&mg=reno64-wsj
There has been a distinctive odor of hype lately
about the national jobs report for June. Most people will have the
impression that the 288,000 jobs created last month were full-time. Not so.
The Obama administration and much of the media
trumpeting the figure overlooked that the government numbers didn't
distinguish between new part-time and full-time jobs. Full-time jobs last
month plunged by 523,000, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics. What
has increased are part-time jobs. They soared by about 800,000 to more than
28 million. Just think of all those Americans working part time, no doubt
glad to have the work but also contending with lower pay, diminished
benefits and little job security.
On July 2 President Obama boasted that the jobs
report "showed the sixth straight month of job growth" in the private
economy. "Make no mistake," he said. "We are headed in the right direction."
What he failed to mention is that only 47.7% of adults in the U.S. are
working full time. Yes, the percentage of unemployed has fallen, but that's
worth barely a Bronx cheer. It reflects the bleak fact that 2.4 million
Americans have become discouraged and dropped out of the workforce. You
might as well say that the unemployment rate would be zero if everyone quit
looking for work.
Last month involuntary part-timers swelled to 7.5
million, compared with 4.4 million in 2007. Way too many adults now depend
on the low-wage, part-time jobs that teenagers would normally fill. Federal
Reserve Chair Janet Yellen had it right in March when she said: "The
existence of such a large pool of partly unemployed workers is a sign that
labor conditions are worse than indicated by the unemployment rate."
There are a number of reasons for our predicament,
most importantly a historically low growth rate for an economic "recovery."
Gross domestic product growth in 2013 was a feeble 1.9%, and it fell at a
seasonally adjusted annual rate of 2.9% in the first quarter of 2014.
But there is one clear political contribution to
the dismal jobs trend. Many employers cut workers' hours to avoid the
Affordable Care Act's mandate to provide health insurance to anyone working
30 hours a week or more. The unintended consequence of President Obama's
"signature legislation"? Fewer full-time workers. In many cases two people
are working the same number of hours that one had previously worked.
Since mid-2007 the U.S. population has grown by
17.2 million, according to the Census Bureau, but we have 374,000 fewer jobs
since a November 2007 peak and are 10 million jobs shy of where we should
be. It is particularly upsetting that our current high unemployment is
concentrated in the oldest and youngest workers. Older workers have been
phased out as new technologies improve productivity, and young adults who
lack skills are struggling to find entry-level jobs with advancement
opportunities. In the process, they are losing critical time to develop
workplace habits, contacts and new skills.
Most Americans wouldn't call this an economic
recovery. Yes, we're not technically in a recession as the recovery began in
mid-2009, but high-wage industries have lost a million positions since 2007.
Low-paying jobs are gaining and now account for 44% of all employment growth
since employment hit bottom in February 2010, with by far the most
growth—3.8 million jobs—in low-wage industries. The number of long-term
unemployed remains at historically high levels, standing at more than three
million in June. The proportion of Americans in the labor force is at a
36-year low, 62.8%, down from 66% in 2008.
Part-time jobs are no longer the domain of the
young. Many are taken by adults in their prime working years—25 to 54 years
of age—and many are single men and women without high-school diplomas. Why
is this happening? It can't all be attributed to the unforeseen consequences
of the Affordable Care Act. The longer workers have been out of a job, the
more likely they are to take a part-time job to make ends meet.
The result: Faith in the American dream is eroding
fast. The feeling is that the rules aren't fair and the system has been
rigged in favor of business and against the average person. The share of
financial compensation and outputs going to labor has dropped to less than
60% today from about 65% before 1980.
Why haven't increases in labor productivity
translated into higher household income in private employment? In part
because of very low rates of capital spending on new plant and equipment
over the past five years. In the 1960s, only one in 20 American men between
the ages of 25 and 54 was not working. According to former Treasury
Secretary Larry Summers, in 10 years that number will be one in seven.
The lack of breadwinners working full time is a
burgeoning disaster. There are 48 million people in the U.S. in low-wage
jobs. Those workers won't be able to spend what is necessary in an economy
that is mostly based on consumer spending, and this will put further
pressure on growth. What we have is a very high unemployment rate, a slow
recovery and across-the-board wage stagnation (except for the top few
percent). According to the Bureau of Labor Statistics, almost 91 million
people over age 16 aren't working, a record high. When Barack Obama became
president, that figure was nearly 10 million lower.
The great American job machine is spluttering. We
are going through the weakest post-recession recovery the U.S. has ever
experienced, with growth half of what it was after four previous recessions.
And that's despite the most expansive monetary policy in history and the
largest fiscal stimulus since World War II.
Continued in article
The release of confidential corporate-tax documents from Luxembourg
From the CFO Journal's Morning
Ledger on November 7, 2014
The release of confidential
corporate-tax documents from Luxembourg is raising new questions about the
role European Commission President Jean-Claude Juncker played in helping
companies reduce their tax bills, the
WSJ’s Matthew Karnitschnig reports.
The documents expose the details on how hundreds of
multinationals, including
PepsiCo Inc.,
FedEx Corp. and
Amazon.com Inc. have funneled profit through Luxembourg
subsidiaries, avoiding billions in taxes in other jurisdictions.
The corporate tax breaks are confidential
under Luxembourg law, but allowed the country to build a strong financial
sector and helped make it one of the world’s richest on a per capita basis.
Luxembourg has long been known as a favorite corporate tax haven, but the
magnitude of the tax relief sparked a furor across the continent.
European Commission President Jean-Claude
Juncker has demanded belt tightening in troubled European countries such as
Greece and Portugal. But for the years that he was prime minister of
Luxembourg, the documents suggest he may have held his own country to a
different standard. All of the tax deals described in the documents were
granted during his tenure as Luxembourg’s leader.
From the CFO Journal's Morning
Ledger on November 5, 2014
Ireland widens intellectual-property tax break
---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/ireland-closes-one-tax-break-and-opens-another-1415149644?mod=djemCFO_h
Tucked into legislation to eliminate a much-criticized tax structure known
as the “Double Irish” is a provision that would allow companies to pay no
corporate tax on profits earned from intellectual property. The tax break
could in theory benefit technology companies like Google
Inc. or
pharmaceutical firms like Gilead
Sciences Inc.,
which have moved IP into Irish corporate structures.
Jensen Comment
I think Ireland still has no tax on artists and writers who are residents. I
don't know what the criteria are to qualify for the tax exemption, but I assume
that the exemption applies to income from sales of art and manuscripts. What I'm
not certain about is whether other types of income are exempt such as pensions
and portfolio income.
From the CFO Journal's Morning
Ledger on November 6, 2014
Fresh off a resounding election-night
victory, Republican leaders began to etch out an ambitious plan to press a
GOP agenda centered on taxes, trade, energy, health care and financial
regulation through a divided government, the
WSJ’s Kristina Peterson reports. The shift in
government control also dealt a
harsh blow to organized labor,
which failed to help the Democratic Party fend off deep losses in the second
straight midterm election.
But some businesses had at least one
reason to worry after the elections. Along with giving Republicans control
of the Senate, voters sent another clear message
Tuesday: They support higher wages, the
WSJ’s Angus Loten reports. Five states
on Tuesday approved ballot measures to
gradually raise the minimum wage.
Small-business owners recently have shown an
increasing recognition of the need to raise base wage rates—whether to
attract new talent or ease concerns about pay equity. Still, the National
Federation of Independent Business, a small-business lobby group, has long
opposed efforts to raise minimum wages. Is your balance sheet ready for
higher labor costs? Drop us a line and let us know.
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on November 6, 2014
Health insurers woo consumers in crowded market
http://online.wsj.com/articles/health-insurance-deadline-prompts-marketing-blitz-to-drum-up-business-1415202655?mod=djemCFO_h
Health insurers are unleashing a blizzard of ads,
letters, live events and other efforts to reach consumers, as the industry
ramps up for the reopening of the health law’s marketplaces on
Nov. 15. Meanwhile, small-business owners
test-driving the federal government’s new online health-insurance exchange
report a mixed experience
with the site ahead of its planned opening in 10 days.
Jensen Comment
Health insurance is currently a very good business for companies, because bad
debts from people who do not pay contracted premiums are passed on to the
doctors and hospitals after 30 days. In any case Obamacare promises guaranteed
profits for insurance companies at taxpayer expense if necessary. This is not
capitalism since one of the tenants of capitalism is that businesses take risks
risks of losses and failure.
It's the doctors and hospitals that take the financial risks. In New
Hampshire nearly half the hospitals refuse to admit patients with ACA insurance
except in dire emergencies. Many doctors are turning patients away unless they
have something other than ACA medical insurance.
Another good thing for insurers is that the deductibles have become so huge
(40% to 60%) that insured people put off getting medical care until absolutely
necessary --- thereby greatly reducing the number of claims to be processed and
paid.
My point is that just to say that more people now have ACA health insurance
is not saying a whole lot about the quality of health care that this insurance
is buying. There will probably be gridlock for years in Washington DC for any
attempts to bring quality health care to all citizens of the USA. I favor
national health insurance, although national health insurance plans in most
non-OPEC nations like Sweden, Denmark, and the UK are doing badly these days. I
consider Canada to be an OPEC nation. Germany is doing better because it allows
people to take on supplemental health insurance using their own savings.
The USA is now an one of the world's largest oil producers, but gridlock
politics have all but destroyed possibilities for great health care for all
citizens. It's one of the best nations for health care for people who can afford
to pay for the services, including those lucky enough to be on Medicaid or
Medicare.
Bob Jensen's references for the above summary are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Health.htm
From the CFO Journal's Morning
Ledger on November 3, 2014
Returns on Muni bonds soar ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/returns-on-muni-bonds-soar-1414971120?mod=djemCFO_h
Investors seeking higher returns are finding them in
an unexpected place: the market for debt sold by states, cities and
government-related entities. Municipal bonds have posted their longest
string of monthly gains in more than two decades, outpacing gains this year
in blue-chip U.S. stocks and corporate debt.
What is the incentive to
manage pensions responsibly in Illinois or California?
"Illinois’s Pension Absurdity: A
judge rules that all benefits are forever, no matter the public cost,"
The Wall Street Journal, November 28, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/illinoiss-pension-absurdity-1417219755?tesla=y&mod=djemMER_h&mg=reno64-wsj
Republican Bruce Rauner has his work cut out
rehabilitating Illinois from years of liberal-public union misrule, but now
he may also have to cope with a willful state judiciary. Consider a lower
court judge’s slipshod ruling last week striking down de minimis pension
reforms.
The fiscally delinquent state has accrued a $111
billion unfunded pension liability—a 75% increase from five years ago—in
addition to $56 billion in debt for retiree health benefits. Incredibly, the
state is spending more of its general fund on pensions than on K-12
education. One in four tax dollars pays for retirement benefits. Last year
the state had to defer $7 billion in bills to contractors. This is after
Democrats in 2011 raised income and corporate taxes by 67% and 30%,
respectively. Little wonder that Illinois has the nation’s worst credit
rating.
Democrats last year passed modest pension fixes
conceived with the fainthearted judiciary in mind. The retirement age for
younger workers increased on a graduated scale. Workers now in their 20s
could still retire with pensions approximating 75% of their salaries at age
60.
Salaries used for pension calculations were also
capped at an inflation-adjusted $110,600 with a gaping carve-out for workers
who collectively-bargained higher pay. Cost-of-living adjustments were tied
to years of service and inflation instead of annually compounding at 3%. As
a political salve, the state even cut worker pension contributions by 1%.
Yet Sangamon County Circuit Court Judge John Belz
last week rejected all pension trims as a violation of the state
Constitution, which holds that “[m]embership in any pension or retirement
system of the State, any unit of local government or school district, or any
agency or instrumentality thereof, shall be an enforceable contractual
relationship, the benefits of which shall not be diminished or impaired.”
According to Judge Belz, there is “no legally cognizable affirmative
defense” for impairing pensions benefit.
Except, well, 80 years of U.S. Supreme Court
precedent. Federal courts have established that states may invoke their
police powers to impair contracts. In the 1934 case Home Building & Loan
Association v. Blaisdell, the U.S. Supreme Court ruled that emergencies “may
justify the exercise of [the State’s] continuing and dominant protective
power notwithstanding interference with contracts,” which the U.S.
Constitution otherwise prohibits.
The Supreme Court has since developed a balancing
test that allows states to impair contracts when it is reasonable and
necessary to serve an important public purpose. The level of legal scrutiny
increases with the severity of the impairment.
Yet Judge Belz refused even to consider the state’s
argument that it must tweak pensions to maintain vital public services
(e.g., police, schools). The court “need not and does not reach the issue of
whether the facts would justify the exercise of such a power if it existed,”
the judge asserted. If the police power existed?
Perhaps the judge assumes that the Illinois Supreme
Court, based on its 6-1 decision this summer that extended constitutional
protections to retiree health benefits, will strike down the pension
reforms. Judge Belz teed up the high court by quoting copiously from that
opinion.
Even if they lose at the Illinois Supreme Court,
Mr. Rauner and the legislature will still have options for fixing their
pension mess including moving new workers to defined-contribution plans and
putting a constitutional amendment before voters that affirms the ability to
prospectively modify retirement benefits. Option C would be to petition
Illinois’s more prudent neighbors for annexation.
Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (PBGC) ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pension_Benefit_Guaranty_Corporation
The Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (PBGC) is
an independent agency of the United States government that was created by
the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA) to encourage the
continuation and maintenance of voluntary
private defined benefit pension plans,
provide timely and uninterrupted payment of pension benefits, and keep
pension insurance premiums at the lowest level necessary to carry out its
operations. Subject to other statutory limitations, the PBGC insurance
program pays pension benefits up to the maximum guaranteed benefit set by
law to participants who retire at age 65 ($54,000 a year as of 2011).[2] The
benefits payable to insured retirees who start their benefits at ages other
than 65, or who elect survivor coverage, are adjusted to be equivalent in
value.
During fiscal year 2010, the PBGC paid $5.6 billion
in benefits to participants of failed pension plans. That year, 147 pension
plans failed, and the PBGC's deficit increased 4.5 percent to $23 billion.
The PBGC has a total of $102.5 billion in obligations and $79.5 billion in
assets.
Jensen Comment
Private sector companies can pay premiums to insure employee pension benefits
will carry on when companies carrying this insurance go bankrupt. But at least
those benefits are capped. For example, here on Sunset Hill Road I have a friend
who is a retired United Airlines Captain. When United Airlines went bankrupt his
pension benefits were cut in half because the insured benefits are capped for
high-salaried employees. In terms of the public sector such caps are no longer
allowed unless this court ruling is overturned by a higher court.
Because of their skills, airline Captains
are understandably paid very well with large pension benefits tied to their high
salaries before retirement, pensions that they themselves contributed to out of
their salaries over the years. In the public sector, salaries are generally not
so high, and sometimes the high pension benefits are outright frauds such as the
$500,000 annual pension of the former City Manager of tiny
Bell,
California. Illinois public pension plans were similarly wracked with frauds
promising enormous pensions and early retirements.
One can argue that pension contracts should not be
broken, but pension contracts are commonly broken in the private sector.
Employees of companies that did not pay for PGBC insurance may lose all their
pensions depending upon the outcomes of the bankruptcy courts. Employees of
companies that are insured by PGBC may still lose part of their pensions like my
friend nearby lost half of his United Airlines pension. Then why is it that
public sector pension contracts cannot be broken somewhat similar to private
sector pensions?
The main problem with this ruling is that there is
moral hazard. It encourages fraud and mismanagement of pensions in the public
sector. The main problem with public sector pensions in Illinois that they were
enormously mismanaged and underfunded. What is the
incentive to manage pensions responsibly in Illinois?
Vernon's former
city manager, for example, was receiving more than $500,000 in annual pension
payments. Most public safety workers can retire as early as 50. And some public
employees had cashed out unused vacation and other perks to unjustly spike their
retirement pay.
"California pension funds are running dry," by Marc Lifsher, Los
Angeles Times, November 13, 2014 ---
http://www.latimes.com/business/la-fi-controller-pension-website-20141114-story.html
A decade ago, many of California's public pension
plans had plenty of money to pay for workers' retirements.
All that has changed, according to a far-reaching
package of data from the state controller. Taxpayers are now on the hook for
billions of dollars more to cover the future retirements of public workers,
with the bill widely varying depending on where they live.
The City of Los Angeles Fire and Police Pension
System, for instance, had more than enough funds in 2003 to cover its
estimated future bill for workers' retirement checks. A decade later, it is
short $3 billion.
The state's pension goliath, the California Public
Employees' Retirement System, had $281 billion to cover the benefits
promised to 1.3 million workers and retirees in 2013. Yet it needed an
additional $57 billion to meet future obligations.
The bill at the state teachers' pension fund is
even higher: It has an estimated shortfall of $70 billion.
The new data from a website created by state
Controller John Chiang come at a time of growing anger from taxpayers over
the skyrocketing cost of public workers' retirements.
Until now, the bill for those government pensions
was buried deep in the funds' financial reports. By making this data
available, Chiang is bound to stir debate about how taxpayers can afford to
make retirement more comfortable for public workers when private-sector
employees' own financial futures have become less secure. For most
non-government workers, fixed monthly pensions are increasingly rare.
lRelated Stockton bankruptcy ruling preserves city pensions
Business Stockton bankruptcy ruling preserves city
pensions
"Somebody, who is knowledgeable and interested, is
several clicks away from the ugly mess that will define California's
financial future," said Dan Pellissier, president of California Pension
Reform, a Sacramento-area group seeking to stem rising statewide retirement
costs.
Chiang has assembled reams of data from 130 public
pension plans run by the state, cities and other government agencies. It's
now accessible at his website, ByTheNumbers.sco.ca.gov.
In nearly eight years as controller, essentially
the state's paymaster, Chiang has made good on a commitment to make
government financial records more transparent and accessible.
. . .
The pension debate in recent years has been fueled
by controversy.
Vernon's former city manager, for example,
was receiving more than $500,000 in annual pension payments. Most public
safety workers can retire as early as 50. And some public employees had
cashed out unused vacation and other perks to unjustly spike their
retirement pay.
Meanwhile, cash-strapped cities are facing
escalating bills. Rising pension costs contributed to bankruptcies in
Stockton, San Bernardino and Vallejo.
Why should private-sector taxpayers give
California's public workers more money to retire than most of them will ever
make? jumped2 at 11:33 AM November 14, 2014
Critics contend that governments can no longer
afford to pay generous pensions to retirees that aren't available to most
private-sector workers. Unions, meanwhile, have vehemently defended the
status quo, saying these benefits were promised to workers for years of
serving the public.
"In the months ahead, California and its local
communities will continue to wrestle with how to responsibly manage the
unfunded liabilities associated with providing retirement security to
police, firefighters, teachers and other providers of public services,"
Chiang said.
"Those debates and the actions that flow from them
ought to be informed by reliable data that is free of political spin or
ideological bias," said Chiang.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
"Measuring Pension Liabilities under GASB Statement No. 68," by John W.
Mortimer and Linda R. Henderson, Accounting Horizons, September 2014,
Vol. 28, No. 3, pp. 421-454 ---
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/acch-50710
While
retired government employees clearly depend on public sector defined benefit
pension funds, these plans also contribute significantly to U.S. state and
national economies. Growing public concern about the funding adequacy of
these plans, hard hit by the great recession, raises questions about their
future viability. After several years of study, the Governmental Accounting
Standards Board (GASB) approved two new standards, GASB 67 and 68, with the
goal of substantially improving the accounting for and transparency of
financial reporting of state/municipal public employee defined benefit
pension plans. GASB 68, the focus of this paper, requires state/municipal
governments to calculate and report a net pension liability based on a
single discount rate that combines the rate of return on funded plan assets
with a low-risk index rate on the unfunded portion of the liability. This
paper illustrates the calculation of estimates for GASB 68 reportable net
pension liabilities, funded ratios, and single discount rates for 48 fiscal
year state employee defined benefit plans by using an innovative valuation
model and readily available data. The results show statistically significant
increases in reportable net pension liabilities and decreases in the
estimated hypothetical GASB 68 funded ratios and single discount rates. Our
sensitivity analyses examine the effect of changes in the low-risk rate and
time period on these results. We find that reported discount rates of weaker
plans approach the low-risk rate, resulting in higher pension liabilities
and creating policy incentives to increase risky assets in pension
portfolios.
Bob Jensen's threads on the sad state of governmental accounting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#GovernmentalAccounting
Testimony by Sylvia Manning President, Higher Learning Commission , North
Central Association of Colleges and Schools
Senate Committee o n Health, Education, Labor and Pensions
March 10, 2011
http://www.help.senate.gov/imo/media/doc/Manning.pdf
"No Surprise: Accrediting Agency Opts To Stunt Innovation," by Michael
Horn, Forbes, August 8, 2013 ---
http://www.forbes.com/sites/michaelhorn/2013/08/08/no-surprise-accrediting-agency-opts-to-stunt-innovation/
"Innovation vs. Gatekeeping," by Doug Lederman, Inside Higher Ed,
November 11, 2014 ---
https://www.insidehighered.com/news/2014/11/11/one-way-permit-federal-funding-new-postsecondary-institutions
The tension between promoting innovation and new
approaches on the one hand and protecting academic quality and federal
financial aid funds on the other is at the core of many major issues in
higher education -- not the least of which is the accreditation system. The
system of peer-reviewed quality assurance is
frequently attacked as a brake on progress and
competition in American higher education, even as others criticize it for
going too soft on institutions in ways that cost taxpayers money.
Sylvia Manning does not pretend to have all the
answers to all of the issues, and she took her share of guff when caught in
the vise between the two competing pressures. But as the former head of the
nation's largest regional accrediting body, Manning believes she has a
possible answer to one of the dilemmas: how to get new
degree-granting institutions off the ground without undermining the
accreditors' traditional "gatekeeping" role.
In
a paper published last week by the American
Enterprise Institute, Manning begins (in ways that some critics might find
predictable) by challenging assertions that accreditation, in and of itself,
is a barrier to innovation.
Yes, Manning writes, accreditors depend heavily on
"inputs" (credentials of the faculty, services provided to students, etc.)
as proxies to judge whether an institution is likely to "continue to offer
an acceptable level of quality in the education it provides."
But ultimately, an accrediting agency can't
accurately assess an institution based only on its plans, she argues.
"Accreditation demands evidence, and evidence must be based in
accomplishment, not plans," she writes. Since the evidence revolves around
how students perform and "what the institution does with students," the
evidence can be developed only after students are enrolled.
So yes, she concedes, "the barrier to innovative
new institutions is accreditation." But that is not, she quickly adds,
"because accreditation cannot deal with innovation, but because it wants and
needs time to assess innovation, if the innovation is actually new." But the
institution needs accreditation -- or at least one of the key benefits to
accreditation -- the ability to enroll students who receive federal
financial aid -- right away.
That creates what Manning calls the "chicken or egg
problem": fledgling degree-granting institutions needing accreditation so
they can enroll students with federal funding, and accreditors not wanting
to approve institutions until they've enrolled students and proven their
performance with them.
What Happens Now
Most of the ways that accreditors and institutions
have worked around this problem in recent years have, in one way or another,
"perverted" the process, Manning said in an interview.
Throughout much of the decade of the 2000s,
entrepreneurs purchased already-accredited institutions and essentially
turned them into a different institution altogether. The Higher Learning
Commission was at the forefront of such an approach before Manning became
its president, and under her the accreditor largely shut off that pathway.
(That didn't stop her from getting
raked over the coals at a 2011 Senate hearing that
focused on the exploits of the poster child for that type of transformation,
Bridgepoint Education's 2005 purchase of a struggling Iowa college that
became Ashford University.)
More recently, those trying to create new
institutions have turned to what Manning calls "accreditation by
association," in which an existing institution teams up with a new entity
(often a for-profit company) to create a joint venture. Manning and the
Higher Learning Commission were in the middle of that trend, too, with the
much-contested 2013 implosion of Tiffin
University's partnership with Altius Education, known as Ivy Bridge College.
(Supporters of Ivy Bridge
criticized her and AEI for the limitations of
Manning's proposal and for failing, they said, to fully acknowledge her role
in its demise.)
Essentially, Manning argues, there have not yet
been good ways for the accreditation system to "handle these kinds of [new]
institutions while remaining true to itself."
That disconnect has many policy makers calling for
major changes in how accreditation works, although those discussions have
largely revealed how little agreement there seems to be on what those
changes might be. Manning is skeptical that shortening the time before an
institution is accredited, as some have suggested, would work: "[I]t is not
possible to both preserve the time test of accreditation and hurry up
accreditation for new institutions. To drop the time test would be to drop
the elements of an accreditation review that add up to some sort of proof,"
she writes.
Her alternative is creating something else
entirely: a provisional approval to award federal financial aid that would
act something like a building permit in facilities construction. This
process would involve close study of the would-be new institution's plans
(with, yes, a focus on "inputs"), and then once a prospective institution is
given permission to recruit students who are eligible for federal aid,
annual reviews (not unlike inspections for construction of a new building)
to keep that approval. The institution would then need to earn regular
accreditation within a specific period of time, say seven years. Students
who chose to attend these institutions in the meantime -- and the federal
government, to the extent it backed them with financial aid -- would still
take on risk, since the students' credits might not transfer.
Some key elements of Manning's vision remain less
than fully sketched. She offers several possibilities, for instance, for who
might grant this provisional approval -- the Education Department,
recognized accreditors, or new nongovernmental agencies.
And she acknowledges the problems that her solution
does not deal with at all, most notably whether and how the federal
government might recognize the growing number of institutions that do not
have any intention of granting degrees. (The Council for Higher Education
Accreditation and the Presidents' Forum
released a paper last month exploring potential
ways to ensure the quality of "non-institutional" providers of higher
education.)
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
The issues of innovation and elitism versus accreditation has been even more
controversial in the AACSB International that accredits business schools
worldwide ---
http://www.aacsb.edu/
First came the reluctance/stubbornness of the AACSB to accredit graduate
programs in some large corporations and elite consulting firms. These were often
intended to be advanced-degree programs of employees, often extremely talented
employees. To date I don't think any of these corporate business education
programs have received the AACSB seal of approval in North America, thereby
forcing firms like PwC and EY to partner with AACSB-accredited universities like
Notre Dame, the University of Virginia, and the University of Georgia where the
universities set up dedicated courses and degree programs for employees of the
firms. Debates still rage over whether this is a quality issue or merely
protectionism by deans of non-profit universities who virtually control the
AACSB. There now are "universities" such as Deloitte University, but these are
not accredited by the AACSB and are mainly for advanced technical and leadership
training.
Second came the reluctance/stubbornness of the AACSB to accredit business
schools in for-profit universities like the massive University of Phoenix.
To date I don't think the AACSB has accredited any business program in a
for-profit universities in North America. Here the issue is more of a quality
concern. For example, for-profit universities, even those with academic respect,
tend to have virtually no admission standards.
Third came the reluctance/stubbornness of the AACSB to accredit stand-alone
distance education programs. To date there are many AACSB-accredited distance
education programs in North America, but all are part of traditional onsite
business education programs that had prior AACSB accreditation.
Recently the AACSB was about to be put to a test that is common in regional
accreditation programs. To obtain regional accreditation for-profit universities
commonly purchased marginal, often bankrupt, colleges that still had their
regional accreditations. Thereby the for-profit universities essentially bought
their regional accreditations. This same ploy almost happened recently with the
financially struggling Thunderbird School of Global Management, a nonprofit
university with AACSB Accreditation. A deal was nearly completed for the
international for-profit
Laureate International Universities to purchase Thunderbird in a complicated
leaseback agreement ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Thunderbird_School_of_Global_Management
I'm not certain how the AACSB would have handled the Thunderbird leaseback
deal, but a horrific fight between Thunderbird and its alumni put an end to the
deal before it was consummated.
One thing is certain. The issues of innovation and quality are not going away
in the arena of accreditation. In an effort to obtain a foothold in Europe the
AACSB made some concessions to corporate universities that it probably would not
yet make in North America. For example, some AACSB-accredited corporate programs
probably would not meet AACSB standards in North America. For example, in Europe
it is common to have doctoral programs that do not have the research rigor and
admission standards of North American business school doctoral programs.
Bob Jensen's threads on accreditation issues are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Assess.htm#AccreditationIssues
Melee between self-published authors talking about how great
self-published works are and librarians talking about how awful they are.
"Self-Published Winners @ the Library," by Annoyed Librarian, Library
Journal, November 26, 2014 ---
http://lj.libraryjournal.com/blogs/annoyedlibrarian/
Whenever I write about self-published authors, the
comment section seems to erupt into a melee between self-published authors
talking about how great self-published works are and librarians talking
about how awful they are. One solution to the problem would be for the ALA
to create an award for self-published books to go along with popular awards
like the Newbery Award and all the other awards I can’t remember right now.
Then the librarians in the trenches would know what books to buy and
wouldn't have to read any of them. The only problem is that the committee
might be overwhelmed by thousands of self-published titles to choose from,
but that can be solved by increasing the size of the committee to a few
hundred people if necessary. That might even be possible. I met some Newbery
people once, or members of some committee like that, and the people on
awards committees seem to love the work. How hard could it be to get
librarians to read through thousands of self-published works to ...
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
I don't think there are cheap and easy solutions to this since it is
increasingly and overwhelmingly popular to self-publish books and media
recordings in general. The powerful roles that publishing company editors
perform in choosing both what to publish and how to improve what is accepted for
publication is slipping away. A profession might even emerge that, for a fee,
gives "independent ratings" to books and other media recordings. This will
succeed, however, only if highly reputable reviewers put their reputations on
the line.
Authors, in turn, desperately want systems where their works be compared with
the competition and publicized independently as outstanding. Paid advertising of
a self-published work is almost never trusted even if the work is outstanding.
It becomes too much like those dreaded infomercials.
Probably the largest vendor of self-published books is Amazon. However, I
tend not to trust the positive reviews of self-published books at the Amazon
site. The authors often have a lot of friends.
People will soon grow weary of so many things trying to "go viral" on
YouTube. That may become self-defeating as millions of things compete to "go
viral."
I think something similar happens with faculty blogs. As more and more
faculty start blogging it becomes increasingly difficult for actives like me to
cover the waterfront even in the somewhat narrow field of accounting faculty
blogging. How many accounting faculty blogs have become inactive or no longer
existent? And how many of those that remain have almost no following?
http://profalbrecht.wordpress.com/links/
I am now contacted daily by individuals (not just accounting professors) and
companies wanting me to publicize their Websites. Only rarely do I do this,
because my own academic reputation is at stake. The other day I had site that
cataloged Christian college distance education programs. However, I found so
many errors that I would not give it any publicity. Countless times I receive
sites that mix in selected for-profit universities with the top-ranking
nonprofit universities in the USA or the world in general. Any for-profit
university that ends up in the Top 25 universities of the USA is probably paying
for the ranking outcome.
Question
Some leading graduate business schools have new one-year masters degrees in big
data and business analytics.
So why don't schools of accountancy offer one-year masters degrees in accounting
analytics?
So why don't law schools have new one-year masters degrees in big data and law
analytics?
"Big Data Gets Master Treatment at B-Schools; One-Year Analytics Programs
Cater to Shift in Students’ Ambitions," by Lindsay Gellman, The Wall
Street Journal, November 5, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/big-data-gets-master-treatment-at-b-schools-1415226291
B-school students can’t get enough of big data.
Neither can recruiters.
Interest in specialized, one-year master’s programs
in business analytics,
the discipline of using data to explore and solve
business problems, has increased lately, prompting at least five business
schools to roll out stand-alone programs in the past two years.
The growing interest in analytics comes amid a
broader shift in students’ ambitions. No longer content with jobs at big
financial and consulting firms, the most plum jobs for B-school grads are
now in technology or in roles that combine business skills with data acumen,
say school administrators.
But some faculty and school administrators remain
unconvinced that the programs properly prepare students to work with
analytics.
The University of Southern California’s Marshall
School of Business began its Master of Business Analytics program this fall
with 30 students. About 50 to 60 students are expected to enroll in the
$47,000 program next year, the school said.
The program was the brainchild of Marshall’s
corporate advisory board-executives at blue-chip firms like General Electric
Co. , Boeing Co. and Walt Disney Co. who say they need more hires with
analytics talent, said James Ellis, the school’s dean. The board also
recommended that undergraduate students at Marshall be required to take a
course in the subject.
“We find it invaluable to have people who can
synthesize data” and suggest changes based on those insights, said Melissa
Lora, president of Yum Brands Inc. ’s Taco Bell International, who serves on
the school’s corporate-advisory board.
Business-analytics professionals, for instance, are
needed at Taco Bell to sort data on restaurants’ service speed and product
quality, as well as social-media metrics, Ms. Lora said.
Amy Hillman, dean at Arizona State University’s W.P.
Carey School of Business, said interest in a year-old master’s program in
business analytics has spread “like wildfire.” More than 300 people applied
for 87 spots in this year’s class, according to the school.
Ayushi Agrawal, a current Carey student, said she
left her job as a senior business analyst at a Bangalore, India, branch of a
Chicago-based analytics firm to enroll in the program. As data become
central to more business decisions, “I want to be at the forefront” of the
emerging field, the 24-year-old student said.
The Massachusetts Institute of Technology also has
a new program in the works. Professors and administrators at its Sloan
School of Management are developing a tentatively titled Masters in
Analytics program to be offered jointly with the university’s Operations
Research Center beginning in 2016, said Dimitris Bertsimas, co-director of
the center. The program will enroll about 50 students, he said.
At
General
Motors Co. , business-analytics professionals
“make sense of big data, mine vast quantities of information, and look for
trends in customer and dealer behavior,” said Nate Bruin-Slot, a
customer-experience manager at GM who has recruited students from analytics
programs.
Starting salaries for 2013 grads of the M.S.
Business Analytics program at Michigan State University’s Eli Broad College
of Business averaged $75,000, according to the school, while salaries for
graduates of the two-year M.B.A. program averaged $90,000. Generally, the
analytics students tend to have a strong background in computer programming
and statistics, school officials say.
Yet others say it is smarter to deliver analytics
training to all students, rather than a select few.
Northwestern University’s Kellogg School of
Management offers several courses in analytics, some of which are required
for M.B.A.s. The school has no plans to offer a stand-alone
business-analytics degree, said Florian Zettelmeyer, director of Kellogg’s
Program on Data Analytics.
“These one-year masters programs are creating a
type of person who is neither fish nor fowl,” Dr. Zettelmeyer said. “We fear
they’re neither as competent with data as real data scientists, nor have the
leadership skills that you really need to drive change in analytics,” he
said.
Michael Rappa, founding director of the Institute
for Advanced Analytics at North Carolina State University, said analytics is
best studied in an interdisciplinary context, rather than only through a
university’s business school.
“Analytics programs in a business school will
always be in the shadow of the M.B.A. program,” said Dr. Rappa, architect of
the Institute’s popular Master of Science in Analytics program, launched in
2007. “That’s how the school is ranked.”
"Should Law Schools Offer Degrees in Legal Analytics?" by Paul Caron,
TaxProf Blog, November 11, 2014
http://taxprof.typepad.com/taxprof_blog/2014/11/should-law-schools-offer-degrees-in-legal-analytics.html
Jensen Comment
Business schools are a great place to experiment in these new masters degrees in
analytics.
Schools of accountancy and law are probably not good places to experiment in
these new masters degrees in analytics. Students entering accounting masters
programs and law school JD programs are mainly focused on becoming licensed as
CPAs and attorneys. Students expect these graduate programs to help them prepare
for the tough licensure examinations, e.g., the Uniform CPA examination.
Programs that focus on analytics rather than licensure exam preparation probably
won't have much demand in accountancy and law. The same goes for nursing,
pharmacy, medicine. etc.
The same does not go for general business where MBA prospects may instead
give serious consideration to masters degrees in business analytics.
Hollywood Follows the Tax Incentives
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on November 3, 2014
Add Hollywood to the list of industries
looking to take advantage of tax breaks offered in far-flung locales, the
WSJ’s Erich Schwartzel reports.
But there are risks—mostly in the form of
fickle legislators and the court of public option.
Some companies recently saw their plans to
engage in inversion deals to get better tax treatment abroad unwind after
the U.S. Treasury Department announced new rules to stem the tide of such
transactions. And now a movie production-facility company with soundstages
around the world is also finding that foreign tax breaks can be taken away
just as easily as they can be granted.
Pinewood Shepperton PLC
is building movie production facilities in six countries that offer generous
tax breaks and incentives for producers. Recently it landed one of
Hollywood’s most high-profile projects in
Walt Disney Co.’s
coming installment of the Star Wars franchise at its facility in England.
But similar tax deals have been known to unwind under the skeptical glare of
lawmakers. North Carolina, Kansas and Wisconsin have reduced or eliminated
their tax incentives for filmmakers, and in Germany, where Pinewood has one
of its operations, the amount allocated to the country’s film fund has
shrunk on the whims of the current crop of legislators.
Jensen Comment
Actually, for some of the best tax deals Hollywood pulls Governor Brown's
strings in California by demanding payback for political fund raising and
political support.
Film producers demand taxpayer paybacks.
"California triples tax breaks for film
production," by Sharon Bernstein, Reuters, September 18, 2014 ---
http://www.reuters.com/article/2014/09/18/us-usa-film-california-idUSKBN0HD2DO20140918
From the CFO Journal's
Morning Ledger on October 31, 2014
Over the past 18 months, the SEC and
accounting standard setters have frequently questioned whether registrants'
compliance with disclosure requirements and their disclosures of material
and relevant information are optimally balanced. The SEC has embarked on a
disclosure effectiveness project to address such issues. Deloitte's Heads Up
discusses the SEC staff's views and recommendations regarding steps
registrants can take to improve the effectiveness of their disclosures.
Scary Halloween for Big Banks:
I know I've been bad mommy!
From the CFO Journal's
Morning Ledger on October 31, 2014
Big banks brace for penalties in probes ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/citigroup-cuts-third-quarter-earnings-by-600-million-1414700742?mod=djemCFO_h
Big banks in the U.S. and Europe are stashing away
billions of dollars in anticipation that they may have to pay out
settlements against allegations of foreign-exchange rates manipulation.
People familiar with the situation said U.S. regulators including the Fed,
the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Commodity Futures
Trading Commission are speaking to
Citigroup , Barclays
PLC, and J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. about the settlement. Those banks and HSBC
Holdings PLC, UBS AG, Deutsche Bank AG and Royal Bank of Scotland Group PLC,
are also in talks with U.K. watchdogs, they said.
From the CFO Journal's
Morning Ledger on October 29, 2014
Fast traders are getting data from SEC seconds early
---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/fast-traders-are-getting-data-from-sec-seconds-early-1414539997?mod=djemCFO_h
Hedge funds and other rapid-fire investors can get access to market-moving
documents ahead of other users of the Securities and Exchange Commission’s
system for distributing company filings, giving them a potential edge on the
rest of the market.
From PwC on October 31, 2014
The inaugural edition of our accounting and financial
reporting guide,
Financial statement presentation , describes
in detail the financial statement presentation and disclosure requirements
of common balance sheet and income statement accounts. It also discusses
appropriate classification of cash flows in the statement of cash flows, and
addresses requirements and considerations with regard to the statements of
stockholders' equity and other comprehensive income. In addition, the guide
covers:
- Earnings per share calculations
- Changes in estimate, accounting principles and
errors
- Subsequent events
- Parent company-only financial statements
- Limited liability companies and partnerships
Download our new accounting and financial reporting
guide for
Financial statement presentation - 2014 edition to
learn more.Download Link
http://www.pwc.com/en_US/us/cfodirect/assets/pdf/accounting-guides/pwc-guide-financial-statement-presentation-2014.pdf
EY: Boards reaffirm the definition of a lease but continue to work
on its application ---
https://americas.ey-vx.com/email_handler.aspx?sid=acfef61e-7e4d-4ac8-8ca7-d2ba414ced06&redirect=http%3a%2f%2fwww.ey.com%2fPublication%2fvwLUAssetsAL%2fTothePoint_BB2866_Leases_24October2014%2f%24FILE%2fTothePoint_BB2866_Leases_24October2014.pdf
Bob Jensen's threads on lease accounting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#Leases
PwC: Status of FASB
standard-setting projects in October 2014 ---
Click Here
http://www.pwc.com/us/en/cfodirect/issues/accounting-reporting/fasb-standard-setting-projects.jhtml?display=/us/en/cfodirect/issues/accounting-reporting
PwC: IFRS and US GAAP:
similarities and differences - 2014 edition (224 pages) ---
Click Here
http://www.pwc.com/us/en/cfodirect/issues/ifrs-adoption-convergence/ifrs-and-us-gaap-similarities-and-differences.jhtml?display=/us/en/cfodirect/issues/accounting-reporting
Table
of contents
Importance of being financially bilingual 4
IFRS first-time adoption 7
Revenue recognition 11
Expense recognition—share-based payments 30
Expense recognition—employee benefits 41
Assets—nonfinancial assets 54
Assets—financial assets 80
Liabilities—taxes 102
Liabilities—other 114
Financial liabilities and equity 123
Derivatives and hedging 139
Consolidation 157
Business combinations 177
Other accounting and reporting topics 185
IFRS for small and medium-sized entities 205
FASB/IASB project summary exhibit 209 Noteworthy updates 211
Index 215
Jensen Comment
Many of the newer differences will come about with the forthcoming
implementation of IFRS 9 (Financial Instruments). There are important
differences in the inventory accounting rules that are still pending.
Note that some of the IFRS
standards are now summarized in Wikipedia ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/International_Financial_Reporting_Standards
Look up IFRS with respect to particular numbers such as IFRS 9.
Some FASB standards are also
summarized ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Generally_Accepted_Accounting_Principles_%28United_States%29
Look up particular numbers such as SFAS 157.
Jensen Question
Managerial accounting textbooks are stuffed with cases and problems on such
things as "make versus buy" decisions.
It may be a bit early for textbooks to be updated for the ACA law, but
have any cases emerged in courses on decisions to drop or
keep employee health insurance coverage?
ACA Health Insurance Mandate for Employers in 2015 Causes New Obstacles
and Challenges
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on October 15, 2014
With the health law’s insurance mandate for
employers set to kick in next year, companies are trying to avoid the law’s
penalties while holding down costs, using strategies like enrolling
employees in Medicaid,
the WSJ reports. The
law’s penalties, which can amount to about $2,000 per employee, take effect
next year for firms that employ at least 100 people.
Insurance brokers and benefits administrators
are pitching companies on strategies to keep a lid on expenses that exploit
wrinkles in the law. The Medicaid option is drawing particular interest from
companies with low-wage workers, brokers say.
Locals 8 Restaurant Group
LLC, with about 1,000 workers, already offers health coverage, and
next year plans to reduce some employees’ premiums so as to avoid running
afoul of the law’s standard for affordability. It will also help eligible
employees enroll in Medicaid, using a contractor called
BeneStream Inc.
Such maneuvers could fuel controversy as costs are shifted to taxpayers, but
BeneStream said its business is growing rapidly.
From the CFO Journal's Morning
Ledger on October 31, 2014
Small firms (under 50 employees) drop health plans ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/small-firms-drop-health-plans-1414628013?mod=djemCFO_h
Small companies are starting to turn away from
offering health plans, with many viewing the health law’s marketplace as an
inviting and affordable option.
Wellpoint Inc.
said its small-business-plan membership is shrinking faster than expected
and it has lost about 300,000 people since the start of the year, leaving a
total of 1.56 million in small-group coverage. Other insurers have flagged a
similar trend.
Modestly larger firms are moving more employees to part-time in
order to drop coverage. Larger firms have a much more difficult time avoiding
high penalties for dropping health plans.
From the CPA Newsletter on May 27, 2014
IRS
sets high penalties for (large) companies that send employees to ACA health
exchanges
According to an Internal Revenue Service
ruling, employers that move employees to health insurance exchanges by
reimbursing them for their premiums do not satisfy the requirements of the
Affordable Care Act. Companies that send workers to the exchanges face a tax
penalty of $100 a day, or $36,500 a year, per employee.
The New York Times (tiered subscription model)
(5/
Eventually, large employers may opt to pay the fine
for not providing health insurance and leave their workers to get coverage in
the exchanges. Doing so might even save them money.
"Obamacare Increases Large Employers' Health Costs," by Sally Pipes,
Forbes, May 19, 2014 ---
http://www.forbes.com/sites/sallypipes/2014/05/19/obamacare-increases-large-employers-health-costs/
Employer-provided health insurance may
not be long for this world. According to
a new report from S&P Capital IQ, 90 percent of
American workers who receive health insurance from large companies will
instead get coverage through Obamacare’s exchanges by 2020.
For that, patients — many of whom no
doubt like the insurance they currently have — can blame Obamacare. The
law’s many mandates, fees, and taxes will increase health costs for large
employers to the point that providing health benefits at work is financially
unsustainable.
Consider some of Obamacare’s most
burdensome new levies. For instance, one fee on group plan sponsors is
intended to fund the Patient Centered Outcomes Research Institute (PCORI), a
government-sponsored organization charged with investigating the relative
effectiveness of various medical treatments. Medicare may consider the
Institute’s research in the determining what sorts of therapies it will
cover.
Set aside the fact that the government —
as paymaster for half of the health care delivered in this country — will
have a significant incentive to twist the findings of such research so that
older, cheaper therapies seem just as effective as more expensive,
cutting-edge ones.
Making matters worse, the federal government is
forcing private firms to underwrite its dirty work. For plan years ending
after September 30, 2013, and before October 1, 2014, employer sponsors must
pay the feds a PCORI fee of $2 per covered life. And for plan years between
October 1, 2014, and October 1, 2019, they’ll have to pay an amount adjusted
for national health inflation.
Large employers also have to pay a Temporary
Reinsurance Fee to help “stabilize” premiums in the individual insurance
market. In
an American Health Policy Institute (AHPI) survey
of businesses with more than 10,000 employees, one company estimated that
this fee could cost it $15.3 million from 2014 to 2016.
Then there’s the 40 percent excise tax on expensive
insurance plans — those with premiums greater than $10,200 for individuals
and $27,500 for families — which goes into effect in 2018. One company
in the same survey
said that this tax could cost it $378 million over five years.
Large employers like these cover
59 percent of private-sector workers, according to
the Employee Benefit Research Institute. So many firms will likely face the
same tax-motivated cost increases as these two.
Obamacare doesn’t just tax employers directly. Its
many coverage mandates also raise the cost of benefits indirectly.
Effective 2015, the law’s employer
mandate requires employers with 100 or more full-time employees to provide
health insurance to full-timers or pay a fine. In 2016, those with 50 to 99
employees will have to follow suit. The law originally intended for both
groups to comply with the mandate in 2014.
Obamacare also orders plans to cover
adult children on their parents’ policies until they’re 26 years of age.
This “slacker mandate” has already raised employer health insurance costs by
1 to 3 percent. One firm
told AHPI that the mandate could cost it almost
$69 million over ten years.
Obamacare also requires
employer-sponsored health plans to cover 100 percent of preventive care
services, such as immunizations, contraceptive care, and depression
screening.
One large employer reported that full coverage of
contraceptive care on its own could cost $25.6 million over ten years.
It’s no wonder that large employers
expect their health bills to escalate in the years to come. The AHPI survey
revealed that Obamacare could increase their health costs by 4.3 percent in
2016, 5.1 percent in 2018, and 8.4 percent in 2023.
Those percentages equate to real dollars.
Over the next ten years, Obamacare could cost large employers $151 billion
to $186 billion. That’s about $163 million to $200 million in additional
cost per employer — or $4,800 to $5,900 per employee — solely attributable
to the health reform law.
Employers will likely pass along these
costs to their workers. According to a recent Mercer survey, 80 percent of
employers are considering raising deductibles — or have already done so.
Eventually, large employers may opt
to pay the fine for not providing health insurance and leave their workers
to get coverage in the exchanges. Doing so might even save them money.
The
care for an employee with hemophilia, for example,
can cost a company $300,000. That could end up being a lot more expensive
than the $2,000 per-employee fine for not offering insurance.
Firms could also continue furnishing
insurance to most of their workers — but nudge their costliest ones onto the
exchanges by making the company insurance plan unattractive to them. A
company could shrink its network of doctors, raise co-payments, or even
offer a chronically ill employee a raise to opt out of the employer plan.
In so doing, the company would save
money. The employee would be able to secure better coverage through the
exchange. And if a raise covered the cost of the exchange policy, both
parties would benefit.
Others in the exchange pool — and the
taxpayers subsidizing them — won’t be so lucky. Exchange enrollees are
already sicker than their counterparts outside the government insurance
portals. Indeed, the exchange pool fills prescriptions for the sorts of
specialty drugs associated with chronic disease at a rate that’s
47 percent higher
than for folks outside the exchanges.
Adding even more high-cost individuals to
the exchanges could cause insurers to hike premiums. And higher premiums
require greater taxpayer subsidies. Already, the
Congressional Budget Office projects that the
federal government will spend $1.03 trillion on exchange subsidies and
related spending from 2015 to 2024.
If employers dump their sickest employees
into the exchanges, that number could go spiral even further upward.
Continued in article
Bob
Jensen's universal health care messaging ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Health.htm
Here Are The 10 Worst States To Retire (possibly) ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/here-are-the-10-worst-states-to-retire-2014-11
Jensen Comment
The above article mostly ignores taxation. For example, California is not listed
as one of the worst retirement states even though it is one of the worst states
in terms of taxation, especially if you're moving into the state and cannot
enjoy the property tax relief of Proposition 13 ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/California_Proposition_13_%281978%29
Nevada is one of the best states for tax relief, but is listed as being one of
the worst states in terms of crime. I think California is worse for crime,
although a lot depends upon where your retire in California. Don't count of
crime relief in rural areas in some states, especially California, Texas, New
Mexico, and Arizona. For example, in and around Stockton is now one of the most
dangerous places to live in the USA.
There is a great deal of variation in terms of personal factors that often
affect retirement preferences, possibly the most important being where your
family is concentrated --- or at least the family that you most want to live
near or family that needs you the most for such things as moral support, child
care, etc. Some retirees really enjoy being near other retirees in the same age
group. Others don't like living in the midst of a whole lot of other old folks.
As the saying goes, home is where the
heart is --- although sometimes it takes a strong heart to do the shoveling. In
some northern states there are high traditional migration rates for retirement.
For example, New York has a very high migration rate --- especially to Florida.
In the Midwest it's common to retire in
two places --- up north for the summer months and down south for the winter
months such as in Texas, Arizona, and California. Typically the most time is
spent in the north such that those Midwestern states still get most of your
state income tax. In the Southeast some people spend more than six months in
places like New Hampshire and move back south for the winter. New Hampshire is
popular for the summer months because of having no state taxes on sales (think
of costly new automobiles, boats, and motor homes) and retirement fund income
taxes. Spend less retirement time in other New England states like Vermont and
Maine to avoid their high taxes on retirees deemed to be residents.
Two of our friends sold their mountain-top
home in New Hampshire and retired to Amelia Island in Florida thinking that the
summer months would be tolerable if they lived beside the Atlantic Ocean (which
they could well afford) ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Amelia_Island
They were so miserable the first summer on Amelia Island that they now spend the
summer months back in New Hampshire and only the winter months on Amelia Island.
The very sultry months of July, August, and September in the deep south are
unpopularly known as the Dog Days ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dog_days
I once spent two weeks in Hawaii that were
equally sultry relative to my four summers in northern Florida (Tallahassee) and
24 summers in San Antonio. "Paradise" is a relative
term. I really don't like humidity in hot weather. I like our
mountain home in all seasons in spite of the shoveling. A diesel tractor helps,
but there is still quite a lot of shoveling.
"Bradley U Meets Student Demand with 5 New Online Grad Programs," by
Joshua Bolkan, Campus Technology, October 28, 2014 ---
http://campustechnology.com/articles/2014/10/28/bradley-u-meets-student-demand-with-5-new-online-grad-programs.aspx
Other Distance Education Programs at Bradley ---
http://www.bradley.edu/sitesearch/?q=Distance+Education&image.x=0&image.y=0
Jensen Comment
Bradley benefits heavily by having Caterpillar's world headquarters nearby.
"How the Market Ruined Twitter: Now it’s just a company
trying to make money," by Justin Fox, Harvard Business Review Blog, October
31, 2014 ---
Click Here
http://blogs.hbr.org/2014/10/how-the-market-ruined-twitter/?utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date&cm_ite=DailyAlert-110314+%281%29&cm_lm=rjensen%40trinity.edu&referral=00563&cm_ven=Spop-Email&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date
. . .
As Johnson had described it in much more depth in a
Time cover story a few months before, what
made Twitter so promising and interesting and important was “the fact that
many of its core features and applications have been developed by people who
are not on the Twitter payroll.” Most of its conventions (the hashtag, for
example) had been developed by users. And “the vast majority of its users
interact with the service via software created by third parties.” It was
basically an open-source enterprise, and seemed to owe most of its
remarkable success to that openness.
Of course, that “success” didn’t come with a lot of
revenue. For its first four years, Twitter was able to keep the servers
running thanks to mainly to $150 million in funding from venture capitalists
and angel investors. Then, after a few of those investors ousted co-founder
and CEO Ev Williams in a
boardroom coup late in 2010, Twitter
raised another $1.2 billion in less than a year.
Not surprisingly, the company stopped glorying in the openness of its
ecosystem not long after that. Spooked by investor/entrepreneur Bill Gross’s
attempt to build a sort of shadow Twitter by buying up the most popular
third-party apps, Twitter began cracking down on
those third-party software purveyors and
taking control of its relationship with users (in order to better “monetize”
them). It’s still the users whose creating and sharing
gives Twitter its value as a business, but their activities are now mostly
channeled and managed by the company itself. And while Twitter
has taken some limited steps lately to win back outside app developers,
the bigger news has been its apparent intent to move
away from its simple chronological timeline to
use algorithmic methods to determine what users see,
as rival Facebook has done for years.
Continued in article
Well er ... Just Sort of Anyway
"Spread the Word: Ninite is the Only Safe Place to Get Windows Freeware,"
by Chris Hoffman, How-To-Geek, November 11, 2014 ---
http://www.howtogeek.com/201354/ninite-is-the-only-safe-place-to-get-windows-freeware/
Ninite
is a free tool that automatically downloads, installs,
and updates various Windows programs for you, skipping past the evil toolbar
offers. For Windows users, Ninite is arguably the only really safe place to
get freeware.
This application is far more than a tool for tech
support people to easily set up PCs. It’s a place you can get safe Windows
freeware without trawling the usual download sites full of harmful garbage.
The Only Safe Place, Really?
Of course, safe freeware is available elsewhere
online. But there’s no real trustworthy,
centralized source of the stuff.
Download sites are uniformly terrible these days — even good old SourceForge
is now bundling junkware.
f you want a safe place to get freeware without
worrying about toolbars and other junkware, Ninite
is the program to use. If you have parents or relatives that use a computer,
you can tell them just to use Ninite to get and update the free programs
they need — the software on Ninite is guaranteed to be safe. Even programs
that come with toolbars (like
Java) won’t have a toolbar when you install them
via Ninite. We can’t think of a single rule of thumb that will help a
typical user get useful free Windows applications while avoiding all
the junkware and malware beyond “just use Ninite.”
This doesn’t mean you should avoid other websites
entirely — sure, if you use Microsoft Office, download it from Microsoft.
But, if you need a free application to do something, head to Ninite’s
website and find one there instead of attempting to hunt down an application
on the freeware sites.
Continued in article
From the CPA Newsletter on
November 14, 2014
FASB delays final release of consolidation standard ---
http://r.smartbrief.com/resp/gjAFBYbWhBCLelaTCidKtxCicNfznL?format=standard
The Financial Accounting Standards Board will not issue a final
consolidation standard at the end of this year because its staff discovered
during a final review that a large number of issues still needed to be
analyzed. It is possible FASB could reopen discussion on some of the
technical issues. At the earliest, the final standard could come in
February.
Compliance Week/Accounting & Auditing Update blog
(11/13)
From the CPA Newsletter on
October 31, 2014
SEC presses advisers to protect clients from scammers ---
http://r.smartbrief.com/resp/gifaBYbWhBCKsTjSCidKtxCicNhxjB?format=standard
The Securities
and Exchange Commission is moving ahead with requiring financial advisers to
adopt policies to protect clients' data from cybercriminals. Professionals
with authority to direct client funds to third parties are responsible for
complying with rules aimed at preventing identity theft, said Jennifer
Porter of the Division of Investment Management.
Financial-Planning.com
(10/29)
"The Newest Employees at Lowe’s
Hardware Store: Robots," by Mae Anderson, Yahoo Tech, October 28,
2014 ---
https://www.yahoo.com/tech/the-newest-employees-at-lowes-hardware-store-robots-101180704939.html
No More Jobs on the Farms or Most Anywhere Else
"Get Ready for Robot Farmers," by Jodi Helmer, CNNMoney
via Yahoo Tech, October 24, 2014 ---
https://www.yahoo.com/tech/get-ready-for-robot-farmers-100613764059.html
"Patented Book Writing System Creates, Sells Hundreds Of Thousands Of
Books On Amazon," by David J. Hull, Security Hub, December 13, 2012
---
http://singularityhub.com/2012/12/13/patented-book-writing-system-lets-one-professor-create-hundreds-of-thousands-of-amazon-books-and-counting/
Philip M. Parker, Professor of Marketing at INSEAD Business School,
has had a side project for over 10 years. He’s created
a computer system that can write books about specific subjects in about 20
minutes. The patented algorithm has so far generated hundreds of thousands
of books. In fact, Amazon lists over 100,000 books attributed to Parker, and
over 700,000 works listed for his company,
ICON Group International, Inc. This doesn’t
include the private works, such as internal reports,
created for companies or licensing of the system itself through a separate
entity called
EdgeMaven Media.
Parker is not so much an author as a compiler, but
the end result is the same: boatloads of written works.
"Raytheon's Missiles Are Now Made by Robots," by Ashlee Vance,
Bloomberg Business Week, December 11, 2012 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2012-12-11/raytheons-missiles-now-made-by-robots
A World Without Work," by Dana Rousmaniere, Harvard Business Review
Blog, January 27, 2013 ---
Click Here
http://blogs.hbr.org/morning-advantage/2013/01/morning-advantage-a-world-with.html?referral=00563&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date&utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date
Jensen Comment
There's hope until robots are reading, comprehending, and writing reviews of
books written by robots.
Jensen Question
How many years will it take for cost accountants to stop teaching how to
allocate overhead on the basis of direct labor hours or costs?
My reply to Scott Bonacker on October 31, 2014
Hi Scott,
One of my first tax returns when I was a neophyte for Ernst & Ernst in
Denver was a restaurant that brought me the monthly cash register tapes in
shoe boxes along with checkbook stubs. The technology of the day was a paper
worksheet and a 10-key adding machine and secretary who typed up my tax
return drafts. I think the only technology we added to the office before I
went on to become an accounting professor were electric pencil sharpeners.
In 40 years we went from paper worksheets and stubby pencils to
point-of-sale accounting software that feeds into tax software where about
the only role of a tax professional is now, possibly, to review the returns
printed out by the tax software and to provide tax planning recommendations
to the client.
The IRS prefers electronic return filings that aren't even printed on
paper. Much or even all of the IRS review is by computer and may not even
entail human intervention when notifying the taxpayer of errors such as
unreported income --- computers talking to computers so to speak.
If we had to do tax returns in the 21st Century like we did in the 1960s
the E&E office would have hundreds more tax return specialists in the Denver
Office alone.
Writers who contend that technology, especially robotics, does not
replace workers are nuts.
Respectfully,
Bob Jensen
"New At Forbes Online: The Precarious Financial Position Of The New York
Times," by Francine McKenna, re:TheAuditors, November 11, 2014 ---
http://retheauditors.com/2014/11/11/new-at-forbes-online-the-precarious-financial-position-of-the-new-york-times/
Update: The New York Times Public Editor Margaret
Sullivan published a column, “Shaky
Times, Strong Journalism”, shortly after the 3rd
Quarter earnings announcement with several critiques of the results and
commentary. My column in Forbes was cited. She said I provided a provided
“a tough, and rather dire, analysis of the issues.”
This post was originally published on October
29,2014.
I published some New York Times numbers over at
Forbes.com, “Time
Is Running Short For The New York Times”, in
anticipation of the company’s 3Q earnings announcement on October 30. I plan
to write a followup when we know if the company’s own predictions about its
third quarter have come true.
The Times telegraphed its expected 3Q results to
the market on October 1 when it filed a notice with the SEC regarding
upcoming staff voluntary buyouts that may convert to involuntary layoffs
later. Anything can happen. More important than the third quarter is how the
company will end the year and move forward. Even its own predictions are
less than encouraging, regardless of how much Paid Post-type storytelling
they can put on the books.
I did put a nice link to PwC thought leadership in
the piece.
To say the trend for print advertising is very
negative would be an understatement. In a just published essay for the
Brookings Institution,
“The Bad News about the News,” veteran
Washington Post reporter and editor Robert Kaiser says nearly 20 percent
of advertising dollars still go to print media but “Americans only spend
about 5 percent of the time they devote to media of all kinds to
magazines and newspapers.” Revenue from print ads will nearly disappear
when advertisers catch on.
Circulation revenues rose globally in 2013
after years of decline, but advertising revenue continued to crater,
says
PricewaterhouseCoopers in its latest
Global and Media Entertainment Outlook. By
2018, circulation or subscription revenue will likely match advertising
revenue. Consumers will have to become news media’s biggest source of
revenue.
Read the rest at Forbes.com, “Time
Is Running Short For The New York Times”.
"Sheriff's department files held for ransom by malware: The "Cryptowall"
malware demanded more than $500 from the Dickson County Sheriff's Office to
unlock its case files.," by Ben Hooper, UPI, November 13, 2014 ---
http://www.upi.com/Odd_News/2014/11/13/Sheriffs-department-files-held-for-ransom-by-malware/4061415904893/?spt=sec&or=on
A Tennessee sheriff's department said it paid more
than $500 ransom to release files locked away by malicious software
accidentally downloaded into the system.
Detective Jeff McCliss, IT director for the Dickson
County Sheriff's Office, said the "Cryptowall" program was installed into
the department's computer system in late October when someone streaming
local radio station WDKN accidentally clicked on a rotating ad that had been
infected with the malware.
McCliss and Sheriff Jeff Bledsoe said Cryptowall
put a lock on the department's case folder and demanded $572 worth of
anonymous online currency Bitcoins to unlock the files.
"Every sort of document that you could develop in
an investigation was in that folder. There was a total of 72,000 files,"
McCliss told WTVF-TV.
McCliss said he consulted with experts including
those affiliated with the FBI and the military, but the consensus was the
only way to unlock the files was to pay.
The payment was made to a person identified only as
"Nimrod Gruber."
"Although a substantial portion of the data
encrypted on the report management server was able to be restored from
backups, there were still approximately 72,000 files affected on the host
computer, which introduced the malware to the network and the report
management system and the attached drives," Bledsoe told the Dickson Herald.
Luke Vincent, information technology director for
the town of Durham, N.H., said police in his town were targeted by a similar
"ransomware" scheme, but officials decided not to pay. He said the affected
files were "administrative" rather than "critical."
"We knew we were never going to pay that ransom,"
Vincent said. "We were able to restore all the files...so there was never a
thought of paying the ransom in that case."
However, he said the town did end up spending about
$3,000 to a contractor to help with "cleanup" following the breach.
Read more:
http://www.upi.com/Odd_News/2014/11/13/Sheriffs-department-files-held-for-ransom-by-malware/4061415904893/#ixzz3J3hwPkp0
Jensen Comment
Beware if advertisements to detect and/or remove malware free. These are often
ploys to infect your computer. It's best to get expert advice before trying to
remove malware yourself --- other than the following the instructions in pup-ups
from the trusted security software that you already have installed on your
system. I now get a pop-up about every ten minutes from my trusted F-Secure
system. Malware detected by F-Secure can be easily deleted with one click. This
does not mean the F-Secure is the best protection available. I just happens to
be the protection that I installed.
AICPA Recognizes Educators with Three Accounting Curriculum Awards,
October 7, 2014 ---
http://www.aicpa.org/press/pressreleases/2013/pages/aicpa-recognizes-educators-with-three-accounting-curriculum-awards.aspx
The American
Institute of CPAs today
announced the 2013 recipients of three accounting curriculum awards. The
annual awards are bestowed upon educators who demonstrate innovative
teaching practices in one of three distinct educational levels: in the first
sequence of accounting, junior- and senior-level accounting courses and at
the graduate level.
“It is critical that the education University
accounting students receive prepares them to enter a profession which serves
the needs of individuals, small businesses, and large companies in a dynamic
marketplace,” said
Jeannie Patton,
Vice President, Academics,
Professional Pathways and Inclusion. “These award winning entries showcase
the kind of teaching needed to instill students with the competencies they
need to serve the public interest, both domestically and globally.”
The recipient of the 2013
Bea
Sanders/AICPA Innovation in Teaching Award for
innovative teaching practices in the first sequence of accounting is Markus
Ahrens, Professor of Accounting at
St. Louis Community College. Aherns was recognized
for his work implementing greater teamwork and student
collaboration within the classroom,
resulting in increased attendance, improvement in student grades and higher
overall student success rates.
Marion E. McHugh Assistant Professor in the
Business and Accounting Department, Furman University and Paul Polinski,
Lecturer of Accountancy, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
have been honored with the 2013 George
Krull/Grant Thornton Teaching Innovation Award
in recognition of their innovative teaching of
junior- and senior-level accounting courses. Their curriculum centered
around a project which provides students
with an opportunity to engage in critical thinking about the appropriate
separation of duties in the purchases and disbursements transaction cycles.
The winners of the 2013
Mark
Chain/FSA Teaching Innovation Award for
innovative graduate-level accounting teaching practices are Jennifer Butler
Ellis, Mark E. Riley and Rebecca Toppe Shortridge from Northern Illinois
University. Their Master of Accounting Science program incorporated a
workshop to ensure graduates had not only technical accounting knowledge,
but also leadership and communications skills.
The winners’ curricula, along with those of past
winners,
are included as part
of the Accounting
Professors' Curriculum Resource,
AICPA’s curriculum tool.
The Curriculum Resource offers
accounting curricula specifically designed to encourage faculty and engage
accounting students while furthering their knowledge of the profession.
Access to the tool is limited to AICPA members.
AICPA
, The
Federation of Schools of Accountancy and Grant
Thornton will cover the winners’
travel expenses to the 2014 American
Accounting Association annual meeting,
which will provide them with the opportunity to present their curriculum in
person and receive their awards.
“The AICPA would like to thank the AAA for providing the winners an
opportunity to present their curriculum and FSA and Grant Thornton for their
contributions to make those presentations possible,” added Patton.
The following individuals received honorable
mention recognition for their submissions:
Bea Sanders/AICPA Innovation in Teaching Award:
·
Edward Bysiek, St. Bonaventure University
·
Curtis M. Nicholls and Stacy A. Mastrolia, Bucknell University
George Krull/Grant Thornton Teaching Innovation
Award:
·
Kelly Richmond Pope, DePaul University
·
Rita Grant, Grand Valley State University
·
Carol M. Jessup, University of Illinois-Springfield
Mark Chain/FSA Teaching Innovation Award:
·
Mark Holtzblatt and John Geekie, Cleveland State University, Norbert
Tschakert, Salem State University
·
Rosemary Fullerton, Utah State University
The award winners are selected by the Pre-certification
Education Executive Committee
of
AICPA, which assists the academic community in preparing students with the
core competencies needed for entry into the profession.
More information about the AICPA educator awards, including submission
criteria, can be
found
online.
Bob Jensen's threads on Tools and Tricks of the Trade are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm
How to Mislead With Statistics
"Reminder: The FBI’s ‘Police Homicide’ Count Is Wrong," by Reuben
Fischer-Baum, Nate Silver's 5:38 Blog, November 12, 2014 ---
http://fivethirtyeight.com/datalab/reminder-the-fbis-police-homicide-count-is-wrong/
How to Mislead With Statistics
"Some Stats Are Just Nonsense," by Cullen Roche, Pragmatic Capitalism
via Business Insider, November 15, 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/historical-statistical-and-nonsensical-2014-11
How to Mislead With Statistics
Common Accountics Science and Econometric Science Statistical Mistakes ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsScienceStatisticalMistakes.htm
How to Mislead With Statistics: Ignore the Variance and Ignore the
Outliers (in this case graduates without law jobs)
"Why Huge Salaries Don't Necessarily Make Law Grads Rich," bv Akane Otani,
Bloomberg Businessweek, October 22, 2014 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2014-10-22/law-school-grads-make-good-salaries-but-have-high-debt-and-few-jobs
Graduates of Harvard Law School, among all
the graduate schools in the U.S., make the most money, earning a median
salary of $201,000 once they are 10 years out of school, according to a new
report. Law schools rank higher than other graduate programs when it comes
to salaries, yet skyrocketing debt and
a
thinning job market for law graduates may dampen
the appeal of a J.D.
Harvard Law School, Emory University School of Law,
and Santa Clara University School of Law topped salary
rankings for graduate and professional programs in
a study released Wednesday by compensation-tracking company PayScale. Of the
top 20 schools, 12 were law schools. The rest were business schools.
Despite a few law schools dominating the rankings,
law school graduates did not hold claim to the most lucrative degree on the
market. The median midcareer salary for a law school graduate was $139,300—a
far smaller sum than the figures boasted by the schools that topped
PayScale’s rankings. Considering that the median debt load for law school
graduates
rose to $140,616 in
2012, even a six-figure salary doesn’t sound as glamorous.
What’s more, Payscale’s data didn’t factor in law
school grads who don’t have jobs—and jobs are scarcer for lawyers now than
they have been in years. The employment rate for law school graduates has
dropped six years in a row. “Since 1985, there
have only been two classes with an overall employment rate below [84.5
percent], and both of those occurred in the aftermath of the 1990-91
recession,” the National Association for Law Placement said in a
report this summer. Over the past decade, at least
12 firms, accounting for more than 1,000 lawyers, have shut their
doors. Others are eyeing cuts
among partners.
One reason why a J.D. isn’t a get-rich-quick
guarantee is the wide range of salaries within the field of law. A new
graduate working as a public interest lawyer or for local government will
make an average of $60,000 or less a year, according to the
NALP.
“If you want to be a public defender vs. a
corporate attorney, there is going to be a big difference in terms of
ability to pay off your loans,” says Lydia Frank, editorial and marketing
director for PayScale. “Because there’s such a wide variety in earnings
potential, you can’t assume that any job you’re going to pursue with a J.D.
is going to be equal.”
While the salary rankings may provide a good
benchmark for what’s possible with an elite law degree, great job
connections, and a lucrative specialty, the average would-be lawyer should
think carefully about the return on an investment in legal education.
“If you’re going to take out ‘X’ amount in student
loans, you really want to have a good understanding of the likelihood of
being able to repay that loan in a timely fashion,” Frank says. “I think it
still behooves everybody to really examine things other than salary
potential, such as employment potential for JDs.”
Jensen Comment
Traditionally, accounting graduates who go to work for large CPA firms get great
training and great client exposure. The bad news is that probabilities of
attaining partnerships after 6-10 years are very low. The good news is that
prospects of going to work for clients are high, and new graduates never wanted
the pressures, travel, and time commitments of partnerships in CPA firms in the
first place.
Among the least-wanted pressures are the pressures to obtain new clients via
lots of night and weekend community volunteer work, golf outings that aren't all
that much fun, and selling the firms' services over and over and over year after
year Some of the things that discourage faculty from striving to be college
presidents also discourage staff accountants and lawyers from seeking
partnerships.
My point is that winnings of the highest salaries as partners in both
law and accounting firms are not all they're cracked up to be in terms of job
stress, long hours, frequent travel, glad-handing, broken marriages, neglected
children, etc. Most of the very good lawyers and accountants want no part of
this partnership lifestyle even at much higher compensation. Men and women
partners who are also parents are advised to have spouses who will take on the
chores of child rearing and keeping the home fires burning.
A bummer for finance and marketing graduates is performance-based
compensation. For example, landing that job on Wall Street sounds great until
you realize that your pay is really based upon sales commissions. It's not a
great life unless you really like to spend your days wooing customers to buy
what you're selling (like bonds and derivatives) year after year after year.
Probabilities of becoming partners in the Big Four vary with domestic and
international location where, in my viewpoint, it's sometimes easier to make
partner in some foreign offices. For example, one of my students who had a low
probability of becoming partner in a Texas office of a Big Four firm became a
partners rather quickly in Moscow.
"The qualities of a Big Four partner: Chris
Carter, Crawford Spence and Claire Dambrin studied Big Four firms in three
countries to find out what qualities make a partner," Economia, July
16, 2014 ---
http://economia.icaew.com/finance/july-2014/essay-the-qualities-of-a-big-four-partner
The Big Four are quintessentially global
organisations, their logos adorn major commercial centres and they are
prominent players in most western economies. Unlike their corporate
counterparts, their governance structures are more opaque. This is a
consequence of the partnership model which gives a high degree of
independence to each country in which the Big Four operates. Global
organisations –in general – and the Big Four in particular invite the
following question: to what extent is there convergence or divergence
between their operations in different countries?
We set out to answer this question by
researching partners in Canada, France and the UK. We were particularly
interested in the types of people that became partner and the process of
them actually getting there. Was this similar across the three countries
or were there striking differences?
The broad career structure is much the same
across the three contexts: following qualification, employees move into
the manager position – during which time many tend to leave the firm –
before proceeding to senior manager, director and ultimately partner.
Only 2-3% of members of the Big Four will ever make partner; ascension
to this position is to enter the elite of the accounting profession. In
provincial cities, Big Four partners are well known “business
celebrities”, while in capital cities they are players within their
service lines. Partners are the pinnacle of the accounting profession
for those that remain in private practice.
We started by looking at British and Canadian
partners. What we found was remarkably similar: it takes most partners
15-17 years to become a partner after joining; 60 to 70 hour weeks are
the norm; partners are more likely to be white and male; the process of
becoming a partner has become far more formalised than it was in the
past; most people who make partnership highlight the importance of
“having a good mentor” to help them navigate the complex, Byzantine
politics of a Big Four firm.
To add to this picture, interviewees emphasised
the importance of trust: does the firm trust a candidate enough to make
them a part-owner? All of this takes place against a broader economic
backdrop which will determine whether a particular service is deemed
worthy of supporting a further partner. The economic conditions can in
boom times create more partnerships in a firm; recessionary times can
preclude gifted candidates from making partner.
We talked to over 50 partners, ex-partners and
people who didn’t make partner in Britain and Canada. The similarities
far overshadowed any differences. Partners were very much “self-made
men” and, save for a few exceptions, were drawn from modest social
backgrounds. This meritocratic quality was deeply infused within the
firms we visited, with a notable ‘can do’ ethos. The driven quality of
the partners often extended to their leisure pursuits. Whereas the
stereotype is of a partner playing a good deal of golf, they were much
more likely to be competing in endurance cycle races or long distance
running events. The participation in endurance sports is a fitting
metaphor. Partners are driven, high energy people who exude
self-confidence.
By midway through our research we were
accustomed to partners recounting that “their career was different”.
This statement surprised us as most of the partners spent most of their
careers in one firm, something that is very unusual in the contemporary
workplace, and we imagined that there was a distinct career path. The
expression, however, spoke to the different ways in which the partners
had proved themselves.
In every case, the accountant “proved
themselves” through completing a difficult piece of work that gained
praise from the firm. This demonstrated that the accountant had ability
and could be trusted by the organisation. This building of reputation
brought the accountant into new networks in the firm where more
opportunities arose. Proving oneself as being very good at a complex job
is generally enough to get a promotion to director. Beyond that, wannabe
partners need to demonstrate that they can move effortlessly with senior
executives in client firms and that they can generate revenue. It’s a
cliché, but cash is king. The Big Four are packed full of extremely
competent technical specialists – what makes someone stand out is their
ability to generate fee income. Entrepreneurialism is a prime quality.
The similarities between British and Canadian
partners were striking regarding this topic, in fact the only compelling
difference was that British partners went for football and rugby
metaphors, while their Canadian counterparts used ice hockey and NFL.
We travelled to France to find out about the
French experience. Our intuition was that the capacity to generate new
business would be crucial there too but that leverages to increase
turnover might be of a different nature. In particular we expected that
belonging to a cultural or social elite would be essential for partners
to bring in new business in France. The Big Four are similarly prominent
in France, although there are different rules around audit rotation.
What became immediately clear was the Big Four are structured
differently in France.
First, it was incredibly important where an
employee had studied. In France, there are a number of Grandes Ecoles
that are, in effect, elite Business Schools. The Big Four strive to
recruit a quota from each of these schools. Unlike in Britain, where the
Big Four recruit from a wide range of universities and where partners
are pretty diverse in terms of their educational backgrounds, in France
attending one of these Grande Ecoles will vastly increase your chances
of getting recruited in the first instance, and is even more important
in rising to partner grade in the second instance. One of our French
partners explained: “We are worried when we don’t have enough
‘parisiennes’ [graduates of top Grandes Ecoles]. I find that daft but in
this firm we always have the illusion that if you haven’t been to a
‘parisienne’ then you can’t be a partner. That said, given that the
clients of tomorrow will have studied at the same place, it is better to
have them.”
The quote reveals a great deal about how
educational background is a determinant of future success in the Big
Four in France. Simply put, having graduated from a top school (a
parisienne) marks out an employee as special and puts them onto a
different career trajectory from those who had attended more routine
universities. In France Big Four firms agree with each other on starting
salary grids depending on the school category of their recruits. High
expectations are placed very early on their recruits from Grandes Ecoles
and this has a very basic economic rationale.
It is through the process of offering
parisiennes more varied and exciting work – projects that add value and
generally “pampering” them – that their “specialness” becomes a reality
in the French Big Four. Contrary to what we expected, educational
pedigree actually becomes more important at the partner level: it is
easier for graduates of the Grandes Ecoles to interact with each other
and so future sources of revenue will come through the conversion of
their educational background into social skills and new business for the
firm. It is a fascinating contrast to the British and Canadian
experiences where the treatment of recruits is much more homogeneous.
More broadly, the French experience is suggestive of the grip that
Grandes Ecoles have on elite careers within the French corporate sector.
The Grandes Ecoles cast a long shadow over the
Big Four in France; this raises questions as to whether a different set
of qualities are required to become partner. A key insight from our
research study is that the pressures that French partners and aspirant
partners face are much the same as in Britain and Canada: clients need
to be kept happy; new business needs to be generated and delivered; new
service lines need to be developed; for personal career strategies,
aspirant partners need to be seen as less technical and more strategic.
In short, the descriptions of the Big Four in
France were remarkably similar to their counterparts in Britain and
Canada. What was particularly striking was the creed of commercialism
that underpins the Big Four across the three countries. One partner in
France explained: “The first thing we look at is [the candidate’s]
commercial skills. Dilution [of profit-per-partner] is a real concern
for us. If partners don’t bring in revenue, the partners’ committee will
lose money because there is less to share in the end. So the capacity to
make business grow obviously matters a lot.”
This quote could have come from any of the
firms in any of the three countries. The ability to generate business
and ‘grow the cake’ is an absolutely central skill for someone who wants
to make partner. The central difference between Britain, Canada and
France is that in the French case the assumption is that being a
graduate of a Grandes Ecoles will help generate new business. In Britain
and Canada it is demonstrably not the case that an elite degree will
lead to these outcomes. In France, attendance at one of these schools
has a huge bearing on an alumnus’s future career in the Big Four.
Our research emphasises that people skills –
the ability to get on with people and build durable networks – are
crucial to success in a Big Four career. These skills need to be
converted into revenues. To put this in some sort of context, the
following revenues were quoted to us. In Canada, one interviewee
suggested that a partner needed to generate around $3m (Canadian) per
annum (£1.63m), in France this figure was estimated at €3m (£2.4m),
whereas in Britain, a figure of £2m was frequently cited. Partners are
clearly under pressure to generate vast sums of fee income for the Big
Four; the prospect of being able to generate such fees is crucial to
ascending to a partnership.
Continued in article
See more at:
http://economia.icaew.com/finance/july-2014/essay-the-qualities-of-a-big-four-partner#sthash.BukvhkPO.dpuf
Bob Jensen's threads on careers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#careers
Eight Econometrics Multiple-Choice Quiz Sets from David Giles
You might have to go to his site to get the quizzes to work.
Note that there are multiple questions for each quiz set.
Click on the arrow button to go to a subsequent question.
O.K., I know - that was a really
cheap way of getting your attention.
However, it worked, and
this post really is about
Hot Potatoes
- not the edible variety, but some
teaching apps. from "Half-Baked Software" here at the University
of Victoria.
To quote:
"The Hot
Potatoes suite
includes six applications, enabling you to create interactive
multiple-choice, short-answer, jumbled-sentence, crossword,
matching/ordering and gap-fill exercises for the World Wide Web.
Hot Potatoes is
freeware,
and you may use it for any purpose or project you like."
I've included some Hot
Potatoes multiple choice exercises on the web pages for
several of my courses for some years now. Recently, some of the
students in my introductory graduate econometrics course
mentioned that these exercises were quite helpful. So, I thought
I'd share the Hot Potatoes apps. for that course with
readers of this blog.
There are eight multiple-choice
exercise sets in total, and you can run them from here:
I've also put the HTML and associated PDF
files on the
code page
for this blog. If you're going to download
them and use them on your own computer or website, just make sure
that the PDF files are located in the same folder (directory) as the
HTML files.
I plan to extend and update these Hot Potatoes exercises in
the near future, but hopefully some readers will find them useful in
the meantime.
From my "Recently Read" list:
-
Born, B. and J. Breitung, 2014. Testing for serial correlation
in fixed-effects panel data models. Econometric Reviews, in
press.
-
Enders, W. and Lee. J., 2011. A unit root test using a Fourier
series to approximate smooth breaks, Oxford Bulletin of Economics and
Statistics, 74, 574-599.
-
Götz, T. B. and A. W. Hecq, 2014. Testing for Granger causality
in large mixed-frequency VARs. RM/14/028, Maastricht University, SBE,
Department of Quantitative Economics.
-
Kass, R. E., 2011. Statistical
inference: The big picture.
Statistical Science, 26, 1-9.
-
Qian, J. and L. Su, 2014. Structural change estimation in time
series regressions with endogenous variables. Economics Letters,
in press.
-
Wickens,
M., 2014. How did we get to where we are now? Reflections on 50
years of macroeconomic and financial econometrics. Discussion No. 14/17,
Department of Economics and Related Studies, University of York.
"Statistical Inference: The Big Picture," by Robert E. Kass,
Statistical Science 2011, Vol. 26, No. 1, 1–9 DOI: 10.1214/10-STS337 ©
Institute of Mathematical Statistics ---
http://www.stat.cmu.edu/~kass/papers/bigpic.pdf
Abstract.
Statistics has moved beyond the frequentist-Bayesian controversies of the
past. Where does this leave our ability to interpret results? I suggest that
a philosophy compatible with statistical practice, labeled here statistical
pragmatism , serves as a foundation for inference. Statistical pragmatism is
inclusive and emphasizes the assumptions that connect statistical models
with observed data. I argue that introductory courses often mischaracterize
the process of statistical inference and I propose an alternative “big
picture” depiction.
Common Accountics Science and Econometric Science Statistical Mistakes ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsScienceStatisticalMistakes.htm
Statistical Science Reading List for June 2014 Compiled by David Giles in
Canada ---
http://davegiles.blogspot.com/2014/05/june-reading-list.html
Put away that novel! Here's some really fun June reading:
-
Berger, J.,
2003. Could Fisher, Jeffreys and Neyman have agreed on testing?.
Statistical Science, 18, 1-32.
-
Canal, L. and R. Micciolo, 2014. The chi-square controversy.
What if Pearson had R? Journal of Statistical Computation and
Simulation, 84, 1015-1021.
-
Harvey, D. I., S. J. Leybourne, and A. M. R. Taylor, 2014. On
infimum Dickey-Fuller unit root tests allowing for a trend break under
the null. Computational Statistics and Data Analysis, 78,
235-242.
-
Karavias, Y. and E. Tzavalis, 2014. Testing for unit roots in
short panels allowing for a structural breaks. Computational
Statistics and Data Analysis, 76, 391-407.
-
King, G.
and M. E. Roberts, 2014. How robust standard errors expose
methodological problems they do not fix, and what to do about it.
Mimeo., Harvard University.
-
Kuroki, M. and J. Pearl, 2014. Measurement bias and effect
restoration in causal inference. Biometrika, 101, 423-437.
-
Manski, C., 2014.
Communicating uncertainty in official economic statistics. Mimeo.,
Department of Economics, Northwestern University.
-
Martinez-Camblor, P., 2014. On correlated z-values in hypothesis
testing. Computational
Statistics and Data Analysis,
in press.
The Cult of Statistical Significance: How Standard Error Costs Us Jobs,
Justice, and Lives ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/DeirdreMcCloskey/StatisticalSignificance01.htm
Common Accountics Science and Econometric
Science Statistical Mistakes ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsScienceStatisticalMistakes.htm
November 7, 2014 posting by David Giles in his Econometrics Beat blog.
This
post is one of a sequence of posts, the earlier members
of which can be found
here,
here,
here, and
here. These posts are
based on Giles (2014).
Some of the standard tests that we perform in
econometrics can be affected by the level of aggregation
of the data. Here, I'm concerned only with time-series
data, and with temporal aggregation. I'm going to
show you some preliminary results from work that I have
in progress with
Ryan Godwin. Although
these results relate to just one test, our work covers a
range of testing problems.
I'm not supplying the EViews program code that was used
to obtain the results below - at least, not for now.
That's because what I'm reporting is based on work in
progress. Sorry!
As in the
earlier posts, let's suppose that the aggregation is
over "m" high-frequency periods. A lower case symbol
will represent a high-frequency observation on a
variable of interest; and an upper-case symbol will
denote the aggregated series.
So,
Yt = yt + yt - 1 +
......+ yt - m + 1 .
If we're aggregating monthly (flow) data to
quarterly data, then m = 3. In the case of
aggregation from quarterly to annual data, m = 4,
etc.
Now, let's investigate how such aggregation affects
the performance of the well-known Jarque-Bera (1987)
(J-B) test for the normality of the errors in a
regression model. I've discussed some of the
limitations of this test in an
earlier post, and you
might find it helpful to look at that post
(and
this one) at this
point. However, the J-B test is very widely used by
econometricians, and it warrants some further
consideration.
Consider the following a small Monte Carlo
experiment.
Continued at
http://davegiles.blogspot.com/2014/11/the-econometrics-of-temporal.html#more
Jensen Comment
Perhaps an even bigger problem in aggregation is the assumption of stationarity.
From Two Former Presidents of the AAA
"Some Methodological Deficiencies in Empirical Research Articles in
Accounting." by Thomas R. Dyckman and Stephen A. Zeff , Accounting
Horizons: September 2014, Vol. 28, No. 3, pp. 695-712 ---
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/acch-50818 (not free)
This paper uses a sample of the regression and
behavioral papers published in The Accounting Review and the Journal of
Accounting Research from September 2012 through May 2013. We argue first
that the current research results reported in empirical regression papers
fail adequately to justify the time period adopted for the study. Second, we
maintain that the statistical analyses used in these papers as well as in
the behavioral papers have produced flawed results. We further maintain that
their tests of statistical significance are not appropriate and, more
importantly, that these studies do not—and cannot—properly address the
economic significance of the work. In other words, significance tests are
not tests of the economic meaningfulness of the results. We suggest ways to
avoid some but not all of these problems. We also argue that replication
studies, which have been essentially abandoned by accounting researchers,
can contribute to our search for truth, but few will be forthcoming unless
the academic reward system is modified.
The free SSRN version of this paper is at
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2324266
This Dyckman and Zeff paper is indirectly related to the following technical
econometrics research:
"The Econometrics of Temporal Aggregation - IV - Cointegration," by
David Giles, Econometrics Blog, September 13, 2014 ---
http://davegiles.blogspot.com/2014/09/the-econometrics-of-temporal.html
Common Accountics Science and Econometric
Science Statistical Mistakes ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsScienceStatisticalMistakes.htm
David Johnstone asked me to write a paper on the following:
"A Scrapbook on What's Wrong with the Past, Present and Future of Accountics
Science"
Bob Jensen
February 19, 2014
SSRN Download:
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2398296
The Cult of Statistical Significance: How Standard Error Costs Us Jobs,
Justice, and Lives ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/DeirdreMcCloskey/StatisticalSignificance01.htm
Common Accountics Science and Econometric
Science Statistical Mistakes ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsScienceStatisticalMistakes.htm
Some 148,283 of those 350,000 fraudsters ineligible for Medicaid in
Illinois have been removed from the rolls as of November 2014
"Audit reveals half of people enrolled in Illinois Medicaid program not
eligible," by Craig Cheatham, KMOV Television, November 4, 2013 ---
http://www.kmov.com/news/just-posted/Audit-reveals-half-of-people-enrolled-in-IL-Medicaid-program-not-eligible-230586321.html?utm_content=buffer824ba&utm_source=buffer&utm_medium=twitter&utm_campaign=Buffer
The early findings of an ongoing review of the
Illinois Medicaid program revealed that half the people enrolled weren’t
even eligible.
The state insisted it’s not that bad but Medicaid
is on the federal government’s own list of programs at high risk of waste
and abuse.
Now, a review of the Illinois Medicaid program
confirms massive waste and fraud.
A review was ordered more than a year ago-- because
of concerns about waste and abuse. So far, the state says reviewers have
examined roughly 712-thousand people enrolled in Medicaid, and
found that 357-thousand, or about half of them
shouldn't have received benefits. After
further review, the state decided that the percentage of people who didn't
qualify was actually about one out of four.
"It says that we've had a system that is
dysfunctional. Once people got on the rolls, there wasn't the will or the
means to get them off,” said Senator Bill Haines of Alton.
A state spokesman insists that the percentage of
unqualified recipients will continue to drop dramatically as the review
continues because the beginning of the process focused on the people that
were most likely to be unqualified for those benefits. But regardless of how
it ends, critics say it's proof that Illinois has done a poor job of
protecting tax payers money.
“Illinois one of the most miss-managed states in
country-- lists of reasons-- findings shouldn't surprise anyone,” said Ted
Dabrowski.
Dabrowski, a Vice-President of The Illinois Policy
Institute think tank, spoke with News 4 via SKYPE. He said the Medicaid
review found two out of three people recipients either got the wrong
benefits, or didn't deserve any at all.
We added so many people to medicaid rolls so
quickly, we've lost control of who belongs there,” said Dabrowski.
Continued in article
Some 148,283 of those 350,000 fraudsters ineligible for Medicaid in
Illinois have been removed from the rolls as of November 2014
"Reversing the Medicaid Tidal Wave in Illinois," by Merrill Matthews, The
Wall Street Journal, November 7, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/merrill-mathews-reversing-the-medicaid-tidal-wave-in-illinois-1415405459?tesla=y&mod=djemMER_h&mg=reno64-wsj
Every state is struggling with the explosive growth
and cost of its Medicaid program. Illinois, however, found a way to reduce
Medicaid spending significantly, freeing up money for other important
projects—or better yet, tax cuts.
Medicaid, the government health-insurance program
for the poor and disabled, covered 72.2 million people for at least one
month in 2012, according to estimates from the Department of Health and
Human Services.
But enrollment is growing quickly. The Centers for
Medicare and Medicaid Services reports that Medicaid and the Children’s
Health Insurance Program (CHIP) enrollment is up by about 8.7 million
people—nearly 15%—since the Affordable Care Act’s October 2013 rollout.
Total Medicaid spending was about $432 billion in 2012. The federal
government provided $250 billion, or a bit more than half, but states paid
the rest.
For many states, Medicaid is already their single
largest expenditure, and now it is demanding more, forcing state governments
to limit or reduce spending in other important areas like education and
welfare.
Enter the Illinois solution. In 2013, the state
faced a Medicaid budget shortfall of $2.7 billion. Springfield had begun
implementing some reforms, such as shifting more Medicaid recipients into
private managed-care organizations, but that wasn’t enough.
So Illinois state Rep. Patti Bellock garnered
bipartisan support to pass legislation in 2012 that included several
Medicaid reforms. One of the most important was a provision to establish the
Illinois Medicaid Redetermination Program to “redetermine” if Medicaid
enrollees were still eligible to participate.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
States that added residents to Medicaid under Obamacare don't have high
incentives to pay for fraud audits since under the ACA the money is coming from
the Federal government and not state revenues.
Furthermore, the fraudsters who got new knees, hips, kidneys, livers, and
other organs who are finally being taken off the Medicaid rolls got away with
their frauds and most likely will not have to pay since suing them would
overwhelm the courts. There is high incentive and low risk in cheating to become
eligible for Medicaid. Medicaid is totally free for medical services and
medications, unlike those high deductible medical plans from the ACA exchanges.
Bob Jensen's Fraud
Updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob
Jensen's universal health care messaging ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Health.htm
From PwC on November 10, 2014
PwC
has launched a new publication series - In transition -
designed to provide practical insights around the implementation of new
accounting standards. Initially, this publication will focus on
implementation issues around the new revenue standard, though it may be used
in future for other standards as well.
Our first issue, Transition Resource Group debates revenue recognition
implementation issues-Boards to consider clarifying guidance in the new
standard, covers implementation issues discussed at the October 31, 2014
Transition Resource Group meeting.
Click here to download Transition
Resource Group debates revenue recognition implementation issues-Boards to
consider clarifying guidance in the new standard.
http://click.edistribution.pwc.com/?qs=a5320bc13dbc68a74f257bbe28905a9222541675f07725dd24a77819581b65c15ccebc792dc78cee
"Cornell's Free Online Tax
Code Now Offers Links to IRS Letter Rulings," by Paul Caron, TaxProf Blog,
October 30, 2014 ---
http://taxprof.typepad.com/taxprof_blog/2014/10/cornells-free-online-tax-code-.html
The wonderful, free
online Internal Revenue Code from
Cornell's Legal
Information Institute ("LII") now contains links
to private letter rulings for each Code section (just click on the "IRS
Rulings" tab above the statutory language (e.g.,
here)). Over 58,000 rulings are linked to across
the Code's 850 section. From LII Director
Tom
Bruce:
A few caveats: the feature is still in beta test, and
we're going to need a month or so to be completely sure that updates are
running smoothly. According to the IRS, updates run "every Friday
morning" at their end, so we're running ours early on Saturday morning
(it appears from this week's events that they don't actually appear on
the site until late Friday night). They take about an hour to process
once they're available. As you will see in the explanatory text that
comes along with the listing inside the tab, there are some problems in
the data as we receive it, mostly in the date fields.
At some point in the future, we'll be
adding full-text search that will cover the PLRs for any particular
section. This will be particularly useful in sections like
501,
where there are well over 10,000 applicable PLRs. Not sure when that
will happen, but it's on the list.
By the way, we'd love to talk with anyone out there who
is familiar with the IRS Uniform Issue List Code system. We infer from
what they say on the site that the issue codes are assigned in order to
issues within a particular section; they seem to function almost like
"accession numbers" for issues, rather than as a cross-cutting indexing
system where the numbers relate to the same thing in each section.
Which is kind of too bad if it's true.
"IRS Releases 2015 Inflation
Adjustments," by Paul Caron, TaxProf Blog, October 30, 2014 ---
http://taxprof.typepad.com/taxprof_blog/2014/10/irs-releases.html
The IRS has released various
inflation-adjustments for 2015 (IR
2014-104 &
Rev. Proc. 2014-61;
IR 2014-99), including:
- Gift Tax Exemption: $14,000 (same as 2014)
- Unified Credit: $5,430,000 (up $90,000 from 2014)
- Top 39.6% Income Tax Rate: $413,200
single/$464,850 joint (up $6,450/$7,250 from 2014)
- Standard Deduction: $6,300 single/$12,600 joint
(up $100/$200 from 2014)
- Personal Exemption: $4,000 (up $50 from 2014)
- AMT Exemption: $53,600 single/$83,400 joint (up
$800/$1,300 from 2014)
- Contribution Limit for 401(k)/403(b)/457 Plans:
$18,000 (up $500 from 2014)
- Catch-Up Contribution Limit (Age 50+) for 401(k)/403(b)/457
Plans: $6,000 (up $500 from 2014)
- Income Limit for Full IRA Deduction: $61,000
single/$98,000 joint (up $1,000/$2,000 from 2014)
- Income Limit for Full Roth IRA Contribution:
$116,000 single/$183,000 joint (up $2,000 from 2014)
- Defined Benefit Plan Annual Benefit Limit:
$215,000 (up $5,000 from 2014)
Teaching Case from The Wall
Street Journal Weekly Accounting Review on October 31, 2014
The New Rules of Estate Planning
by: Laura Saunders
Oct 25, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Estate Tax,
Tax Planning, Taxation
SUMMARY: The federal
estate tax is no longer the biggest concern for most affluent people who
want to avoid taxes on wealth they leave to heirs. Last year, Congress set
the top estate-and-gift-tax rate at 40% and raised the exemption to $5
million per person, adjusted for inflation. It now stands at $5.34 million
and is expected to rise to $5.43 million in 2015. Lawmakers also changed the
rules so that couples don't need trusts to get their full break from Uncle
Sam. These changes have freed hundreds of thousands of affluent Americans
from worrying about federal estate tax, and they may never have to. The new
rules present tax-saving opportunities that many people planning estates
remain unaware of - and that could contradict past advice.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: You
can use this article when covering estate taxation and planning.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What are the details of the current estate tax
law? How does it differ from the previous law?
2. (Advanced) The article states that taxpayers had extreme
uncertainty. What was the cause of that uncertainty? What estate planning
ideas were taxpayers utilizing at that time?
3. (Advanced) What is the "step-up" discussed in the article? How
can it be used for effective tax planning?
4. (Advanced) What is a trust? How can trusts be used in estate
planning? What are some limitations of using trusts? Please explain which
taxpayers would benefit from the use of trusts, and which would not benefit.
5. (Advanced) How does gifting relate to the estate tax? How can
gifting be used in estate planning?
6. (Advanced) How do state tax laws impact estate planning? How
does state law vary?
Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast
"The New Rules of Estate Planning," by Laura Saunders, The
Wall Street Journal,October 25, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/the-new-rules-of-estate-planning-1414167302?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
The federal estate tax is no longer the biggest
concern for most affluent people who want to avoid taxes on wealth they
leave to heirs.
For much of the past decade, it was. In 2004, for
example, the estates of people who died owning assets worth more than $1.5
million—or who made gifts above that limit while alive—were subject to
federal tax at top rates approaching 50%, and married couples had to set up
trusts to benefit from their full $3 million estate exemption.
In addition, there was extreme uncertainty as the
tax bounced around from year to year and even disappeared entirely in
2010—making effective planning exceedingly difficult.
Finally, last year, Congress set the top
estate-and-gift-tax rate at 40% and raised the exemption to $5 million per
person, adjusted for inflation. It now stands at $5.34 million and is
expected to rise to $5.43 million next year. Lawmakers also changed the
rules so that couples don’t need trusts to get their full break from Uncle
Sam.
These changes have freed hundreds of thousands of
affluent Americans from worrying about federal estate tax, and they may
never have to.
Many experts think that Congress, scarred by years
of turmoil over the estate levy, is averse to making more big changes.
Michael Graetz, a former Treasury Department official who teaches at
Columbia University’s law school, says lawmakers would sooner repeal the tax
than lower the exemption.
The new rules present tax-saving opportunities that
many people planning estates remain unaware of—and that could contradict
past advice. “The conventional wisdom has been turned on its head because of
changes in both the income tax and the estate tax,” says Suzanne Shier,
chief tax strategist at Northern Trust in Chicago.
In the past, for example, avoiding the estate tax
often meant forgoing efforts to minimize long-term capital-gains taxes,
which had a much-lower top rate of 15%, Ms. Shier says.
But now many people who won’t owe estate tax can
reap substantial tax savings on capital gains by choosing carefully which
assets to hold until death. This strategy is especially useful now that the
top federal rate on long-term gains is nearly 24%, two-thirds higher than in
2012.
The high exemption also is prompting changes in
gift strategies and trusts, says John O. McManus, an estate lawyer in New
York. In other cases, say experts, state estate and inheritance taxes are
looming larger because the federal estate tax now affects so few people.
The upshot: People covered by the federal
estate-tax exemption should review the plans they have in place to look for
more tax savings. Here are important factors to consider.
Reset Capital Gains The federal code has long had a
provision, known as the “step-up,” that cancels the long-term capital-gains
tax on assets that a taxpayer holds until death. The step-up automatically
raises the owner’s cost basis for such assets—the starting point for
measuring a taxable gain—to its full market value as of the date of death.
For example, say an investor bought a piece of land
or stock shares many years ago for $20,000, and the value has grown to
$200,000. If the investor sells the asset before his death, he will owe
capital-gains tax on the $180,000 profit, at a rate as high as 23.8%—the 20%
top rate on long-term gains, plus a surtax of 3.8% levied on higher-income
taxpayers.
If the investor holds the same asset until death,
however, the capital-gains tax vanishes. The asset will be included in the
owner’s estate at full market value, where the exemption of more than $5
million per person could shelter it from federal estate tax as well.
The new focus on the step-up prompted Ren Grevatt,
now 94 years old, to do an about-face in his estate plan. For years, says
his son Jonathan, who helps his father with his affairs, planners suggested
that the father give his children the family’s beloved seven-bedroom Vermont
farmhouse to avoid estate taxes that could have forced a sale.
Now Mr. Grevatt plans to keep the house until he
dies. He and his 87-year-old wife, who live in New Jersey, bought it for
less than $100,000 in the 1960s, shortly before he became a publicist for
such rock groups as the Beatles, the Rolling Stones, Led Zeppelin and the
Who. The house, which is in prime ski country with views of two lakes, has
appreciated greatly.
As the parents’ estates will total less than $10
million together, no federal estate tax will be due. By holding on to the
house, however, the parents will enable their children to inherit the
property at its current market value—and skip capital-gains tax of up to
23.8% on decades of appreciation.
“I’m glad my father didn’t get around to giving us
the house,” says the younger Mr. Grevatt.
Experts recommend scrutinizing which assets to hold
until death to maximize the step-up. This move is especially important in
high-tax states such as California, where the top combined federal and state
capital-gains rate exceeds 35%.
Tap the Right Assets To meet cash needs, some
advisers say, it may even make sense to take out a loan rather than selling
appreciated investments in taxable accounts, especially with interest rates
low.
Another strategy: making withdrawals from
traditional individual retirement accounts or other retirement plans.
Because such assets are in tax-deferred accounts, they don’t get a step-up
in basis.
“Income taxes on a traditional IRA are largely
unavoidable unless the assets are donated to charity, while the
capital-gains tax can be optional,” says Eric Lewis, chief investment
officer at Bedrock Capital Management in Los Altos, Calif. Still, he says,
investors should be careful not to take on excessive risk—or abandon their
overall strategy—to minimize taxes.
What about assets held jointly by a married couple?
In nine states with community-property laws, including California and Texas,
the survivor typically gets a full step-up on joint assets after the first
spouse dies.
In most other states, the step-up resets half the
value of a joint asset after the first death. So if a couple jointly owns
the asset described above, which had a cost of $20,000 and current value of
$200,000, then at the wife’s death the husband’s cost basis in the asset
would rise to $110,000—$10,000 for the husband’s portion and $100,000 for
the current value of his wife’s share.
At that point, his taxable gain would be $90,000,
although no tax is due unless he sells it.
Many planners are advising couples to review their
assets with the step-up in mind. For this reason, says Joe McDonald, a
lawyer with McDonald & Kanyuk in Concord, N.H., one of his clients gave her
husband half of a highly appreciated portfolio of stocks that she inherited
years before from her family.
“She always felt she shouldn’t share ownership
because the gift came from her family, but she decided to after learning
about the taxes,” he says. (Under federal law, the recipient often has to
survive the transfer for a year, or the recipient’s estate doesn’t get the
step-up.)
Rethink Your Trusts The growing prominence of the
step-up also affects tax-saving trusts. Until the advent of a provision
known as “portability” in 2011, spouses often needed trusts to provide their
estates with the full value of two federal estate-tax exemptions.
Continued in article
Teaching Case from The Wall
Street Journal Weekly Accounting Review on October 31, 2014
Buybacks Can Juice Per-Share Profit, Pad Executive Pay
by: Maxwell Murphy and John Kester
Oct 28, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Earnings Per
Share, Stock Buybacks
SUMMARY: In the most
recent quarter, one in four companies in the S&P 500 index is expected to
have juiced its earnings per share by 4% or more by snapping up its own
stock. That is up from one in five at the beginning of 2014. Corporations
have long bought their own shares as a way of returning excess cash to
shareholders. Reducing the number of shares outstanding gives the remaining
investors a larger stake in the company. Buybacks also are often a sign of a
company's confidence in its future. The other side of the blade: Some
shareholders and analysts are questioning why companies aren't instead
plowing more money back into their business, and they say that buybacks may
serve the interests of top management more than those of average
shareholders.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: This
article is appropriate to use when covering stock buybacks and the effect
they have on the financial statements.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What is a stock buyback? What companies have
participated in this activity in recent months?
2. (Advanced) Why would a company do a stock buyback? What are the
advantages of a stock buyback? What are the potential problems with a stock
buyback?
3. (Advanced) What is the impact of a stock buyback on the
financial statements? How would the transaction be recorded? What account
balances are impacted?
4. (Advanced) What is earnings per share? How is EPS used in
financial statement analysis? How would a stock buyback affect EPS?
5. (Advanced) What areas of financial statement analysis, other
than EPS, are impacted by a stock buyback? For each of those aspects, would
the impact be positive, negative, or could be either, depending on the
situation?
6. (Advanced) When are conditions positive for a company to
consider a stock buyback? What conditions make a buyback a poor idea?
7. (Advanced) How should investors view buybacks? What factors
should investors consider when evaluating the value of the buyback?
Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast
RELATED ARTICLES:
The Downside to Stock Buybacks
by Jonathan Clements
Oct 26, 2014
Online Exclusive
Putting IBM's $5 Billion Buyback in Perspective
by Kevin Kingsbury
Oct 28, 2014
Online Exclusive
Companies Reduced Stock Buybacks in 2nd Quarter
by Tess Stynes
Sep 24, 2014
Online Exclusive
Companies' Stock Buybacks Help Buoy the Market
by Dan Strumpf
Sep 15, 2014
Online Exclusive
H-P to Resume Stock Buybacks
by Dana Cimilluca and Joann S. Lublin
Oct 16, 2014
Online Exclusive
Trying to Beat the Market by Predicting the Next Buyback
by Daisy Maxey
Aug 11, 2014
Online Exclusive
Icahn Letter Pushes Apple to Buy Back More Shares
by Erin McCarthy
Oct 10, 2014
Online Exclusive
"Buybacks Can Juice Per-Share
Profit, Pad Executive Pay," by Maxwell Murphy and John Kester, The Wall
Street Journal, October 28, 2014 ---
http://blogs.wsj.com/cfo/2014/10/28/buybacks-can-juice-per-share-profit-pad-executive-pay/?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
Buying earnings growth cuts
both ways.
In the most recent quarter,
one in four companies in the S&P 500 index is expected to have juiced its
earnings per share by 4% or more by snapping up its own stock, according to
S&P Dow Jones Indices. That is up from one in five at the beginning of the
year.
Corporations have long
bought their own shares as a way of returning excess cash to shareholders.
Reducing the number of shares outstanding gives the remaining investors a
larger stake in the company. Buybacks also are often a sign of a company’s
confidence in its future.
The other side of the blade:
Some shareholders and analysts are questioning why companies aren’t instead
plowing more money back into their business, and they say that buybacks may
serve the interests of top management more than those of average
shareholders.
“Executives are compensated
[based] on EPS,” said Warren Chiang, a managing director at investment firm
Mellon Capital Management Corp. EPS growth, he added, is “the primary reason
they do buybacks.”
After a dip in the second
quarter, companies have been buying back their shares at the quickest clip
since the recession, and the pace is expected to accelerate through
year-end.
Among those that have invested most aggressively in
their own stock are Ingersoll-Rand PLC, Illinois Tool Works Inc.,
and FedEx Corp. , which all have reported year-to-year EPS growth in the
latest quarter at least 13 percentage points higher than their gains in
overall profit.
Ingersoll-Rand and Illinois Tool spokeswomen said one-time events were
partially responsible for the discrepancy between net income and EPS growth.
FedEx Corp. said its board recently authorized a new stock-repurchase
program that will be used primarily to offset dilution from employee stock
grants. Separately, after the article’s publication, FedEx said that
long-term incentive compensation calculations exclude earnings per share as
a result of share buybacks.
While the economy has crawled back to life, many businesses remain reluctant
to buy new equipment, build factories or hire workers. They blame the uneven
recovery that has left many Americans behind and foreign markets that are
stumbling.
Repurchases, meanwhile, can boost a company’s curb appeal. Illinois Tool
Works used buybacks to post an EPS surge of 33%, nearly twice the latest
quarter’s bottom-line profit growth. Bed Bath & Beyond Inc. ’s stock
purchases turned a 10% drop from a year earlier in overall profit into a
penny improvement in EPS. The housewares retailer didn’t provide comment.
Flouting Wall Street’s conventional wisdom of “buy low, sell high,”
companies tend to vacuum up their stock as prices rise, and dial back
purchases when prices swoon, said Gregory Milano, chief executive of
business consulting firm Fortuna Advisors LLC. Plus, he said, companies that
avoid buybacks usually outperform those that embrace them over the long
term.
“It’s kind of like a kid in school. A lot of kids are motivated by getting
the best grades they can; other kids are focused on learning as much as they
can,” he said. While the child with better marks might have a leg up
entering the workforce, “the kid who understands it better has a better
career.”
Of course, there are times when companies are awash in
cash. Home
Depot Inc. has bought back almost $50 billion of
its shares since 2002. And CFO Carol Tomé says she is content to pursue this
strategy as long as the home-improvement retailer’s stock price is below
what she believes is its intrinsic value.
“If you’re cash rich, and you have no better place to put it,” she said.
“We’re such a cash cow. The last thing we’re going to do is sit on cash.
That is value-destroying to our shareholders.”
In addition, a well-executed buyback can charm money managers. Northrop
Grumman Corp. has “done an A-plus job in our mind,” because it has been
buying shares at an attractive valuation, and Lockheed Martin Corp. has
“done a similarly good job,” said Matt Lamphier, a portfolio manager at
First Eagle Investment Management, a major shareholder in both defense
companies.
Finance chiefs bristle at the idea that buybacks are just a mechanism to
burnish EPS numbers or pad their bonuses.
“If you’re doing the top-line growth, buying back stock is just a means of
returning capital to shareholders,” said John Geller Jr., CFO of Marriott
Vacations Worldwide Corp. , which announced this month it would buy back 10%
of its shares. Plus, he added, “most investors are fairly sophisticated,”
and can tell the difference between real and fabricated growth.
Still, investors should expect a
year-end spending spree. While about 8% of a year’s buybacks historically
take place October, the peak is in November, with 14% of repurchases, and
another 10% come in December, according to David Kostin, senior U.S. equity
strategist at Goldman
Sachs Group Inc.GS -0.29%
Late last year, Stanley Black & Decker Inc. said it would buy back as much
as $1 billion of its stock, or 7% of its current market value, by the end of
2015. But, CFO Donald Allan Jr. acknowledges that the tonic effects of such
deals are temporary.
Buybacks alone “might help your stock price performance and your company’s
performance for a two- to three-year period,” he said, “but it’s not going
to help the performance of the company over a decade.”
Correction: The original
version of this blog incorrectly stated that FedEx Corp. didn’t provide a
comment. The blog post was prematurely updated Wednesday and then restored
to its original form. Above is the corrected version.
"When Stock Buybacks Are Not
a Waste of Money," by Justin Fox, Harvard Business Review Blog,
November 4, 2014 ---
Click Here
http://blogs.hbr.org/2014/11/when-stock-buybacks-are-not-a-waste-of-money/?utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date&cm_ite=DailyAlert-110514+%281%29&cm_lm=rjensen%40trinity.edu&referral=00563&cm_ven=Spop-Email&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date
Buying back stock, pretty much corporate America’s favorite
thing to do with its money over the past decade, has come in for a lot of
criticism this fall. In an epic September 2014 HBR article,
“Profits
Without Prosperity,” economist William
Lazonick blamed buybacks for
much of what ails the U.S. economy. His arguments have begun to catch
on, in the
media at least.
Two years ago, though, HBR Press published a book that cast
buybacks in a much different light. In The
Outsiders: Eight Unconventional CEOs and Their Radically Rational Blueprint
for Success, Will Thorndike described how share buybacks had helped
drive several of the most remarkable corporate successes of the past half
century. The
Outsiders has been
described by The
Wall Street Journal as
the “playbook” for many of the activist investors currently pushing
companies to buy back more shares.
So I asked Thorndike, a
managing director at the private equity firm Housatonic Partners, what
gives: Are buybacks a travesty, or smart capital allocation? What follows is
an edited and condensed version of our conversation. But first, I should
probably define a few things that come up: A tender
offer is
when a company publicly offers to buy a large number of shares, at a set
price, over a limited time period. P/E means price-to-earnings
ratio. And John Malone is a cable-TV billionaire who figures prominently
in Thorndike’s book.
I
guess I’ll start where your book starts, with Henry Singleton, who is really
the father of the modern stock buyback. What did he do?
The way to think about Henry Singleton is that he
demonstrated kind of unique range as a capital allocator. He built Teledyne [in
the 1960s] largely by using his very high P/E to acquire a wide range of
businesses. He bought 130 companies, all but two of them in stock deals.
Throughout that decade his stock traded at an average P/E north of 20, and
he was buying businesses at a typical P/E of 12. So it was a highly
accretive activity for his shareholders.
That was Phase One. Then he abruptly stops acquiring when the
P/E on his stock falls at the very end of the decade, 1969, and focuses on
optimizing operations. He pokes his head up in the early ‘70s and all of a
sudden his stock is trading in the mid single digits on a P/E basis, and he
begins a series of significant stock repurchases. Starting in ‘72, going to
’84, across eight significant tender offers, he buys in 90% of his shares.
So he’s sort of the unparalleled repurchase champion.
When he started doing that in ‘72, and across that entire
period, buybacks were very unconventional. They were viewed by Wall Street
as a sign of weakness. Singleton sort of resolutely ignored the conventional
wisdom and the related noise from the media and the sell side. He was an
aggressive issuer when his stock was highly priced, and an aggressive
purchaser when it was priced at a discount to the market.
The
other seven companies in the book, buybacks were a big part of their success
too, right?
Yes, that’s correct. Of the eight companies in the book, all
but Berkshire Hathaway — kind of a special case, Warren Buffett’s company —
bought in 30% or more of shares outstanding over the course of the CEO’s
tenure.
Is
part of it the era? Most of these stories you tell, the bear market of the
‘70s and early ‘80s is right in the middle of them.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on
earnings management are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#Manipulation
Anat R. Admati ---
https://www.gsb.stanford.edu/faculty-research/faculty/anat-r-admati
"When She Talks, Banks Shudder," by Binyamin Appelbaum, The New
York Times, August 9, 2014 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2014/08/10/business/when-she-talks-banks-shudder.html?_r=0
Bankers are nearly unanimous on the subject of Anat
R. Admati, the Stanford finance professor and persistent industry gadfly:
Her ideas are wildly impractical, bad for the American economy and not to be
taken seriously.
But after years of quixotic advocacy, Ms. Admati is
reaching some very prominent ears. Last month, President Obama invited her
and five other economists to a private lunch to discuss their ideas. She
left him with a copy of “The
Bankers’ New Clothes: What’s Wrong With Banking
and What to Do About It,” a 2013 book she co-authored. A few weeks later,
she testified for the first time before the Senate Banking Committee. And,
in a recent speech, Stanley Fischer, vice chairman of the Federal Reserve,
praised her “vigorous campaign.”
Dennis Kelleher, chief executive of Better Markets,
a nonprofit that advocates stronger financial regulation, said Ms. Admati
has emerged as one of the most effective advocates of the view that
regulatory changes since the 2008 crisis remain insufficient. “She has been,
as one must be,” Mr. Kelleher said, “dogged from the West Coast to the East
Coast to Europe and back again and over again.”
Ms. Admati’s simple message is that the government
is overlooking the best way to strengthen the financial system. Regulators,
she says, need to worry less about what banks do with their money, and more
about where the money comes from.
Companies other than banks get money mostly by
selling shares to investors or by reinvesting profits. Banks, by contrast,
can rely almost entirely on borrowed funds, including the money they get
from depositors. Ms. Admati argues that banks are taking larger risks than
other kinds of companies because they use other people’s money, and the
results are that they keep crashing the economy.
Her solution is to make banks behave more like
other companies by forcing them to reduce sharply their reliance on borrowed
money. That would likely make the banking industry more stodgy and less
profitable — reducing the economic risks, the executive bonuses and, for
shareholders, both the risks and the profits.
“My comparison is to speed limits,” Ms. Admati said
in an interview near the Stanford campus. “Basically what we have here is
the market has decided nobody else should be driving faster than 70 miles an
hour and these are the biggest trucks with the most explosive cargo and they
are driving at almost 100 miles an hour.”
For all her success in stimulating debate, however,
Ms. Admati and like-minded critics face long odds. Since the financial
crisis, the government has already required banks to reduce their reliance
on borrowed money by increasing capital standards, which dictate the share
of funding that must come from equity. Mr. Obama recently described that
increase as massive, and officials are considering further increases for the
largest banks. But the net effect is tiny in comparison to the change sought
by Ms. Admati. Officials worry that larger changes would hamstring American
banks, driving business both to other kinds of domestic financial firms and
to foreign rivals. Continue reading the main story
In his speech, Mr. Fischer said Ms. Admati’s
arguments made sense in principle. “At one level, the story on capital and
liquidity ratios is very simple: From the viewpoint of the stability of the
financial system, more of each is better,” he said. But the United States,
he said, was constrained by practicality. If other countries aren’t willing
to impose stricter capital requirements on their own banks — and they don’t
appear to be — then unilateral increases would hurt the American banking
industry and the broader economy.
Andrew Metrick, a Yale finance professor, said that
such rules could also push activity into the less regulated corners of the
domestic financial system.
He compared the situation to a pair of parallel
highways, echoing Ms. Admati’s metaphor. “If you lower the speed limit on
one highway, you’ll have fewer accidents on that highway,” he said. “But the
other road will just get more crowded.”
Ms. Admati compares this logic to letting American
manufacturers pollute so that they can compete more effectively with
companies in China. And she says she is looking for new ways to press her
fight. In January, she debated bankers at the World Economic Forum in Davos,
Switzerland. In May, she delivered a 15-minute TED talk to an audience at
Stanford. Next year, she is planning a conference in Washington. She says
it’s hard to imagine a return to the kind of theoretical work that absorbed
her before the crisis.
“This is not fun,” she said of her campaign. “But I
know that this is a bad system. There is no justification for this — zero.
The only reason we are staying where we are is that the status quo has
staying power. And if we are stuck with the status quo, then we are going to
have to suffer the consequences.”
‘Something Is Very Wrong’
Before the financial crisis in 2008, Ms. Admati
spent most of her time working with complicated financial models. She had
never paid much attention to banking or to public policy. But as the crisis
unfolded, she began reading and talking with colleagues — “like a doctor
from another field of medicine visiting the emergency room,” she said — and
grew increasingly disconcerted by what she learned.
Even after the crisis, banks continue to rely on
debt financing far more than other kinds of corporations. Last year, the
eight largest American banks together derived less than 5 percent of their
funding from shareholders, according to Thomas M. Hoenig, vice chairman of
the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The average equity financing for
nonfinancial corporations was about 60 percent.
Ms. Admati said she started asking one question
repeatedly: Why were banks behaving so differently? Companies with more debt
are more vulnerable to financial setbacks. Banks were in the danger zone, so
why not raise more equity?
Four years later, she says she’s still waiting to hear
a good answer. She recalled the explanation in one prominent banking
textbook, which she read in 2010, as a particular spur to action. “It was
shocking,” she remembered. She said she went to the office of a Stanford
colleague, her frequent collaborator
Paul Pfleiderer, and told him: “Something is very
wrong. I’ve never heard so much nonsense in all of my life.” She still
becomes visibly angry as she recalls the conversation. “They are denying
what we know about financial markets. It’s like they are saying gravity is
not a force in nature.”Ms. Admati decided to enter the public square because
she felt that academics and policy makers weren’t listening. “The Bankers’
New Clothes,” which she wrote with
Martin Hellwig, an economics professor at the
University of Bonn, proved a turning point in her campaign. But the first
step was much smaller. She was not sure how to reach a popular audience, so
in 2010 she enrolled in a
program that teaches prominent women to write
opinion articles. Her first, published in The Financial Times in the fall of
2010, was
a letter co-signed by 19 other academics that
criticized an international agreement on minimum bank capital standards as
“far from sufficient to protect the system from recurring crises.”
Banking is the only industry subject to systematic
capital regulation. Borrowing by most companies is effectively regulated by
the caution of lenders. But the largest lenders to banks are depositors, who
generally have no reason to be cautious because federal deposit insurance
guarantees repayment of up to $250,000 even if the bank fails. This means
the government, which takes the risk, must also impose the discipline.
In the decades before the financial crisis, banks
gradually convinced regulators to reduce capital requirements to very low
levels. In the aftermath, banks acknowledged that some increases were
necessary — they had just needed enormous bailouts, after all — but they
fought to minimize those increases. The day after Ms. Admati’s article ran,
the same paper ran one by Vikram S. Pandit, then the chief executive of
Citigroup, arguing that the proposed standards were excessive. “The last
thing the global economy needs is another economic dampener,” Mr. Pandit
wrote.
‘Add a Digit’
The industry has benefited from, and sometimes
encouraged, public confusion. Banks are often described as “holding”
capital, and capital is often described as a cushion or a rainy-day fund.
“Every dollar of capital is one less dollar working in the economy,” the
Financial Services Roundtable, a trade association
representing big banks and financial firms,
said in 2011. But capital, like debt, is just a
kind of funding. It does the same work as borrowed money. The special value
of capital is that companies are under no obligation to repay their
shareholders, whereas a company that cannot repay its creditors is out of
business.
The industry’s more serious argument is that equity is
more expensive than debt. If governments require banks to raise more equity,
the industry warns, the results would be higher interest rates, less lending
and slower economic growth.
A 2010 analysis funded by the Clearing House
Association, a trade group, concluded that an increase of 10 percentage
points in capital requirements would raise interest rates by 0.25 to 0.45
percentage points.
Jensen Comment
I think this is a great subject for debate in economics and finance courses.
It's important to note how banks differ from other types of business. Probably
the main difference is that commercial banks create the money in the money
supply. Naive people think the government prints the money supply. The
government prints money for the money supply created by the banks. Printed cash
money is only one type of "money." For example, if you borrow $10,000 from a
bank and put it into your checking account, $10,000 has been created for the USA
money supply. If you write a check you can spend this money without ever
converting it into cash money.
A central government can also create money by spending without taxing or
borrowing (or equivalently borrowing from itself). States in the USA cannot
create money, but the criminals in Washington DC and Zimbabwe get away with it.
However, in the USA most of the money supply is created by the banks.
The gray zone is bartering. For example, if panned gold nuggets are bartered
for a log cabin in Alaska the transaction bypasses the money supply.
Bitcoins and other forms of digital currency are extended forms of bartering
that bypass the money supply ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bitcoin
Money Supply ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Money_supply
"The Future of Money Four surprising ways we might pay for stuff in the
next 15 years," by Heather Schlegel, Reason Magazine, December 2014 ---
http://reason.com/archives/2014/11/18/the-future-of-money
"Toyota Is Bringing In The Future With A New Fuel Cell Car," by
Stefano Pozzebon, Business Insider, November 18, 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/toyota-launches-mirai-hydrogen-car-2014-11
Toyota is
launching a new hydrogen-powered car that will
first be available in Japan in mid-December this year.
The Mirai — a Japanese words that means future — uses
a hydrogen fuel cell generate electricity instead of batteries, as in
Toyota's Prius.
The car is powered by an electric engine of 113 KW
(152 bhp) and has a maximum speed of 110 mph (almost 180 km/h), the company
said in a statement. It has a recharging time of three minutes. The benefit
of this car is that it emits no carbon dioxide pollutants as its being
driven.
The Mirai will be
available in the UK, Germany, and Denmark in September 2015.
The Guardian reports that
that the new energy-efficient car will retail in Japan for about 6.7 million
yen (£37,000 or $57,000).
Electrolysis for Splitting Water into Oxygen and Hydrogen ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Electrolysis#Electrolysis_of_water
"Stanford scientists develop water splitter that runs on ordinary AAA
battery," Stanford News, August 22, 2014 ---
http://news.stanford.edu/news/2014/august/splitter-clean-fuel-082014.html
Jensen Comment
Unlike Tesla, Japanese and South Korean automobile manufacturers are betting on
electric cars powered by hydrogen fuel cells. This makes me wonder about the
sensibility of Tesla's forthcoming investment in a $1.3 billion dollar battery
plant in Nevada ---
http://www.foxbusiness.com/technology/2014/09/10/nevada-governor-orders-extra-session-for-13b-deal-to-land-tesla-electric-car/?intcmp=us_topics
"The Real Cost of “High-Priced” Drugs,"
by Michael Rosenblatt, Harvard Business Review Blog, November 17, 2014
---
Click Here
https://hbr.org/2014/11/the-real-cost-of-high-priced-drugs?referral=00563&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date&utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date
Jensen Comment
This still does not explain why the USA has to pay so much more for medications
than other nations pay for the exact same products, which is why so many of my
neighbors make a run for Canada to re-fill their prescriptions.
This still does not explain why the big pharmaceutical companies lobbied our
whores in Washington DC to ban negotiating lower prices for Medicare D
prescriptions.
Teaching Case on Revenue
Recognition
From The Wall
Street Journal Weekly Accounting Review on November 14, 2014
How Mobile-Game Makers Account for Magic-Wand Sales
by:
Emily Chasen, Noelle Knox, and Tiziana Barghini
Nov 11, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Revenue Recognition
SUMMARY: Anticipating when players will move on from a purchase of
a virtual durable good is an essential part of recording revenue in the
mobile-game industry, where the sale of "virtual durable goods," such as
cows and tractors in "FarmVille" or cannons and dark barracks in "Clash of
Clans" is a major source of income. When game companies change their
assumptions it can skew their short-term results. Some virtual goods, like
potions and spells, are good for a single use, and are accounted for as a
one-time sale. Virtual durable goods are those that are continually
available to the player. They might include a superhero character or a
tractor, depending on the game. These goods are accounted for like services
or club memberships. Companies book part of the player's payment upfront,
but defer the rest until the end of the average period in which the item
will be used-whether four days or 14 months.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: This is an excellent example of a specialize
situation for revenue recognition. Virtual durable goods in video games are
a now-common, but unusual product for which revenue must be recognized.
Students will enjoy this interesting and different example.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What is revenue recognition? What are the general
accounting rules for revenue recognition? Why is the timing of revenue
recognition so important?
2. (Advanced) How do the products of the video game industry differ
from many other products? How does that affect revenue recognition? How do
the various video game companies differ in the way they recognize revenue?
What factors can affect how and when the revenue is recorded?
3. (Advanced) What are the potential problems associated with how
the game companies book sales and costs? Who could be affected?
4. (Advanced) What is the SEC and FASB? Why are they concerned
about revenue recognition? How have the SEC and FASB been involved in this
issue?
Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast
"How Mobile-Game Makers Account
for Magic-Wand Sales," by Emily Chasen, Noelle Knox, and Tiziana Barghini,
The Wall Street Journal, November 11, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/how-mobile-games-makers-account-for-magic-wand-sales-1415670273?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
Lucia Rubin was an avid player of “Candy Crush
Saga” for a few months last year. She spent about $5 buying extra life
candies and more playing time for the mobile videogame.
Then, she switched to “Virtual Families 2,” a game
that lets players build their dream home and adopt children. She
accidentally bought $50 in virtual coins—oops, instead of $5—to spend on
food, furniture, gardeners and maids.
Again she lost interest after a couple of months.
“I don’t play anymore because it’s kind of boring
if you don’t have that much money,” in the game, said the 9-year-old New
Yorker.
Anticipating when players like Lucia will move on
is an essential part of recording revenue in the mobile-game industry, where
the sale of “virtual durable goods,” such as cows and tractors in
“FarmVille” or cannons and dark barracks in “Clash of Clans” is a major
source of income.
When game companies change their assumptions it can
skew their short-term results.
Some virtual goods, like potions and spells, are
good for a single use, and are accounted for as a one-time sale.
Virtual durable goods are those that are
continually available to the player. They might include a superhero
character or a tractor, depending on the game.
These goods are accounted for like services or club
memberships. Companies book part of the player’s payment upfront, but defer
the rest until the end of the average period in which the item will be
used—whether four days or 14 months.
“The thing that’s so weird is if people lose
interest, and start playing for a shorter period, it drives faster revenue
recognition. The shorter playing period is a negative for the business, but
it is going to drive higher revenue,” said Jill Lehman, head of technology,
media and telecom research for forensic-accounting analysis firm CFRA.
Game makers say they base their estimates on
historical data, but that the playing periods can change substantially each
year, especially for the newest and more popular games.
The Securities and Exchange Commission has sent
more than two dozen letters to the companies since 2010, asking them to
explain more about how they come up with these estimates.
Earlier this year, the SEC asked Zynga Inc., the
maker of “FarmVille” and other games, to reveal more about how its estimates
of the average life of durable virtual goods affect its financial data.
The agency noted that changes Zynga made in its
average-life assumptions boosted revenue by $12.3 million and $14.1 million
in 2013 and 2012, respectively.
When it went public in 2011, Zynga said its virtual
durable goods had an estimated average life of 15 months, down from 19
months in 2009. In its latest annual report, the company said it expects
paying players to stick with its games for between six and 18 months.
In June, Zynga told the SEC that it had “carefully
considered the disclosure requirements,” and would note in future regulatory
filings how changes in its assumptions affected net income, per-share
earnings and income from continuing operations.
Zynga declined requests to be interviewed for this
article. The SEC declined to comment beyond its letters.
Companies that make similar games might make
different choices in booking sales and costs, which can make it tough for
investors to make comparisons.
“Candy Crush” maker King Digital Entertainment PLC,
which went public in February, used to sell virtual durable goods and spread
its revenue over the estimated life of its games, which it put at between
two and nine months. The company stopped selling durable goods more than a
year ago.
“We have no more durables in our games today” said
Melissa Nussbaum, King’s senior director, finance.
In March, the SEC asked King Digital to explain why
it was recognizing sales from packs of nondurable virtual items at the time
the final item in the pack was consumed, rather than as each item was
consumed.
King Digital responded that it waits because the
average time between a player using the first and last item in a pack is
four days, but that it reassesses that estimate periodically.
The U.S. Financial Accounting Standards Board is
considering whether to issue further guidance to “reduce the potential
diversity” in revenue recognition for virtual goods in electronic games,
said FASB Chairman Russell Golden.
Mr. Golden added that “to be fully honest, I had to
consult with my 10-year old son to be better informed about these types of
transactions—and then I consulted with my wife on how we control the
spending on his iPhone.”
Gamers are expected to spend more than $20 billion
on mobile games this year, about a third more than last year, according to
research firm Gartner Inc.
But players are fickle. Six of the games among the
industry’s top 10 revenue generators in September weren’t on last year’s
list, according to data tracker App Annie. And a small percentage of players
account for the bulk of purchases.
Continued in article
Mobile-Game Makers: Roller-coaster accounting and
revenue shifts
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on
November 11, 2014
It may be bad for a mobile-game maker’s business if
players don’t stick with its games for long, but, because of accounting
rules for virtual goods, it can drive revenue higher in the short term,
CFO Journal reports.
Anticipating when players will lose interest is an essential part of
recording revenue in the industry, where the sale of “virtual durable
goods,” such as cows and tractors in “FarmVille” or cannons and dark
barracks in “Clash of Clans,” is a major source of income. (Just ask this
Slate columnist, who was shocked to find himself spending “real money” in
one.)
When game companies like Zynga Inc. or King Digital
Entertainment PLC change their assumptions, it can skew their short-term
results. Some virtual goods, like potions or spells, are good for a single
use so accounted for as a one-time sale, but virtual durable goods that are
continuously available to a player, like a tractor, are accounted for like
services or club memberships. Companies book part of the payment upfront,
but defer the rest until the average period in which the item will be used.
The Securities and Exchange Commission has sent
more than two dozen letters to the companies since 2010, asking them to
explain how they come up with their estimates on length of use of the
virtual durable goods. Game makers say they base their estimates on
historical data, but that the playing periods can change substantially each
year. That could make for some roller-coaster accounting—and revenue shifts
to go with it.
Bob Jensen's threads on
revenue recognition ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ecommerce/eitf01.htm
Teaching Case on Lease
Accounting
From The Wall
Street Journal Weekly Accounting Review on November 17, 2014
A Sure-Fire Way to Harm The Economy
by: Brad Sherman and Peter King
Nov 10, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Lease Accounting
SUMMARY: For hundreds of years companies have treated most lease
payments as operating expenses, like rent, and not put them on their balance
sheets. Under new accounting standards they would report the leases they
hold on their balance sheets as liabilities-equal to the net present value
of all future lease payments, which in some cases run for 20 or 30 years.
That little-known and seemingly benign change in accounting rules could cost
millions of jobs and billions in lost economic growth. Most business owners
and their employees have no idea what may be coming. The agencies that
establish accounting standards in the U.S., Europe and Asia have a proposal,
now gaining momentum, to change how companies present leased property and
equipment on their financial statements. If it is implemented, the effect
would be dramatic.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: This opinion piece provides good information
regarding current and proposed accounting rules for leases, as well as the
problems that could result from the proposed changes.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What are the current accounting rules for leases?
What are the proposed changes to those rules?
2. (Advanced) What are the benefits of the proposed rules? What are
the potential problems associated with those changes?
3. (Advanced) Who is proposing the changes to lease accounting
rules? Why does this group have authority?
4. (Advanced) Who wrote this article? Is it a news story or an
opinion piece? How do these writers have knowledge to comment on this issue?
Do you respect or trust what they are saying?
Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast
"A Sure-Fire Way to Harm The
Economy," by Brad Sherman and Peter King, The Wall Street Journal, November 10,
2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/brad-sherman-and-peter-king-a-sure-fire-way-to-harm-the-economy-1415574014?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
Just as it seems the U.S. economy might be turning
a corner, a little-known and seemingly benign change in accounting rules
could cost millions of jobs and billions in lost economic growth. Most
business owners and their employees have no idea what may be coming.
The agencies that establish accounting standards in
the U.S., Europe and Asia have a proposal, now gaining momentum, to change
how companies present leased property and equipment on their financial
statements. If it is implemented, the effect would be dramatic.
For hundreds of years companies have treated most
lease payments as operating expenses, like rent, and not put them on their
balance sheets. Under new accounting standards they would report the leases
they hold on their balance sheets as liabilities—equal to the net present
value of all future lease payments, which in some cases run for 20 or 30
years.
IHS Global Insight has estimated that the new rule
would add $2 trillion to the liabilities on companies’ balance sheets, while
also adding $2 trillion in “assets” (the right to use the property or
equipment). The U.S. Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) says this
will “provide users of financial statements with a complete and
understandable picture of an entity’s leasing activities.” That’s the
supposed benefit. But the costs are extraordinary.
An economic analysis by Chang and Adams Consulting
for several leading nonprofit and commercial organizations found that the
changes—first proposed in 2010 by the FASB and the London-based
International Accounting Standards Board (IASB)—would raise the cost of
capital for lessees, in the process destroying 190,000 U.S. jobs and
shrinking the economy by $27.5 billion annually. And that was the best-case
scenario. At worst, the cost would be 3.3 million lost jobs and an economic
hit of over $400 billion a year, indefinitely.
Businesses of all sizes have long-term loans from
banks and other financial institutions. Those loans typically contain
covenants allowing the bank to demand immediate repayment when liabilities
grow unusually quickly, upsetting, for instance, the ratio of the company’s
debt-to-equity agreed upon at the time of the loan. Because the new
accounting rules would fabricate trillions in new debt, they would trigger
widespread violations of these covenants. Banks could then pull the loan,
demand higher interest, or require new collateral and guarantees.
Some have proposed a five-year transition to the
new rules. But this won’t solve the problem, because many business loans are
for much longer terms. Pushing the effective date of the rules into the
future merely delays the impact.
The additional burdens associated with constantly
tracking and remeasuring the “fair value” of leases of every kind, from a
business’s office space to the photocopier down the hall, will hit
businesses, and their employees and consumers, directly in the pocketbook.
According to some critics, the accounting-rule change would distort the
financial condition of businesses by accelerating expenses over a short
timeline rather than reflect expenses over the life of a lease.
Many private parties have sent public comment
letters to the FASB urging it and the IASB to conduct field tests to see how
much it would really cost lessees and tenants to do all the work the new
leasing rules would require. Congress has asked the FASB for a rigorous
cost-benefit analysis and field testing to objectively assess the risks of
the accounting changes. Neither has been undertaken. Yet all indications are
that the U.S. and international accounting-standards boards are going ahead
with only minor revisions to their proposal, which may be finalized next
year.
In 1973 the Securities and Exchange Commission
formally outsourced the job of writing accounting rules to the FASB. While
the SEC is authorized to seek help from private standard-setting bodies on
this issue, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 explicitly reminded the SEC that
these quasi-government agencies can only “assist the Commission” in
fulfilling the SEC’s own responsibility to establish accounting standards
for publicly held companies.
Continued in article
Teaching Case on Pending Lease
Accounting Rule Changes
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on September 5, 2014
The Big Number: Changes in Lease Accounting Rules Draw Closer
by:
Emily Chasan
Sep 01, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Debt Covenants, Financial Accounting, Lease Accounting
SUMMARY: U.S. and international accounting-rule makers are edging
closer to completing a decade-long effort to overhaul lease accounting
rules. The rules, which could be issued in 2015, threaten to bring roughly
$2 trillion of off-balance-sheet leases onto corporate books. But adding
assets and liabilities for store leases, airplanes and the like could force
companies to renegotiate the terms of their loans with lenders. Banks and
lenders often require companies to maintain covenants, such as a specific
debt-to-equity ratio, fixed-asset ratio or earnings metric, which could all
be thrown out of whack by such a significant accounting change.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: This is an interesting article about the
changes to lease accounting because it highlights an important ripple
effect: calculations for debt covenants will be affected. This is important
to note for students that any change to accounting rules can change the
financial statements and any corresponding financial statement analysis
calculations. These ripple effects can cause problems for the firms and
should be anticipated and addressed.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What changes have been proposed for accounting
for leases? Why are rule-makers working on these changes?
2. (Advanced) What are some of the ripple effects resulting from
the changes to the lease rules? More specifically, what is the impact on
calculations for debt covenants?
3. (Advanced) How should lenders react? Should they adjust their
calculations? How should they approach enforcing existing contract
requirements?
Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast
"The Big Number: Changes in
Lease Accounting Rules Draw Closer," by Emily Chasan, The Wall Street Journal,
September 1, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/the-big-number-changes-in-lease-accounting-rules-draw-closer-1409613447?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
50%
Percentage of global companies with bank-debt
covenants potentially affected by lease accounting changes
U.S. and international accounting-rule makers are
edging closer to completing a decadelong effort to overhaul lease accounting
rules. The rules, which could be issued next year, threaten to bring roughly
$2 trillion of off-balance-sheet leases onto corporate books.
But adding assets and liabilities for store leases,
airplanes and the like could force companies to renegotiate the terms of
their loans with lenders. Banks and lenders often require companies to
maintain covenants, such as a specific debt-to-equity ratio, fixed-asset
ratio or earnings metric, which could all be thrown out of whack by such a
significant accounting change.
Some 50% of global companies have business loans
with debt covenants that could require them to repay a loan if they break
any covenants, according to a survey of more than 2,000 directors and
C-level executives by accounting firm Grant Thornton International Ltd. But
only about 8% of those companies currently believe that putting leases on
their balance sheet will affect their compliance with bank covenants.
"Many companies are in for a big surprise when this
comes out and they have to go to the bank," said Ed Nusbaum, chief executive
of Grant Thornton International. "They need to start talking to their
bankers."
In North America, about 75% of the executives
polled said their loans could be recalled if they break this type of
covenant, but less than 5% of executives thought the lease accounting change
would affect them.
The American Bankers Association has been pushing
rule makers to build a long transition period into the new rules, so that
they wouldn't take effect until at least 2018.
"There has to be a huge amount of education for
loan officers, who have to start figuring out what the right ratios are and
what they will have to adjust," said Michael Gullette, vice president of
accounting and financial management at the ABA.
From EY: FASB addresses sale and leasebacks, US GAAP topics in
leases project
http://www.ey.com/Publication/vwLUAssetsAL/TothePoint_BB2822_Leases_3September2014/$FILE/TothePoint_BB2822_Leases_3September2014.pdf
What you need to know
• The FASB decided that repurchase options
exercisable at fair value would not preclude sale accounting for sale and
leaseback transaction s involving non - specialized underlying assets that
are readily available in the marketplace .
• The FASB decided that l essees that are not
public business entities could make an accounting policy election to use the
risk - free rate for the initial and subsequent measurement of lease
liabilities. This is consistent with the Board’s 2013 proposal.
• The Board affirmed its 2013 proposal to eliminate
today’s accounting model for leveraged leases but decided that leveraged
leases that exist at transition would be grandfathered.
• The Board also affirmed its 2013 proposal
for lessees and lessors to account for related party leases on the basis of
the legally enforceable terms and conditions of the lease .
Overview
The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB
or Board ) continued to redeliberate its 2013 joint proposal 1 t o put
most leases on lessees’ balance sheets . At last week’s FASB - only
meeting, the Board made more decisions to clarify the proposed guidance
on the accounting for sale and leaseback transactions. The Board also
affirmed its 2013 proposed decisions about the discount rate for lessee
entities that are not public business entities (PBE) , the accounting
for leveraged leases and the accounting for related party leasing
transactions. The Board’s latest decisions, like all decisions to date,
are tentative. No. 201 4 - 333 September 2014 To the Point FASB —
proposed guidance
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on
lease accounting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#Leases
Teaching Case on Audit
Inspections
From The Wall
Street Journal Weekly Accounting Review on October 31, 2014
KPMG Audits Had 46% Deficiency Rate in PCAOB Inspection
by: Michael Rapoport
Oct 24, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Accounting
Firms, Auditing, Deficiencies, PCAOB
SUMMARY: The 23
deficient audits the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board found in its
2013 inspection of the firm, were out of 50 audits or partial audits
conducted by KPMG that the PCAOB evaluated - a deficiency rate of 46%. In
the previous year's inspection, the PCAOB found deficiencies in 17 of 50
KPMG audits inspected, or 34%. The report spotlights the PCAOB's continuing
concerns about audit quality. Overall, 39% of audits inspected in the latest
evaluations of the Big Four firms - KPMG, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP,
Deloitte & Touche LLP and Ernst & Young LLP - were found to have
deficiencies, compared with 37% the previous year.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: This
is useful for an auditing class to present recent results of PCAOB
inspections.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What is the PCAOB? What is its function?
2. (Advanced) What are the "Big Four" accounting firms? What are
the results of the annual inspections of the Big Four accounting firms? Did
one firm perform better than others?
3. (Advanced) What is the purpose of these inspections? What do the
inspectors do? What is a deficiency? What do the firms do with the
inspection results?
4. (Advanced) What happens once these results are determined? Are
the financial statements changed as a result of these inspections? Are the
firms sanctioned?
5. (Advanced) The article notes that the PCAOB has made public what
was previously secret criticism of the firms. Why were those previous
results secret? Should this information be secret? Why or why not?
6. (Advanced) Should these results impact the reputations of the
Big Four firms? Why or why not? How should the firms handle these public
revelations?
Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast
RELATED ARTICLES:
Inspection Finds Defects in 19 PricewaterhouseCoopers Audits
by Michael Rapoport
Jun 30, 2014
Online Exclusive
Regulator Finds Deficiencies in 15 Deloitte & Touche Audits
by Michael Rapoport
Jun 02, 2014
Online Exclusive
Ernst & Young 2013 Audit Deficiency Rate 49%, Regulators Say
by Michael Rapoport
Aug 28, 2014
Online Exclusive
"KPMG Audits Had 46% Deficiency Rate in PCAOB Inspection," Michael Rapoport,
The Wall Street Journal, October 24, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/kpmg-audits-had-46-deficiency-rate-in-pcaob-inspection-1414093002?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
Audit regulators found deficiencies in 23 of the
KPMG LLP audits they evaluated in their latest annual inspection of the Big
Four accounting firm’s work.
The 23 deficient audits the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board found in its 2013 inspection of the firm,
released Thursday, were out of 50 audits or partial audits conducted by KPMG
that the PCAOB evaluated—a deficiency rate of 46%. In the previous year’s
inspection, the PCAOB found deficiencies in 17 of 50 KPMG audits inspected,
or 34%.
In a statement responding to the PCAOB inspection,
KPMG said, “We are always mindful of our responsibility to the capital
markets, and we are committed to continually improving our firm and to
working constructively with the PCAOB to improve audit quality.”
The 23 deficiencies were significant enough that it
appeared KPMG hadn’t obtained sufficient evidence to support its audit
opinions that a company’s financial statements were accurate or that it had
effective internal controls, the PCAOB said. A deficiency in the audit
doesn’t mean a company’s financial statements were wrong, however, or that
the problems found haven’t since been addressed.
Still, the report spotlights the PCAOB’s continuing
concerns about audit quality. Overall, 39% of audits inspected in the latest
evaluations of the Big Four firms—KPMG, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Deloitte
& Touche LLP and Ernst & Young LLP—were found to have deficiencies, compared
with 37% the previous year.
In addition, all of the Big Four have now seen the
PCAOB make public some of its previously secret criticisms of the firms.
Separately from the latest report, the PCAOB on Thursday unsealed previously
confidential criticisms of KPMG’s quality controls it had made in 2011 and
2012, mirroring previous moves the board had made with regard to PwC, E&Y
and Deloitte. The unsealing amounts to a public rebuke to KPMG for not
acting quickly enough to fix quality-control problems, in the regulator’s
view.
In the unsealed passages, the board said some of
the firm’s personnel had failed to sufficiently evaluate “contrary evidence”
that seemed to contradict its audit conclusions.
In the latest inspection report, among the areas in
which the PCAOB found audit deficiencies at KPMG were failure to
sufficiently test companies’ loan-loss reserves, testing of companies’
valuations of hard-to-value securities, and audits of certain kinds of
derivatives transactions.
The PCAOB didn’t identify the clients involved in
the deficient audits, in accordance with its usual practice.
PCAOB inspectors evaluate a sample of audits every
year at each of the major accounting firms—focused on those the board
believes are at highest risk for problems. Because of that focus, the PCAOB
says the inspection results may not reflect how frequently a firm’s overall
audit work is deficient. The inspections are intended only to evaluate the
firms’ performance and highlight areas for potential improvement, so the
firms aren’t subject to any penalties.
Only part of the inspection reports typically
becomes public. A separate portion, with the PCAOB’s criticisms of the
firm’s quality controls, is kept confidential to give the firm an
opportunity to address any concerns. If the firm does so, that portion of
the report stays sealed permanently.
If the firm doesn’t do enough to satisfy the PCAOB
within a year, however, the board makes the concerns public. Again, though,
the unsealing doesn’t carry any formal penalties for the firms.
Bob Jensen's threads on the
two faces of KPMG ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm
Bob Jensen's threads on
professionalism in auditing ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm
Teaching Case from The Wall
Street Journal Weekly Accounting Review on October 31, 2014
SEC Staff Suggests Ingredients for Effective Disclosures
by: Tim Kolber
and Joe DiLeo
Oct 24, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Disclosures,
Materiality, Relevance, SEC
SUMMARY: Over the past
18 months, the SEC and accounting standard setters have frequently
questioned whether registrants are using the "right recipe" for effective
disclosures - that is, whether their compliance with disclosure requirements
and their disclosures of material and relevant information are optimally
balanced. To help registrants refine their recipes, the SEC has embarked on
a disclosure effectiveness project. While the SEC seeks to reduce or
eliminate outdated, redundant, and overlapping disclosures, reducing the
volume of disclosure is not the objective - the SEC wants to put better
disclosure into the hands of investors. Although it believe that these
efforts can reduce the costs and burdens on companies, updating the
requirements may very well result in additional disclosures.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: This
article updates students on the current SEC rules regarding disclosure
requirements.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What is the SEC? What is its area of authority?
2. (Introductory) What set of rules is the SEC updating? Why does
the SEC have concerns? What areas is the SEC addressing? What is the current
status of the project?
3. (Advanced) What is materiality? How is it determined? Why is it
important in accounting? How is materiality reported in SEC disclosures?
Why?
4. (Advanced) What are redundant disclosures? What are the
potential problems caused by redundant disclosures? What guidance does the
SEC offer on this topic?
5. (Advanced) What is a "boilerplate" disclosure? Why is the SEC
concerned about it? Why would corporations use them? What guidance is the
SEC offering?
6. (Advanced) What is "relevance" in financial reporting? Why is it
important? What is ongoing relevance? What is the SEC guidance regarding
ongoing relevance?
Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast
"SEC Staff Suggests Ingredients
for Effective Disclosures," by Tim Kolber and Joe DiLeo, The Wall Street
Journal, October 24, 2014 ---
http://deloitte.wsj.com/riskandcompliance/2014/10/24/sec-staff-suggests-ingredients-for-effective-disclosures/?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
Over the past 18 months, the SEC and accounting standard
setters have frequently questioned whether registrants are using the “right
recipe” for effective disclosures—that is, whether their compliance with
disclosure requirements and their disclosures of material and relevant
information are optimally balanced.
To help registrants refine their recipes, the SEC has
embarked on a disclosure effectiveness project.¹ While the SEC seeks to
reduce or eliminate outdated, redundant, and overlapping disclosures, Keith
Higgins, director of the Division of Corporation Finance, recently
emphasized that “reducing the volume of disclosure is not our objective—we
want to put better disclosure into the hands of investors. Although we
believe that these efforts can reduce the costs and burdens on companies,
updating the requirements may very well result in additional disclosures.”²
The project is in its initial stages,
and amendments to rules may ultimately be required. However, the SEC staff
has emphasized that rather than waiting for changes in rules or interpretive
guidance, registrants can take steps now to improve the effectiveness of
their disclosures. For example, in his April 2014 “call
to action,” Mr. Higgins informed registrants that
“[t]here is a lot that you . . . can do to improve the focus and
navigability of disclosure documents in the absence of rule changes. You can
step up your game right now.”
This Heads
Up discusses the SEC staff’s views and recommendations about steps
registrants can take today to improve their disclosures.
The appendix outlines various types of disclosures and the SEC’s suggestions
for improving them.
Elements of Effective Disclosure
The SEC staff has stated that effective disclosures are those
that are clear and concise and focus on matters that are both material and
specific to the registrant. Appropriate emphasis is also critical. Effective
disclosures emphasize matters the registrant believes to be the most
relevant and material, and they deemphasize—or exclude entirely—matters that
are not. Consequently, registrants are encouraged to continually reevaluate
their disclosures and modify them when the nature or relevance of
information has changed.
Mr. Higgins suggested that in their reevaluation of current
disclosures, registrants focus on:
-
Materiality.
-
Eliminating or reducing redundant
disclosures.
-
Tailoring disclosures.
-
The ongoing relevance of disclosures.
Materiality
In recent speeches, SEC staff members
have questioned whether registrants are truly concentrating on disclosing
material matters. Acknowledging that “materiality is not an easily applied
litmus test,” Mr. Higgins stated in his April 2014 speech, “If there are any
gray areas . . . the company is likely to include the disclosure in its
filing” and asked whether registrants are therefore including “too many
items in the obviously immaterial category.” In an October 2013 speech,
SEC Chair Mary Jo White reminded registrants that the Supreme Court
addressed the problem of disclosure overload and materiality approximately
35 years ago. She noted that the Court rejected the notion that “a fact is
‘material’ if an investor ‘might’ find it important” and instead “held that
a fact is ‘material’ if ‘there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable
shareholder would consider it important in deciding how to vote.’”
Eliminating or Reducing Redundant Disclosures
The SEC staff is also encouraging registrants to improve the
quality and overall effectiveness of their disclosures by reducing or
eliminating redundancies in their filings. For example, in his April 2014
speech, Mr. Higgins noted that registrants often repeat the significant
accounting policy disclosures from their financial statement footnotes
verbatim in their MD&A discussions of critical accounting estimates. He
stated that “if there were ever a place in a report that cried out for a
cross reference — and there are likely plenty of them — this is near the top
of the list.” While the SEC’s call to action does not relieve registrants
from complying with disclosure requirements under U.S. GAAP and SEC rules
and regulations (e.g., Regulations S-K and S-X), Mr. Higgins encourages them
to “[t]hink twice before repeating something.”
Tailoring Disclosures
The SEC staff often objects to “boilerplate” or general
disclosures that could apply to any registrant. Disclosures about risk
factors are a prime example. Whether the result of Congressional actions or,
as Ms. White noted in her October 2013 speech, the “safe harbors [that]
encouraged companies to share more ‘soft’ information with investors,” there
has been a marked increase in the amount of non-registrant-specific
risk-factor disclosures, which often span several pages in registrants’
filings. Mr. Higgins suggested that rather than viewing risk-factor
disclosures as “insurance policies,” registrants could work to limit such
disclosures to those that are the most relevant to their operations and be
specific in detailing how the risk factors “would affect the company if they
came to pass.”
Ongoing Relevance
Effective disclosures are not static but change over time.
Registrants are encouraged to continually reevaluate their facts and
circumstances to determine whether the information they are disclosing is
material and relevant, including information originally disclosed as a
result of an SEC staff comment. For example, a registrant may no longer need
to disclose a material risk or an uncertainty related to a contingency that
was subsequently resolved or became immaterial. Conversely, a registrant
would need to disclose any additional information it has gained about a
material contingency.
Editor’s
Note: In speeches, Mr. Higgins and other
SEC staff members have asked registrants to carefully consider whether their
decisions to disclose information are based solely on industry-specific or
other SEC comment trends that are identified as “hot button” issues.
Moreover, an SEC comment letter can be viewed as the “beginning of . . . a
dialogue” rather than as an indication that the staff has “concluded the
requested information is material” and should therefore be disclosed. Mr.
Higgins reminded registrants to consider relevance, applicability, and
materiality before adding (or agreeing to add) disclosures to their filings.
Next
Steps
Instead of waiting for the SEC’s comprehensive list of
ingredients for effective disclosures, registrants are encouraged to start
testing their own recipes. In his October 3, 2014, speech, Mr. Higgins noted
that the SEC staff wants “to encourage companies to . . . experiment with
the presentation [in their periodic reports], reduce duplication and
eliminate stale information that is both outdated and not required.” He
stated that if “companies have ideas to improve their disclosures and want
to talk with us about them, although we won’t pre-clear specific disclosures
we are certainly happy to discuss potential changes.”
Bob Jensen's threads on
disclosure issues ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#CreditDisclosures
Teaching Case on Going Concern
Accounting
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on September 5, 2014
Executive Responsibility For 'Going Concern' Disclosures
Increases
by:
Emily Chasan and Maxwell Murphy
Aug 28, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Accounting Deficiency
SUMMARY: Corporate managers will have to make more uniform
disclosures when there is substantial doubt about their business' ability to
survive, according to the Financial Accounting Standards Board. The FASB
updated U.S. accounting rules, effective by the end of 2016, to define
management's responsibility to evaluate whether their business will be able
to continue operating as a "going concern," and make relevant disclosures in
financial statement footnotes. Previously, there were no specific rules
under U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles and disclosures were
largely up to auditors. Corporate executives had the option to make any
voluntary disclosures they felt relevant.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: This is a good article to discuss going
concern, notes to the financial statements, and FASB, as well as
management's responsibility in financial reporting.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What is FASB? What is its function? What is GAAP?
Why is GAAP used in accounting?
2. (Advanced) What does the concept "going concern" mean? Why is it
important? What kind of disclosures is FASB requiring? Who is required to
make the disclosures? Why are these parties included in the requirement?
3. (Advanced) In general, what is included in the notes to
financial statements? Why are notes required? Who uses the notes and how are
they used? Please give some examples of information regularly included in
the notes.
4. (Advanced) What is the benefit of this new rule? How can this
information be used? Are there other ways besides a note that someone could
access this information?
Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast
RELATED ARTICLES:
Going Concern Opinions on Life Support With Investors
by Emily Chasan
Sep 12, 2014
Online Exclusive
"Executive Responsibility For
'Going Concern' Disclosures Increases," by Emily Chasan and Maxwell Murphy,
The Wall Street Journal, August 27, 2014 ---
http://blogs.wsj.com/cfo/2014/08/27/executive-responsibility-for-going-concern-disclosures-increases/?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
Corporate managers will have to make more uniform
disclosures when there is substantial doubt about their business’ ability to
survive, the Financial Accounting Standards Board said Wednesday.
The FASB updated U.S. accounting rules, effective
by the end of 2016, to define management’s responsibility to evaluate
whether their business will be able to continue operating as a “going
concern,” and make relevant disclosures in financial statement footnotes.
Previously, there were no specific rules under U.S. Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles and disclosures were largely up to auditors. Corporate
executives had the option to make any voluntary disclosures they felt
relevant.
Investors, however, have grown frustrated with a
lack of going concern opinions during the financial crisis that
failed to warn them of impending bankruptcies.
The FASB first issued a proposal at the peak of the
financial crisis in 2008, but debate and revisions delayed the final
standard, which didn’t go up for a vote until May.
Supporters of the changes have argued that
corporate managers have better information about a company’s ability to
continue financing their operations than auditors. The
updated rule will force executives to disclose serious risks even if
management has a credible plan to alleviate them, for example.
Information currently disclosed by companies can
vary significantly. Only about 40% of companies that filed for bankruptcy in
the past two decades have explicitly disclosed the possibility that they
could cease to operate before running into trouble,
according to a study this month from Duke
University’s Fuqua School of Business.
Teaching Case on Roth IRAs
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on November 7, 2014
How to Pump Up a Roth IRA
by:
Liz Moyer
Nov 01, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Individual Taxation, Roth IRA, Tax Planning
SUMMARY: High-income earners have a new incentive to make after-tax
contributions to a 401(k) plan: They can later shift those contributions
into a Roth individual retirement account, tax-free. Thanks to a recent
Internal Revenue Service ruling, eligible employees can now move after-tax
contributions directly from their employer-sponsored retirement plan to a
Roth account. The potential tax savings are huge, depending on an investor's
tax rate in retirement. Money in a Roth IRA grows tax-free and isn't taxed
when it is withdrawn, and Roth IRA withdrawals don't raise an investor's
adjusted gross income. That, in turn, can help lower Medicare premiums or
the 3.8% surtax on net investment income.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: This article would be appropriate to include
in an individual income tax class. I also selected this article because it
is so important for all of our students to understand retirement saving and
to be familiar with Roth IRAs.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What is an IRA? What is a Roth IRA? How does it
differ from other types of IRAs?
2. (Advanced) What did the IRS recently rule? How does that
decision impact tax planning? What advantages and opportunities does it add?
3. (Advanced) What are the benefits of Roth IRAs? Why might some
taxpayers decide against Roth IRAs and choose another option? How do the
options differ while the taxpayer is working? How do the options differ when
the taxpayer is retired?
4. (Advanced) What are the requirements a taxpayer must follow to
take advantage of this new announcement by the IRS? Why did the IRS make
those restrictions?
Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast
"How to Pump Up a Roth IRA," by
Liz Moyer, The Wall Street Journal, November 1, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/how-to-pump-up-a-roth-ira-1414762378?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
High-income earners have a new incentive to make
after-tax contributions to a 401(k) plan: They can later shift those
contributions into a Roth individual retirement account, tax-free.
Thanks to a recent Internal Revenue Service ruling,
eligible employees can now move after-tax contributions directly from their
employer-sponsored retirement plan to a Roth account.
The potential tax savings are huge, depending on an
investor’s tax rate in retirement.
Money in a Roth IRA grows tax-free and isn’t taxed
when it is withdrawn, and Roth IRA withdrawals don’t raise an investor’s
adjusted gross income. That, in turn, can help lower Medicare premiums or
the 3.8% surtax on net investment income.
The IRS’s decision helps high-income people funnel
potentially significant amounts of money directly into a Roth. Normally,
couples with adjusted gross incomes of $191,000 or more and individuals with
incomes of $129,000 or more can’t directly contribute to a Roth IRA.
Most contributions to a company-sponsored plan are
made with pretax money. That reduces a worker’s current tax bill, but
withdrawals in retirement are taxed as ordinary income, at rates up to
39.6%. Such withdrawals could push an IRA owner into a higher tax bracket.
Once a retiree hits age 70½, when required minimum
distributions from retirement savings kick in, the advantages of Roth IRAs
become even more clear. Roths don’t have required minimum distributions,
while other savings do, and Roth withdrawals don’t run the risk of pushing a
person into a higher tax bracket because they don’t count as income.
“Once you have money in a Roth, it’s like money
that’s home-free from taxes,” says Mitch Tuchman, the managing director of
Rebalance IRA, an investment-advisory firm based in Palo Alto, Calif.
The new rules—which also apply to
nonprofit-sponsored 403(b) plans—are supposed to go into effect next year,
but the IRS said in September that investors could start making the
transfers now.
The IRS’s announcement means that savers no longer
have to follow complicated strategies to reduce their tax hit when moving
money from a company plan to a Roth IRA. It also means that people whose
incomes are too high for them to fund a Roth IRA now have a way to do just
that.
Such transfers have to be made at the same time
savers roll their existing 401(k) pretax savings into a traditional IRA.
The annual limit on pretax contributions to 401(k)
plans is $17,500 for individuals under 50, and $23,000 for those 50 and
older. Those limits will rise to $18,000 and $24,000, respectively, next
year.
Savers who want to take advantage of the new rule
must first contribute the maximum pretax amount to their 401(k) or similar
plan. In addition, the plan must allow contributions of after-tax funds.
The total amount a worker can save annually in such
accounts—including pretax contributions, pretax employer matches and
after-tax contributions—is $52,000 ($57,500 for workers 50 and over).
The added after-tax dollars allow them to
accumulate far greater savings that can be eligible for Roth conversion at
retirement.
“If you have a high income and you’re looking for a
place to shelter more dollars and you’ve already maxed out everything, this
is a great option,” says Michael Kitces , the director of research at
Pinnacle Advisory Group in Columbia, Md.
After-tax contributions to company retirement plans
were more common in the 1980s and 1990s, when annual 401(k) pretax
contribution limits were lower, Mr. Kitces says.
Employees who contributed after-tax funds and are
reaching retirement age now could have large accumulated sums of after-tax
contributions sitting in their accounts, he adds.
Even now, after-tax contributions—if allowed by the
plan—could make sense for people who have extra cash they won’t need until
they are 59½ or those who have unique or low-cost investment options in
their company plans, experts say.
Continued in article
Teaching Case on Internal
Controls
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on November 7, 2014
Restatements Fall on Improved Internal Controls
by: Maxwell Murphy
Nov 04, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Internal Controls, Restatements
SUMMARY: Companies and their auditors appear
to have a better handle on how to avoid major financial restatements. Still,
almost 1 in 4 restatements this year came with the warning that prior
financial statements might not be valid. While striking, that's down from
more than two-thirds in 2005, the first full year that companies were
required to make such disclosures under the Sarbanes-Oxley financial
overhaul. Companies have put more focus on their internal controls, plus
they have better financial-reporting software and information technology.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: This article is useful
for discussions on internal controls and financial statement restatements.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What is a restatement? Why must some companies do
them?
2. (Introductory) What is the current data regarding restatements
and trends over recent years? What could be the reasons for any changes?
3. (Advanced) What are internal controls? How can good internal
controls and enforcement of those controls impact the occurrence or need for
restatements?
4. (Advanced) What are reasons for having and enforcing internal
controls? How can they help a company besides restatement situations? Are
internal controls required or just an option for companies?
5. (Advanced) Please read the "related article" entitled "The Big
Number." What additional disclosure does the SEC require? Under what
circumstances? What is the reason for that disclosure? How many companies
include that disclosure?
6. (Advanced) Please read the "related articles" regarding American
Realty Capital Properties. What are the facts of that situation? What did
the company report? What was the impact of the announcement on the company's
stock price? Why?
Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast
RELATED ARTICLES:
The Big Number: 24%
by Maxwell Murphy
Nov 04, 2014
Online Exclusive
SEC to Open Inquiry Into American Realty Capital Properties' Accounting
by Robbie Whelan, Craig Karmin, and Jean Eaglesham
Oct 30, 2014
Online Exclusive
American Realty Stock Drops on Personnel News and Restatement Warning
by Craig Karmin
Oct 30, 2014
Online Exclusive
"Restatements Fall on Improved
Internal Controls," by Maxwell Murphy, The Wall Street Journal, October
4, 2014 ---
http://blogs.wsj.com/cfo/2014/11/04/restatements-fall-on-improved-internal-controls/?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
Companies and their auditors appear to have a better handle on how to avoid
major financial restatements.
Still, almost 1 in 4 restatements this year came
with the warning that prior financial statements might not be valid,
according to data and research firm Audit Analytics. While striking, that’s
down from more than two-thirds in 2005, the first full year that companies
were required to make such disclosures under the Sarbanes-Oxley financial
overhaul.
The Securities and Exchange Commission in late 2004
began to require companies that file 10-K annual reports to file a separate
disclosure to alert investors whenever previously reported results were in
doubt.
Of 650 companies that restated results this year,
153 included that caveat. One was American Realty Capital Properties Inc.
The real-estate investment trust last week disclosed errors that were
“intentionally not corrected…[and others] intentionally made,” which
resulted in an overstatement of adjusted funds from operations from the
start of last year. American Realty’s shares have plunged by nearly 37%
since the news.
But companies have put more focus on their internal
controls, plus they have better financial-reporting software and information
technology. “We’re seeing people finding mistakes more quickly,” said Don
Whalen, director of research at Audit Analytics. So, the errors have less
repercussion on prior financial results, he added.
Total restatements among companies reporting to the
SEC have more than halved since a 2006 peak of nearly 1,850, but the number
has plateaued over the past six years.
Chief executives and chief financial officers are
required under Sarbanes-Oxley to attest to their oversight of internal
financial controls, which forced a rush of restatements as they scrambled to
insure such measures were properly in place.
Teaching Case on Tax Planning
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on November 14, 2014
Act Now to Lower Your 2014 Taxes
by:
Laura Saunders
Nov 08, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Tax Planning, Taxation
SUMMARY: Congress hasn't enacted wrenching
tax changes in 2014, unlike in 2013. In fact, lawmakers have yet to move on
dozens of taxpayer-friendly provisions that expired as of
Jan. 1, 2015. Given the complexity of the
current code, with its numerous phase-outs, phase-ins, surtaxes and hidden
marginal rates, many taxpayers should consider running their actual 2014 tax
numbers before year-end to see how they could benefit from specific
strategies. Planning topics include: AGI, Investment gains and losses,
charitable giving, AMT, medical costs, health insurance, gifts, and
tax-preparation fees related to certain investments.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: This is an excellent
tax-planning article for individual taxation.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) From a tax perspective, how does 2014 differ from
2013? What issues should taxpayers consider?
2. (Advanced) What tax provisions have expired? What are the
prospects for extensions of those tax provisions? How could they be
extended?
3. (Advanced) What is adjusted gross income? Why should taxpayers
focus on AGI for tax-planning purposes? What taxes and deduction limitations
are tied to AGI?
4. (Advanced) What planning should taxpayers do regarding
investment gains and losses? What are wash sales and why must a taxpayer be
careful to avoid them?
5. (Advanced) What are good planning ideas for charitable giving?
What are donor-advised funds? How can they be used in tax planning?
6. (Advanced) What is the alternative minimum tax? Why was it
enacted? What triggers the tax?
7. (Advanced) What are the limitations regarding deductions for
medical costs? What taxpayers are most likely to be able to take this
deduction? How can planning help with this deduction?
8. (Advanced) What are the new tax rules regarding the health
insurance tax? To whom does it apply?
9. (Advanced) What value does annual gift-giving provide? Why is
this benefit less important now than it had been in the past?
10. (Introductory) How are tax-preparation fees affected by choices
of investments? Should those costs be considered when making an investment?
Why or why not?
Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast
"Act Now to Lower Your 2014
Taxes," by Laura Saunders, The Wall Street Journal, November 8, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/act-now-to-lower-your-2014-taxes-1415379734?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
If you want to lower your 2014 income taxes, you
need to act now to limit Uncle Sam’s reach next April.
The number of tax-cutting opportunities shrinks
significantly after Dec. 31. Too often taxpayers let this deadline slip,
says Ellen Minkow, an accountant at the firm MS 1040 in New York. She often
finds herself asking clients, “Where were you in November?”
Congress hasn’t enacted wrenching tax changes this
year, unlike in 2013. In fact, lawmakers have yet to move on dozens of
taxpayer-friendly provisions that expired as of Jan. 1.
Among the most popular: a provision that allows
owners of individual retirement accounts who are 70½ and older to give up to
$100,000 of their IRA assets directly to charity each year; a federal
write-off for state sales taxes instead of state income taxes; and a
deduction of up to $4,000 a year for qualified expenses for college or other
post-high-school education.
As far as these go, taxpayers should sit tight,
says Melissa Labant, a tax specialist at the American Institute of CPAs in
Washington. She expects lawmakers will extend these provisions during this
year’s lame-duck session—as they have after several similar expirations over
the past decade. And as before, the renewals are likely to be retroactive to
the beginning of the year, she says.
Internal Revenue Service Commissioner John Koskinen
has warned publicly that if lawmakers don’t pass the extensions by early
December, the delay will cause problems and could even hold up refunds
during the spring tax-filing season.
There are plenty of other issues facing taxpayers.
Given the complexity of the current code, with its numerous phase-outs,
phase-ins, surtaxes and hidden marginal rates, many people should consider
running their actual 2014 tax numbers before year-end to see how they could
benefit from specific strategies.
This exercise could be crucial, Ms. Labant says,
for taxpayers who have had a significant change in income or a major life
event—such as a birth, death, marriage, divorce, retirement, the sale of a
home or a job change. In particular, a temporary drop in income can present
opportunities.
Here are key areas to focus on before year-end.
Adjusted gross income. AGI—the
number at the bottom of the front page of the Form 1040—is now the most
important number on the return for many affluent people. That is because a
host of phase-outs and surtaxes are tied to different AGI thresholds.
For example, the 3.8% surtax on net investment
income and the 0.9% Medicare surtax—which were enacted as part of the
Affordable Care Act and took effect in 2013—usually don’t apply unless AGI
exceeds $250,000 for a married couple or $200,000 for a single filer.
In addition, the phaseout of the $3,950 personal
exemption and the phase-in of the so-called Pease limit on itemized
deductions—which are, in effect, tax increases—both begin at $305,050 of AGI
for couples and $254,200 for singles this year. The ability to make a direct
contribution to a Roth IRA phases out above $181,000 of AGI for couples and
$114,000 for singles.
One good way to avoid losing benefits or triggering
surtaxes is to keep AGI as low as possible. Useful strategies include
spreading income over more than one year, offsetting capital gains with
capital losses and using up to $3,000 of capital losses against ordinary
income each year.
Taxpayers also can drive down AGI by making pretax
contributions to a 401(k), IRA or other retirement plan, or by contributing
to a health savings account, flexible spending account or dependent-care
account. In addition, they could take a deduction for moving expenses, among
other tactics.
One move that won’t lower AGI is taking itemized
deductions on Schedule A, such as those for mortgage interest and charitable
donations, since such deductions are taken after AGI is calculated.
Investment gains and losses. Now
is the time for taxpayers to scrutinize holdings in taxable accounts—as
opposed to those in tax-sheltered retirement plans—in order to make smart
adjustments.
What gains or losses have you taken, or will you
take, given the market’s strong growth? Be sure to include mutual funds held
in taxable accounts: Some, including the
T. Rowe Price Blue Chip Growth Fund and the
Putnam Voyager Fund , have announced they will be
making capital-gains distributions before year-end for the first time in
years.
Taxpayers can use realized capital losses to offset
realized capital gains plus $3,000 of ordinary income, such as wages, every
year. Unused losses carry forward for use in the future; some investors
still have losses from 2008 and 2009.
In addition, beware of income spikes that could
trigger the 3.8% surtax on net investment income. Perhaps it is possible to
spread a gain over more than one year, or to sell losing investments to
offset it.
At the same time, take care to avoid the “wash
sale” rules if you plan to repurchase the losing asset. Use of the loss is
postponed if the investor buys securities 30 days before or after taking
losses in the same investment, even if the purchase is in a different tax
year.
Charitable giving. There is a
proposal in Congress to let taxpayers who make donations to charity in the
first months of a new year deduct them for the prior one. But it hasn’t yet
passed, and all contributions must still be made by year-end.
Before you write a check, though, think twice.
Often a more tax-efficient move is to give the same value in appreciated
assets, such as shares of stock. Donors often get a deduction for the full
market value while avoiding capital-gains tax on the asset’s growth.
For example, say an affluent investor wants to give
$5,000 to a qualified charity and has shares worth $5,000 that cost him
$1,000 many years ago. If he sells the stock, he could owe federal
capital-gains tax at a 25% rate, leaving him with about $4,000 to donate.
But if he gives the stock directly to the charity,
he can usually deduct the full $5,000, as long as it is less than 30% of his
AGI. Excess amounts usually can be carried forward up to five years.
For a large gift—especially if it needs to be made
quickly because of a year-end bonus or other windfall—consider using a
so-called donor-advised fund. These are arrangements sponsored by national
nonprofits affiliated with firms such as Fidelity Investments and Vanguard
Group, and by local nonprofits that focus their efforts on a particular city
or region.
Donor-advised funds allow taxpayers to take a full
deduction for a large gift in the year it is made and then decide later how
to disburse the funds—at which point there is no deduction. Meanwhile, the
money can be invested and grow tax-free.
Alternative minimum tax. The AMT,
which affects about 4 million taxpayers, is a levy that rescinds valuable
deductions and exemptions, as well as the benefit of lower tax brackets.
Many people who owe the AMT every year find it
impossible to avoid, especially if they live in high-tax states. (Indeed, a
large deduction for state and local taxes is often an AMT trigger.)
But some taxpayers who have unusual events—such as
an outsize capital gain—may be able to avoid the AMT with careful multiyear
planning, such as by deferring or accelerating state tax payments, experts
say.
Medical costs. The hurdle for
taking medical write-offs is higher than it once was. Unreimbursed medical
expenses are only deductible to the extent that they exceed 10% of AGI, or,
in some cases, 7.5% for people 65 and older.
However, a portion of assisted-living costs and
most skilled-nursing home costs are typically deductible, as is tuition in
special schools for students needing certain therapies.
If a taxpayer crosses this hurdle, be aware that a
wide range of other health-care costs are deductible as well—such as
contact-lens solution and acupuncture. For a full list, see
IRS Publication 502. Note that unused deductions
can’t be carried forward for use in future years.
Health insurance. New this year is
a tax on people who don’t have health insurance meeting Affordable Care Act
standards. This group is likely to include affluent and wealthy people who
want to self-insure or who use nonconforming insurance policies, as well as
“young invincibles”—healthy young adults who don’t want pay for coverage.
To avoid the new levy, people need to have been
covered by an approved policy for nine months of 2014.
The
penalty is either a flat amount or 1% of income, whichever is greater,
subject to certain limits.
This year, the penalty could come to more than
$12,000 for a family of five with a seven-figure income, says Roberton
Williams of the nonpartisan Tax Policy Center in Washington.
People who plan to opt out and pay can estimate how
much they will owe by using a calculator on the Tax Policy Center website
(taxpolicycenter.org).
There are exemptions for members of certain religious
groups, among others. The penalty also doesn’t apply to people covered by
Medicare. For a list of exemptions, go to the IRS website (www.irs.gov).
Tax-free gifts for education or other
purposes. Each giver can make tax-free transfers of up to $14,000
per recipient a year. Above that, the transfer counts against the giver’s
lifetime gift- and estate-tax exemption, which is $5.34 million this year
and rises to $5.43 million in 2015.
Givers can transfer assets other than cash, such as
stock shares. Gifts of partial interests can be used for assets worth more
than $14,000—such as a piece of real estate or art. If the gift isn’t in
cash, the giver’s original “cost basis,” which is the starting point for
determining a taxable gain, usually carries over to the recipient.
Now that the estate- and gift-tax exemption is
large enough to exclude all but a tiny sliver of U.S. taxpayers,
some experts say there is seldom a need to make gifts to avoid estate taxes,
unless the giver’s state also imposes such taxes, as
19 do, along with the District of Columbia.
Some givers will want to make contributions
directly to state-sponsored 529 education-savings accounts on behalf of
relatives or friends. Funds in these accounts grow tax-free and withdrawals
also are tax-free when used for qualified education expenses. There is no
federal deduction, although some states allow a write-off for state taxes.
A special federal provision allows each giver to
bundle five years of annual $14,000 gifts, or $70,000, to a 529 plan on
behalf of a recipient. If the exemption rises in the future, the giver can
put in the extra amount as well.
Tax-preparation costs. Was your
tax-prep bill high last year because of investments in alternative assets?
Now is the time to make sure your compliance costs don’t swamp your
investment returns.
A frequent complaint among tax preparers is that
advisers put clients into private-equity funds, hedge funds and other
partnerships without understanding what the annual accounting costs will be.
“When we see someone with $20,000 invested in one
hedge fund, we often shake our heads and say, ‘That doesn’t make sense,’”
says Andy Mattson, a CPA at Moss Adams in Campbell, Calif. The tax
preparation on one such investment could come to $500 a year, equal to 2.5%
of the amount invested, he says.
The worst offenders in terms of compliance burden
versus rate of return are foreign partnerships, experts say. Mr. Mattson
recalls one such $200,000 investment that generated 55 separate forms for
passive foreign-investment companies in one year, which cost more than
$5,000 to prepare.
To protect yourself, press your adviser about an
investment’s accounting costs before buying in.
Bob Jensen's tax helpers are
at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#010304Taxation
Teaching Case on the Investment
Tax
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on November 14, 2014
Some People Overpaid Investment Tax in 2013, Experts Say
by:
Laura Saunders
Nov 08, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Net Investment Income Tax, Taxation
SUMMARY: Some people may have overpaid the
new 3.8% surtax on net investment income for 2013 and should consider filing
amended returns. The tax first took effect 2013, but the Internal Revenue
Service didn't issue final regulations for it until late in the year, and
some issues were unresolved. As a result, developers struggled to
incorporate nuances into the software used by professionals to prepare 2013
returns.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: This article shows the
challenges of interpreting tax law - in this case, the net investment income
tax. It also shows the practical side of preparing tax returns with
software.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Advanced) What is the new investment income tax? How is it
calculated?
2. (Introductory) Why should some taxpayers review their 2013
returns? What financial and tax situations are more likely to result in
errors?
3. (Advanced) What are the "nuances" in the law that make these
calculations difficult? Why does the law seem to be so challenging to apply?
4. (Advanced) What is involved with an amended return? What must
the taxpayer do to file an amended return?
Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast
"Some People Overpaid
Investment Tax in 2013, Experts," by Laura Saunders, The Wall Street Journal,
November 8, 2014 ---
http://blogs.wsj.com/totalreturn/2014/11/08/some-people-overpaid-investment-tax-in-2013-experts-say/?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
Now is the time for taxpayers to be looking for
ways to cut their 2014 taxes.
But in some cases, they should also be taking a
look back at their 2013 returns: Some people may have overpaid the new 3.8%
surtax on net investment income for 2013, experts say.
The tax first took effect last year, but the
Internal Revenue Service didn’t issue final regulations for it until late in
the year, and some issues were unresolved. As a result, developers struggled
to incorporate nuances into the software used by professionals to prepare
2013 returns, says Jeffrey Schragg, a partner with accounting firm BDO,
based in McLean, Va.
For example, he says, taxpayers might have overpaid
if they were active participants in S corporations or partnerships and then
either sold an interest or received a payout in excess of the investment’s
cost basis, which is the starting point for determining a taxable gain.
While active partners wouldn’t have owed the 3.8%
tax on such income, some software may have assumed they did. Mr. Schragg
says he is aware of one such error that nearly caused a $15,000 overpayment
to the IRS.
Mark Nash, a partner with PricewaterhouseCoopers in
Dallas, says he also encountered many issues surrounding the 3.8% tax. For
example, he says, royalty income is typically subject to the tax, but some
people with large investments in oil and gas partnerships had enough active
participation in the business that they didn’t owe the surtax. “We had a lot
of discussion” about such nuances in the law, says Mr. Nash. In some cases
he and his colleagues had to calculate the tax manually.
He adds that such issues arose mostly with complex
tax returns that included results from entities such as S corporations and
partnerships, rather than on simpler returns showing investment income such
as capital gains, interest and dividends reported by brokers on 1099 forms.
If errors exist and a taxpayer wants a refund, he
or she needs to file an amended return using Form 1040X.
Mr. Schragg expects fewer errors on tax returns for
2014: “With a new tax, it always takes a year or two to work out the bugs.”
Bob Jensen's tax helpers are
at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#010304Taxation
Teaching Case on Home Mortgage
Taxation and Planning
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on November 7, 2014
Homeowners: Fall Planning Brings Spring Tax Savings
by:
Anya Martin
Nov 30, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Individual Taxation, Mortgage
Deduction
SUMMARY: This article discusses the rules for
homeowners to deduct mortgage interest and other expenses. Most homeowners
who itemize their taxes can deduct the interest paid on their first and
second mortgages of up to $1.1 million in debt. That total reflects up to $1
million for home loans and another $100,000 for home-equity loans. Some
homeowners don't realize they can deduct the mortgage interest paid on
second homes. That second home can even be a boat, mobile home or any
structure, as long as it has plumbing, such as toilets and showers. There
are other deductions and restrictions about which taxpayers should be
knowledgeable.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: This is a good article
to use to flesh out the rules surrounding home mortgage deductions.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What is a home mortgage? What are the limits on
deduction of mortgage interest?
2. (Advanced) What are the rules regarding deduction of mortgage
interest for a second home? What are the limitations? What must taxpayers
know about this type of deduction? What are the common mistakes?
3. (Advanced) What other home expenses are deductible? What are the
rules shared in the article?
4. (Advanced) What are the tax laws regarding renting of a second
home? How can taxpayers structure ownership, financing, and rental income of
a second home in order to get the best tax advantages?
5. (Advanced) What is the Pease Limitation? What does it limit?
Which taxpayers should be careful to plan for this limitation?
Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast
"Homeowners: Fall Planning
Brings Spring Tax Savings," by Anya Martin, The Wall Street Journal, November
30, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/homeowners-fall-planning-brings-spring-tax-savings-1414597215?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
What
homeowners can do now to prepare for tax time. Rules for deducting mortgage
interest and itemizing other expenses to lower the tax bill.
Before the first snowflakes of winter, homeowners
should think about spring savings. Steps taken today could reduce the tax
hit on April 15.
Most homeowners who itemize their taxes can deduct
the interest paid on their first and second mortgages of up to $1.1 million
in debt. That total reflects up to $1 million for home loans and another
$100,000 for home-equity loans.
The deductions add up for homeowners with jumbo
mortgages—those above $417,000 in most places and $625,500 in high-price
areas. A hypothetical example looks at a couple in the 30% tax bracket who
files jointly. Assuming their income is under $300,000, the $24,000 they
paid toward mortgage interest could see a benefit of up to $7,200 in tax
savings, according to Mary Canning, dean emeritus and professor at Golden
Gate University’s Braden School of Taxation and Accounting in San Francisco.
Some homeowners don’t realize they can deduct the
mortgage interest paid on second homes, Ms. Canning says. Some of her
clients, many of whom are approaching retirement age, have paid off the
mortgage on their primary home and are buying a vacation home in nearby
scenic towns like Sonoma or Carmel, she adds. With the deduction, “they are
finding it’s quite affordable as opposed to putting up children and their
families in hotels for a vacation,” Ms. Canning says.
That second home can even be a boat, mobile home or
any structure, as long as it has plumbing, such as toilets and showers.
However, an empty lot being held to build a future retirement home doesn't
qualify.
One mistake Ms. Canning often sees: Homeowners who
try to deduct mortgage interest on a second home that was purchased using a
margin loan on their brokerage account. “Sometimes people are surprised that
they cannot make the deduction,” she says. It isn’t allowed, however,
because the loan “has to be secured against the home.”
Beyond mortgage interest, documenting other
home-related expenses can help further reduce tax bills. For example,
self-employed taxpayers and business owners can write off some expenses if
part of their home qualifies as a home office, says Robert Winton, a partner
at White Plains, N.Y.-based Citrin Cooperman & Co.
Qualified taxpayers with second homes can also rent
out the property and deduct some of their expenses, Mr. Winton adds.
Deductions can include “maintenance, insurance and property taxes,” he adds.
Because the IRS doesn't require reporting of rental
income for 14 days or less a year, some business owners rent their home to
their business for a meeting or retreat and then deduct the rental fee as a
business expense on their company’s tax return, says Robert Walsh, founder
and president of Red Bank, N.J.-based Lighthouse Financial Advisors.
Homeowners can take a few steps now to prepare for
tax time. Diagram and measure home office space and total square footage,
take pictures and save utility, security and real-estate tax bills, Mr.
Walsh says. “If you paint your home office, it’s a 100% expense to office,”
he adds.
Those who rent a second home regularly may wish to
set up a separate bank account for rental earnings and keep a calendar for
days of personal use, Mr. Walsh says.
Of course, with interest rates so low, tax savings
may not be the highest priority for many high-end home buyers. “For people
who are buying a big home and have a $1.5 million mortgage and it’s your
dream home, you don’t mind not [being able to deduct] all of that interest,”
Mr. Walsh adds.
Here are a few more tips to consider when looking
for tax savings. Be sure to consult a tax professional or financial adviser
for more specifics.
• Income limits. The Internal Revenue Service
limits and phases out Schedule A itemized deductions if the taxpayer’s
adjusted gross income exceeds $250,000 for a single individual or $300,000
for a married couple, says Mr. Walsh. Common Schedule A deductions include
mortgage interest, state and local income taxes, sales taxes, and medical
expenses and charitable donations.
The so-called “Pease Limitation,” named after
former Rep. Donald Pease, was enacted by Congress in 1990. During the Bush
tax cuts, the limits went away, but they kicked back in for 2013.
• Equity means everything. That $100,000
home-equity loan doesn't have to be used to improve the home.
• Status matters. Unmarried couples who file
separate tax returns and own their own homes will each get up to $1.1
million. Conversely, married couples filing separate returns can only deduct
mortgage interest on up to $500,000 of home debt.
Bob Jensen's personal finance helpers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#InvestmentHelpers
Bob Jensen's taxation helpers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#010304Taxation
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on
February 23, 2013
The New Capital-Gains Maze
by: Laura Saunders
Feb 16, 2013
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Accounting, Capital Gains Tax,
Investment Sales, Tax Law, Tax Planning, Taxation
SUMMARY: Amid the political drama surrounding
the "fiscal cliff" negotiations, some investors overlooked
significant tax changes kicking in this year. Most notable:
those on long-term capital gains, or taxable income from the
sale of investments held longer than a year. These are
significant increases, and they raise the value of tax deferral
and careful planning. Investors who have begun to consider these
issues-and many haven't-admit to being confused. Fortunately for
investors, there still are ways to minimize the hit-and even
dodge it. Strategies include carefully timing investment sales,
making charitable donations and family gifts with assets instead
of cash, and minimizing certain income. With markets approaching
record highs, investors need to know them. Topics include:
lowering AGI, using "air pockets", giving appreciated assets to
charity, strategizing family gifts, among others.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: This article offers a
nice update regarding the changes in the tax law and how
taxpayers can plan to legally minimize taxes. You can use this
article to discuss each of the individual topics discussed in
the article, as well as to show students how valuable tax
planning services are for many taxpayers.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What were the "fiscal cliff"
negotiations? How was the law regarding the sale of investments
impacted? What were the biggest changes noted in this article?
2. (Advanced) What is adjusted gross income? What are
the suggestions offered in the article regarding AGI? Why is AGI
an important number for taxpayers?
3. (Advanced) What is an "air pocket" for tax purposes?
How can a taxpayer use a so-called air pocket to reduce tax
liability?
4. (Advanced) Please choose and explain three of the
other tax planning ideas featured in the article. How could
these ideas reduce tax liability without changing the overall
effect of the underlying transaction?
5. (Advanced) If you choose to be a tax professional,
how would you market your services based on what you learned
from reading this article?
Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast
"The New Capital-Gains Maze," by Laura Saunders, The
Wall Street Journal, February 16, 2013 ---
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324432004578302123138871136.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno64-wsj
Chances are your capital-gains taxes
are going up this year—and if you aren't careful, you could end
up paying more than necessary.
Amid the political drama surrounding
the "fiscal cliff" negotiations, some investors overlooked
significant tax changes kicking in this year. Most notable:
those on long-term capital gains, or taxable income from the
sale of investments held longer than a year.
Under the old system, there were often
only two rates: zero and 15%, depending on your income. Now,
there are three tax tiers: zero, 15% and 20%. More Weekend
Investor
Value Stocks Are Hot—But Most Investors
Will Burn Out Cash Shouldn't Be the Only Apple of Your Eye Is It
Time to Hock the Art? Beyond Long-Term Care Thinking of
'Shorting' Treasurys? Tread Lightly
And that isn't all. There also are
three backdoor tax increases that can push your effective rate
even higher—to nearly 25%.
Experts say many taxpayers whose rate
still is 15% could well owe one-third more than they would have
last year. And many top-bracket taxpayers will owe nearly
two-thirds more, even if their income is that high only because
of a once-in-a-lifetime sale.
"These are significant increases, and
they raise the value of tax deferral and careful planning," says
Vanguard Group tax expert Joel Dickson.
Investors who have begun to consider
these issues—and many haven't—admit to being confused.
"I'm trying to figure out whether it's
even worth it to have a taxable account," says Matt Reiland, a
32-year-old oil-industry financial analyst in Farmington, N.M.,
who now is putting away $1,000 a month.
Fortunately for investors, there still
are ways to minimize the hit—and even dodge it. Strategies
include carefully timing investment sales, making charitable
donations and family gifts with assets instead of cash, and
minimizing certain income. With markets approaching record
highs, investors need to know them.
To be sure, long-term capital gains
still retain many of the advantages investors have cherished for
decades.
Unlike wages, capital gains often can
be timed. Losses on one investment can be "harvested" and used
to offset gains on other investments, even in different years.
Up to $3,000 of capital losses still are deductible against
"ordinary" income such as wages. And whatever an investor's top
rate on gains, it often is far below the rate on ordinary
income, which now can be more than 41%.
It isn't just capital gains that are
affected by the tax changes. The new provisions also apply to
many dividends, and some apply to other investment income,
including interest. But these types of income often are more
difficult to time than long-term gains.
Where You Stand
This year's changes divide taxpayers
into three groups. For joint filers with more than $450,000 of
taxable income or single filers with more than $400,000, the tax
rate on long-term gains is fairly clear, if painful.
It starts with a flat tax of 20% above
those thresholds. Add to that the new "Pease limit," a complex
backdoor increase tied to itemized deductions that is named
after Donald Pease, a former Ohio congressman. In effect, the
Pease limit raises a taxpayer's rate by about 1%, according to
experts at the Tax Policy Center, a nonpartisan research group
in Washington.
Finally, there is a new 3.8% flat tax
on net investment income—unless the investor has sold an
actively managed business—for a total of about 25%.
Thus, for a taxpayer already in the top
bracket, the tax on a $500,000 gain could rise to about $125,000
this year from $75,000 in 2012.
For taxpayers in the next income
tier—couples with $72,500 to $450,000 of taxable income and
single filers with $36,250 to $400,000—the effective rate on a
gain is harder to predict.
It begins with a 15% flat rate, but
taxpayers who cross certain income thresholds owe more because
of the 3.8% net investment income tax, the Pease limit and the
Personal Exemption Phaseout, or PEP, a backdoor increase that
limits personal exemptions.
Here's how it could play out: Say a
couple with two children in college and a third soon to go has
an adjusted gross income of $220,000. They sell long-held
investments to help pay tuition, realizing a $175,000 gain.
Although they are in the 15% bracket for long-term gains, just
as they were in 2012, they'll owe about $5,500 more than they
would have last year due to the new 3.8% tax.
This is where planning can help. If the
couple can lower their income by, say, raising retirement-plan
contributions or spreading the gain over several years, or both,
they might reduce or avoid the extra taxes.
"If they cut this year's gain to
$50,000, the $5,500 would drop about $750," says Roberton
Williams, a tax specialist at the Tax Policy Center.
The last group are investors who owe
zero tax on their long-term gains. They often avoid the 3.8%
tax, the Pease limit and the Personal Exemption Phaseout as
well.
For couples filing jointly, the zero
rate extends up to $72,500 ($36,250 for singles). That might
sound like a low cutoff, says Silicon Valley tax strategist
Stewart Karlinsky, an emeritus professor at San Jose State
University, "but it includes more people than we used to think."
That's because these investors often
have large amounts of tax-free income, thanks to municipal bonds
or Roth individual retirement accounts. If so, they might be
able to realize gains selectively to stay within the zero rate.
Sound complicated? It is—and the
alternative minimum tax can make it worse. But careful planning
is often worth the effort. Here is what to do to minimize your
gains pain this year.
Lower your adjusted gross
income. An especially confusing feature of the new
capital-gains regime is that while rates are tied to taxable
income, for most taxpayers the backdoor increases are tied to
adjusted gross income.
That's the number at the bottom of the
front page of the 1040. It doesn't include itemized deductions
on Schedule A, such as mortgage interest and charitable gifts.
Taxable income does.
To avoid the backdoor taxes, it is
important to minimize your adjusted gross income. Itemized
deductions won't help, but other tax benefits can. Among them:
deductible contributions to retirement plans such as IRAs or
401(k)s; moving expenses; business deductions or losses; capital
losses; rental-property expenses; alimony payments; and health
insurance premiums or health-savings-account contributions,
according to Mr. Karlinsky.
Tax-free income from municipal bonds or
Roth IRAs won't swell adjusted gross income, either. Converting
to a Roth IRA will, however, raise it in the year of the
conversion.
Take advantage of "air
pockets." The tax code stacks income, deductions and
net long-term gains in a way that shrewd taxpayers can exploit.
Here's an example: A retired couple has
$70,000 of adjusted gross income before capital gains and
$30,000 of itemized deductions. (They might also have tax-free
income from munis and Roth IRAs.) According to tax rules, the
deductions reduce their income to about $40,000.
This leaves them with an "air pocket"
of about $33,000 before they cross from the zero rate to the 15%
rate on long-term gains.
If they take a $50,000 gain, nearly
$33,000 of it won't be taxable, while the rest would be taxed at
15%. If their income remains constant for two years and they can
split the gain between the two years (selling at the end of
December and beginning of January, for example), the entire gain
could be tax-free.
This is a great tax-code freebie.
"People in the zero bracket can even harvest gains and raise
their cost basis without owing federal taxes," says Mitch
Marsden, a planner at Longview Financial Advisors in Huntsville,
Ala. Unlike with assets sold at a loss, there's no waiting
period to repurchase assets sold at a gain.
Of course, the value of multiyear
strategies depends in part on Congress not changing the law
again.
Give appreciated assets to
charity. Higher taxes raise the value of making
charitable donations with appreciated assets such as shares of
stock instead of cash. Under current law and within certain
limits, the donor gets to skip the tax and yet take a near-full
deduction for the gift.
Strategize family gifts.
Are you thinking of giving cash to relatives or friends in the
same year that you plan to sell a long-held asset? If your
recipient is in a lower capital-gains bracket, consider giving
him all or part of the asset instead. Taxpayers can give
presents of up to $14,000 per individual per year free of gift
tax, and the move can save on capital-gains tax as well.
For example, say a woman wants to give
$14,000 to her granddaughter, who is between jobs. If she gives
$14,000 of stock shares she bought for $3,000, the granddaughter
could sell the shares and pay no tax if her taxable income is
below $36,250 this year. But if the grandmother sells the shares
herself, the tax bite could range from $1,650 to more than
$2,500.
Hold on for dear life.
The tax code still forgives capital gains on assets held until
death; at that point the asset's full market value becomes part
of the taxpayer's estate. Now that the estate-tax exemption is a
generous $5.25 million per individual (and indexed for
inflation), some investors will find it makes sense to hold
appreciated assets until death in order to avoid higher
capital-gains taxes.
Consider installment sales.
Assets such as land or a business can be hard to sell piecemeal.
But an owner could sell the entire asset in an installment sale
and spread out a gain over several years, assuming the deal
makes overall sense.
Remember the home exemption.
Couples who sell a principal residence after living in it at
least two years get to skip paying tax on up to $500,000 of
gains ($250,000 for singles); only above that does the gain
become part of income.
Beware of lower limits for
trusts. The new 3.8% tax on capital-gains and other
investment income takes effect at $11,950 of adjusted gross
income for trusts—far lower than the $250,000 threshold for
individuals.
But there is an out: The lower limit
applies to income that's retained by the trust, while income
that's paid out to beneficiaries is taxed at their own rates.
"This puts pressure on trustees to make
distributions," says Diana Zeydel, an estate lawyer at Greenberg
Traurig in Miami. Yet the point of some trusts is to retain
gains and accumulate assets, or at least to keep the beneficiary
on a short tether. These issues require expert help.
Don't be driven by taxes.
Don't sell—or hold—an asset just to beat Uncle Sam.
Don't do an installment sale if you can't trust the buyer to pay
up. And don't make charitable or personal gifts solely for tax
reasons.
Continued in article
The Tax Policy Center has a good online tool for making
before-and-after estimations ---
http://calculator2.taxpolicycenter.org/index.cfm
Bob Jensen's personal finance helpers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#SmallBusiness
Humor November 1-30, 2014
Video: Instead of Milk
and Cookies Give Santa Air Freshener for XMAS ---
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wW0VYKtJisw
Blind Date ---
http://www.youtube.com/embed/_CwHrJt8Oz8
I Love Lucy: An American Legend ---
http://myloc.gov/exhibitions/ilovelucy/Pages/default.asp
Paula says: "I'll bet no one goes to sleep in her class!"
Sister Strikes Again!: Late Nite Catechism 2 - YouTube
http://www.youtube.com/watch_popup?v=7Jrh_uuPmd0
Forwarded by Paula
With all the new technology regarding fertility recently, a 65-year-old
friend of mine was able to give birth.
When she was discharged from the hospital and went home, I went to visit.
'May I see the new baby?' I asked.
'Not yet,' She said. 'I'll make coffee and we can visit for a while
first.'
Thirty minutes had passed, and I asked, 'May I see the new baby now?'
'No, not yet,' she said.
After another few minutes had elapsed, I asked again, 'May I see the baby
now?'
'No, not yet,' insisted my friend.
Growing very impatient, I asked, 'Well, when CAN I see the baby?'
'WHEN HE CRIES!' she told me.
'WHEN HE CRIES?' I demanded. 'Why do I have to wait until he CRIES?'
'BECAUSE I FORGOT WHERE I PUT HIM, O.K.?'
Forwarded by Paula
"I've got problems. Every
time I go to bed I think there's somebody under it. I'm
scared. I think I'm going crazy."
"Just put
yourself in my hands for one year", said the shrink. "Come
talk to me three times a week and we should be able to get
rid of those fears."
"How much do you charge?"
"Eighty dollars per visit, replied the doctor."
"I'll sleep on it", I said.
Six months later the doctor met me on the street. "Why
didn't you come to see me about those fears you were
having?" he asked.
"Well, eighty bucks a visit, three times a week for a year,
is $12,480.00. A bartender cured me for $10.00. I
was so happy to have saved all that money that I went and
bought me a new pickup truck."
"Is that so?" with a bit of an attitude he said, "and how,
may I ask,
did a
Bartender cure you?"
"He told me to cut the legs off the bed. Ain't nobody
under there now."
Moral: FORGET
THE SHRINKS. HAVE A DRINK & TALK TO A BARTENDER!
IT'S
ALWAYS BETTER TO GET A SECOND OPINION!
Forwarded by Gene and Joan
You know you are too old to Trick or Treat when:
10. You keep knocking on your own front door. 9. You remove your false teeth
to change your appearance.
8. You ask for soft high fiber candy only.
7. When someone drops a candy bar in your bag, you lose your balance and fall
over.
6. People say...'Great Boris Karloff Mask,' and you're not wearing a mask. .
5. When the door opens you yell, 'Trick or...' and you can't remember the rest.
4. By the end of the night, you have a bag full of restraining orders.
3. You have to carefully choose a costume that doesn't dislodge your
hairpiece.
2. You're the only Power Ranger in the neighborhood with a walker. And the
number 1 reason Seniors should not go Trick or Treating ... * * * 1. You keep
having to go home to pee.
Forwarded by Paula
My wife found out that our dog (a Schnauzer) could hardly hear, so she
took it to the veterinarian. The vet found that the problem was hair in the
dog's ears. He cleaned both ears, and the dog could then hear fine. The vet
then proceeded to tell Andrea that, if she wanted to keep this from
recurring, she should go to the store and get some "Nair" hair remover and
rub it in the dog's ears once a month.
Andrea went to the store and bought some "Nair" hair remover. At the
register, the pharmacist told her, "If you're going to use this under your
arms, don't use deodorant for a few days."
Andrea said, "I'm not using it under my arms."
The pharmacist said, "If you're using it on your legs, don't use body
lotion for a couple of days."
Andrea replied, "I'm not using it on my legs either. If you must know,
I'm using it on my Schnauzer."
The pharmacist says, "Well, stay off your bicycle for about a week."
Forwarded by Paula
The rain was pouring down and there was a big puddle in front of the pub
just outside an Air Force base. An old man wearing a baseball cap with the
Navy insignia on it was standing near the edge with a fishing rod, his line
in the puddle.
A curious young Air Force pilot stopped and asked what he was doing.
'Fishing,' the old guy simply said.
'Poor old fool,' the Air Force officer thought, but out of respect he
invited the ragged old sailor into the pub for a drink. He felt he should
open up a conversation, so he asked 'How many have you caught? 'You're the
eighth' the old sailor replied.
Forwarded by Paula
Capeeshe Italiano........ I'm sending this out to every person I know who
is Italian, could be Italian, married an Italian, lived with Italians or
wants to be Italian......!!!!!
Let's start at the beginning.
Come stai? Molto bene. Bongiorno. Ciao. Arrivederci.
Every Italian from Italy knows these words and every Italian-American
should.
But ……… what about the goomba speech pattern? Those words and phrases
that are a little Italian, a little American, and a lot of slang. Words
every Paesano and Bacciagaloop we have heard, - words we hear throughout our
Little Italy neighborhood of New York.
This form of language, the 'Goomba-Italiano ' has been used for
generations. It's not gangster slang terms like 'whack' or 'vig', if that's
what you are thinking---nope, this is real Guido talk!
The goomba says ciao when he arrives or leaves. He says Mama Mia anytime
emotion is needed in any given situation.
Mannaggia, meengya, oofah, and of course, va fongool can also be used….
Capeesh?
He uses a moppeen to wipe his hands in the cuchina, gets agita from the
gravy and will shkeevats meatballs unless they are homemade from the
famiglia.
Always foonah your bread in the pot of gravy (sauce) or you will be
considered a real googootz or Mezzo-finookio.
There are usually plenty of mamalukes and the girl from the neighborhood
with the reputation is a facia-bruta, puttana or a schifosa.
If called cattivo, cabbadost, sfatcheem, stupido, or strunz, you are
usually a pain in the ass. A crazy diavlo can give you the malokya (evil
eye), but that red horn (contra malokya) will protect you if you use it
right.
Don 't forget to always say per favore and grazia and prego.
If you are feeling mooshadda or stounad or mezzo-morto, always head to
Nonna's and she will fix you up with a little homemade manicott', cavadell',
or calamar ', or some ricotta cheesecake.
Mangia some zeppoles, canolis, torrone, struffoli, shfoolyadell', pignoli
cookies, or a little nutella on pannetone. Delizioso!
I think I will fix myself a sangweech of cabacol' with some proshoot and
mozarell' or maybe just a hot slice of peetza.
So salud' if you have any Italian blood in you and you understood
anything written here! Then, you are numero uno and a professore of the
goombas.
If you don't get any of this, then fa Nabola with the whole thing and you
are a disgraziato. Scuzi, Mia dispiachay, I didn't mean that.......
Just....... Fu-ghedda-boudit…
Bada Bing….. This is also so true. Enjoy!
Italians have a $40,000 kitchen, but use the $100, 35 year old stove from
Sears in the basement to cook things on.
There is some sort of religious statue in the hallway, living room,
bedroom, front porch and backyard. (A Mary on the half shell).
The outdoor table is linoleum covered with small, chrome metal trim along
the edges.
The living room is filled with old wedding favors with bows and stale
almonds (they are too pretty to open and eat).
All lampshades, stuffed chairs and stuffed couches are covered with
stiff, clear plastic.
A portrait of the Pope and Frank Sinatra hang in the dining room.
God forbid if anyone EVER attempted to eat 'Chef Boy-ar-Dee', 'Franco
American', 'Ragu', 'Prego', or anything else labeled as Italian in a jar or
can.
Meatballs are made with pork, veal and beef, mixed together.
Turkey is served on Thanksgiving AFTER the manicotti, gnocchi, lasagna,
and minestrone or shcarole soup.
If anyone EVER says ESCAROLE, slap 'em in the face -- it's SHCAROLE.
Sunday dinner was at 1:00 PM sharp. The meal went like this... The table
was set with everyday dishes. It doesn't matter if they don't match. They're
clean; what more do you want?
Wine, homemade, is served up in small water or old cheese glasses.
At the table all the utensils go on the right side of the plate and the
napkin goes on the left.
A clean kitchen towel was put at Nonno's & Papa's plates because they
won't use napkins.
Homemade wine, a pitcher of water and bottles of 7-UP are on the table.
First course, Antipasto... Change plates.
Second course, macaroni or ravioli.
All pasta was called macaroni...or `paste`. Change plates.
Third course was usually roast beef, some chicken with potatoes and
vegetables... Change plates.
THEN, and only then - NEVER AT THE BEGINNING OF THE MEAL - would you eat
the salad drenched in homemade oil & strong, red-vinegar dressing.. Change
plates.
Next course, fruit & nuts - in the shell - on paper plates because you
ran out of the real ones.
You pinched yourself on that damn nutcracker...how many times..?
Last was coffee with anisette, some espresso for Nonno, 'American' coffee
for the rest - with hard cookies (biscottis) to dunk in the coffee with more
fruit and some cheese.
The kids would go out to play.
The men would go lay down. They slept so soundly that you could do brain
surgery on them without anesthesia.
The women cleaned the kitchen.
We got screamed at by Mama or Nonna, and half of the sentences were
English, the other half in Italian.
Italian mothers never threw a baseball in their life, but could nail you
in the head or back with their shoe thrown from the kitchen while you were
in the living room.
Other things particular to Italians...
The prom dress that Zia Ceserina made for her kid, Carmella, cost only
$20.00, which was for the material.
The prom hairdo was done free by Cousin Angelina.
Turning around at your prom to see your entire family, including your
Godparents, standing in the back of the gym...was simply PRICELESS!
True Italians will love this.
Those of you who are married to Italians will understand this. And those
who wish they were Italian, and those who are friends with Italians, will
remember with a smile.
Then they'll forward this to their Italian friends with love or a
reasonable facsimile.
Forwarded by Paula
Father Norton woke up one Sunday morning. It was an exceptionally
beautiful and sunny early spring day, and he decided he just had to play
golf. He called up his associate pastor and told him that he was feeling
sick and asked him to hold Mass for him that day.
As soon as he hung up, Father Norton headed for a golf course about 40
miles away. He wanted to make sure that he didn't run into anyone he knew.
After all, everyone else would be in church.
At the course, Father Norton asked to play alone, and as he strolled onto
the first tee, St. Peter leaned over to the Lord while they were looking
down from Heaven and exclaimed, “You're not going to let him get away with
this, are you?" The Lord sighed and responded, “No, I guess not."
Father Norton teed his ball up and took a mighty swing. The ball came
off the face of his driver like a cannon shot, straight and true. His
ball landed just short of the green, bounced on and rolled straight into the
hole, a 420-yard hole-in-one! St. Peter was astonished. He looked at the
Lord and asked, “How could you let that happen?
The Lord just smiled and replied, “Who's he going to tell?"
Humor Between November 1-30, 2014
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q4.htm#Humor113014
Humor Between October 1-31, 2014
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q4.htm#Humor103114
Humor Between September 1-30, 2014
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q3.htm#Humor093014
Humor Between August 1-31, 2014
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q3.htm#Humor083114
Humor Between July 1-31, 2014---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q3.htm#Humor073114
Humor Between June 1-31, 2014 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q2.htm#Humor063014
Humor Between May 1-31, 2014, 2014
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q2.htm#Humor053114
Humor Between April 1-30, 2014
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q2.htm#Humor043014
Humor Between March 1-31, 2014
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q1.htm#Humor033114
Humor Between February 1-28, 2014
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q1.htm#Humor022814
Humor Between January 1-31, 2014
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q1.htm#Humor013114
Humor Between December 1-31, 2013
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q4.htm#Humor123113
Humor Between November 1-30, 2013
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q4.htm#Humor113013,
Humor Between October 1-31, 2013
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q4.htm#Humor103113
Humor Between September 1 and September 30, 2013
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q3.htm#Humor093013
Humor Between July 1 and August 31, 2013
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q3.htm#Humor083113
Humor Between June 1-30, 2013
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q2.htm#Humor063013
Humor Between May 1-31, 2013
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q2.htm#Humor053113
Humor Between April 1-30, 2013
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q2.htm#Humor043013
And that's
the way it was on November 30, 2014 with a little help from my friends.
Bob
Jensen's gateway to millions of other blogs and social/professional networks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm
Bob
Jensen's Threads ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/threads.htm
Bob
Jensen's Blogs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
New Bookmarks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Tidbits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's past presentations and lectures ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/resume.htm#Presentations
Free
Online Textbooks, Videos, and Tutorials ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm#Textbooks
Free Tutorials in Various Disciplines ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob2.htm#Tutorials
Edutainment and Learning Games ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#Edutainment
Open Sharing Courses ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/updateee.htm#OKI
Bob
Jensen's Resume ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Resume.htm
Bob
Jensen's Homepage ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/
Accounting Historians Journal ---
http://www.libraries.olemiss.edu/uml/aicpa-library and
http://clio.lib.olemiss.edu/cdm/landingpage/collection/aah
Accounting Historians Journal Archives---
http://www.olemiss.edu/depts/general_library/dac/files/ahj.html
Accounting History Photographs ---
http://www.olemiss.edu/depts/general_library/dac/files/photos.html
For an elaboration on the reasons you should join a ListServ (usually
for free) go to http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListServRoles.htm |
AECM (Accounting Educators)
http://listserv.aaahq.org/cgi-bin/wa.exe?HOME
The AECM is an email Listserv list which
started out as an accounting education technology Listserv. It has
mushroomed into the largest global Listserv of accounting education
topics of all types, including accounting theory, learning, assessment,
cheating, and education topics in general. At the same time it provides
a forum for discussions of all hardware and software which can be useful
in any way for accounting education at the college/university level.
Hardware includes all platforms and peripherals. Software includes
spreadsheets, practice sets, multimedia authoring and presentation
packages, data base programs, tax packages, World Wide Web applications,
etc
Roles of a ListServ --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListServRoles.htm
|
CPAS-L (Practitioners) http://pacioli.loyola.edu/cpas-l/
(closed down)
CPAS-L provides a forum for discussions
of all aspects of the practice of accounting. It provides an unmoderated
environment where issues, questions, comments, ideas, etc. related to
accounting can be freely discussed. Members are welcome to take an
active role by posting to CPAS-L or an inactive role by just monitoring
the list. You qualify for a free subscription if you are either a CPA or
a professional accountant in public accounting, private industry,
government or education. Others will be denied access. |
Yahoo (Practitioners)
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/xyztalk
This forum is for CPAs to discuss the
activities of the AICPA. This can be anything from the CPA2BIZ portal
to the XYZ initiative or anything else that relates to the AICPA. |
AccountantsWorld
http://accountantsworld.com/forums/default.asp?scope=1
This site hosts various discussion groups on such topics as accounting
software, consulting, financial planning, fixed assets, payroll, human
resources, profit on the Internet, and taxation. |
Business Valuation Group
BusValGroup-subscribe@topica.com
This discussion group is headed by Randy Schostag
[RSchostag@BUSVALGROUP.COM] |
Concerns That Academic Accounting Research is Out of Touch With Reality
I think leading academic researchers avoid applied research for the
profession because making seminal and creative discoveries that
practitioners have not already discovered is enormously difficult.
Accounting academe is threatened by the
twin dangers of fossilization and scholasticism (of three types:
tedium, high tech, and radical chic)
From
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/395wpTAR/Web/TAR395wp.htm
“Knowledge and competence increasingly developed out of the internal
dynamics of esoteric disciplines rather than within the context of
shared perceptions of public needs,” writes Bender. “This is not to
say that professionalized disciplines or the modern service
professions that imitated them became socially irresponsible. But
their contributions to society began to flow from their own
self-definitions rather than from a reciprocal engagement with
general public discourse.”
Now, there is a definite note of sadness in Bender’s narrative – as
there always tends to be in accounts
of the
shift from Gemeinschaft to
Gesellschaft. Yet it is also
clear that the transformation from civic to disciplinary
professionalism was necessary.
“The new disciplines offered relatively precise subject matter and
procedures,” Bender concedes, “at a time when both were greatly
confused. The new professionalism also promised guarantees of
competence — certification — in an era when criteria of intellectual
authority were vague and professional performance was unreliable.”
But in the epilogue to Intellect and Public Life,
Bender suggests that the process eventually went too far.
“The risk now is precisely the opposite,” he writes. “Academe is
threatened by the twin dangers of fossilization and scholasticism
(of three types: tedium, high tech, and radical chic).
The agenda for the next decade, at least as I see it, ought to be
the opening up of the disciplines, the ventilating of professional
communities that have come to share too much and that have become
too self-referential.”
What went wrong in accounting/accountics research?
How did academic accounting research become a pseudo science?
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#WhatWentWrong
Avoiding applied research for
practitioners and failure to attract practitioner interest in
academic research journals ---
"Why business ignores the business schools," by Michael
Skapinker
Some ideas for applied research ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#AcademicsVersusProfession
Clinging to Myths in Academe and Failure
to Replicate and Authenticate Research Findings
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#Myths
Poorly designed and executed experiments
that are rarely, I mean very, very rarely, authenticated
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#PoorDesigns
Discouragement of case method research by leading journals (TAR,
JAR, JAE, etc.) by turning back most submitted cases ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#Cases
Economic Theory Errors
Where analytical mathematics in accountics research made a huge
mistake relying on flawed economic theory and interval/ratio scaling
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#EconomicTheoryErrors
Accentuate the Obvious and Avoid the Tough
Problems (like fraud) for Which Data and Models are Lacking
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#AccentuateTheObvious
Financial Theory Errors
Where capital market research in accounting made a huge mistake by
relying on CAPM
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#AccentuateTheObvious
Philosophy of Science is a Dying
Discipline
Most scientific papers are probably wrong
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#PhilosophyScienceDying
|
Accountancy, Tax, IFRS, XBRL, and Accounting History News Sites
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/AccountingNews.htm
Accounting
Professors Who Blog ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm
Cool
Search Engines That Are Not Google ---
http://www.wired.com/epicenter/2009/06/coolsearchengines
Free
(updated) Basic Accounting Textbook --- search for Hoyle at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm#Textbooks
CPA
Examination ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cpa_examination
Free CPA Examination Review Course Courtesy of Joe Hoyle ---
http://cpareviewforfree.com/
Bob Jensen's Pictures and Stories
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Pictures.htm
Bob
Jensen's Homepage ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/

October 31, 2014
Bob
Jensen's New Bookmarks for October 1-31, 2014
Bob Jensen at
Trinity University
For
earlier editions of Fraud Updates go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
For earlier editions of Tidbits go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
For earlier editions of New Bookmarks go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Click here to search Bob Jensen's web site if you
have key words to enter --- Search Box in Upper Right Corner.
For example if you want to know what Jensen documents have the term "Enron"
enter the phrase Jensen AND Enron. Another search engine that covers Trinity and
other universities is at
http://www.searchedu.com/
Bob
Jensen's Blogs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
New Bookmarks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Tidbits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's
Pictures and Stories
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Pictures.htm
All
my online pictures ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/PictureHistory/
David Johnstone asked me to write a paper on the following:
"A Scrapbook on What's Wrong with the Past, Present and Future of Accountics
Science"
Bob Jensen
February 19, 2014
SSRN Download:
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2398296
"The 25 Best College Professors In America," by Peter Jacobs, Business
Insider, October 21, 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/best-college-professors-2014-10
I think it's mostly baloney except for possibly motivating weak and
disinterested students!
Firstly, the ratings come from only students who self selected to post to
RateMyProfessor.com. The majority of a professor's
students do not report to that site. It's more like an election
where less than 1% of the voters bothered to vote.
Secondly, nearly all the "top professors" selected by RateMyProfessors
are also rated as "easy" by the
respondents. Easy professors are often great at inspiring unmotivated students,
but they are not rated so high by top students who tend not to report to
RateMyProfessors.com.
Thirdly, evidence shows that some professors
encourage their students to send in reports to
RateMyProfessor.com. Perhaps the best professors in higher education do not even
mention this site to their students and even more importantly do not even know
about the site themselves or care.
Get the details directly from RateMyProfessor.com at
http://www.ratemyprofessors.com/blog/toplist?posturl=/top-professors-of-2013-2014/
Jensen Comment
Having said this, I frequently go to RateMyProfessors.com. I don't care
two hoots about the numerical scores except maybe the "easiness" scores. What
interests me are the verbal comments by individual students. These can be
revealing about such things as the political bias that a teacher brings into the
class. These can be revealing about extraneous content that a professor brings
into the classroom, content that is not particularly relevant to the curriculum
design. These can be revealing of the pedagogy of a teacher. These can be
revealing about the use of education technology.
bioRxiv.org (in the era of technology research publishing is still in a horse
and buggy age ---
http://biorxiv.org
Example: A forthcoming paper in The Accounting Review took 11
months to be accepted after first being submitted. It will take more months to
be published after acceptance. Like many papers published initially in SSRN the
eventual publishing in research journals proceeds at a horse and buggy pace.
SSRN --- http://www.ssrn.com/en/
bioRxiv.org --- http://biorxiv.org
bioRxiv (pronounced "bio-archive") is a free online
archive and distribution service for unpublished preprints in the life
sciences. It is operated by Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, a not-for-profit
research and educational institution. By posting preprints on bioRxiv,
authors are able to make their findings immediately available to the
scientific community and receive feedback on draft manuscripts before they
are submitted to journals.
Web Publishing Pleasures Versus Journal Publishing Agonies
Jensen Comment
I recall being at a conference where Baruch Lev made a comment that he was not
looking forward to a summer of doing battle with journal referees. Personally, I
no longer want to do battles with referees and post my essays at my Website and
a listserv called AECM --- letting the chips fall as they may. I almost always
publish replies from readers at my Website, with their permission. That is about
the only type of refereeing that my writings encounter these days. My debates on
the listserv are more rewarding to me that all my years of trying to accommodate
journal referees.
Since journals like the American Accounting Association journals are not
available to Web crawlers like Google and Yahoo, I get far more feedback from my
Web publishing than I ever did from my journal publishing, feedback from global
strangers who do not subscribe to AAA journals. In most respects I feel that I
have far more people around the world reading my Web articles than people who
read my formal journal articles.
There is a natural science journal called eLIFE that tries to strike a
balance between the perfectionism demands of referees and the publishing of
non-refereed working papers.
eLIFE (a natural sciences research journal that avoids endless cycles of
revisions) ---
http://elifesciences.org
Initial decisions are made in a few days,
post-review decisions in about a month, and most articles go through only
one round of revision. Every author also has the option to make their
accepted manuscript openly available shortly after receiving a final
decision
However, I don't think eLIFE articles, like most journal articles, can
be found by Web crawlers. That is sad. This suggests that authors should do
pre-publication of working papers on their Web servers or in pre-publication
outlets like SSRN and bioRxiv.org that are crawled over daily by the Web search
engines.
Of course authors who need journal articles for reputation building,
promotion, and tenure in the Academy I do not recommend avoiding the agonies of
battles with referees in journal article publishing. However, once they hit a
certain point in their careers where they want more pleasure than pain from
their writing endeavors, I highly recommend Web and listserv publishing,
including blog publishing. I have three blogs that give me pleasure.
For lack of a better term, final acceptance by journal referees put a
"finality" seal to submissions in a journal like TAR that does not publish
comments and rejoinders. Any updates and revisions must essentially be new
submissions that must once again run the gauntlet of the refereeing process ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TheoryTAR.htm
I love Web, blog, and listserv publishing because there is no such
"finality." These articles are living documents that can be updated and revised
in real time to a point where readers really should hit the refresh button of
their browsers when they go to a Web site.
Bob Jensen's Blogs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called New
Bookmarks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Tidbits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called Fraud
Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's Threads (more like
scrapbooks) ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/threads.htm
"The Best Teaching Resources on the Web," by David Goobler,
Chronicle of Higher Education, October 22, 2014 ---
https://chroniclevitae.com/news/770-the-best-teaching-resources-on-the-web?cid=at&utm_source=at&utm_medium=en
. . .
Often my first stop when I'm looking for a new
idea for the classroom is
Faculty Focus. It
regularly publishes short articles with practical ideas for the college
instructor. It’s a great resource -- well-designed, organized by topic,
and searchable. It also boasts Maryellen Weimer and her
Teaching Professor blog,
an outgrowth of Weimer's much-loved newsletter of the same name.
Weimer's articles are little jewels of concision, distilling practical
advice from recent pedagogical research findings.
Another useful site is that of
the IDEA Center,
a nonprofit that you may know from its student feedback services. Over
the years, IDEA has amassed a trove of pedagogy research, from short
"Notes on Instruction" to longer, peer-reviewed "IDEA papers."
Take a look; there's plenty there.
Speaking of peer-reviewed papers, it's now
easier than ever to plug in to current pedagogy research. Alongside
traditional, research-heavy articles, many pedagogy journals also
feature shorter, more practical papers that offer easily usable ideas.
Here's a good list of top pedagogy journals.
I often find new classroom ideas by visiting
the web pages of campus teaching and learning centers. Many of those
websites have evolved into excellent collections of teaching tips, as
their sponsoring universities have become more attuned to faculty
development. Some of my favorites are the ones at
UT Austin,
Berkeley, and
BYU.
Closer to home, The Chronicle hosts a
wide variety of good resources for instructors looking for ideas. James
M. Lang has been writing a monthly column on teaching for years now, and
if you're reading this, I probably don't need to tell you how useful his
columns are. Although there doesn't seem to be a dedicated archive page
for Lang's columns, you can find links to his most recent columns by
clicking here and scrolling down to "On Course".
In addition, The Chronicle’s
ProfHacker blog,
while it features posts about far more than just teaching, has a roster
of experienced and personable academics
frequently write about classroom strategies.
The blog is a particularly good place to go to learn more about using
new technologies in the classroom.
Finally, a promising new resource has just been
launched right here at Vitae:
a straightforward and easy-to-use syllabi database.
It’s an obviously useful idea. Teachers have probably shared syllabi for
as long as there has been syllabi; this just facilitates that sharing
across great distances. I’m excited at the prospect of this database
growing and providing a library of well-made syllabi, ready to consult
the next time I’m putting together a new course. It will only be as good
as its contributions, however. The folks at Vitae have made it
very, very easy to upload a syllabus; I just put one up in about 60
seconds. Why not head over there now and share one of yours?
What web resources do you make use of for your
teaching? I’m always eager to learn of more—add your favorite sites to
the comments below.
- See more at: https://chroniclevitae.com/news/770-the-best-teaching-resources-on-the-web?cid=at&utm_source=at&utm_medium=en#sthash.04UAyWZs.dpuf
Often my first stop when I'm looking for a new idea
for the classroom is
Faculty Focus. It
regularly publishes short articles with practical ideas for the college
instructor. It’s a great resource -- well-designed, organized by topic, and
searchable. It also boasts Maryellen Weimer and her
Teaching Professor blog,
an outgrowth of Weimer's much-loved newsletter of the
same name. Weimer's articles are little jewels of concision, distilling
practical advice from recent pedagogical research findings.
Another useful site is that of
the IDEA Center, a
nonprofit that you may know from its student feedback services. Over the
years, IDEA has amassed a trove of pedagogy research, from short "Notes on
Instruction" to longer, peer-reviewed "IDEA papers."
Take a look; there's plenty there.
Speaking of peer-reviewed papers, it's now easier than
ever to plug in to current pedagogy research. Alongside traditional,
research-heavy articles, many pedagogy journals also feature shorter, more
practical papers that offer easily usable ideas.
Here's a good list of top pedagogy journals.
I often find new classroom ideas by visiting the web
pages of campus teaching and learning centers. Many of those websites have
evolved into excellent collections of teaching tips, as their sponsoring
universities have become more attuned to faculty development. Some of my
favorites are the ones at
UT Austin,
Berkeley, and
BYU.
Closer to home, The Chronicle hosts a wide
variety of good resources for instructors looking for ideas. James M. Lang
has been writing a monthly column on teaching for years now, and if you're
reading this, I probably don't need to tell you how useful his columns are.
Although there doesn't seem to be a dedicated archive page for Lang's
columns, you can find links to his most recent columns by
clicking here and scrolling down to "On Course".
In addition, The Chronicle’s
ProfHacker blog,
while it features posts about far more than just teaching, has a roster of
experienced and personable academics
frequently write about classroom strategies.
The blog is a particularly good place to go to learn
more about using new technologies in the classroom.
Finally, a promising new resource has just been
launched right here at Vitae:
a straightforward and easy-to-use syllabi database.
It’s an obviously useful idea. Teachers have probably
shared syllabi for as long as there has been syllabi; this just facilitates
that sharing across great distances. I’m excited at the prospect of this
database growing and providing a library of well-made syllabi, ready to
consult the next time I’m putting together a new course. It will only be as
good as its contributions, however. The folks at Vitae have made it
very, very easy to upload a syllabus; I just put one up in about 60 seconds.
Why not head over there now and share one of yours?
What web resources do you make use of for your
teaching? I’m always eager to learn of more—add your favorite sites to the
comments below.
Bob Jensen's threads on Tricks and Tools of the Trade ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm
Use Plickers for quick checks for understanding to know whether your
students are understanding big concepts and mastering key skills ---
https://www.plickers.com/
Thank you Sharon Garvin for the heads up.
Bob Jensen's threads on response pads and clickers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#ResponsePads
Bob Jensen's threads on tricks and tools of the trade ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm
Evernote ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Evernote
"Using Evernote in the Classroom," by Amy Cavender, Chronicle of
Higher Education, October 20, 2014 ---
http://chronicle.com/blogs/profhacker/using-evernote-in-the-classroom/58347?cid=wc&utm_source=wc&utm_medium=en
"A Brief Word from an Evernote Convert," by Kathleen Fitzpatrick,
Chronicle of Higher Education, July 6, 2010 ---
http://chronicle.com/blogPost/A-Brief-Word-from-an-Evernote/25291/?sid=at&utm_source=at&utm_medium=en
I take notes. A lot of notes. I take notes when I
read, when I'm in meetings, when I'm listening to lectures, when I'm
figuring out what I need to do any given day. In fact, if I ever tell you
that I'm going to do something, but you don't see me make myself a note
about it, don't believe me.
Notes are the key to remembering, for me. Or, more
precisely: the act of taking notes is the key to remembering. Something
about the act of taking notes helps make an idea, or an issue, or a plan
more real to me.
I used to take these notes longhand, in various
notebooks, some devoted to particular projects, some to more general
notetaking. Several years back, though, I began shifting my notetaking to
the computer, so that those notes would be more easily searchable and
repurposeable.
Originally, I used Word for this purpose, but after
one MS Office upgrade too many, requiring that all of my documents be
converted (and thus become unreadable to the older version of the software),
I decided that I wanted something more lightweight. The purpose of these
notes, after all, was the text that went into them, and not their
formatting; plain vanilla ".txt" files were likely to remain highly flexible
into the future.
But those .txt files started proliferating on my
machine, and so did the folders I used to organize them. And while Mac OS
X's search capabilities via Spotlight aren't all that bad now, that wasn't
always the case. So when I stumbled across
Steven Johnson's post about how he used DEVONthink,
I was sold.
DEVONthink is an extraordinarily powerful
information management system -- a bit too powerful, quite honestly, for
what I needed it to do. So back in May, when
Shawn Miller guest-posted here on ProfHacker
about how he uses
Evernote, I was
persuaded to give it a try.
One might begin to think I'm too easily swayed, but
honestly, I test out a lot of software that doesn't stick with me long. I've
been using Evernote for just shy of two months now, though, and I'm fairly
sure I'll be using it for a while. A few reasons why:
1. Automatic. I have Evernote
installed on my office desktop, my home desktop, my laptop, my iPad, and my
iPhone. And each of those instances automatically connects to the Evernote
server to keep my notes synchronized across all my devices. I've had one
incident in which I accidentally overwrote a more recent version of a note
by editing an old version before my iPhone had finished downloading the most
recent updates to my notebooks, but now I'm more cautious to be sure
everything has synchronized before I start typing in an existing note.
2. Web accessible. My notes are
also of course directly accessible from the Evernote server, should I not
have one of those five devices with me.
3. Lightweight. The Evernote
application itself has a very small footprint, using the teeniest amount of
memory and disk space. It's also quite nice in terms of response time. And
as most of my notes are just plain text, the database doesn't take up much
in the way of space.
4. Flexible. Of course, I don't
have to confine my notes to text with Evernote: I can easily
capture entire web pages with the Chrome (or other browser) extension, I can
import images and PDFs, and any number of other things I haven't even tried
yet. And, as Shawn pointed out, images are OCRable, so that the text within
them becomes searchable just like the rest of my notes.
5. Free. As I was just
experimenting with Evernote over the last two months, I haven't committed to
the paid version as yet. But the free version is thus far everything I need.
I've never come anywhere near using all of the monthly data allowance of the
free version, and the little ad in the corner of the application is
inoffensive. At some point, I'll probably upgrade to the paid version,
partially for a bit more flexibility in the kinds of files I can attach to
notes, and partially to support the team developing a really great project.
I do perhaps wish that my text files were really
stored as text files (Evernote saves them in its own proprietary
XML-based format, as well as in HTML format), but for what I'm doing, just
being able to find and copy the notes is enough. And overall I've had a
great experience with Evernote so far, which is allowing my notetaking habit
to become more productive and more organized than before.
"Skitch Finds New Life At Evernote With iPhone Version," by Jon
Mitchell, ReadWriteWeb, September 19, 2012 ---
http://www.readwriteweb.com/archives/skitch-finds-new-life-at-evernote-with-iphone-version.php
"6 Awesome Evernote Apps That We Guarantee You've Never Seen," by Jon
Mitchell, ReadWriteWeb, July 27, 2012 ---
http://www.readwriteweb.com/archives/evernote-announces-6-awesome-apps-as-2012-devcup-finalists.php
Bob Jensen's threads on Tricks and Tools of the Trade ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm
Flipped Teaching ----
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Flipped_classroom
Jensen Comment
By now you are probably weary of articles about flipped classrooms. This one is
a bit more interesting, however, since it entails flipping the large lecture
courses in a famous Ivy League university (Columbia University) ---
http://campustechnology.com/articles/2014/10/22/flipping-the-lecture-hall.aspx
There's no question that the flipped classroom
model has become all the rage at colleges and universities across the
country. In fact, in the most recent
Horizon Report, the New Media Consortium (NMC)
called the flipped classroom one of the most important emerging trends in
educational technology for higher education, noting, "The model is becoming
increasingly popular in higher education institutions because of how it
rearranges face-to-face instruction for professors and students, creating a
more efficient and enriching use of class time."
Yet with all the flipped classroom's potential for
active, collaborative learning and increased interaction between professors
and students, there's still one bastion of higher education that has
resisted the trend: the large lecture course.
With the large lecture format, said NMC Senior
Communications Director Samantha Becker, "it's really hard to personalize
the material so that a student can feel like they have ownership over their
own learning process." And, she added, "It's hard to speak up. There's
always the fear of being ostracized by other students or feeling like asking
stupid questions."
Maurice Matiz, executive director of Columbia
University's (NY)
Columbia Center for New Media Teaching and Learning,
agreed: "Sitting in one of these 180-student
classrooms is a very passive situation," he said. "We've found that students
aren't really learning very much."
Matiz and his colleagues are out to change that —
by finding ways to adopt the flipped classroom model to traditional large
lecture courses.
The Big Flip
They started last year with Associate Professsor
Brent Stockwell's biochemistry class of 180 students. Stockwell was
discouraged by the number of students who were not completing the required
reading assignments before coming to class and, thus, were unprepared to get
the most out of his lectures.
So, in the fall 2013 semester, he began creating
weekly slide presentations using PowerPoint and the screen-recording
application
ScreenFlow. He would upload the videos to YouTube,
then embed them into the syllabus section of the online learning management
system and invite students to watch. Stockwell also placed a link to a short
quiz underneath the video player on the syllabus page. Since the quiz
results counted toward students' grades, he was assured that most students
would watch the video and come to the following day's class prepared.
"[The quiz] is something we learned to do with our
MOOCs, and then applied to what we do on campus," said Matiz, who helped
Stockwell organize the flipped class.
The flipped format allowed Stockwell to delve
deeper and in new directions with the live content he presented in class. He
also incorporated a polling service called
Socrative that students could access on their
mobile devices. Students could respond to questions anonymously in real
time, giving him a sense of whether they understood the concepts presented
to them, allowing him to revisit a difficult topic or move on to other
material.
Then he divided the class of 180 into groups of
five and, for part of each class, he would give them problems to work on
together, such as how a specific fatty acid should be labeled or how to
predict the mechanism of an action of a drug based on the results of an
experiment.
The group work led to livelier discussions and
forced students to synthesize and apply information from the textbook,
videos and classroom discussion.
"What I particularly appreciated about Professor
Stockwell is the way he wove all the different components together," NMC's
Becker said. "He countered the size of the class by grouping people together
and allowing for anonymous polling through the response feature."
Deciding to try an even larger class, Matiz moved
on to Professor Rachel Gordon's Body, Health and Disease class of 250 in
Columbia's
College of Physicians and Surgeons. Gordon also
used short video lectures students could view before class, reserving class
time for discussions of case studies with an audience response system. She
would poll students after covering a concept and, if less than 50 percent of
students chose correct answers, she would ask them to break into small
groups to discuss their choices.
Typically, she said, the peer discussions would
lead to increases in accuracy when students were polled a second time.
"On many levels it was more satisfying than
lecturing, where you don't really know if the students are 'getting it,'"
Gordon said. "I hope that more teachers will take the plunge. It's worth
it."
Challenges
One challenge that Matiz and Stockwell encountered
with applying the flipped classroom model to large courses: the physical
limitations of spaces that are not inherently designed for small group work.
"This is an old university," Matiz said, "over 250
years old. A lot of the classrooms are traditional classrooms. Many of them
even still have desks that are bolted to the floor."
Nevertheless, Stockwell made it work. "If you're
willing to deal with those issues, you can still do it," Matiz said.
Fortunately for Gordon, the Columbia medical school
has a relatively new campus and entire sets of classrooms that were built
with collaboration in mind.
Stockwell also noted that the biggest challenge he
had in the first year was running out of difficult, thought-provoking
problems and case studies to give his students when they broke up into small
groups. To resolve that challenge in this, his second year of using the
flipped classroom model with the biochemistry course, he has called on other
biochemistry professors in the New York area to build a repository of
problem sets that can be shared.
Despite the difficulties, Matiz said, the command
of material by students during and at the end of the course was so obvious
to Stockwell and Gordon that he is convinced of the benefits of the flipped
classroom in college and university courses.
"There are so many advantages," Matiz said. "The
course really becomes just for the student."
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
I was flipping my classes in an electronic classroom at Trinity University
before somebody coined the phrase "flipping the classroom." I forced students
to study technical content in my Camtasia videos before coming to class. In
class I made them show what they had learned from those videos. This is a great
way to help students learn technical content and to not put off learning until
examinations. The chronic complaint was that my courses demanded more time than
their other courses.
Bob Jensen's threads on flipping classrooms ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#Ideas
Virtual Reality ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Virtual_reality
Second Life ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Second_Life
Second Life Challenges and Criticisms ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Criticism_of_Second_Life
Update on Second Life: Facial Expressions
"The Quest to Put More Reality in Virtual Reality," MIT's Technology
Review, October 22, 2014 --- Click
Here
http://www.technologyreview.com/featuredstory/531751/the-quest-to-put-more-reality-in-virtual-reality/?utm_campaign=newsletters&utm_source=newsletter-daily-all&utm_medium=email&utm_content=20141022
The inventor of Second Life has spent 15 years
chasing the dream of living in virtual space. Can his new company finally
give virtual worlds mass-market appeal?
Philip Rosedale is telling me about his new
company, but I can’t stop myself from looking down at my hands. With palms
up, I watch with fascination as I slowly wiggle my fingers and form the “OK”
sign. I curl my hands into fists as I reach my arms out in front. They look
pinker than normal but work as usual. When I look back up at Rosedale, he’s
wearing a smile, and his eyebrows rise slightly. “Isn’t it cool?” he says.
In my right ear, I hear a quiet chuckle from one of his colleagues, Ryan
Karpf, standing just outside my vision.
It is cool, because nothing that I’m seeing is
real. Though our conversation appears to be happening in a tastefully lit
club, I am actually sitting in front of a laptop in a San Francisco office
wearing a virtual-reality headset and headphones. I’m trying out a new
platform for virtual worlds in development by Rosedale’s startup, High
Fidelity.
When I put on the virtual-reality goggles, I saw
the view from my avatar’s eyes; as I moved my head, motion sensors in the
goggles controlled the movements of the avatar’s head. Moving my hands in
the real world controlled the avatar’s hands, thanks to an infrared motion
sensor mounted on the front of the headset.
I could gesture for emphasis, and look from person
to person as the conversation flowed or my attention drifted. More
important, I could get a read on what Rosedale and Karpf were thinking as
they spoke or listened—because their head movements and facial expressions
mirrored what their real bodies were doing. Each had logged in from a laptop
with a small 3-D camera perched on its screen; the camera captured their
expressions, down to eye blinks and lip movements. Their virtual mouths
synched with their real words. After the initial unfamiliarity wore off,
chatting with Rosedale and Karpf in virtual space was much the same as it
would have been in real space.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on Second Life with special emphasis on applications
in accounting courses ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#SecondLife
Wall Street Accountability through Sustainable Funding Act ---
https://www.congress.gov/bill/113th-congress/house-bill/5490
Wall Street Accountability Through Sustainable
Funding Act - Amends the Commodity Exchange Act to require the Commodity
Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) to impose fees to recover the cost of the
appropriation to the CFTC for the fiscal year.
Requires the fees to be imposed on each agreement,
contract, or transaction that is a contract of sale of a commodity for
future delivery, an option, or a swap.
Permits the CFTC to exempt contracts, agreements,
or transactions from the fee if the exemption is consistent with: (1) the
public interest; (2) the equal treatment of contract markets, derivatives
clearing organizations, and market participants; and (3) the operation of a
nationwide market system.
Establishes the Commodity Futures Trading
Commission Reserve Fund in the Treasury and requires the CFTC to impose and
collect an additional fee to be deposited into the Fund. Permits the CFTC to
obligate amounts in the Fund for long-term investments in information
technology and unexpected expenses. Limits the balance in the Fund to $50
million.
Economist’s View (Economic News and Writings of Famous Economists) ---
http://economistsview.typepad.com/economistsview/
Large-Sample Asymptotics in Three Blog Postings by David Giles
Illustrating Asymptotic
Behaviour - Part III
This is the third in a
sequence of posts about some basic concepts relating to
large-sample asymptotics and the linear regression model. The
first two posts (here
and
here) dealt with items 1 and 2 in
the following list, and you'll find it helpful to read them
before proceeding with this post:
- The consistency of
the OLS estimator in a situation where it's known to be
biased in small samples.
- The correct way to
think about the asymptotic distribution of the
OLS estimator.
- A comparison of the
OLS estimator and another estimator, in terms of asymptotic
efficiency.
Here, we're going to deal with item 3, again
via a
small Monte Carlo experiment, using EViews.
Jensen Comment
These three blog posts by David Giles are especially important to accountics
scientists who typically have very large samples from purchased databases.
Common Accountics Science and Econometric
Science Statistical Mistakes ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsScienceStatisticalMistakes.htm
"When the SEC’s ‘Fair Disclosure’ Rules Backfire Regulatory information
blackouts that lead to more market volatility are not in the public interest,"
by John Levin, The Wall Street Journal, October 27, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/john-levin-when-the-secs-fair-disclosure-rules-backfire-1414451852?tesla=y&mod=djemMER_h&mg=reno64-wsj
In August 2000 the Securities and Exchange
Commission adopted new “fair disclosure” rules. The rules, known as Reg FD
on Wall Street, are aimed at ensuring that all investors have equal access
to material financial information. The goal of creating fairer markets for
the public relative to large institutions was laudable.
But in reality fair-disclosure rules create
information vacuums that contribute to the downside volatility of individual
securities in periods of market weakness. Temporary access to additional
information—in effect, temporary suspension of these rules—would produce
better functioning and fairer individual security pricing. Reg FD has become
an informational barrier to getting full and fair information to all
investors. This is especially the case now, because so many companies are in
the “quiet period” before they announce their next quarterly earnings.
I felt in 2000, and feel now, that information
blackouts, really restrictions of free speech, would lead to more
volatility. Many at that time thought that there would be less disclosure.
As far as fairness is concerned, even after Reg FD some market participants
might still know and be able to act on nonpublic information despite the
ever vigilant SEC enforcement actions. Many more would not act as they would
feel they didn’t have the requisite understanding to make professional
decisions. Whatever the merits of the rules in orderly or bull markets, I
think it is evident that they function in a very pernicious way in
dislocated environments for particular stocks and the market in general as
evidenced by the present environment.
Many stocks are down 10% or 20% from their recent
highs. Yet when one calls the company they say they are in the “quiet
period” and “cannot comment.” They will neither confirm nor modify their
existing guidance, generally given only several months before at the time of
the last earnings call. And companies are being advised by their lawyers not
to answer questions lest they violate Reg FD.
A simple rule change based either on specific
company or general market dislocation criteria could be desirable. For
stocks in the S&P 500 and the largest in the Russell 2000, if the shares are
down 10% from any point reached since the last earnings call, Reg FD could
be suspended by the management; a 15% decline would automatically suspend
the rule for that company. Companies could then modify previous guidance and
respond to questions in a normal manner. Reg FD would then go into full
force after the next earnings call. This could help stabilize individual
security prices and create greater liquidity.
The recent volatility in Caterpillar share prices
is a case in point. CAT is a great U.S. company with a promising future but
it is directly subject to the intensifying slowdown in global commodity
markets. Its share price fell a little over 15% from Sept. 2 through Oct.
14. During this time, when my colleague and I asked Caterpillar whether it
could confirm its guidance, we were told that the company would not discuss
guidance until an Oct. 23 earnings call.
On Oct. 23 when CAT raised its 2014 guidance—to the
surprise of many market participants—its stock rose 5%, probably helping the
market as a whole. Had financial officers at Caterpillar said earlier that
“we do not have all the requisite information to make a forecast for the
period, but based on the information generally available to us we are not
planning to lower our guidance” a lot of the adverse volatility might well
have been avoided. In other words, the Reg FD information vacuum likely
produced greater, unnecessary volatility.
In weak markets it is generally a mistake to buy an
equity before a downward revision in guidance. Even if one were inclined to
do so, there is the extra uncertainty about how other market participants
will react. This freezes buying and permits negative rumors to gain
credence. It would seem much better to have the market informed sooner
rather than later.
Temporarily suspending Reg FD is desirable in
certain circumstances. The suspension could be triggered by a sudden
downward spike in a company’s stock price, a management decision to
officially wave FD until the next quarterly guidance, or even a movement in
the whole market at the initiation of the SEC and the Financial Industry
Regulatory Authority, a Wall Street watchdog overseen by the SEC.
Information blackouts and restrictions on free speech are not healthy for
the functioning of free markets—not on Wall Street, not anywhere.
Mr. Levin is chairman of Levin Capital Strategies L.P., an investment
management firm.
No More Jobs on the Farms or Most Anywhere Else
"Get Ready for Robot Farmers," by Jodi Helmer, CNNMoney
via Yahoo Tech, October 24, 2014 ---
https://www.yahoo.com/tech/get-ready-for-robot-farmers-100613764059.html
"Patented Book Writing System Creates, Sells Hundreds Of Thousands Of
Books On Amazon," by David J. Hull, Security Hub, December 13, 2012
---
http://singularityhub.com/2012/12/13/patented-book-writing-system-lets-one-professor-create-hundreds-of-thousands-of-amazon-books-and-counting/
Philip M. Parker, Professor of Marketing at INSEAD Business School,
has had a side project for over 10 years. He’s created
a computer system that can write books about specific subjects in about 20
minutes. The patented algorithm has so far generated hundreds of thousands
of books. In fact, Amazon lists over 100,000 books attributed to Parker, and
over 700,000 works listed for his company,
ICON Group International, Inc. This doesn’t
include the private works, such as internal reports,
created for companies or licensing of the system itself through a separate
entity called
EdgeMaven Media.
Parker is not so much an author as a compiler, but
the end result is the same: boatloads of written works.
"Raytheon's Missiles Are Now Made by Robots," by Ashlee Vance,
Bloomberg Business Week, December 11, 2012 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2012-12-11/raytheons-missiles-now-made-by-robots
A World Without Work," by Dana Rousmaniere, Harvard Business Review
Blog, January 27, 2013 ---
Click Here
http://blogs.hbr.org/morning-advantage/2013/01/morning-advantage-a-world-with.html?referral=00563&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date&utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date
Jensen Comment
There's hope until robots are reading, comprehending, and writing reviews of
books written by robots.
Jensen Question
How many years will it take for cost accountants to stop teaching how to
allocate overhead on the basis of direct labor hours or costs?
Cramming ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cramming_%28fraud%29
"AT&T to Pay $105 Million to Settle Accusations It Billed for Bogus Fees:
FTC ‘Cramming’ Complaint Says Carrier Added Hundreds of Millions in Third-Party
Charges to Subscribers’ Bills," by Gautham Nagesh, The Wall Street
Journal, October 8, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/at-t-to-pay-105-million-to-settle-accusations-it-billed-for-bogus-fees-1412784337?mod=djemCFO_h
WASHINGTON— AT&T Inc. T +0.80% has agreed to pay
$105 million to settle accusations that it added hundreds of millions of
dollars in bogus third-party charges to subscribers’ wireless bills.
The settlement is the latest in a string of
enforcement actions from regulators aimed at stopping mobile “cramming,” the
practice of charging subscribers fees for third-party services they didn’t
order. Earlier this year the Federal Trade Commissionsued T-Mobile US Inc.
TMUS +0.38% over similar conduct; that case is still pending in court.
The FTC, Federal Communications Commission and all
51 state attorneys general collaborated on the investigation and joint
settlement. The regulators pledged to continue cooperating on future
cramming investigations at a news conference on Wednesday.
“For too long, consumers have been charged on their
phone bills for things they did not buy,” FCC Chairman Tom Wheeler said.
“It’s estimated that 20 million people a year are caught in this kind of
trap…costing hundreds of millions of dollars. It stops today for AT&T.”
The settlement stemmed from a complaint in which
regulators accused AT&T of billing customers for horoscopes, ringtones, love
tips and other third-party premium short message services, or PSMS, that
they didn’t sign up for. The charges, typically $9.99 a month, were listed
as “AT&T Monthly Subscriptions” on consumer phone bills, leaving customers
to believe they were paying for services from AT&T. Regulators said AT&T
kept at least 35% of the charges.
“This case underscores the important fact that
basic consumer protections, including that consumers should not be billed
for charges they did not authorize, are fully applicable in the mobile
environment,” FTC Chairwoman Edith Ramirez said in a statement.
The settlement is the largest against a specific
carrier for cramming and the largest amount of redress to consumers
victimized by the practice. It is also the largest enforcement action in FCC
history.
An AT&T spokesman, in an email, said: “While we had
rigorous protections in place to guard consumers against unauthorized
billing from these companies, last year we discontinued third-party billing
for PSMS services.”
The spokesman added that the “settlement gives our
customers who believe they were wrongfully billed for PSMS services the
ability to get a refund.”.
Vermont Attorney General William Sorrell said he
was a victim of cramming himself in early 2011, when a member of his staff
noticed a $9.99 charge on his office cellphone bill for two months. Mr.
Sorrell said the charges were for services he hadn’t authorized and didn’t
know were there.
The FTC complaint states that AT&T received
numerous complaints from consumers regarding the practice, including more
than 1.3 million calls to its customers service department about the charges
in 2011. According to the complaint, AT&T in October 2011 altered its refund
policy, reducing the amount customer service representatives could offer in
refunds from three months’ worth of charges to two months’ worth.
As part of the settlement, AT&T will pay $80
million to the FTC to provide refunds to customers who were billed for
unauthorized charges, along with $20 million to the states and $5 million to
the FCC in penalties. The company must notify all current customers who were
billed for unauthorized charges; customers who believe they are eligible for
a refund can contact the FTC to submit a claim.
AT&T must also obtain customers’ consent before
placing any further third-party charges on their wireless bills, must
clearly indicate the charges on monthly bills, and give customers the option
to block third-party charges altogether.
The wireless carriers have argued in the past that
most third-party charges are authorized.
In some cases, customers can sign up by downloading
a ringtone or responding to a text, without realizing it comes with a
subscription fee. In other instances, customers are billed without any
action on their part.
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
A Century of Audit Firm Independence
"Auditors’ Independence: An Analysis of Montgomery’s Auditing
Textbooks in the 20th Century," by Hossein Nouri and Danielle Lombard,
Accounting Historians Journal, Volume 36, Number 1, June 2009, pp. 81-112
---
http://umiss.lib.olemiss.edu:82/articles/1038280.7113/1.PDF (now free)
. . .
CONCLUSION
Table 2 presents a summary of how the independence criteria, as identified
in Table 1, are covered in different editions of the Montgomery textbooks
discussed in this paper.
Prior to 1915, Montgomery textbooks emphasized
state of mind, in addition to some discussion of other independence
criteria. Rules of the AIA on professional ethics, eight of which appeared
in 1917, are first recounted in the 1921 textbook. The word, “independence,”
first appeared in the 1934 edition of the text. Although the Federal Trade
Commission discussed “independence in fact” in 1933, that term did not
appear in Montgomery until 1957.
Official guidelines with regard to independence
appeared in 1947 in the Statements of Auditing Standard and were discussed
in the 1949 edition. While greater emphasis was given to owner - ship,
employment, and other interests in the 1957 edition, no attention was given
to others, especially management advisory services despite its increase
during this period.
Independence in appearance was not mentioned in
Montgomery’s textbook until 1975, despite the fact that the 1962 Code of
Professional Conduct included a rule to that effect. It should be noted that
“independence in appearance” was officially included in the 1973 AICPA’s
RPC. Independence was discussed in more detail in the 1987, 1990, and 1998
editions of Montgomery’s textbooks covering most of the criteria that would
impair independence. Still, the status of management advisory services (MAS)
remained unchanged despite increases in these types of services by public
accounting firms. Through the 1990s, MAS became the services provided by
public accounting firms that produced the most debate over auditor
independence. The failing of several companies in the early 21st century
caused Congress to institute SOX, which drastically changed independence
rules with respect to MAS and auditor rotation.
Generally, new developments in the area of
independence took several years to be included in the textbook. There was
typically a lag in publishing the Montgomery textbooks, and many of these
textbooks were well out-of-date before the new editions were published.
In addition, no new edition of the textbook
has been published since 1998 despite monumental changes taking place
post-2000.
The untimely inclusion of independence changes
suggests that accounting students may not have received up-to-date
information with regard to independence issues. Of course, supplemental
materials could fill the gaps depending upon the instructor’s willingness to
incorporate such materials. However, the availability of additional teaching
materials may have been a significant problem in the 20th century, at least
before the introduction of computers and the Internet.
It should be noted that this paper considers only
the Montgomery textbooks. Other auditing texts, which may have covered the
concepts of independence and ethical values in greater detail, were not
generally published until later in the 20th century. It is the longer series
that makes the use of Montgomery’s text - books more relevant to an analysis
of auditor independence. In addition, a study could be conduced to see if
the lengthy Dicksee series of audit texts reflects the same patterns as
Montgomery’s. Such a comparative project could judge the attitudes of U.K.
and U.S. accounting professionals towards the importance of ethics
education.
Jensen Comment
This is a scholarly review of the history of audit firm professionalism and
independence beginning with the 1912 first edition of the classic auditing book
by Robert Montgomery. Note that following Robert Montgomery's death in 1953
editions of this historic textbook and reference manual were continued notably
by Philip Defliese and various other co-authors in successive editions from
Edition 8 in1957 to Edition 12 in 1998. Reproductions of various older editions
are available from Amazon, Barnes and Noble, and other publishing outlets.
This is arguably the most famous book in the history of
financial auditing.
The Nouri and Lombard article cited above is an excellent summary of changes
in the regulations and challenges of auditing for most of the 20th Century.
Ignoring the PCAOB: Is
KPMG's Really Trying to Beat Out the Other Big Four Firms?
"KPMG Audits Had 46% Deficiency Rate in PCAOB Inspection Accounting Oversight
Board Found Firm’s Deficiency Rate Rose From 34%," by Michael Rapoport,
The Wall Street Journal, October 24, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/kpmg-audits-had-46-deficiency-rate-in-pcaob-inspection-1414093002?tesla=y&mod=djemCFO_h&mg=reno64-wsj
Audit regulators found deficiencies in 23 of the
KPMG LLP audits they evaluated in their latest annual inspection of the Big
Four accounting firm’s work.
The 23 deficient audits the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board found in its 2013 inspection of the firm,
released Thursday, were out of 50 audits or partial audits conducted by KPMG
that the PCAOB evaluated—a deficiency rate of 46%. In the previous year’s
inspection, the PCAOB found deficiencies in 17 of 50 KPMG audits inspected,
or 34%.
In a statement responding to the PCAOB inspection,
KPMG said, “We are always mindful of our responsibility to the capital
markets, and we are committed to continually improving our firm and to
working constructively with the PCAOB to improve audit quality.”
The 23 deficiencies were significant enough that it
appeared KPMG hadn’t obtained sufficient evidence to support its audit
opinions that a company’s financial statements were accurate or that it had
effective internal controls, the PCAOB said. A deficiency in the audit
doesn’t mean a company’s financial statements were wrong, however, or that
the problems found haven’t since been addressed.
Still, the report spotlights the PCAOB’s continuing
concerns about audit quality. Overall, 39% of audits inspected in the latest
evaluations of the Big Four firms—KPMG, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Deloitte
& Touche LLP and Ernst & Young LLP—were found to have deficiencies, compared
with 37% the previous year.
In addition, all of the Big Four have now seen the
PCAOB make public some of its previously secret criticisms of the firms.
Separately from the latest report, the PCAOB on Thursday unsealed previously
confidential criticisms of KPMG’s quality controls it had made in 2011 and
2012, mirroring previous moves the board had made with regard to PwC, E&Y
and Deloitte. The unsealing amounts to a public rebuke to KPMG for not
acting quickly enough to fix quality-control problems, in the regulator’s
view.
In the unsealed passages, the board said some of
the firm’s personnel had failed to sufficiently evaluate “contrary evidence”
that seemed to contradict its audit conclusions.
In the latest inspection report, among the areas in
which the PCAOB found audit deficiencies at KPMG were failure to
sufficiently test companies’ loan-loss reserves, testing of companies’
valuations of hard-to-value securities, and audits of certain kinds of
derivatives transactions.
The PCAOB didn’t identify the clients involved in
the deficient audits, in accordance with its usual practice.
PCAOB inspectors evaluate a sample of audits every
year at each of the major accounting firms—focused on those the board
believes are at highest risk for problems. Because of that focus, the PCAOB
says the inspection results may not reflect how frequently a firm’s overall
audit work is deficient. The inspections are intended only to evaluate the
firms’ performance and highlight areas for potential improvement, so the
firms aren’t subject to any penalties.
Only part of the inspection reports typically
becomes public. A separate portion, with the
PCAOB’s criticisms of the firm’s quality controls, is kept confidential to
give the firm an opportunity to address any concerns. If the firm does so,
that portion of the report stays sealed permanently.
If the firm doesn’t do enough to satisfy the PCAOB
within a year, however, the board makes the concerns public. Again, though,
the unsealing doesn’t carry any formal penalties for the firms.
Bob Jensen's threads on the
"Two Faces" of KPMG ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm
Jensen Comment
I keep recalling the 1990s when KPMG Executive Partner and AICPA President Bob
Elliott more than any other accountant made a public pitch that the big
accounting firms could expand their services beyond auditing (remember Elder
Care and SysTrust) because the auditing profession more than any other
profession had a reputation for competence, quality, and integrity. The Big
Four firms, especially KPMG, have nearly destroyed that reputation.
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm
Maybe audit quality really
hasn't declined so much. Instead it may be that no regulatory agencies really
investigated audit firm quality controls before the PCAOB was created. In the
good old days audit quality was mostly regulated by separate professional boards
in the 50 states. For example, the New York Society of CPAs only suspended the
licenses for auditors convicted of drunk driving. The same state agency that
regulated audit firms in Florida also regulated funeral parlors and para
psychologists.
Question
Are there conflicts of interests here beyond the usual motivation to work for a
government agency in order to get a future high paying job in the industry being
regulated.?
"Tax Revolving Door Enriches
Former IRS Officials Who Cash in by Navigating Inversions Through Rules They
Wrote," by Paul Caron, TaxProf Blog, October 28, 2014 ---
http://taxprof.typepad.com/taxprof_blog/2014/10/tax-revolving-door-enriches-former-irs-officials-.html
Hal Hicks cleared his throat and addressed a
roomful of peers in a midtown Manhattan auditorium. The topic: the
tax-avoidance technique called inversion, in which a U.S. company claims a
foreign legal address.
Waving his hands back and forth as if tracing a
pendulum’s swing, Hicks explained how four government attacks over three
decades had failed to stop the practice. “There’s been lots of law thrown at
these transactions,” he said at the January session.
Hicks ought to know. He was the one doing the
throwing, during four years as a top government tax lawyer. Then, he
returned to private practice and helped set in motion a spree of inversions
that a congressional panel estimates will cost at least $19.5 billion in
lost tax revenue over the next decade.
Hicks epitomizes the world of high-level Washington
lawyers who have played a behind-the-scenes role in helping these tax-driven
address changes proliferate. Top federal tax officials, many of them career
corporate lawyers, have sometimes closed loopholes only after companies
slipped through them. And former officials like Hicks use skills and
contacts honed in office to help companies legally outmaneuver the
government.
Until this year, when address-shifting by more than
a dozen companies worth $100 billion caught policy makers’ attention and
President Barack Obama clamped down again, inversion rules had for a decade
attracted little notice outside the small community of international tax
lawyers in Washington.
At the Treasury Department and Internal Revenue
Service, officials, many on hiatus from private practice, crafted the rules
in dialogue with top corporate law and accounting firms.
While some European nations have historically
relied on career civil servants, the top ranks of the U.S. tax
administration have swapped staff with industry for decades.
It’s a low-cost way to provide government with the
best legal talent, said Gregory Jenner, a former acting assistant Treasury
secretary, who calls it an “incredibly beneficial tradition.”
“Putting rookies into these jobs -- they would be
overwhelmed,” Jenner said. “It’s too high-level, too sophisticated, too
complicated.”
The risk, critics say, is that some government
lawyers may continue to sympathize with corporate interests, or be swayed by
former colleagues. ...
In a statement, the Treasury said that hiring from
the private sector helps “keep us at the forefront of emerging issues.” ...
No U.S. law firm has helped more companies escape
the tax system through inversions in the past decade than Skadden Arps Slate
Meagher & Flom LLP. Hicks, 55, who runs its international tax group, has
pulled off three inversions himself, including one involving an innovative
maneuver nicknamed a “skinny down distribution.” ...
Former top government officials often end up at
Skadden. Hicks’s new partners there included a former IRS commissioner and
two former assistant Treasury secretaries, not to mention B. John Williams,
who had been the top IRS lawyer when Hicks joined the agency, and who later
represented an inverted company, Ingersoll-Rand Plc, in a $774 million tax
dispute with the IRS. Through a spokeswoman, Skadden declined to comment.
That year, the Tax Review called Skadden “the law
firm of choice for departing government officials,” citing Hicks’s hiring.
Continued in article
"Accounting firm paying
Cherryville $75K for not finding embezzlement," WSOCtv, October 21, 2014 ---
http://www.wsoctv.com/news/news/local/accountant-paying-cherryville-75k-not-finding-embe/nhnz3/
Thank you Going Concern for the heads up.
CHERRYVILLE, N.C. —
An accounting firm in Kings Mountain will
pay the town of Cherryville $75,000 for failing to find embezzlement.
Channel 9's partners at
The Gaston Gazette
reported that Darrell L. Keller CPA is paying
the city after an agreement reached through mediation.
Cherryville had accused Keller's firm
of failing to discover the embezzlement of more than $500,000 by two
city employees. Both former employers were later convicted.
Keller said the payment is not an
admission of wrongdoing. The firm says the settlement was cheaper than
taking a case to trial.
Former city finance director Bonny
Alexander was convicted of taking more than $435,000 over six years.
Former utility director Jennifer Hoyle was accused of taking more than
$92,000 over a four-year period.
Cherryville Mayor H.L. Beam says he's
pleased with the settlement.
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
"Former IRS employee gets
prison for tax fraud," by Brianne Pfannenstiel, Kansas City Business
Journal, October 27, 2014 ---
http://www.bizjournals.com/kansascity/news/2014/10/27/former-irs-employee-gets-prison-for-tax-fraud.html
Taylor Knight, a former employee of the Internal
Revenue Service in Kansas City, will spend two years in prison after
stealing taxpayer identity information.
Knight pleaded guilty in July and was sentenced
Monday. Knight admitted to inappropriately accessing information for three
taxpayers and using the stolen identities to receive fraudulent tax refunds.
Knight submitted a false 2010 tax return and
obtained a $46,572 refund check. Knight deposited $5,000 onto a debit card,
but the receiving banks rejected other deposits.
Knight's boyfriend, Michael Moore, then called the
IRS and asked to have the remaining money mailed to a former residence in
Independence.
Later, the victims filed legitimate amended 2010
tax returns. A $46,734 check was mailed to the address Moore had submitted.
Knight and Moore intercepted the check.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
"Accountant accused of part
in misappropriation of up to €7.9m: Businessman claims he was victim of
‘devastating fraud’ perpetrated by accountancy firm and related parties,"
Irish Times, October 21, 2014 ---
http://www.irishtimes.com/business/sectors/financial-services/accountant-accused-of-part-in-misappropriation-of-up-to-7-9m-1.1970589
Thank you Going Concern for the heads up.
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Steve Ballmer ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Steve_Ballmer
Former Microsoft CEO is now
Professor Ballmer at the Stanford Graduate School of Business
"Steve Ballmer Goes to College: On Campus With Stanford's New Professor,"
by Ashley Vance, Bloomberg Businessweek, October 21, 2014 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2014-10-21/steve-ballmer-at-stanford-a-conversation-with-a-new-mba-professor?campaign_id=DN102114
Jensen Comment
After buying the LA Clippers for a couple of billion dollars he probably has to
moonlight for the salary. I wonder if he's up to the publish or perish world of
the Academy.
From the CPA Newsletter on October 24, 2014
IRS needs to take more steps to ensure health insurance
exchanges are safe, report finds
http://r.smartbrief.com/resp/ghptBYbWhBCKoUvDCidKtxCicNxDHD?format=standard
The Internal
Revenue Service needs more assurance that the taxpayer information it
provides to state-based insurance exchanges created under the Affordable
Care Act is secure, according to a
report
from the Treasury Inspector General for
Tax Administration. The IRS does not require state exchanges to carry out an
initial security check before receiving tax information, the report notes,
or take other measures such as on-site reviews or promises in writing from
state exchange officials about security.
The Hill (10/23)
Bob
Jensen's universal health care messaging ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Health.htm
Recall that Bill Sharpe of CAPM fame and controversy is a Nobel Laureate ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/William_Forsyth_Sharpe
Sharpe Ratio ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharpe_ratio
"Don’t Over-Rely on Historical Data to Forecast Future Returns," by
Charles Rotblut and William Sharpe, AAII Journal, October 2014 ---
http://www.aaii.com/journal/article/dont-over-rely-on-historical-data-to-forecast-future-returns?adv=yes
Jensen Comment
The same applies to not over-relying on historical data in valuation. My
favorite case study that I used for this in teaching is the following:
Questrom vs. Federated Department Stores,
Inc.: A Question of Equity Value," by University of Alabama faculty members
by Gary Taylor, William Sampson, and Benton Gup, May 2001 edition of
Issues in Accounting Education ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/roi.htm
Jensen Comment
I want to especially thank
David Stout, Editor of the May 2001
edition of Issues in Accounting Education. There has been something
special in all the editions edited by David, but the May edition is very
special to me. All the articles in that edition are helpful, but I want to
call attention to three articles that I will use intently in my graduate
Accounting Theory course.
- "Questrom vs. Federated
Department Stores, Inc.: A Question of Equity Value," by University of
Alabama faculty members Gary Taylor, William Sampson, and Benton Gup,
pp. 223-256.
This is perhaps the best short case that I've ever read. It will
undoubtedly help my students better understand weighted average cost of
capital, free cash flow valuation, and the residual income model. The
three student handouts are outstanding. Bravo to Taylor, Sampson, and
Gup.
- "Using the Residual-Income
Stock Price Valuation Model to Teach and Learn Ratio Analysis," by
Robert Halsey, pp. 257-276.
What a follow-up case to the Questrom case mentioned above! I have long
used the Dupont Formula in courses and nearly always use the excellent
paper entitled "Disaggregating the ROE: A
New Approach," by T.I. Selling and C.P. Stickney,
Accounting Horizons, December 1990, pp. 9-17. Halsey's paper guides
students through the swamp of stock price valuation using the residual
income model (which by the way is one of the few academic accounting
models that has had a major impact on accounting practice, especially
consulting practice in equity valuation by CPA firms).
- "Developing Risk Skills: An
Investigation of Business Risks and Controls at Prudential Insurance
Company of America," by Paul Walker, Bill Shenkir, and Stephen Hunn,
pp. 291
I will use this case to vividly illustrate the "tone-at-the-top"
importance of business ethics and risk analysis. This is case is easy
to read and highly informative.
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting theory ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm
Reviews, Compilations, and
Engagements to Prepare Financial Statements.
AICPA Modernizes Non-Audit Standards for Accountants in Public Practice ---
SSARS No. 21 Will Help Accountants Prepare Financial Statements for Their
Smaller Published October 21, 2014 ---
http://www.aicpa.org/Press/PressReleases/2014/Pages/AICPA-Modernizes-Non-Audit-Standards-for-Accountants-in-Public-Practice.aspx
"Minimum Wage Backfire McDonald’s moves to automate orders to reduce
worker costs," The Wall Street Journal, October 21, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/minimum-wage-backfire-1413934569?tesla=y&mod=djemMER_h&mg=reno64-wsj
Jensen Comment
You have to wonder when McDonald's will simply be indoor and outdoor vending
machines with tables and child playgrounds.
The vending machines might heat and then assemble meals with robots. Robots need
"health care" in a sense, but their "physicians" wearing tool belts make house
calls.
Actually, McDonald's earnings took a nosedive this year for various reasons
more serious than labor costs. Rising food costs are part of the current problem
as beef, chicken, and fish prices soar. Overseas sales, especially in China, are
down. The competition, particularly in the USA, is becoming very troublesome to
McDonalds. Startups have some good ideas for food quality, nutrition, and
ambiance.
McDonalds probably needs to diversify as well as automate. How far could
McDonalds go to automate the entire supply chain from an organic farm to a plate
of food from a vending machine? Automation of orders is only a small part of the
increasing number of alternatives for automation up and down the supply chain.
But the point of the article is well taken. One of the easiest things to
automate is often a task with the least amount of skill. Robots are now
unloading trucks outside factories, stocking the shelves, picking the orders,
and reloading the trucks all with automated billing all the way up and down the
supply chain,
Just down the road from where I live is a very scenic mountain inn (close to
30 rooms) that is now bankrupt and vacant. The bank holding the mortgages held
an auction in June but the the bids were little more than the value of the land.
The two buildings with guest rooms are in pretty good shape. The hotel makes
money on the golf course, although deed restrictions are such that the golf
course can never be anything but a golf course or a forest. The clubhouse needs
a lot of repair work.
The big problem is that managing an inn and
restaurant of this size is very labor intensive. Mom and pop
ownership will not work very well without added labor costs that discourage
potential buyers. These potential buyers either want a much smaller inn or a
much larger inn.
If I were younger and more adventuresome, I might consider buying this inn at
a bargain basement price, advertise low room rates to guests who will bring
their own bedding/towels and pay a sizeable cleaning deposits that will be
refunded in most cases at the time of checkout. I would consider unique
alternatives for dining. One might be to purchase on-site and cook-your-own
steaks, fish, and chicken on outdoor (summer) and fireplace (winter) grills. The
other alternative might be to put in automated vending for quality hamburgers,
sea food, and vegetarian meals. I'm still contemplating how to make the bar a
profit center --- for that automation might not work since guests often like
unique cocktails and conversations with bartenders and waiters. Then again maybe
huge St. Bernards wearing collar-kegs could deliver quality wine and beer to
tables.
You can view some pictures of the vacant Sunset Hill House at
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/SunsetHillHouse/SunsetHillHouse.htm#DreamEnd
2014 CFO Whitepaper
Financial Reporting and Budgeting for Dynamics ---
Click Here
http://pages.cfo.com/Solver-FinancialReportingandBudgetingforDynamics_download.html?mkt_tok=3RkMMJWWfF9wsRogvq%2FPZKXonjHpfsXx6%2B4rW6Cg38431UFwdcjKPmjr1YUATMB0aPyQAgobGp5I5FENTrDYUKhrt6EPWQ%3D%3D
Question
How profitable is insider trading?
Answer
Insanely profitable ---
http://fortune.com/2014/10/20/insider-trading-profits/
White collar crime pays even if
you know you're going to get caught ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudConclusion.htm#CrimePays
"CEO
in fraud case needs more than seven days prison: court," by Jonathan Stempel,
Reuters, February 15, 2013 ---
http://www.reuters.com/article/2013/02/15/us-ceo-sentencing-decision-idUSBRE91E0W320130215
"Gangster
Bankers: Too Big to Jail: How HSBC hooked up with drug traffickers and
terrorists. And got away with it," by Matt Taibbi, Rolling Stone,
February 14, 2013 ---
http://www.rollingstone.com/politics/news/gangster-bankers-too-big-to-jail-20130214
"Corrupt — and Set for Life In New York, officials convicted of fraud
continue to draw taxpayer-funded pensions," by Jillian Kay Melchior,
National Review, September 24, 2013 ---
http://nationalreview.com/article/359333/corrupt-and-set-life-jillian-kay-melchior
"Should Some Bankers Be Prosecuted?" by Jeff Madrick and Frank Partnoy,
New York Review of Books, November 10, 2011 ---
http://www.nybooks.com/articles/archives/2011/nov/10/should-some-bankers-be-prosecuted/
Thank you Robert Walker for the heads up!
More than three years have passed since the
old-line investment bank Lehman Brothers stunned the financial markets by
filing for bankruptcy. Several federal government programs have since tried
to rescue the financial system: the $700 billion Troubled Asset Relief
Program, the Federal Reserve’s aggressive expansion of credit, and President
Obama’s additional $800 billion stimulus in 2009. But it is now apparent
that these programs were not sufficient to create the conditions for a full
economic recovery. Today, the unemployment rate remains above 9 percent, and
the annual rate of economic growth has slipped to roughly 1 percent during
the last six months. New crises afflict world markets while the American
economy may again slide into recession after only a tepid recovery from the
worst recession since the Great Depression.
n our article in the last issue,1 we showed that,
contrary to the claims of some analysts, the federally regulated mortgage
agencies, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, were not central causes of the crisis.
Rather, private financial firms on Wall Street and around the country
unambiguously and overwhelmingly created the conditions that led to
catastrophe. The risk of losses from the loans and mortgages these firms
routinely bought and sold, particularly the subprime mortgages sold to
low-income borrowers with poor credit, was significantly greater than
regulators realized and was often hidden from investors. Wall Street bankers
made personal fortunes all the while, in substantial part based on profits
from selling the same subprime mortgages in repackaged securities to
investors throughout the world.
Yet thus far, federal agencies have launched few
serious lawsuits against the major financial firms that participated in the
collapse, and not a single criminal charge has been filed against anyone at
a major bank. The federal government has been far more active in rescuing
bankers than prosecuting them.
In September 2011, the Securities and Exchange
Commission asserted that overall it had charged seventy-three persons and
entities with misconduct that led to or arose from the financial crisis,
including misleading investors and concealing risks. But even the SEC’s
highest- profile cases have let the defendants off lightly, and did not lead
to criminal prosecutions. In 2010, Angelo Mozilo, the head of Countrywide
Financial, the nation’s largest subprime mortgage underwriter, settled SEC
charges that he misled mortgage buyers by paying a $22.5 million penalty and
giving up $45 million of his gains. But Mozilo had made $129 million the
year before the crisis began, and nearly another $300 million in the years
before that. He did not have to admit to any guilt.
The biggest SEC settlement thus far, alleging that
Goldman Sachs misled investors about a complex mortgage product—telling
investors to buy what had been conceived by some as a losing proposition—was
for $550 million, a record of which the SEC boasted. But Goldman Sachs
earned nearly $8.5 billion in 2010, the year of the settlement. No
high-level executives at Goldman were sued or fined, and only one junior
banker at Goldman was charged with fraud, in a civil case. A similar suit
against JPMorgan resulted in a $153.6 million fine, but no criminal charges.
Although both the SEC and the Financial Crisis
Inquiry Commission, which investigated the financial crisis, have referred
their own investigations to the Department of Justice, federal prosecutors
have yet to bring a single case based on the private decisions that were at
the core of the financial crisis. In fact, the Justice Department recently
dropped the one broad criminal investigation it was undertaking against the
executives who ran Washington Mutual, one of the nation’s largest and most
aggressive mortgage originators. After hundreds of interviews, the US
attorney concluded that the evidence “does not meet the exacting standards
for criminal charges.” These standards require that evidence of guilt is
“beyond a reasonable doubt.”
This August, at last, a federal regulator launched
sweeping lawsuits alleging fraud by major participants in the mortgage
crisis. The Federal Housing Finance Agency sued seventeen institutions,
including major Wall Street and European banks, over nearly $200 billion of
allegedly deceitful sales of mortgage securities to Fannie Mae and Freddie
Mac, which it oversees. The banks will argue that Fannie and Freddie were
sophisticated investors who could hardly be fooled, and it is unclear at
this early stage how successful these suits will be.
Meanwhile, several state attorneys general are
demanding a settlement for abuses by the businesses that administer
mortgages and collect and distribute mortgage payments. Negotiations are
under way for what may turn out to be moderate settlements, which would
enable the defendants to avoid admitting guilt. But others, particularly
Eric Schneiderman, the New York State attorney general, are more
aggressively pursuing cases against Wall Street, including Goldman Sachs and
Morgan Stanley, and they may yet bring criminal charges.
Successful prosecutions of individuals as well as
their firms would surely have a deterrent effect on Wall Street’s deceptive
activities; they often carry jail terms as well as financial penalties.
Perhaps as important, the failure to bring strong criminal cases also makes
it difficult for most Americans to understand how these crises occurred. Are
they simply to conclude that Wall Street made well- meaning if very big
errors of judgment, as bankers claim, that were rarely if ever illegal or
even knowingly deceptive?
What is stopping prosecution? Apparently not public
opinion. A Pew Research Opinion survey back in 2010 found that three
quarters of Americans said that government policies helped banks and
financial institutions while two thirds said the middle class and poor
received little help. In mid-2011, half of those surveyed by Pew said that
Wall Street hurts the economy more than it helps it.
Many argue that the reluctance of prosecutors
derives from the power and importance of bankers, who remain significant
political contributors and have built substantial lobbying operations. Only
5 percent of congressional bills designed to tighten financial regulations
between 2000 and 2006 passed, while 16 percent of those that loosened such
regulations were approved, according to a study by the International
Monetary Fund.2 The IMF economists found that a major reason was lobbying
efforts. In 2009 and early 2010, financial firms spent $1.3 billion to lobby
Congress during the passage of the Dodd-Frank Act. The financial
reregulation legislation was weakened in such areas as derivatives trading
and shareholder rights, and is being further watered down.
Others claim federal officials fear that punishing
the banks too much will undermine the fragile economic recovery. As one
former Fannie official, now a private financial consultant, recently told
The New York Times, “I am afraid that we risk pushing these guys off of a
cliff and we’re going to have to bail out the banks again.”
The responsibility for reluctance, however, also
lies with the prosecutors and the law itself. A central problem is that
proving financial fraud is much more difficult than proving most other
crimes, and prosecutors are often unwilling to try it. Congress could fix
this by amending federal fraud statutes to require, for example, that
prosecutors merely prove that bankers should have known rather than actually
did know they were deceiving their clients.
But even if Congress does not, it is not too late
for bold federal prosecutors to try to bring a few successful cases. A
handful of wins could create new precedents and common law that would set a
higher and clearer standard for Wall Street, encourage more ethical
practices, deter fraud—and arguably prevent future crises.
Continued in article
October 19, 2014 message from
Dan Stone
Source:
http://aaajournals.org/doi/abs/10.2308/iace-50965
"Douglas Kalesnikoff and Fred Phillips have
requested that the American Accounting Association retract their
article, "Ramm Wholesale: Reviewing Audit Work," published in Issues in
Accounting Education August 2013, Vol. 28, No. 3, pp. 629-636, along
with the corresponding teaching notes, published in Issues in Accounting
Education Teaching Notes August 2013, Vol. 28, No. 3, pp. 38-46 because
the case is based on, but did not provide appropriate attribution to,
Maxall Company, AICPA Case No. 2002-02, written by Mattie C. Porter and
Robert H. Barr, Jr."
D Stone comment - the second AAA retraction in the
history of the organization?
Jensen Comment
As of October 19, 2014 there is only mention of the retraction in fine print.
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/iace-50473
The Kalesnikoff and Phillips article can still be downloaded like any other
article.
The earlier retraction was a
paper by James E. Hunton and Anna Gold (2013) Retraction: A Field Experiment
Comparing the Outcomes of Three Fraud Brainstorming Procedures: Nominal Group,
Round Robin, and Open Discussion. The Accounting Review: January 2013, Vol. 88,
No. 1, pp. 357-357. doi: h
http://aaajournals.org/doi/abs/10.2308/accr.2010.85.3.911
That article does contain a warning of a "Retraction/"
However it can still be downloaded.
"Following Retraction, Bentley Professor Resigns," Inside Higher Ed,
December 21, 2012 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/quicktakes/2012/12/21/following-retraction-bentley-professor-resigns
James E. Hunton, a prominent accounting professor
at Bentley University, has resigned amid an investigation of the retraction
of an article of which he was the co-author, The Boston Globe reported. A
spokeswoman cited "family and health reasons" for the departure, but it
follows the retraction of an article he co-wrote in the journal Accounting
Review. The university is investigating the circumstances that led to the
journal's decision to retract the piece.
REPORT OF JUDITH A. MALONE, BENTLEY UNIVERSITY ETHICS OFFICER, CONCERNING
DR. JAMES E. HUNTON
July 21, 2014 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Plagiarism.htm#ProfessorsWhoPlagiarize
Pursuant to the Bentley University Ethics Complaint
Procedures (“Ethics Policy”), this report summarizes the results of an
eighteen - month investigation into two separate allegations of research
misconduct that were received by Bentley in November 2012 and January 2013
against James E. Hunton, a former Professor of Accountancy. The complainants
– one a confidential reporter (as defined in the Ethics Policy) and the
other a publisher – alleged that Dr. Hunton engaged in research misconduct
in connection wit h two papers that he published while a faculty member at
the University: “A Field Experiment Comparing the Outcomes of Three Fraud
Brainstorming Procedures: Nominal Group, Round Robin, and Open Discussion,”
The Accounting Review 85 (3): 911 - 935 (“Fraud Br barnstorming”) and “The
Relationship between Perceived Tone at the Top and Earnings Quality,”
Contemporary Accounting Research 28 (4): 1190 - 1224 (“Tone at the Top”).
Because of concerns regarding Fraud Brainstorming
that the editors at The Accounting Review had been discussing with Dr.
Hunton since May 2012, the editors withdrew that paper in November 2012.
Bentley received the allegation of research misconduct from the confidential
reporter later that month. The confidential reporter also raised questions
about ten other articles that Dr. Hunton published or provided data for
while he was at Bentley, which, the reporter alleged, raised similar
questions of research integrity.
In my role as Ethics Officer, it was my duty to
make the preliminary determination n about whether the allegations warranted
a full investigation. To make that determination, I met with Dr. Hunton in
person when Bentley received this allegation, after I first instructed
Bentley IT to back up and preserve all of his electronic data store d on
Bentley’s servers. During that meeting, we discussed the allegation, I
explained the process that would be followed if I found an investigation was
warranted, and I described the need for his cooperation, including the
specific admonition that he pre serve, and make available to me, all
relevant materials, including electronic and paper documents. This
information and these instructions were confirmed in writing to Dr. Hunton.
Dr. Hunton resigned shortly after that meeting, which coincided with my de
termination that a full investigation was warranted.
In January 2013 as the investigation was just
getting underway, Bentley received the second allegation of research
misconduct from the editor of Contemporary Accounting Research. The editor
had contacted ted Dr. Hunton directly in November 2012 with concerns about
Tone at the Top after the Fraud Brainstorming paper was retracted. The
journal brought the issue to Bentley’s attention after the response it
received failed to resolve its concerns. When Bentley received this second
allegation, I informed Dr. Hunton of it, as well.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
The last paragraph of the article suggests that Professor Hunton did not
cooperate in the investigation to the extent that it is unknown if his prior
research papers were also based upon fabricated data. The last paragraph reads
as follows:
Bentley cannot determine with confidence which
other papers may be based on fabricated data. We will identify all of the co
- authors on papers Dr. Hunton published while he was at Bentley that
involve research data. We will inform them that, unless they have
independent evidence of the validity of the data, we plan to ask the
journals in which the papers they co - authored with Dr. Hunton were
published to determine, with the assistance of the co - authors, whether the
data analyzed in the papers were valid. The various journals will then have
the discretion to decide whether any further action is warranted, including
retracting or qualifying, with regard to an y of Dr. Hunton’s papers that
they published
Years ago Les Livingstone was the first person
to detect a plagiarized article in TAR (back in the 1960s when we were both
doctoral students at Stanford). This was long before digital versions
articles could be downloaded. The TAR editor published an apology to the
original authors in the next edition of TAR. The article first appeared in
Management Science and was plagiarized in total for TAR by a
Norwegian (sigh).
Bob Jensen's threads on
professors who plagiarize or otherwise cheat ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Plagiarism.htm#ProfessorsWhoPlagiarize
"Defunct Physicians United
Plan owners file $500M lawsuit against accountants (McGladrey)," by Abraham
Aboraya, BizJournals.com, October 8, 2014 ---
http://www.bizjournals.com/orlando/blog/2014/10/defunct-physicians-united-plan-owners-file-500m.html?surround=etf&ana=e_article
The owners of the now-defunct Winter
Park-based
Physicians United Plan Inc. are suing their
accounting firm for $500 million.
Physicians United Plan was a
Medicare Advantage Plan with about 50,000 members
when the state dissolved it earlier this year. The
lawsuit,
first reported by Health News Florida, was filed Sept. 26 in U.S.
District Court, Middle District of Florida’s Orlando division. The lawsuit
is IDJB investments LLC vs. McGladrey LLP.
The lawsuit,
which you can read in its entirety here, accuses
accounting firm McGladrey of negligent misrepresentation, fraud and
concealment, and demands a jury trial. Damages sought are in excess of $500
million.
“Sadly, the ultimate victims were the
elderly, who lost their preferred Medicare Advantage Plan; valued employees
and families, who lost their jobs and incomes; physicians, who lost provider
networks; shareholders, who lost their investments; Florida Department of
Insurance Regulation [sic], who lost a highly respected Medicare insurer;
and the United States of America, who lost premiums and medical benefits
through Medicare fraud,” the lawsuit reads.
Lawyers representing the plaintiffs
weren’t immediately available for an interview. McGladrey officials declined
to comment on pending litigation.
The suit seems to pin the insolvency
of Physicians United Plan on a complicated financial arrangement with
Pacific Western Finance Corp., or Pacwest, which sold uncollectible accounts
receivables and leased them back to Physicians United as cash equivalents,
according to the lawsuit. That led PUP's owners — Dr.
Sandeep Bajaj and Dr.
Rohini Bajaj — to believe the company was solvent;
if they had known the company was insolvent, they would have been able to
raise the money or slow down the growth, according to the lawsuit. McGladrey,
according to the lawsuit, is responsible because of its financial audits of
PUP.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
Where are those going concern warnings when you want them the most?
Bob Jensen's threads on
McGladrey ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm
"SHOE COMPANY: Our CEO Just
Disappeared And Most Of The Money Is Gone," Myles Udland, Business
Insider, September 16, 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/shoe-company-ceo-coo-go-missing-2014-9
Jensen Comment
We might say the shoe company's cash just walked away.
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
"MOTIVATION--ARE YOU A FOOTBALL COACH OR A SCOUT LEADER?" by Joe Hoyle, Teaching
Blog, October 2, 2014 ---
http://joehoyle-teaching.blogspot.com/2014/10/motivation-are-you-football-coach-or.html
Bob Jensen's threads on Coaches Graham and Gazowski ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Assess.htm#Randy
Randy Pausch ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Randy_Pausch
That's a good thing," the assistant told me. "When
you're screwing up and nobody says anything to you anymore, that means they've
given up on you.
Randy Pausch
CFO Whitepaper
Measuring the Impact of Better Cash Flow Management for Strategic Advantage
---
Registration Required
http://pages.cfo.com/Centage---Cash-Flow-Management_download_whitepaper.html?mkt_tok=3RkMMJWWfF9wsRogv67KZKXonjHpfsXx6%2B4rW6Cg38431UFwdcjKPmjr1YYIScB0aPyQAgobGp5I5FENTrDYUKhrt6EPWQ%3D%3D
A growth oriented organization requires the
financial tools to make fast, accurate, decisions based on the best data.
In this Whitepaper, learn about the choices for
improving cash flow management, reporting, analysis and planning, and how
better cash flow capabilities will help you outperform your competition.
Bob Jensen's threads on cash flow accounting are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#CashVsAccrualAcctg
Gold ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gold
"Why Warren Buffett Hates Gold," by Matt DiLallo, The Motley Fool
via USA Today, September 21, 2014 ---
http://www.usatoday.com/story/money/2014/09/21/why-warren-buffett-hates-gold/15909821/
Warren Buffett didn't become one of the greatest
investors of our generation by investing in gold. In fact, he pretty much
hates the shiny metal. Just take a look at part of a speech Buffett gave at
Harvard in 1998 when he said of gold:
"(It) gets dug out of the ground in Africa or
someplace. Then we melt it down, dig another hole, bury it again and pay
people to stand around guarding it. It has no utility. Anyone watching from
Mars would be scratching their head."
Buffett just doesn't get what all the fuss is about
when it comes to gold. The way he sees it, the value of gold is nothing more
than our stubborn willingness to protect its value.
However, that's not the worst part of gold in
Buffett's view. His biggest issue is the fact that gold is just so
worthless. Not in the value someone is willing to pay for an ounce of it,
but in its ability to create wealth. In Buffett's opinion, gold is lazy and
has no place in an investor's portfolio.
Lazy, good-for-nothing ...
Buffett hammered on gold in his 2011 shareholder
letter calling it an "unproductive asset." He said that assets like gold
"will never produce anything, but are purchased in the buyer's hope that
someone else will pay more for them in the future." He went on to say that
the owners of assets like gold "are not inspired by what the asset itself
can produce -- it will remain lifeless forever -- but by the belief that
others will desire it even more avidly in the future."
The problem with gold is that it has two major
insurmountable shortcomings. It is "neither of much use nor procreative"
according to Buffett. While he does allow for the caveat that gold has some
small industrial and decorative use, the demand for either purpose is
insufficient to use up all of the gold we are digging out of the ground just
to hide it away again is a bank vault. However, his bigger issue with gold
is that it can't be used to produce anything of value. Its value rises and
falls based on what someone else is willing to pay for it, not based on its
ability to generate income for its owner.
Productivity builds wealth, not gold
Buffett ends his diatribe on gold in that letter by
contrasting it to the productive assets he prefers:
Today the world's gold stock is about 170,000
metric tons. If all of this gold were melded together, it would form a cube
of about 68 feet per side. (Picture it fitting comfortably within a baseball
infield.) At $1,127 per ounce, its value would be about $9.6 trillion. Call
this cube pile A.
Let's now create a pile B costing an equal amount.
For that, we could buy all U.S. cropland (400 million acres with output of
about $200 billion annually), plus 16 ExxonMobil's (the world's most
profitable company, one earning more than $40 billion annually). After these
purchases, we would have about $1 trillion left over for walking-around
money (no sense feeling strapped after this buying binge). Can you imagine
an investor with $9.6 trillion selecting pile A over pile B?
And yet, investors still do choose gold over these
productive assets all the time. Assets that will be producing corn and
cotton and oil and gas for longer than any of our lifespans. Meanwhile, the
gold will be unmoved and still incapable of producing anything. To wit
Buffett said, "You can fondle the cube, but it will not respond."
Don't be fooled by gold
There's a real good reason why Warren Buffett hates
gold. One who buys gold is hoping for the greater fool to buy it from them
for a higher price at some future date. But that's not investing -- it's
gambling.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
I don't in invest in any precious commodities, but the above article overlooks
the possible advantages of gold ownership in some situations and in some
cultures. For example, in India ownership of a sufficient amount of gold may be
important in finding love and marriage for one's self and one's children.
Secondly, precious metals in general are possible long-term inflation hedges
with great financial risks over shorter-term horizons. In some situations gold
has great symbolic value or is great fun when searching for it on land and in
the sea.
Transactions costs of physically buying, insuring, storing selling
(especially selling) gold are very high. It may be much wiser to invest in gold
funds in order to greatly reduce transactions costs. However, some people like
antique dealers enjoy trading in gold items --- pleasures apart from mere
investment gains. Unless you really get a lot of pleasure from coins and coin
collections, I recommend avoiding all the advertised gold coin investing
opportunities.
Gold is in abundant supply such that investors may prefer to invest in
valuable commodities having much more limited world supplies. Millions of people
holding gold have waited a long tome to cash in such that selling booms are
generally short-lived. Lithium, platinum, palladium, etc. should be considered
before jumping into a huge gold investment.
The bottom line is that commodities in general and precious commodities in
particular should be avoided unless you have expertise in the trading of such
items. Of course, there's a huge difference between speculating and hedging.
Farmers should become experts on hedging their crop values with such things as
derivative financial instruments ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm
Don't confuse hedging with insurance. Insurance can also protect value, but
insurance usually applies only to items conducive to natural risks for which
actuarial science disaster protection contracts are available. Farmers who
insure their crops against weather disaster should consider derivatives to hedge
against future price movements.
Of course it's also possible to speculate in derivatives without any
intention of ever having physical possession of the item. For example, you can
speculate in gold by buying call (long) and put (short) options that "net
settle" for cash without every having to buy or sell gold. There are
additionally "net-settle" futures, forwards, and swaps contracts that require
less initial investment but carry far greater risks than options if held as
naked speculations.
In India it may be wise to give the wedding couple gold. In the USA I would
instead consider paying off their student loans. I'm sure Warren Buffett would
probably agree not to give the couple gold, although he might prefer giving the
couple common stock or real estate gifts.
Bob Jensen's investment
helpers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#InvestmentHelpers
Findings of the USA Inspector
General
"IRS Employees Only Semi-Literate, Finds Audit," by Lucian McMahon,
Reason Magazine, October 15, 2014 ---
http://reason.com/blog/2014/10/15/irs-employees-only-semi-literate-finds-a
"Yet More IRS Employees
Busted for Stealing Taxpayers' Identities," by J.D. Tuccille, Reason
Magazine, September 29, 2014 ---
http://reason.com/blog/2014/09/29/yet-more-irs-employees-busted-for-steali
Jensen Comment
It seems stupid for an IRS employee to directly file false tax returns. A much
harder crime to detect is the black market sale of the ID theft data to others
who may have lower probability of being caught, especially if the buyers of the
data are unaware who purloined the data they are buying. Of course adding
middlemen might reduce the profits from the illicit refunds.
IRS Identity Protection
Specialized Unit at 800-908-4490
Identity Theft Resource Center
---
http://www.idtheftcenter.org/
Note the tab for State and Local Resources
The IRS has an Identity Theft Web Page at
http://www.irs.gov/uac/Identity-Protection
FTC Identity Theft Center ---
http://www.ftc.gov/bcp/edu/microsites/idtheft/
"IRS is overwhelmed by identity theft fraud: Billions wrongly
paid out as scammers find agency an easy target," by Michael Kranish,
Boston Globe, February 16, 2014 ---
http://www.bostonglobe.com/news/nation/2014/02/16/identity-theft-taxpayer-information-major-problem-for-irs/7SC0BarZMDvy07bbhDXwvN/story.html
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Try telling this to the
accountics science editors of TAR, JAR, and JAE and Their Hundreds of Referees
"When a Simple Rule of Thumb Beats a Fancy Algorithm," by Justin
Fox, Harvard Business Review Blog, October 2, 2014 ---
Click Here
http://blogs.hbr.org/2014/10/when-a-simple-rule-of-thumb-beats-a-fancy-algorithm/?utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date&cm_ite=DailyAlert-100314+%281%29&cm_lm=rjensen%40trinity.edu&referral=00563&cm_ven=Spop-Email&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date
Jensen Comment
Perhaps it would spark more interest in accountics science articles if they
occasionally published more rules of thumb of interest to practitioners and
accounting teachers. Instead they prefer complicated articles where the
probability of error and confusion is often much greater.
PS Justin Fox was a plenary speaker several years ago at an American Accounting
Association annual meeting. A video of his speech is available for AAA members
in the AAA Commons
http://commons.aaahq.org/posts/7bdb75d3d2
Common Accountics Science and Econometric Science Statistical Mistakes ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsScienceStatisticalMistakes.htm
Pentagon (but not the IRS) Says It’s Ready for Audit After Years of Delays
---
http://finance.townhall.com/columnists/nicksorrentino/2014/10/04/pentagon-says-its-ready-for-audit-after-years-of-delays-n1900659?utm_source=thdaily&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=nl
Bob Jensen's threads on the sad state of governmental accounting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#GovernmentalAccounting
Yield Curve ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Yield_curve
Inverted Yield Curve and Why It
Matters ---
http://thereformedbroker.com/2014/10/02/why-the-yield-curve-matters/
Jensen Comment
Accounting and finance professors and students should be able to explain these
in plain English at meetings and cocktail parties.
They should know how to derive them (hint: think Bloomberg Terminal) ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bloomberg_Terminal
They should know how to use
yield curves when estimating the values of interest rate swaps ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133swapvalue.htm
Wesley Snipes (now an ex-con)
---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wesley_Snipes
"Wesley Snipes, Blade 4, And
Post-Prison Tax Tips," by Robert W. Wood, Forbes, October 1, 2014 ---
http://www.forbes.com/sites/robertwood/2014/10/01/wesley-snipes-blade-4-and-post-prison-tax-tips/
"Weekly Tax Roundup," by Paul
Caron, TaxProf Blog, October 3, 2014 ---
http://taxprof.typepad.com/taxprof_blog/2014/10/weekly.html
PwC: Status of FASB
standard-setting projects in October 2014 ---
Click Here
http://www.pwc.com/us/en/cfodirect/issues/accounting-reporting/fasb-standard-setting-projects.jhtml?display=/us/en/cfodirect/issues/accounting-reporting
PwC: IFRS and US GAAP:
similarities and differences - 2014 edition (224 pages) ---
Click Here
http://www.pwc.com/us/en/cfodirect/issues/ifrs-adoption-convergence/ifrs-and-us-gaap-similarities-and-differences.jhtml?display=/us/en/cfodirect/issues/accounting-reporting
Table
of contents
Importance of being financially bilingual 4
IFRS first-time adoption 7
Revenue recognition 11
Expense recognition—share-based payments 30
Expense recognition—employee benefits 41
Assets—nonfinancial assets 54
Assets—financial assets 80
Liabilities—taxes 102
Liabilities—other 114
Financial liabilities and equity 123
Derivatives and hedging 139
Consolidation 157
Business combinations 177
Other accounting and reporting topics 185
IFRS for small and medium-sized entities 205
FASB/IASB project summary exhibit 209 Noteworthy updates 211
Index 215
Similarities and Differences - A comparison of IFRS for SMEs and 'full IFRS'
---
http://www.pwc.com/en_GX/gx/ifrs-reporting/pdf/Sims_diffs_IFRS_SMEs.pdf
Jensen Comment
Many of the newer differences will come about with the forthcoming
implementation of IFRS 9 (Financial Instruments). There are important
differences in the inventory accounting rules that are still pending.
Note that some of the IFRS
standards are now summarized in Wikipedia ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/International_Financial_Reporting_Standards
Look up IFRS with respect to particular numbers such as IFRS 9.
Some FASB standards are also
summarized ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Generally_Accepted_Accounting_Principles_%28United_States%29
Look up particular numbers such as SFAS 157.
There are a lot of links to
IFRS learning resources on the AAA Commons. However, many of these have not been
updated for recent changes. The following IFRS learning site has been recently
updated.
IFRS Learning Resources from IFRS.org ---
http://www.ifrs.org/Use-around-the-world/Education/Pages/Learning-Resources.aspx
Bob Jensen's threads on
accounting standard setting controversies and why I vote no on replacing US GAAP
with IFRS ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting
From MAAW's Blog on September
28, 2014 ---
http://maaw.blogspot.com/2014/09/the-society-of-cost-management-new.html
The
Society of Cost Management has developed a Self-Study Guide for Cost
Management. It is easy to use and includes links to many useful resources
including various sections on the MAAW site.
See
http://www.slideshare.net/slideshow/embed_code/39585215
AICPA Launches New Tools to Assist CPA Firms in Expanding and Enhancing
Diversity and Inclusion Efforts ---
http://www.aicpa.org/press/pressreleases/2014/pages/new-tools-cpa-firms-accounting-diversity.aspx
AICPA Foundation Awards $277,500 to 92 Minority Accounting Scholars
(in undergraduate and graduate programs)---
http://www.aicpa.org/press/pressreleases/2014/pages/aicpa-foundation-awards-minority-accounting-scholarships.aspx
. . .
As Minority Scholarship recipients, the 92 students
enter the AICPA
Legacy Scholars program, established in 2011. The
Program awards recipients a one-year AICPA Legacy Scholarship and helps them
develop the soft skills needed to maintain a successful career through
service. Scholarship recipients plan, promote and execute an eight-hour
community service project each semester. The service activity must relate to
accounting, serve the community and be meaningful to the student.
AICPA Legacy Scholars are Student Affiliate Members
of the AICPA, which is a free membership option available to all currently
enrolled students. Each AICPA Legacy Scholar is assigned a coach to provide
guidance on the student’s service project and to advise on questions related
to the profession and the work environment.
Scholarship funding is provided by the AICPA
Foundation, with contributions from the Accounting Education Foundation of
the Texas Society of CPAs ($10,000), the New Jersey Society of CPAs ($5,000)
and Robert Half International ($5,500). The majority of students receive
individual awards of $3,000 to fund expenses related to their pursuit of an
accounting degree.
Continued in article (including a listing of the students receiving
awards this year and their universities)
Jensen Comment
Minority students interested in doctoral studies in accountancy are encouraged
to apply to the KPMG Foundation that (with funding support from various
accounting and business firms) to provide full-ride financial support to various
accountancy Ph.D. programs. Other support is also available.
http://www.kpmg.com/ca/en/topics/the-kpmg-foundation/education-grants/pages/home.aspx
Bob Jensen's threads on careers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#careers
PCAOB Solicits Candidates
for Economic Research Fellowships for the 2015-2016 Academic Year ---
http://pcaobus.org/News/Releases/Pages/10142014_Economic_Fellowship.aspx
The Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board today announced that it is seeking candidates for economic
research fellowships for the 2015-2016 academic year.
Up to four Fellows will be chosen to
conduct research within the Center for Economic Analysis, which was
established to study the role and relevance of the audit in capital
formation and investor protection, and to encourage related economic
research.
The fellowships will start in August
2015 or a mutually agreed-upon date and will continue for 12 months with
the possibility of a single one-year renewal.
Candidates should have an active
interest in auditing, the capital markets and regulatory oversight
matters. Additional details on the fellowship positions and the
application process are available on the
PCAOB website.
Applications are due no later than
January 15, 2015.
Jensen Comment
What an opportunity for data access and conducting research that is relevant to
practitioners and regulators.
From PwC on October 2, 2014
Goods gone bad: Addressing money-laundering risk in the trade finance system
---
http://www.pwc.com/us/en/cfodirect/issues/risk-management/trade-finance-money-launderings.jhtml?display=/us/en/cfodirect/issues/risk-management&j=582563&e=rjensen@trinity.edu&l=884272_HTML&u=21905705&mid=7002454&jb=0
Metrics by design - A practical approach to measuring internal audit
performance ---
http://click.edistribution.pwc.com/?qs=920afee9f87c16fe152bd515ac924f2b47a5ae2a066eacefe9f9fe2f39315507f7c85afb6ad423fe
As leading internal audit functions have transformed to meet
increasing expectations, metrics have become a critical tool for Internal
Audit to demonstrate its value to the organization and drive its performance
against stakeholder expectations. Building on key findings from PwC's 2014
State of the Internal Audit Profession study, this paper explores how
internal audit functions can leverage metrics to both communicate the value
they are providing as well as drive results.
First High Frequency Trading
Manipulation Case
SEC Charges New York-Based High Frequency Trading Firm With Fraudulent Trading
to Manipulate Closing Prices ---
SEC Press Release 2014-229 on October 16, 2014
http://www.sec.gov/News/PressRelease/Detail/PressRelease/1370543184457#.VEEj-RZS7rw
Jensen Comment
When I had almost no money, while in college, I was a very, very small time
call options investor and sometimes went to a brokerage firm to watch the NYSE
trading prices flashing by on an electronic ribbon. In those days those were the
up-to-the-moment trading prices. Now they're misleading phony prices that are
skimmed by higher-speed robots that beat your orders in microseconds to 13
public exchanges armed with your bid or ask price just to steal some of your
money. Thank you Michael Lewis and the clever detectives you write about who
discovered how these high speed robots are ripping off investors --- no thanks
to the obsolete SEC.
In simple terms here's how the high speed robots work using an analogy form
one of the detectives described in 60 Minutes segment. If you want to buy
four online tickets for an event a robot detects your order for four tickets
costing at an unknown cost not to exceed $25 apiece.. Your order is immediately
filled for only two tickets at $20 apiece. The robot buys the adjoining two
tickets for $20 apiece and makes them available for $25 apiece. In the completed
transaction you pay $90 for the four tickets. High speed skimming ripoffs on the
stock exchanges don't work exactly like that, but the robots sneak ahead of your
orders in microseconds to skim part or all of your ultimate purchase or sale of
stocks and bonds.
There is some debate as to whether this is illegal "stealing," but let's say
that the future of keeping investors in the stock market means that the
government and the stock exchange managers will have to put an end to this
practice or investors will abandon the market in droves or go to a new stock
exchange that is electronically blocking these robot ripoffs.
By All Means Watch the CBS 60 Minutes Interview With Michael Lewis (links
shown below)
"Book Review: 'Flash Boys' by Michael Lewis High-frequency traders use
dedicated data cables and specialized algorithms to trade milliseconds ahead of
the rest of the market.," by Philip Delves Broughton, The Wall Street
Journal, March 31, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/news/articles/SB10001424052702304432604579473281278352644?mod=djemMER_h&mg=reno64-wsj
Back in the day, if an investor wanted to buy or
sell a stock, he would call a broker, who would find a way to execute the
trade as efficiently as possible by talking to other human beings. The
arrival of computerized exchanges slowly eliminated people from the process.
Instead, bids and offers were matched by servers. The shouting men in
colorful jackets on the exchange floors became irrelevant. In theory, this
meant that the cost of trading fell and that the markets became more
efficient. But the effects of technology are rarely so simple.
In 2002, 85% of all U.S. stock-market trading
happened on the New York Stock Exchange and the rest mostly on the Nasdaq.
NDAQ +0.60% By early 2008, there were 13 different public exchanges, most
just stacks of computer servers in heavily guarded buildings in northern New
Jersey. Now, if you place an order for 1,000 shares of Microsoft, MSFT
+0.32% it pings from exchange to exchange claiming a few shares at each
stop, seeking the best price until the order is completed. But the moment
that it hits the first exchange, the HFTs see it, and they race ahead to the
other exchanges, buy the stock you want, and sell it back to you for
fractionally more than you hoped to pay. All in a matter of milliseconds,
millions of times a day to millions of investors—your grandmother and
hedge-fund titans alike. These tiny but profitable trades, Mr. Lewis writes,
add up to big profits for firms like Getco and Citadel. He cannot put a hard
number on the size of the industry, suggesting only that many billions are
involved.
If this sounds like the old Wall Street scam of
front-running the market, that's because it is. Except, in this case, it is
entirely legal. Indeed, Mr. Lewis suggests, the strategies of high-frequency
traders were the unintended consequence of well-intentioned regulation. Back
in 2005 the SEC, in an effort to ensure greater fairness for investors,
changed a key rule. Once, brokers had to perform the "best execution" for
their clients. This meant taking into account factors such as timing and
likelihood of completing the transaction, as well as price. Now they have to
find the "best price," as determined by regulators' own creaky computers,
scanning the bids and offers available on the various exchanges. But traders
could do the same analysis more quickly using their own networks, and make
trades in the milliseconds between an investor placing an order, the SEC
establishing the best price and the broker executing the trade.
A decade later, the HFTs do such big business that
they have begun to influence the operations of the exchanges that depend on
them. The exchanges take fees from the HFTs for access to the flow of
orders, as do investment banks that run their own private exchanges, called
"dark pools." Exchanges bend their rules to the bidding of the
high-frequency traders: The HFTs wanted an extra decimal place added to
stock prices, for instance, so they could mop up every thousandth of a penny
in price fluctuations; the exchanges obliged. "By the summer of 2013,"
writes Mr. Lewis, "the world's financial markets were designed to maximize
the number of collisions between ordinary investors and high-frequency
traders—at the expense of ordinary investors."
"Flash Boys" is not as larky as "Liar's Poker"
(1989), Mr. Lewis's memoir of working at Salomon Brothers during the lead-up
to the 1987 crash, or as accessible as "The Big Short" (2010), his
jaw-dropping take on the subprime meltdown. It may end up more important to
public debate about Wall Street than either, however, in exposing what one
of his central characters calls the "Pandora's box of ridiculousness" that
financial exchanges have become.
Mr. Lewis wants to argue, though, that the markets
are not just ridiculous, but rigged. The heroes of this book are clear: Mr.
Katsuyama eventually assembles a team of talented misfits to create an HFT-proofed
exchange called IEX, where a price is a price is a price. It's backed by
leading hedge funds and banks (and Jim Clark, the co-founder of Netscape and
the subject of Mr. Lewis's 1999 book, "The New New Thing"). Mr. Lewis gives
the reader extensive insight into how his heroes see the market, but the
alleged villains of the piece—HFTs themselves—are all but silent in their
own defense. "Flash Boys" is a decidedly one-sided book.
Yet there are reasonable arguments to be made that
the frenetic trading by HFTs leads to greater liquidity and more efficient
pricing. Or, God forbid, that they are not nearly so harmful to investors'
returns as Mr. Lewis makes out. Their rise has coincided with a historic
bull market. It is not hard to imagine a different book by Michael Lewis,
one celebrating HFTs as revolutionary outsiders, a cadre of innovative
engineers and computer scientists (many of them immigrants), rising from the
rubble of 2008 and making fools of a plodding financial system. "Flash Boys"
makes no claim to be a balanced account of financial innovation: It is a
polemic, and a very well-written one. Behind its outrage, however, lies
nostalgia for a prelapsarian Wall Street of trust and plain dealing, which
is a total mirage.
Mr. Delves Broughton's latest book is "The Art of the Sale: Learning
From the Masters About the Business of Life."
"Speed Traders Play Defense Against Michael Lewis’s Flash Boys," by
Matthew Philips, Bloomberg Businessweek, March 31, 2014 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2014-03-31/speed-traders-play-defense-to-michael-lewiss-flash-boys?campaign_id=DN033114
In Sunday night’s
60 Minutes interview about his new book
on high-frequency trading—Flash Boys—author Michael Lewis got right
to the point. After a brief lead-in reminding us that despite the strongest
bull market in years, American stock ownership is at a record low, reporter
Steve Kroft asked Lewis for the headline: “Stock market’s rigged,” Lewis
said nonchalantly. By whom? “A combination of stock exchanges, big Wall
Street banks, and high-frequency traders.”
Flash Boys was published today. Digital
versions went live at midnight, so presumably thousands of speed traders and
industry players spent the night plowing through it. Although the book was
announced last year, it’s been shrouded in secrecy. Its publisher,
W. W. Norton,
posted some excerpts briefly online before taking
them down.
Despite a lack of concrete details, word started
getting around a few months ago that Lewis had spent a lot of time with some
of the HFT industry’s most vehement critics, such as
Joe Saluzzi
at Themis Trading. The 60 Minutes interview
only confirmed what many people had suspected for months: Flash Boys
is an unequivocal attack on computerized speed trading.
In the interview, Lewis adhered to the usual
assaults: High-frequency traders have an unfair advantage; they manipulate
markets; they get in front of bigger, slower investors and drive up the
prices they pay to buy a stock. They are, in Lewis’s view, the consummate
middlemen extracting unnecessary rents from a class of everyday investors
who have never been at a bigger disadvantage. This has essentially been the
nut of the
HFT debate over the past five years.
Continued article
The Flash Boys book ---
http://www.amazon.com/s/ref=nb_sb_ss_i_1_7?url=search-alias%3Dstripbooks&field-keywords=flash%20boys%20michael%20lewis&sprefix=Flash+B%2Cstripbooks%2C236
The Kindle Edition is only $9.18
The three segments on the March 30, 2014 hour of CBS Sixty Minutes were
exceptional. The most important to me was an interview with Michael Lewis on how
the big banks and other operators physically laid very high speed cable between
stock exchanges to skim the cream off purchase an sales of individuals, mutual
funds, and pension funds. The sad part is that the trading laws have a loop hole
allowing this type of ripoff.
The fascinating features of this show and a new book by Michael Lewis include
how the skimming operation was detected and how a new stock exchange was formed
to block the skimmers.
Try the revised links below. These are examples of links that will soon
vaporize. They can be used in class under the Fair Use safe harbor but
only for a very short time until you or your library purchases these and
other Sixty Minutes videos.
But the transcripts will are available from CBS and can be used for free on
into the future. Click on the upper menu choice "Episodes" for links to the
transcripts.
Note the revised video links. a menu should appear to the left that can lead to
the other videos currently available for free (temporarily).
The three segments on the March 30, 2014 hour of CBS Sixty
Minutes were exceptional. The most important to me was an interview with
Michael Lewis on how the big banks and other operators physically laid very
high speed cable between stock exchanges to skim the cream off purchase an
sales of individuals, mutual funds, and pension funds. The sad part is that
the trading laws have a loop hole allowing this type of ripoff.
The fascinating features of this show and a new book by
Michael Lewis include how the skimming operation was detected and how a new
stock exchange was formed to block the skimmers.
Free access to the video is very limited, so take
advantage of the following link now:
Lewis explains how the stock market is rigged ---
http://www.cbsnews.com/videos/is-the-us-stock-market-rigged/
The big question remaining is why it is taking the SEC so
long to put an end to this type of skimming?
Bob Jensen's Rotten to the Core Threads ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm
IMA Releases New Statement
on Managerial Accounting (along with other new statements)
http://www.accountingeducation.com/index.cfm?page=newsdetails&id=153111
IMA to Endorse Universities Preparing Students for Careers in Management
Accounting: Pennsylvania State University and Washington State University
Vancouver Endorsed in Pilot Program ---
http://www.businesswire.com/news/home/20130807005147/en
Jensen Criteria
I was disappointed that the criteria focused mostly on curriculum rather than
placement. I would recommend the addition of the proportion of corporate
accounting recruiters who visit a campus and the numbers of entry-level job
offers to newly-minted accounting graduates in the four-year and five-year
programs.
The IMA struggles to keep managerial accounting from dying in accounting
programs. But without more entry-level job offers in corporate accounting it;s
an uphill battle.
Sue Haka, former AAA President, commenced a thread on the AAA Commons entitled
"Saving Management Accounting in the Academy,"
---
http://commons.aaahq.org/posts/98949b972d
A succession of comments followed.
The latest comment (from James Gong) may be of special interest to some of
you.
Ken Merchant is a former faculty member from Harvard University who form many
years now has been on the faculty at the University of Southern California.
Here are my two cents. First, on the teaching side,
the management accounting textbooks fail to cover new topics or issues. For
instance, few textbooks cover real options based capital budgeting, product
life cycle management, risk management, and revenue driver analysis. While
other disciplines invade management accounting, we need to invade their
domains too. About five or six years ago, Ken Merchant had written a few
critical comments on Garrison/Noreen textbook for its lack of breadth. Ken's
comments are still valid. Second, on the research and publication side,
management accounting researchers have disadvantage in getting data and
publishing papers compared with financial peers. Again, Ken Merchant has an
excellent discussion on this topic at an AAA annual conference.
Bob Jensen's threads on
managerial accounting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#ManagementAccounting
PwC 2014: IFRS adoption by country ---
Click Here
http://www.pwc.com/us/en/cfodirect/issues/ifrs-adoption-convergence/ifrs-status-country.jhtml?display=/us/en/cfodirect/issues/ifrs-adoption-convergence&j=594664&e=rjensen@trinity.edu&l=896871_HTML&u=22242581&mid=7002454&jb=0
Steve Ballmer ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Steve_Ballmer
"Steve Ballmer Paid $2
Billion For The Clippers, But He Might Get Half That Back In Tax Breaks," by
Myles Udland, Business Insider, October 27, 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/steve-ballmer-la-clippers-tax-break-report-2014-10
Former Microsoft CEO is now
Professor Ballmer at the Stanford Graduate School of Business
"Steve Ballmer Goes to College: On Campus With Stanford's New Professor,"
by Ashley Vance, Bloomberg Businessweek, October 21, 2014 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2014-10-21/steve-ballmer-at-stanford-a-conversation-with-a-new-mba-professor?campaign_id=DN102114
Jensen Comment
After buying the LA Clippers for a couple of billion dollars he probably has to
moonlight for the salary. I wonder if he's up to the publish or perish world of
the Academy.
EY: FASB finishes deliberations on not-for-profit proposal ---
Click Here
http://www.ey.com/Publication/vwLUAssetsAL/TothePoint_BB2862_NotforProfit_16October2014/$FILE/TothePoint_BB2862_NotforProfit_16October2014.pdf
Five Reasons Oil Prices Are Not Rising (excluding currency markets)
---
http://247wallst.com/special-report/2014/10/16/five-reasons-oil-is-not-rising/?utm_source=247WallStDailyNewsletter&utm_medium=email&utm_content=OCT172014A&utm_campaign=DailyNewsletter
A Tribute to Expanded Use of Analytical Tools (and perhaps increased audit
deficiencies)
"SEC filed record number of enforcement actions in fiscal year 2014," by
Ken Tysiac, Journal of Accountancy, October 16, 2014 ---
http://www.journalofaccountancy.com/News/201411148.htm
Bob Jensen's threads on audit firm professionalism and independence ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm
"Gross versus Net Presentation: The First of Many Revenue Recognition
Debacles to Come?" by Tom Selling, The Accounting Onion, October 16, 2014
---
http://accountingonion.com/2014/10/gross-versus-net-presentation-of-revenue-the-first-of-many-revenue-recognition-debacles-to-come.html
Jensen Comment
Revenue recognition become much more of an accounting problem in the roaring
1990s when newer tech companies were incurring accrual accounting net losses and
tried to shift investor attention to revenue growth rather than earnings. All
sorts of gimmicks were invented to boost revenues ---
These revenue recognition "gimmicks" were so frequent and so unique the FASB
put off writing a revised revenue recognition standard and let the Emerging
Issues Task force take up each gimmick in a piecemeal fashion ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ecommerce/eitf01.htm
Some of those gimmicks focused on "Gross Versus Net" issues. Before reading
Toms October 16 post perhaps you should first read the older EITF modules at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ecommerce/eitf01.htm#GrossvsNet
I stress that the "Gross Versus Net" controversies were only a small part of
the many controversies, some of which are summarized at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ecommerce/eitf01.htm
Having said this, in the subset of "Gross Versus Net" issues Tom's
illustration would be good debating points for an accounting theory or an
accounting intermediate course.
For a broader spectrum of issues, some of which may appear on future CPA
examinations, I would recommend going to the implementation issues for the new
revenue recognition standard that are being provided by the Big Four,
particularly EY
"Gross versus Net Presentation: The First of Many Revenue Recognition
Debacles to Come?" by Tom Selling, The Accounting Onion, October 16, 2014
---
http://accountingonion.com/2014/10/gross-versus-net-presentation-of-revenue-the-first-of-many-revenue-recognition-debacles-to-come.html
Jensen Comment
Revenue recognition became much more of an accounting problem in the roaring
1990s when newer tech companies were incurring accrual accounting net losses and
tried to shift investor attention to revenue growth rather than earnings. All
sorts of gimmicks were invented to boost revenues.
These revenue recognition "gimmicks" were so frequent and so unique the FASB
put off writing a revised revenue recognition standard and let the Emerging
Issues Task force take up each gimmick in a piecemeal fashion ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ecommerce/eitf01.htm
Some of those gimmicks focused on "Gross Versus Net" issues. Before reading
Toms October 16 post perhaps you should first read the older EITF modules at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ecommerce/eitf01.htm#GrossvsNet
I stress that the "Gross Versus Net" controversies are only a small part of
the many controversies, some of which are summarized at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ecommerce/eitf01.htm
In the subset of "Gross Versus Net" issues Tom's illustrations would be good
debating points for an accounting theory or an accounting intermediate course.
For a broader spectrum of issues, some of which may appear on future CPA
examinations, I would recommend going to the implementation issues for the new
revenue recognition standard that are being provided by the Big Four,
particularly EY .
Go to
http://deloitte.wsj.com/cfo/
Then enter the search term "Revenue"
Scroll down for EY "Insights" on various revenue recognition items such as
revenue recognition for the Financial Services Industry.
As another example, consider the following implementation issues for the
Media and Entertainment Industries.
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on October 17, 2014
Deloitte's Media & Entertainment Spotlight discusses
the new revenue recognition model and highlights key accounting issues and
potential challenges for M&E entities that account for revenue under U.S.
GAAP. The report addresses issues such as requirements related to
transaction price, including the measurement of variable and noncash
consideration, as well as arrangements involving multiple goods or services,
such as license arrangements.
Continue Reading Today's Article »
Read More Deloitte Insights »
Jensen Comment
My point here is that "Gross Versus Net" is only a very small part of the the
enormous problem faced by the accounting standards boards when rewriting a
revenue recognition standard.
Teaching Case
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on October 24, 2014
New Revenue Recognition Model: Key Issues for Media and
Entertainment Entities
by:
Deloitte CFO Journal Editor
Oct 17, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Accounting Standards Update, ASU, Revenue Recognition
SUMMARY: The new revenue recognition model issued by FASB and IASB
poses a number of accounting issues for media and entertainment (M&E)
entities that account for revenue under U.S. GAAP. The final standard -
which outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in
accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers - supersedes
most current revenue recognition guidance, including industry specific
guidance. The ASU's requirements related to transaction price, including the
measurement of variable and noncash consideration, may change the manner in
which revenue is recognized for arrangements in the M&E industry, and
management may need to use significant judgment when estimating transaction
price. The ASU's guidance on licenses, including whether license revenue
should be recognized at a point in time or over time, could result in
significant changes to the timing of revenue recognition for arrangements in
the industry. When consideration consists of sales-based royalties or
payments, however, the timing of revenue recognition may not differ
significantly from that under current practice.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: This revenue recognition article could be
used in financial accounting classes. It is a good example of an ASU and of
the directions they offer. While this ASU applies to the media and
entertainment industries, those industries are growing and becoming more
common.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What is an ASU? What information do they offer?
Who issues them? How do they differ from other accounting statements or
standards?
2. (Advanced) What topics are addressed by the new revenue
recognition model? Are the changes minor or will they significantly change
financial reporting? Please offer examples to support your answer.
3. (Advanced) To what industries does the new revenue recognition
model apply? Why is this new model applied specifically those industries?
4. (Advanced) Why would an ASU be issued for a specific industry,
instead of for business in general? Is GAAP different for some industries?
Please explain.
Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast
"New Revenue Recognition Model: Key Issues for Media and Entertainment
Entities," by Deloitte CFO Journal Editor, The Wall Street Journal, October 17,
2014 ---
http://deloitte.wsj.com/cfo/2014/10/17/new-revenue-recognition-model-key-issues-for-media-and-entertainment-entities/?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
The
new revenue recognition model issued by FASB and
IASB last May poses a number of accounting issues for media and
entertainment (M&E) entities that account for revenue under U.S. GAAP. The
final standard¹—which outlines a single
comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising
from contracts with customers—supersedes most current revenue recognition
guidance, including industry specific guidance. The following excerpt from
Deloitte’s Media & Entertainment Spotlight highlights issues and
potential challenges M&E entities may encounter as they implement the new
revenue recognition model.
The ASU’s requirements related to transaction
price, including the measurement of variable and noncash consideration, may
change the manner in which revenue is recognized for arrangements in the M&E
industry, and management may need to use significant judgment when
estimating transaction price.
The ASU’s guidance on licenses, including whether
license revenue should be recognized at a point in time or over time, could
result in significant changes to the timing of revenue recognition for
arrangements in the industry. When consideration consists of sales-based
royalties or payments, however, the timing of revenue recognition may not
differ significantly from that under current practice.
Entities should begin considering the ASU’s
potential impact on their accounting policies and assessing which transition
approach (and adoption date for private companies) is most appropriate for
them. When performing this assessment, entities should weigh factors such as
resource requirements and the needs of financial statement users.
Key Accounting Issues
Identifying the Performance Obligations in
the Contract
Some arrangements in the M&E industry involve
multiple goods or services. For example, a license arrangement may provide
rights to multiple films, markets or territories; or the sale of a consumer
good may include a digital extension (i.e., access to related digital
content). These goods and services may be promised in a single contract or
in separate contracts, and may be explicitly stated in the contract or
implied by a vendor’s customary business practices or specific statements.
The ASU provides guidance on evaluating the
promised “goods or services”² in a contract to determine each performance
obligation (i.e., the unit of account). A performance obligation is each
promise to transfer either of the following to a customer:
—“A good or service (or a bundle of goods or
services) that is distinct.”
—“A series of distinct goods or services that are
substantially the same and that have the same pattern of transfer to the
customer.”³
A promised good or service is distinct (and
therefore a performance obligation) if both of the following criteria are
met:
—It is capable of being distinct. “The customer can
benefit from the good or service either on its own or together with other
resources that are readily available to the customer.”
—It is distinct in the context of the contract.
“The entity’s promise to transfer the good or service to the customer is
separately identifiable from other promises in the contract.” The ASU
provides the following indicators for evaluating whether a promised good or
service is separable from other promises in a contract:
—“The entity does not provide a significant service
of integrating the good or service with other goods or services promised in
the contract. . . In other words, the entity is not using the good or
service as an input to produce or deliver the combined output specified by
the customer.”
—“The good or service does not significantly modify
or customize another good or service promised in the contract.”
—“The good or service is not highly dependent on,
or highly interrelated with, other goods or services promised in the
contract. For example, . . . a customer could decide to not purchase the
good or service without significantly affecting the other promised goods or
services.”
Options
Certain arrangements in the M&E industry, such as
licenses, may contain options. Under the ASU, an option given to a customer
to acquire additional goods or services represents a performance obligation
if it provides a “material right” to the customer that it otherwise would
not have received without entering into the contract (e.g., “a discount that
is incremental to the range of discounts typically given for those goods or
services to that class of customer in that geographical area or market.”) If
an option is deemed to be a performance obligation, an entity must allocate
a portion of the transaction price to the option and recognize revenue when
control of the goods or services underlying the option is transferred to the
customer or when the option expires.
Determining the Transaction Price
The ASU requires an entity to determine the
transaction price, which is the amount of consideration to which the entity
expects to be entitled in exchange for the promised goods or services in the
contract. The transaction price can be a fixed amount or can vary because of
“discounts, rebates, refunds, credits, price concessions, incentives,
performance bonuses, penalties or other similar items.”
Variable Consideration
Arrangements in the M&E industry may contain
substantial amounts of variable consideration, including deductions (e.g.,
discounts and concessions) and contingent payments (e.g., milestones and
royalties). When the transaction price includes a variable amount, an entity
is required to estimate the variable consideration by using either an
“expected value” (probability-weighted) approach or a “most likely amount”
approach, whichever is more predictive of the amount to which the entity
expects to be entitled (subject to the constraint discussed below.)
Under the ASU, some or all of an estimate of
variable consideration is included in the transaction price (i.e., the
amount to be allocated to each unit of account and recognized as revenue)
only to the extent that it is probable⁴ that subsequent changes in the
estimate would not result in a “significant reversal” of revenue (this
concept is commonly referred to as the “constraint.”)
The ASU requires entities to perform a qualitative
assessment that takes into account both the likelihood and magnitude of a
potential revenue reversal and provides factors that could indicate that an
estimate of variable consideration is subject to significant reversal (e.g.,
susceptibility to factors outside the entity’s influence, a long period
before uncertainty is resolved, limited experience with similar types of
contracts, practices of providing concessions or a broad range of possible
consideration amounts). This estimate and the consideration of the
constraint would be updated in each reporting period to reflect changes in
facts and circumstances.
Sales- or Usage-Based Royalties
Under the ASU, the variable consideration
constraint does not apply to sales- or usage-based royalties derived from
the licensing of intellectual property (IP); rather, for such royalties,
contingent uncertainty is resolved (e.g., when subsequent sales or usage
occurs), whichever occurs later.
Noncash Consideration (Barter Advertising)
Arrangements in the M&E industry may involve
noncash consideration in the form of barter advertising. For example, a
television show producer may license a series to a cable network in return
for consideration that is partially cash and partially on-air advertising.
Under U.S. GAAP, entities have to meet certain criteria before recognizing
the fair value of the barter advertising as revenue. As a result, M&E
entities typically do not recognize advertising rights as assets and only
recognize revenue from such items when they are subsequently sold to a third
party. The ASU eliminates the criteria and requires entities to measure
consideration at fair value whenever a contract includes noncash
consideration.
Significant Financing Component
Entities are required to adjust for the time value
of money if the contract includes a “significant financing component” (as
defined by the ASU). No adjustment is necessary if payment is expected to be
received within one year of the transfer of the goods or services to the
customer. However, when an entity concludes, on the basis of the payment
terms, that there is a significant financing component, the entity should
adjust the sales price when recording revenue to present the amount that
would have been attained had the buyer paid cash for the goods or services
on the date of sale.
The Spotlight also discusses issues such
as recognizing revenue when—or as—the entity satisfies a performance
obligation, licenses, contract modifications, principal-versus-agent
considerations, disclosures, effective date and transition considerations,
such as increased use of judgment and income taxes.
Bob Jensen's threads on revenue recognition controversies ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ecommerce/eitf01.htm
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on October 28, 2014
Rising U.S. life spans spell likely pain for pension funds ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/rising-u-s-lifespans-spell-likely-pain-for-pension-funds-1414430683?mod=djemCFO_h
Longer lives for retirees may add to a squeeze at many
pension funds that are already struggling to plug a gap between available
assets and future obligations to retirees. New estimates on life spans for
both men and women could eventually increase retirement liabilities by
roughly 7% for most corporate plans.
Jensen Comment
The impact on Social Security, Medicare, and Medicaid programs will be even more
devastating, especially Medicare and Medicaid programs that are not presently
sustainable without drastic changes in funding and benefits.
The pending entitlements disaster ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Entitlements.htm
What do you expect when compensation increases are based on eps increases?
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on October 28, 2014
In the
short term, share-buyback plans boost earnings per share—it’s basic math,
and a favorite method for returning cash to shareholders. But at what price?
One in four S&P 500 companies are expected to have given earnings per share
a lift during the recent quarter by purchasing their own shares,
CFO Journal’s
Maxwell Murphy and John Kester report.
But some shareholders and analysts say that money
would be better spent on investing in the business to boost long-term
growth.
Further clouding the picture is the direct
link between earnings per share and compensation for many executives, a
point that some raise to suggest that executives use the
returning-cash-to-shareholders mantra as a shield against charges that they
are more interested in lining their own pockets.
Pay debate aside, repurchases have another
critical function beyond boosting EPS—they can send a signal to the market
that management has confidence in the firm. But historically, companies
don’t have a great track record on timing their repurchases. In fact, quite
the opposite: Companies tend to scoop up their own shares as their stock
prices rise, and dial back purchases during a swoon. Exactly the opposite of
what any investment adviser would recommend. But with corporate cash piles
at such historically high levels, many CFOs feel they have no choice. “We’re
such a cash cow,” said
Home Depot Inc. CFO Carol Tomé. “The last thing we’re going to do
is sit on cash. That is value-destroying to our shareholders.”
Bob Jensen's threads on performance ratios ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/roi.htm
Sustainability Accounting ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sustainability_accounting
A New Assignment for Bob Herz
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on October 15, 2014
Sustainability accounting group taps former FASB chairman
---
http://blogs.wsj.com/cfo/2014/10/21/sustainability-accounting-group-taps-former-fasb-chairman/?mod=djemCFO_h
Robert Herz, the former chairman of the U.S.
Financial Accounting Standards Board, will join the board of the nonprofit
Sustainability Accounting Standards Board, which is working to write
industry standards for corporate sustainability and environmental reporting,
reports CFO Journal’s Emily Chasan. SASB sets voluntary standards for firms
to disclose information on material social, governance, energy and
environmental issues to investors.
Teaching Case
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on October 24, 2014
Sustainability Accounting Group Taps Former FASB Chairman
by:
Emily Chasan
Oct 21, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: SASB, Sustainability
SUMMARY: Robert Herz, the former chairman of the U.S. Financial
Accounting Standards Board, will join the board of the nonprofit
Sustainability Accounting Standards Board, which is working to write
industry standards for corporate sustainability and environmental reporting.
The San Francisco-based SASB, formed in 2011, sets voluntary standards for
corporations to disclose information on material social, governance, energy,
and environmental issues to investors.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: This information is good to share with
accounting majors so that they have full knowledge regarding financial and
nonfinancial reporting.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What is SASB? What is its purpose? How long has
it been in existence?
2. (Advanced) What reporting does it advocate? Is the reporting
required for some or all corporations?
3. (Advanced) What parties might be interested in this kind of
information? Why?
4. (Advanced) Why might corporations be interested in reporting
this information? What advantages could this provide to the corporations?
What problems might it present?
Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast
"Sustainability Accounting Group Taps Former FASB Chairman," by Emily Chasan,
The Wall Street Journal, October 21, 2014
http://blogs.wsj.com/cfo/2014/10/21/sustainability-accounting-group-taps-former-fasb-chairman/?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
Robert Herz, the former chairman of the U.S.
Financial Accounting Standards Board, will join the board of the nonprofit
Sustainability Accounting Standards Board, which is working to write
industry standards for corporate sustainability and environmental reporting.
The San Francisco-based SASB, formed in 2011, sets
voluntary standards for corporations to disclose information on material
social, governance, energy, and environmental issues to investors.
Mr. Herz, who led the FASB from 2002 to 2010 will
join the group’s board of directors on Jan. 15, and “will play an
instrumental role in determining the structure and process” for final
standards,” SASB said in a statement.
Mr. Herz has been a longtime proponent of corporate
disclosure and transparency on nonfinancial information. In 2001, while a
partner at accounting firm PricewaterhouseCoopers he co-wrote a book on
value reporting that suggested more disclosure on nonfinancial information
and intangible assets was needed because they increasingly drive corporate
value.
“SASB standards will enhance the ability of
investors to better understand, compare, and benchmark the impact of
material sustainability information on companies across various industries,”
Mr. Herz said in a statement.
The move is the SASB’s third major appointment of
former officials this year. SASB in April named former New York City Mayor
Michael Bloomberg and former Securities and Exchange Commission Chairman
Mary Schapiro to lead its board as chair and vice chair respectively
Free Book
Bridging the Gap between Academic Accounting Research and Professional
Practice
Edited by Elaine Evans, Roger Burritt and James Guthrie
Institute of Chartered Accountants in Australia's Academic Leadership Series
2011
http://www.charteredaccountants.com.au/academic
Why is academic accounting research still lacking
impact and relevance? Why is it considered so detached and worlds apart from
practice and society? These and many more questions are tackled in this new
publication commissioned by the Institute and the Centre for Accounting,
Governance and Sustainability (CAGS) in the School of Commerce at the
University of South Australia.
Each chapter provides fresh insights from leading
accounting academics, policy makers and practitioners. The book triggers a
call for action, with contributors unanimously agreeing more collaboration
is needed between all three elements that make up the accounting profession
- researchers, policy makers and practitioners.
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting research versus the accounting
profession ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#ResearchVersusProfession
ACA Health Insurance Mandate for Employers in 2015 Causes New Obstacles
and Challenges
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on October 15, 2014
With the health law’s insurance mandate for
employers set to kick in next year, companies are trying to avoid the law’s
penalties while holding down costs, using strategies like enrolling
employees in Medicaid,
the WSJ reports. The
law’s penalties, which can amount to about $2,000 per employee, take effect
next year for firms that employ at least 100 people.
Insurance brokers and benefits administrators
are pitching companies on strategies to keep a lid on expenses that exploit
wrinkles in the law. The Medicaid option is drawing particular interest from
companies with low-wage workers, brokers say.
Locals 8 Restaurant Group
LLC, with about 1,000 workers, already offers health coverage, and
next year plans to reduce some employees’ premiums so as to avoid running
afoul of the law’s standard for affordability. It will also help eligible
employees enroll in Medicaid, using a contractor called
BeneStream Inc.
Such maneuvers could fuel controversy as costs are shifted to taxpayers, but
BeneStream said its business is growing rapidly.
Bob Jensen's threads on health care insurance ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Health.htm
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on October 24, 2014
The FASB is finalizing amendments to its
consolidation guidance. While the Board's deliberations have largely focused
on the investment management industry, its decisions could significantly
impact the consolidation conclusions of reporting entities in other
industries. Deloitte's “Heads Up” discusses the FASB's key tentative
decisions to date regarding amendments to its consolidation guidance.
Continue Reading Today's Article »
Read More Deloitte Insights »
PwC: IFRS and US GAAP:
similarities and differences - 2014 edition (224 pages) ---
Click Here
http://www.pwc.com/us/en/cfodirect/issues/ifrs-adoption-convergence/ifrs-and-us-gaap-similarities-and-differences.jhtml?display=/us/en/cfodirect/issues/accounting-reporting
Consolidation accounting rules differences begin on
Page 187
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on October 24, 2014
While compliance activities are among
the foundational responsibilities of a finance chief,
Western Union Co.
CFO Rajesh Agrawal told CFOJ’s Noelle Knox
that they can also confer a leg up on rivals in an
industry that faces a particularly tough and ever-shifting landscape of
rules and regulations.
Western Union is the company many people
think about when they need to send money abroad. The pioneer, founded in
1851, is facing new competition from
PayPal,
Apple Inc. and
Wal-Mart Stores Inc.,
as well as new geopolitical risks around the world, but Mr. Agrawal said he
is confident that his firm’s focus on compliance will help it stay ahead.
“PayPal and Apple have introduced things, but to have a digital challenge on
a global scale you need to have the compliance and operational relationships
and infrastructures that handle these regulations, and that is not anything
anyone can replicate any time soon.”
Highlighting the challenge of keeping
pace with regulatory changes,
BDO Consulting
has been named as the
new independent compliance monitor for Western Union,
becoming the money-transfer firm’s fourth monitor in less than five years.
Amazon is Exhibit A for Tech
Companies That Focus on Revenues Due to Losses Reported by Accrual Accounting
In Amazon's case investors seem satisfied with the future rather than the past
history of accrual accounting losses
From the CFO Journal's
Morning Ledger on October 24, 2014
Amazon’s spending leads to biggest in 14 years
http://online.wsj.com/articles/amazons-spending-leads-to-another-loss-1414095239?mod=djemCFO_h
Amazon.com Inc. reported
a loss of $427 million in the third quarter, despite a 20% boost in sales,
as the company’s investments in new businesses and services weighed on the
bottom line. So far this year, the company’s new offerings include a
hand-held grocery-ordering device, unlimited e-book rental and streaming
services, and its first set-top box and smartphone. GigaOm
reads the tea leaves—aka
North American Sales, Other—to find that AWS sales were $1.34 billion, up
from $960 billion for the year-ago quarter. Recent announcements concerning
its Amazon Web Services division include
its AWS Directory Service and a new region in Frankfurt, Germany.
From the CFO Journal's
Morning Ledger on October 24, 2014
Uncool Microsoft is hot once again|
http://online.wsj.com/articles/microsofts-cloud-growth-continues-1414095291?mod=djemCFO_h
Microsoft Corp.’s
sales continue to defy expectations by growing at a much faster clip than
those of its business-technology peers. Microsoft’s revenue rose 11% from a
year earlier in the three months ended Sept. 30, excluding Nokia’s
mobile-phone business that Microsoft purchased last spring. Meanwhile,
International Business
Machines Corp.,
Hewlett-Packard Co. and
Oracle Corp.
posted shrinking or slow sales growth.
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on October 15, 2014
For Southwest Airlines, steep learning curve
http://online.wsj.com/articles/steep-learning-curve-for-southwest-airlines-as-it-flies-overseas-1413326936?mod=djemCFO_h
Southwest Airlines Co.’s
addition of overseas flights has required big changes at the Dallas-based
airline, including revamping its reservation system and retraining its
staff. The airline grew into the nation’s fourth biggest over the past four
decades by flying exclusively within the U.S. But with dwindling growth
opportunities at home, it has started launching flights to the Caribbean and
two tourist destinations in Mexico, with other international routes coming
soon.
From the CFO Journal's
Morning Ledger on October 15, 2014
The ground is shifting on international tax
law, and firms are racing to make moves ahead of rule changes and regulatory
pressures from governments in the U.S. and elsewhere. In the U.S., the
Treasury Department’s new rules meant to stop companies from engaging in
inversion deals to relocate abroad for better tax treatment appear to be
having their intended effect. Ireland has moved to close one of the world’s
most well-known corporate tax loopholes. And now China has announced its
intention to crack down on multinational tax schemes.
U.S.-based pharmaceutical giant
AbbVie Inc. has
notified Shire PLC
that its board intends to reconsider its recommendation that AbbVie
shareholders adopt the companies’ merger agreement,
the WSJ reports. That
marks the latest high-profile planned inversion deal to potentially collapse
after Treasury’s rules took effect. Meanwhile, Ireland’s government said it
will
change its tax code to
require that all Irish-registered companies be tax residents in Ireland
within the next six years.
“The supertanker is turning,” said Heather
Self, a tax expert with Pinsent Masons LLP in London. “We are moving toward
some tax being paid somewhere on all income.”
"Ireland to Close ‘Double Irish’ Tax Loophole Change to Come
Slowly, Particularly Affecting U.S. Tech Firms Like Google and Facebook," by
Sam Schechner, The Wall Street Journal, October 14, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/ireland-to-close-double-irish-tax-loophole-1413295755?tesla=y&mod=djemCFO_h&mg=reno64-wsj
The Irish government moved on Tuesday to close one
of the world’s best-known corporate-tax loopholes, in a step that could
boost overseas income tax for a wide range of U.S. companies, particularly
in the technology sector.
Ireland will change its tax code to require that
all Irish-registered companies be tax residents in Ireland within the next
six years, slowly ending a tax-optimization structure known as the “Double
Irish,” Irish Finance Minister Michael Noonan said in a parliamentary
address to introduce the 2015 budget.
“Aggressive tax planning by the multinational
companies has been criticized by governments across the globe, and has
damaged the reputation of many countries,” Mr. Noonan said.
Ireland’s decision to close the loophole follows
heavy pressure from other governments and the European Union amid a broader
effort to update tax rules written before the Internet era. Countries want
to make it more difficult for companies such as Google Inc. GOOGL +0.72% and
Facebook Inc. FB -0.42% to funnel billions in non-U.S. profits to offshore
tax havens such as Bermuda and the Cayman Islands.
“The supertanker is turning,” said Heather Self, a
tax expert with Pinsent Masons LLP in London. “We are moving toward some tax
being paid somewhere on all income.”
The Double Irish uses a twist in Irish law to send
royalty payments for intellectual property from one Irish-registered
subsidiary to another that resides for tax purposes in a country with no
corporate income taxes. While the total number of companies that use the
structure isn’t publicly disclosed, hundreds of companies funnel tens of
billions of dollars a year in profit to tax havens via Ireland, including
many practitioners in the tech and pharmaceutical sectors, tax experts say.
The structure or variants are used by companies
including Facebook, LinkedIn Corp. LNKD +1.50% Microsoft Corp. MSFT +0.18%
and VMware Inc., VMW -1.16% according to corporate filings. Google alone
used the structure to send €8.8 billion ($11.2 billion) in royalties in 2012
to a Bermuda-based company registered in Ireland.
“We’re deeply committed to Ireland and will work to
implement these changes as they become law,” said a spokesman for Google.
Facebook, LinkedIn, Microsoft and VMware all
declined to comment on the Double Irish in recent days.
Ireland’s move comes amid increasing tension
between European governments and a cadre of largely U.S. tech superpowers
over a range of issues from taxes to privacy. The EU is probing Amazon.com
Inc. AMZN +0.61% ’s tax arrangements with Luxembourg, and alleged that tax
deals between Apple Inc. AAPL -1.06% and Ireland amount to illegal state
aid. Google has seen an antitrust settlement it struck with the EU crumble.
It also faces privacy probes in multiple EU countries and is fighting a
French tax bill that could surpass €1 billion ($1.28 billion).
EU officials reacted with cautious optimism to
Ireland’s changes, saying they validate a strategy of pressuring companies
to make changes while pursuing new rules within the Organization for
Economic Cooperation and Development.
“It is important that we push this agenda to fight
against tax fraud and avoidance as hard as possible,” said Algirdas Semeta,
the EU’s taxation commissioner. “And that provides good results, be it on
the European or on the national level.”
But tax experts and European politicians are
already raising questions about the lengthy phaseout period.
“The transition period…is not very ambitious,” said
Lothar Binding, financial spokesman for Germany’s ruling Social Democratic
Party. “It is very long.”
While the new rule takes effect in January, Mr.
Noonan said it won’t be applied to companies currently using the structure
until the end of 2020, giving a six-year window for companies to come into
compliance.
At the same time, the minister said Ireland would
introduce measures to persuade international corporations to stay in
Ireland, where tech companies have pumped in large investments, turning
Dublin into a hub.
Mr. Noonan said the country would never budge on
its low 12.5% corporate tax rate—earning a cheer from lawmakers.
He also said Ireland would create a new tax rate
for income derived from intellectual property, potentially offsetting some
of the tax hit for companies that would have to declare tax residency in
Ireland.
Mr. Noonan didn’t give details, but such so-called
patent boxes, while used by several countries including the U.K. and the
Netherlands, are under investigation by the EU. The outcome of one
investigation is due by the end of the year.
“A patent box is clearly the national tax incentive
of choice in the first part of this century, and the minister is giving a
clear signal that Ireland will not be left behind here,” said Feargal
O’Rourke, head of tax at PricewaterhouseCoopers in Ireland.
Given these incentives and the long lead time
before the Double Irish disappears entirely, it is unclear what the tax hit
will be for affected companies.
Companies will likely need to restructure their
operations, to reflect the new rules and pay higher taxes than now, tax
experts say. But Ireland and other countries might race to offer other
incentives to lure companies, helping to damp the blow.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
Occasionally in my Web surfing I encounter a working paper or even a published
article that contains an order:
"Do not cite without permission." I assume this also means do not link to the
paper even though it is linked on Google.
This clause strikes me as unethical in an academic world. At
worst it enables the authors to avoid being criticized for data, research
methods, and/or findings. At best it encourages replies suggesting improvements
to the authors but not the rest of the world, which to me strikes me as being
selfish and self-serving for the authors.
We obviously cannot ban such papers from the Web, but we can
certainly ignore such papers.
But what if we don't ignore them? We can refer to the findings as
"anonymous" without quoting from the papers or giving the authors their due
credit.
For example, one paper in question that I stumbled on this
morning concludes that married women at all levels in the USA full-time female
workforce are paid more on average than unmarried women. To me this is a
misleading finding. There is a skewness in marriage where there are higher
proportions of unmarried women at younger ages. Workers in general tend to be
paid less at younger ages. Hence, the lower pay of single women probably has
more to do with age than marital status.
Cancellation of Debt (COD)
Good News and Bad News ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cancellation_of_Debt_%28COD%29_Income
Good News: The lender has cancelled the remaining debt and interest that
you owe
Bad News: A COD becomes taxable income
"Proposed regs. would eliminate 36-month testing period from COD reporting
requirements," by Sally P. Schreiber, Journal of Accountancy, October 14,
2014 ---
http://www.journalofaccountancy.com/News/201411126.htm
Because the IRS believes that
requiring the filing of Form 1099-C, Cancellation of Debt, at the
expiration of a 36-month nonpayment of debt testing period “creates
confusion for taxpayers” and does not increase tax compliance, the Service
released proposed regulations to eliminate the rule (REG-136676-13).
Under Sec. 6050P and its regulations,
cancellation-of-debt (COD) income of $600 or more must be reported on Form
1099-C when any of eight identifiable events occur. Seven of these events
are specific instances that actually result in a discharge of debt, such as
an agreement between the creditor and debtor. The eighth, the expiration of
the nonpayment testing period, does not actually result from a discharge and
may be difficult to determine. It may also be confusing to debtors who
receive these forms and do not know whether to report the amount in income.
The nonpayment testing period is a
36-month period during which a creditor has not received any payments from
the debtor, which creates a presumption that the loan was discharged, thus
triggering the Form 1099-C filing requirement. The creditor can rebut this
presumption by showing significant, bona fide collection activity or other
facts and circumstances that indicate the debt has not been discharged.
The nonpayment testing period was added to
the regulations in 1996 in response to creditors’ concerns that the prior
facts-and-circumstances test for determining when an identifiable event had
occurred was not sufficiently clear to allow them to determine when
reporting was required. Commenters requested that reporting be required
after a fixed period during which no collection efforts have been made. The
result was the 36-month nonpayment testing period.
However, the IRS has determined that,
although creditors must file Form 1099-C at the end of the 36-month period,
it does not mean the debt has necessarily been canceled. As a result, the
recipient of the form is often confused about whether he or she must report
the amount as COD income if the debt has not actually been discharged.
In 2012, the IRS asked for comments
about whether the rule should be retained (Notice
2012-65). All the comments that were received
recommended that the rule be removed or revised. In response, the proposed
regulations will remove Regs. Secs. 1.6050P-1(b)(2)(i)(H), (b)(2)(iv), and
(b)(2)(v) (the nonpayment
From The Wall Street Journal Weekly Accounting Review on October 17,
2014
The Big Mystery: What's Big Data Really Worth?
by:
Vipal Monga
Oct 13, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Asset Valuation, Data, Intangible
Assets, Valuation
SUMMARY: As more companies traffic in
information and use big-data analytic tools to find ways to generate
revenue, the lack of standards for valuing data leaves a widening gap in our
understanding of the modern business world. Corporate holdings of data and
other "intangible assets," such as patents, trademarks and copyrights, could
be worth more than $8 trillion, roughly equivalent to the gross domestic
product of Germany, France and Italy combined. The issue isn't confined to
the tech industry. Supermarket operator Kroger Co., for example, records
what customers buy at its more than 2,600 stores and also tracks the
purchasing history of its roughly 55 million loyalty-card members. It sifts
this data for trends and then, through a joint venture, sells the
information to the vendors who stock its shelves with goods ranging from
cereals to sodas.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: This is an excellent
financial accounting article regarding the accounting for the value of data
collection and information.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What "big data" is discussed in the article? Why
is this type of data so valuable? Who is interested in that information? How
could the information be used in businesses?
2. (Advanced) In general, what are the rules for accounting for
intangible assets? Is that the same treatment used to account for this type
of collected data? How is the value presented in annual reports? How are the
various costs booked? What accounts are affected?
3. (Advanced) What is FASB? Why would FASB be involved with big
data? How has FASB been dealing with this issue?
4. (Advanced) What companies and industries are more likely to be
affected by this accounting issue? Why are they affected? What industries or
types of business are not as likely to be affected by this issue?
5. (Advanced) Should the users of the financial statements be
interested in the value of a company's data? Why or why not? How does the
value (or lack of value) affect the business and, as a result, affect the
users of the financial statements?
6. (Advanced) What are the issues involved with valuing data that
makes it more challenging to value that other assets? How should this issue
be resolved?
Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast
RELATED ARTICLES:
Trouble with Big Data: If You Can't Value it, You Can't Insure it.
by Vipal Monga
Oct 13, 2014
Online Exclusive
"The Big Mystery: What's Big Data Really Worth?" by Vipal Monga, The Wall
Street Journal, October 13, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/whats-all-that-data-worth-1413157156?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
What groceries you buy, what Facebook FB +2.23%
posts you “like” and how you use GPS in your car: Companies are building
their entire businesses around the collection and sale of such data.
The problem is that no one really knows what all
that information is worth. Data isn’t a physical asset like a factory or
cash, and there aren’t any official guidelines for assessing its value.
“It’s flummoxing that companies have better
accounting for their office furniture than their information assets,” said
Douglas Laney, an analyst at technology research and consulting firm Gartner
Inc. IT +2.06% “You can’t manage what you don’t measure.”
As more companies traffic in information and use
big-data analytic tools to find ways to generate revenue, the lack of
standards for valuing data leaves a widening gap in our understanding of the
modern business world.
Corporate holdings of data and other “intangible
assets,” such as patents, trademarks and copyrights, could be worth more
than $8 trillion, according to Leonard Nakamura, an economist at the Federal
Reserve Bank of Philadelphia. That’s roughly equivalent to the gross
domestic product of Germany, France and Italy combined.
These intangibles are becoming an evermore
important part of the global economy. The value of patents, for example, has
become a major driver of both mergers and lawsuits for technology giants
like Google Inc., GOOGL +2.36% Apple Inc. AAPL +1.87% and Samsung
Electronics Co. 005930.SE -0.91% But those assets don’t appear on company
financial statements.
“We want some kind of accounting information about
it, so you have a better idea of how companies are investing for growth,”
said Mr. Nakamura.
The issue isn’t confined to the tech industry.
Supermarket operator Kroger Co. KR +0.68% records what customers buy at its
more than 2,600 stores and also tracks the purchasing history of its roughly
55 million loyalty-card members. It sifts this data for trends and then,
through a joint venture, sells the information to the vendors who stock its
shelves with goods ranging from cereals to sodas.
Consumer-products makers like Procter & Gamble Co.
PG -1.32% and Nestlé SA are willing to pay for those insights because it
allows them to tailor their products and marketing to consumer preferences.
Mr. Laney and others estimate that Kroger rakes in
$100 million a year from data sales. But Kroger executives are mum on the
subject.
Kroger does say that it follows generally accepted
accounting principles, which prohibit companies from treating data as an
asset or counting money spent collecting and analyzing the data as
investments instead of costs.
The Financial Accounting Standards Board, the
nation’s accounting authority, has struggled to update its rules for an
economy increasingly driven by information and intellectual property. FASB
has debated the question of intangible assets twice between 2002 and 2007.
Both times, complications convinced the agency to drop it from the agenda.
Last month, however, members of the advisory council again advised the board
to research intangibles, said agency spokeswoman Christine Klimek.
Among the issues: how to account for time employees
spent gathering data—as an expense or a capital investment?
Companies also would have to estimate the
shelf-life of their data, figure out its future worth and track and report
any changes in its value. Crunching those numbers would be relatively easy
for a physical asset like a factory. But in the squishy world of
intangibles, there’s little precedent for such calculations.
“When those kinds of questions arise, they
overwhelm the matter,” said Dennis Beresford, who was FASB’s chairman from
1987 to 1997.
The lack of consensus on how to measure data’s
value creates an especially big blind spot for investors in tech giants like
Facebook Inc., eBay Inc. EBAY +1.30% and Google, which rely on the data they
collect for the bulk of their revenue.
“A lot of what is going on at the companies is not
being reflected in public disclosures or the accounting,” said Glen Kernick,
a managing director at investment-banking and valuation advisory firm Duff &
Phelps Corp.
Facebook, eBay and Google have combined assets
minus combined debt of $125 billion. But the combined value of shares is
$660 billion. The difference reflects the stock market’s understanding that
the companies’ prize assets, such as search algorithms, patents and enormous
troves of information on their users and customers, don’t show up on their
balance sheets. That leads many investors to value them by other, more
volatile benchmarks, such as cash flow or the economic outlook.
Many experts argue that investors don’t need to
know the specific value of intangible assets like data. They say a company’s
stock price reflects the market’s appraisal of those assets.
“Data is worthless if you don’t know how to use it
to make money,” said Laura Martin, an analyst with Needham & Co. Information
on individual users loses value over time as they move or their tastes
change, she added. That makes data a perishable commodity and more difficult
to value at any given moment.
But relying on the collective wisdom of the market
can be dangerous. Many investors lost their shirts in the dot-com bust of
2000, which followed a buying frenzy fueled by the widespread belief that
traditional metrics for value and risk didn’t matter in the “new economy.”
One of the rare times that companies put a price
tag on data is during corporate takeovers. In fact, the value of the data to
be acquired in a deal is becoming an important consideration in mergers,
said Bruce Den Uyl, managing director at consulting firm AlixPartners LLP.
Nielsen NLSN -1.66% Holdings NV, which tracks what
people watch on television and buy in stores, acquired radio-audience
tracker Arbitron Inc. for $1.3 billion in September 2013. As part of that
deal, Nielsen broke out the intangible assets it acquired on its balance
sheet, including “customer-related intangibles” worth $271 million.
That item included the value of long-term customer
relationships as well as customer lists, but Nielsen didn’t specify how much
it paid for either.
Nielsen doesn’t give a value for the data it has
created on its own. But it assigned a value of $1.98 billion of
customer-related intangibles and $4.82 billion of other intangibles it had
acquired as of the end of the first quarter.
Nielsen declined to comment.
Mr. Den Uyl said that he values data based on how
companies will use it to make money, and its expected life. He likened the
process to solving a puzzle, in which he first values all the other acquired
assets and then assigns some of what’s left to data and goodwill.
A spate of hot patent auctions shows there is an
active market for some intangibles, said Alex Poltorak, chairman and chief
executive officer of General Patent Corp., which helps companies license and
protect their patents.
Nortel Networks Corp. NRTLQ -2.44% sold its
technology patents for $4.5 billion in 2011. That is more than the $3.2
billion it got from the sale of its operating businesses after filing for
bankruptcy protection in 2009.
That disconnect, Mr. Poltorak said, highlights how
“the accounting profession has completely failed modern business in not
being able to catch up to new forms of property.”
Information Economics ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Information_economics
As the discipline of the economics of information took leaps in since the
1960s so did the problems of estimating values and prices of information
From the CFO Journal's
Morning Ledger on October 10, 2014
As more companies traffic in information, the
lack of standards for valuing data leaves a widening gap in our
understanding of the modern business world,
CFO Journal’s Vipal Monga writes. The
Financial Accounting Standards Board, the nation’s accounting authority, has
struggled to update its rules for an economy increasingly driven by
information and intellectual property.
Among the issues: how to account for time
employees spent gathering data—as an expense or a capital investment?
There’s also the challenge of trying to estimate the shelf-life of their
data, figure out its future worth and track and report any changes in its
value. But in the squishy world of intangibles, there’s little precedent for
such calculations.
“It’s flummoxing that companies have
better accounting for their office furniture than their information assets,”
said Douglas Laney, a Gartner Inc. analyst. “You can’t manage what you don’t
measure.”
Jensen Comment
As a commodity, information is unique. There are many externalities in gathering
(e.g. privacy concerns) and disseminating (e.g., fraud and public safety) as
well as free riders.
Consider information versus
gasoline as commodities.
Both commodities must be "discovered" and "mined" at significant costs. Both
commodities must be disseminated at significant costs. But information is much
harder to value for a number of reasons, not the least of which is the "free
rider problem" of information as a commodity. This complicated
financial analysis and auditing for years. Once somebody pays for an audit there
may be millions of investors who benefit for free from that verification
process. Once somebody pays an analyst to evaluate an investment alternative
it's common for the evaluations to leak out. Even if the analysis is kept secret
there are related leakages. For example, CREF might not reveal the huge amount
it spent for and what it learned from an in-depth financial analysis of a
company, but results are indirectly available in the public information of the
CREF portfolios in various investment categories.
When broker reveals to a
customer what the brokerage firm paid a lot to learn about an investment
alternative, the information is generally free public information once customers
begin to share on the coconut wireless what they learned.
My point is that information is
hard to value because it's so hard to contain from the free riders.
Gasoline is consumed only by
those who pay for the rides, thereby making gasoline much easier to value than
information.
The value of gasoline inventory
can be insured. Usually the value of information cannot be insured ---
http://blogs.wsj.com/cfo/2014/10/13/trouble-with-big-data-if-you-cant-value-it-you-cant-insure-it/?mod=djemCFO_h
Information is also hard to
value due to synergies from bundling. Value may mostly be dependent upon what it
is bundled with and how it is bundled. Gasoline has much less synergy from
bundling, although its value might rise or fall from the development of
substitutes such as battery-powered vehicles.
Information is also subject to
entropy and uncertainty ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Entropy_%28information_theory%29
"What's the Investment Really Worth?" by Ann Grimes, The Wall
Street Journal, December 3, 2003 --- http://online.wsj.com/article/0,,SB107041216487726000,00.html?mod=mkts%5Fmain%5Fnews%5Fhs%5Fh
In Venture-Capital World, 'Standard Valuation' Rules
Could Clear Up Questions
In a sign that the private-equity world may be
starting to feel the impact of corporate reorganization, an industry group
Tuesday unveiled a set of guidelines aimed at standardizing the way private
companies are valued.
The move by a self-appointed but influential
coalition, the Private Equity Industry Guidelines Group, comes in response to
pressure for more transparency and consistency in valuing private-equity
investments -- the business of corporate buyouts and venture capital.
Historically, private-equity-investment valuations have been as much art as
science, sometimes creating a scattering of valuations among firms holding the
same investments.
It is far from clear what impact the proposals will
have on venture-capital and buyout funds, which hold billions of dollars in
investments in closely held companies. The proposals are voluntary, and some
top-tier investors said the recommendations, while welcome, wouldn't affect
their funding choices. And the industry's National Venture Capital Association
has yet to endorse the proposals.
Still, the collapse of the technology sector has
prompted investors in venture-capital funds -- which include wealthy
individuals, college endowments and pension funds -- to express concerns that
those funds failed to reflect potentially big losses in their investment
portfolios.
The guidelines, hammered out after a year of debate,
were endorsed by 15 of the 18 firms represented on the PEIGG board, including
HarborVest Partners LLC, Bank of America Corp. and the University of
California Regents. The three other firms are expected to offer their
endorsement shortly, the group said.
"A common valuation system agreed on by both
limited and general partners is an important step in the growth and maturation
of the private-equity industry," said PEIGG Chairman William Franklin,
managing director, Bank of America Capital Corp.
Under the standards, venture-capital, leverage-buyout
and other private-equity firms will be encouraged to adhere to a
"fair-market value" approach consistent with generally accepted
accounting principles when determining the value of private companies.
The drive for standardization stems in part from the
sometimes wildly different values recorded for similar investments. A case in
point: Santera Systems, Inc. Last year, The Wall Street Journal reported that
the same series of preferred stock in the Texas-based telecommunications firm
was being valued at $4.42 a share by Austin Ventures at the same time that
Sequoia Capital held it at 46 cents a share.
Fair value is defined by the U.S. accounting industry
as "the amount at which an investment could be exchanged in a current
transaction between unrelated willing parties, other than in a forced
liquidation sale," the group said.
Currently, many private-equity industry-fund managers
rely on historic cost as an approximation of fair-market value. While that may
be a reliable estimate in the short run, at some point, "cost or the
latest round of financing becomes less reliable as an approximation of fair
value," the PEIGG guidelines say.
The PEIGG guidelines recommend fund managers update
the value of their portfolios on a quarterly basis, and review them rigorously
at least once a year. They also recommend the establishment of valuation
committees composed of investors to calculate valuations using a common
methodology, an effort to minimize fund-manager bias.
"If you don't have standards, it's difficult to
compare apples to apples," says Rick Hayes, senior investment officer at
the California Employees' Retirement System, the nation's largest public
pension fund, which is in more than 360 limited partnerships. Mr. Hayes, who
is involved with another industry group, the Institutional Limited Partners
Association, has reviewed the guidelines and says he is supportive of the
effort.
Another source of pressure: fear of government
regulation. "When I reflect back on when the group was formed in the
fourth quarter of 2001, back then we were being bombarded with news of one
corporate scandal after another in the public sector," Mr. Franklin said
in an interview. "We felt at the time the government or regulators were
going to potentially step in once they got done with our public brethren. That
clearly was one of the motivating factors in developing guidelines."
The recommendations will allow private-equity firms
to periodically "write up" investments carried on their books at
lower-than-market costs. While general partners were slow to write down
losses, they are hesitant to mark them up. "That gives a very slanted
view of the portfolio," Mr. Franklin says.
At Calpers, Mr. Hayes, referring to a quickly
appreciating investment, says: "The accuracy of that number is very
important." That is because the way private equity works it can affect
how much of the profit distribution goes to a general partner versus a limited
partner. It can affect the LP's assessment of its own portfolio status. And it
can affect the price that an LP may able to get if they wanted to sell its
interest in the fund.
Jim Breyer, managing partner at Accel Partners in
Palo Alto, Calif., says the guidelines are "a move in the right
direction," though he is doubtful about adopting them in full. He says he
supports more consistency because "there still are a number of firms who
don't write down aggressively enough."
The next step for PEIGG is to send out their proposal
for more feedback from, and it is hoped endorsements by, other industry
groups, some of whom -- including ILPA and the Association for Investment
Management and Research -- are considering guidelines of their own.
Bob Jensen's threads on
valuation ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/roi.htm
Jean Tirole ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jean_Tirole
Resume ---
http://idei.fr/vitae.php?i=3
"Nobel for Charles Barkley of Economics," by Noah Smith,
Bloomberg View, October 13, 2014 ---
http://www.bloombergview.com/articles/2014-10-13/nobel-for-charles-barkley-of-economics
I
managed to call this year’s Economics Nobel
correctly. Actually, it wasn’t difficult. Jean Tirole is a name uttered so
frequently in the field that the most surprising thing about his
Nobel
win today was that he hadn’t won the
prize already. That’s how the Sveriges Riksbank Prize in Economic Sciences
in Memory of Alfred Nobel works -- it’s usually a lifetime achievement award
rather than an award for a specific innovation or discovery.
That fact made the committee’s
decision particularly hard this year, because
Tirole is an economics polymath. Bill Walton
once said of Charles Barkley: “[He doesn’t] really
play a position. He plays everything. He plays basketball.” Tirole is kind
of like the Charles Barkley of economics, only without the politically
incorrect commentary.
If you could summarize Tirole’s area of research in
a single sentence, it would be about corporations. One might think that
corporations are one of the easiest, most natural things for economists to
study, but one would be wrong -- in fact, many economists wonder why
corporations even exist. A lot of macroeconomic models, for instance, assume
that companies work like Chinese peasants in the Great Leap Forward -- a
million identical little producers, all making steel in their backyards.
Only a few economists have both the mathematical
chops and the sheer mental doggedness to try to slice through the jungle
that is the modern U.S. corporation, but Tirole has both of these. The
machete he wields is
game theory. Game theory is very different from
the typical econ theory you hear about -- Adam Smith’s “invisible hand” is
nowhere to be found. Instead, game theory deals with strategic interactions,
with smart people trying to bluster, wheedle, threaten and team up with each
other.
That sounds a lot like working in a corporation.
And it also sounds a lot like the way corporations interact with each other,
and with the government. The work the Nobel committee finally decided to
cite in Tirole’s award was about the way that government should regulate
firms in different kinds of competitive environments. If you have a
monopoly, that requires different regulation from an oligopoly, which in
turn is different from a perfectly competitive situation. Things such as
mergers and acquisitions require their own sort of regulation, as do
cartels. Adam Smith
warned darkly about cartels but it wasn’t until
the advent of game theory that we understood something about how to deal
with them.
Notice that Tirole’s work on regulation defies the
typical stereotype of what economists do. Many people think that economics
is all about providing justifications for free markets, or assuming that
businesses always do what’s best for their shareholders. Tirole, instead,
takes a more practical approach, dealing with businesses as they are, not as
they should be, and recommending government intervention when such
intervention could improve the situation.
Personally, I’m familiar with a different side of
Tirole’s oeuvre -- his work on finance. Tirole has written
a book on the theory of corporate finance (called,
not surprisingly, “The Theory of Corporate Finance”). It deals with all the
aspects of finance theory that don’t get a lot of attention in the press --
hostile takeovers, for example, or corporations’ bias toward financing
themselves with debt. The basic idea is that to understand how corporations
finance themselves, you have to understand the strategic interactions among
managers, shareholders, bondholders, customers, suppliers, employees, the
government and others. If the Efficient Market Hypothesis -- the idea that
markets rapidly assimilate all information, making it hard for investors to
profit -- makes an appearance in Tirole’s theory, it is only as a very bit
player.
But rest assured, Tirole has also taken on the
topic of asset markets and efficiency. In fact, Tirole has shown not one,
but at least two ways that efficiency could fail and bubbles could
take over. The
first way is if traders think only in the short
term and ignore the long term -- not an unrealistic idea, for those of us
who have met some real-world traders. The
second way results from trading between older and
younger generations. Tirole has also done a lot of theory about financial
crises and liquidity, the things that demonstrated their importance in 2008.
One point to note about Tirole’s work is that it’s
mostly theoretical -- and by “mostly,” I mean everything I’ve ever read or
seen. Another common knock against economists is that they focus too much on
deduction and theory, imagining how people should interact without going out
and seeing how they do interact. But that criticism doesn’t always
hit the mark -- it’s perfectly natural to have a division of labor where
some people make the theories and others test them. And many of Tirole’s
theories are perfectly testable.
There is
a lot more to Tirole’s work than what
I’ve managed to describe here, but that would be true even if I wrote three
times as much as I have. When you’re dealing with the Charles Barkley of
economics, sometimes all you can do is sit back and admire the whole body of
work.
"Q. and A. With Jean Tirole, Economics Nobel Winner," by Binyamin
Appelbaum, The New York Times, October 14, 2014 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2014/10/15/upshot/q-and-a-with-jean-tirole-nobel-prize-winner.html?_r=0&abt=0002&abg=1
. . .
Q. Do you measure your success as an
academic in terms of your ability to rewrite government policy? How much do
you focus on shaping public policy?
A. Not much. In a sense I’m mainly a
researcher. If my recommendations are applied, I’m very happy about it, and
I try to formulate them in simple ways. But you remember Keynes saying
politicians and policy makers use economics that is defunct. There is
something to that. You develop new ideas and they percolate or they don’t.
But my choice has been to stay in the ivory tower. I try to be applied. I
think the work has influenced antitrust authorities. But I think my
competitive advantage is really to try to think about new paradigms.
Continued in article
From the CFO Journal's
Morning Ledger on October 10, 2014
Companies that relocated abroad through
tax-inversion deals are now enjoying more than just a lower tax rate —
they’re seizing the opportunity to engage in another round of deals without
the pressure of the U.S. government’s new rules. Endo
International PLC, which has already completed a tax-inversion
deal, said it would buy Chesterbrook, Pa.-based Auxilium
Pharmaceuticals in a
$2.6 billion cash-and-stock deal, the WSJ’s
Dana Mattioli reports.
Endo was itself based in Pennsylvania until February, when it
closed a deal with Canada-based Paladin
Labs Inc. and resettled
in Dublin. It wasn’t until last month that Treasury officials tightened
rules to make such deals less lucrative.
Those changes caused some chief executives to shelve plans to
engage in inversions, but the rules highlight the advantages that have been
handed to foreign firms—including formerly U.S.-based firms that got out in
time. Even though it is now harder for U.S. firms to initiate inversion
deals, they can still be deal targets of foreign firms and wind up becoming
a foreign company with a lower tax rate.
"IBM Is in Even Worse Shape Than It Seemed," by Nick Summers,
Bloomberg Businessweek, October 20, 2014 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2014-10-20/ibm-is-in-even-worse-shape-than-it-seemed?campaign_id=DN102014
Like a driver obeying the commands of a GPS system
even as passengers shout that the car is clearly headed toward a ditch,
IBM’s chief executive officer, Ginni Rometty, has followed the profit
“roadmap” laid out by her predecessor. The company was going to reach $20 in
adjusted earnings per share by 2015, damn it, even as nine straight quarters
of sinking revenue made that an increasingly untenable feat of financial
engineering. IBM (IBM) laid off workers, fiddled with its tax rate, took on
debt, and bought back a staggering number of its own shares to make the math
work, even as all that left the company less able to compete with the likes
of Amazon.com (AMZN) and Google (GOOG) in cloud computing.
Today Rometty finally abandoned “Roadmap 2015,”
announcing that IBM cannot hit the target after all. IBM also said it will
pay a chipmaker called GlobalFoundries $1.5 billion to take its chip
division off its hands, while also taking a $4.7 billion charge. And IBM
reported its third-quarter results—a 10th consecutive period of falling
sales, marked by weaker performance in growth markets. “We are disappointed
in our performance,” Rometty said in a statement. “We saw a marked slowdown
in September in client buying behavior, and our results also point to the
unprecedented pace of change in our industry.” In response, shares of IBM
were down more than 7 percent on Monday morning, Oct. 20.
I wrote, for a May 22 Bloomberg Businessweek
cover story, about Rometty’s
nearly impossible task of reinventing IBM for the era of cloud computing
while handcuffed by the “Roadmap.” IBM is 103
years old and has survived upheavals in the technology industry
before—selling mainframes, then personal computers, then getting into the
consulting game. Rometty will tell anyone who listens that the changes
demanded of IBM today are as great as they’ve ever been. One question is
whether IBM has the technical chops to compete with Amazon and others: After
losing a lucrative CIA cloud project to the upstart, IBM had to acquire a
small competitor, SoftLayer, to competently provide the services its
customers are now demanding. The arrival of cheap cloud computing means that
corporations don’t need IBM’s big, expensive mainframes. And even if IBM
does catch up, the cloud might be such a thin-margined industry that it
can’t sustain the profit margins IBM had been telling investors to expect.
Until today.
This morning’s selloff is the worst in four years
for IBM, Bloomberg News reported. “IBM needs to find success and growth in
the cloud through organic and acquisitive means,” Daniel Ives, an analyst at
FBR Capital Markets,
told BN. “Otherwise there could be some darker
days ahead for the tech giant and its investors.” In other words: Focus not
on financials but on making stuff people will pay money for, or else.
Continued in article
Debt Versus Equity Debate in
the IASB ---
http://www.accountingeducation.com/index.cfm?page=newsdetails&id=153122
The Fuzzy Zone Between Debt and
Equity ---
From the CFO Journal's
Morning Ledger on October 6, 2014
U.S. companies including Tesla Motors Inc., Twitter
Inc. and Priceline Group Inc. are selling bonds that can later be converted
into stock shares at the fastest clip since 2008, the
WSJ’s
Mike Cherney reports. Businesses like to
sell them because it gives them access to capital at lower rates, and the
buyers like them because it provides the possibility of a considerable
profit if the company’s share value increases.
Violin Memory Inc., a data-storage firm in Santa
Clara, Calif., for instance, sold $105 million in convertible notes last
month. Chief Financial Officer Cory Sindelar said the company opted to sell
the bonds instead of stock because it wanted to minimize the impact on
existing shareholders, who would’ve seen their shares immediately diluted.
Meanwhile, a group of 12 banks is aiming to
streamline the process of buying corporate bonds by creating a one-stop-shop
for the debt instruments, the WSJ’s Katy Burne reports. The initiative,
called “Neptune,” won’t be for executing trades, but rather will link up
banks and investors in the market, just as a mall would bring together
several shops under one roof.
"We've Always Been Deadbeats: Debt is not a new American way," by Scott
Reynolds Nelson, Chronicle of Higher Education, September 10, 2012 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/Borrowed-Dreams/134146/
Bob Jensen's threads on debt
versus equity ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#FAS150
19TH-CENTURY ACCOUNTING LEDGERS
CAN ILLUMINATE LOCAL HISTORY ---
http://www.accountingeducation.com/index.cfm?page=newsdetails&id=153113
New Accounting History Books Worth Noting
Steve Zeff at Rice University is one of the best-known accounting
historians alive today. He's also the current Book Review Editor of
The Accounting Review. This explains, in part, why the July 2013
listing of book reviews four scholarly reference books on accounting
history. I say reference books, because none of the four history books
is light reading to pass the time on airplanes.
The books reviewed in the July 2013 issue of TAR include the
following ---
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/accr-10338
SEBASTIAN BOTZEM, The Politics of Accounting Regulation:
Organizing Transnational Standard Setting in Financial Reporting
(Cheltenham, U.K.: Edward Elgar Publishing, 2012, ISBN
978-1-84980-177-5, pp. x, 223).
Reviewer Scholar: STUART McLEAY
WOLFGANG BURR and ALFRED WAGENHOFER (coordinating editors),
Der Verband der Hoschschullehrer für Betriebswirtschaft:
Geschichte des VHB und Geschichten zum VHB (History of the VHB
and Tales of the VHB) (Wiesbaden, Germany: Gabler Verlag, 2012, ISBN
978-3-8349-2939-6, pp. xxi, 338).
Reviewer Scholar: LISA EVANS
MAHMOUD EZZAMEL, Accounting and Order (New York, NY:
Routledge, 2012, ISBN 978-0-415-48261-5, pp. xx, 482).
Reviewer Scholar: SUDIPTA BASU
GARY PREVITS, PETER WALTON, and PETER WOLNIZER (editors),
A Global History of Accounting, Financial Reporting and Public
Policy: Eurasia, the Middle East and Africa (Bingley, U.K.:
Emerald Group Publishing Limited, 2012, ISBN 978-0-85724-815-2, pp.
xi, 249).
Reviewer Scholar: TIMOTHY S. DOUPNIK
Capsule Commentary on The Future of IFRS (London,
U.K.: Financial Reporting Faculty of the Institute of Chartered
Accountants in England and Wales, 2012, ISBN 978-0-85760-652-5, pp.
25). Downloadable at
www.icaew.com.
Reviewer Commentator: STEPHEN A. ZEFF
The accounting history classic in the set is A Global History
of Accounting, Financial Reporting and Public Policy in four
volumes, the fourth volume of which is reviewed in the above listing.
The entire set is devoted to global development of accounting, financial
reporting, and public policy in several key sovereign states. I don't
think any scholarly library on accounting history would be complete
without the entire set, although accounting professors may not invest in
this set unless they are doing research in accounting history. This is
not light reading. The reviewer, Tim Doupnik notes, that is not a book
aimed at teh textbook market. Rather is "intended to be a historical
source book."
The Accounting for Order (in ancient Egypt) book by Mahmoud
Ezzamel provides more than you probably ever wanted to know about
"Egyptian inscriptions to document the role that accounting played in
numerous spheres and theorizing about how accounting helps to create and
sustain order within these spheres." It is a book that should be in
every accounting history library, although professors who buy the book
are probably historians interested in ancient Egypt society, culture,
and economics. Sadipta Basu nearly always does scholarly work, and his
review of this book is well worth the read.
Most of us cannot read the Wolfgang Burr and Alfred Wagenhofer book
since it is written in German. Lisa Evans is obviously a scholar
in accounting as well as the German language and writes the following in
her review:
This book is written in German and, it
seems, for an audience primarily comprising VHB members, or at least
those familiar with the discipline of Betriebswirtschaft (BWL) and
with the organization of German academe. Therefore, an explicit
account of what distinguishes BWL from related disciplines in other
cultures may not have been felt necessary. However, one of the
difficulties in reviewing this book for an English-speaking
readership is the need to translate German concepts for which there
are no English language equivalents. The very terms
Betriebswirtschaft and Betriebswirtschaftslehre (the science of
Betriebswirtschaft) can be translated as, inter alia, business
administration, business management, business economics, or business
studies.
The lack of an equivalent translation is an
indication of the different histories of related disciplines in
different academic and business traditions. The different possible
translations are also a clue to the breadth of the subject matter
and to difficulties in its demarcation from related disciplines
during its history. This relationship with other disciplines is
explored throughout this book.
In essence, the VHB represents interests
considerably wider than accounting and finance, and many of the
famous names (Schmalenbach, Schmidt, Mahlberg, etc.) associated with
the history of BWL were not, or not only, professors of accounting
in a narrow sense. The VHB's membership represents 16 subject areas
or sub-disciplines: banking and finance; business taxation; academic
management; international management; logistics; marketing;
sustainability management; public business administration;
operations research; organization; human resources management;
production management; accounting; technology, innovation and
entrepreneurship; business information systems; and economic science
(VHB website; see also Chapter 1). The subject group for accounting
was formally constituted in 1977 and includes financial reporting,
managerial accounting, controlling, and auditing (VHB website).
Continued in the book review
The author of The Politics of Accounting Regulation: Organizing
Transnational Standard Setting in Financial Reporting, Sebastian
Botzem, is a political scientist who focuses his particular research
skills to the study of the politics of the International Accounting
Standards Board. The reviewer, stuart Mcleay, writes as follows:
. . .
n its attempt to understand the contested
and political nature of accounting standard setting, this
interdisciplinary book focuses on the structures and the procedures
that enable transnational rule-setting. The author starts with an
outline of the social theory that may explain transnational
accounting standardization, noting that the shared beliefs of
professions have long been able to facilitate the social closure
that is important to self-regulation, but that professional bodies
no longer form the main loci of expertise in accounting standard
setting. This is followed by a condensed account of the IASB's
emergence as the pre-eminent international accounting standard
setter. Botzem claims that, in getting to this position, the IASB
has out-competed a number of other endeavors to draw up
international accounting rules. This is a questionable
interpretation, as the two supposed competitors to the IASB (the
European Community and the United Nations) have not been greatly
concerned with financial reporting standards per se, but,
respectively, with the harmonization of company law across the
member states of the European Union and the wider accountability of
multinational companies. Rather than rival initiatives, these are
components of a complex nexus of overlapping demands by social
actors aimed at constraining the behavior of firms.
The book also attempts to set the scene by
drawing links between global capitalism and the content of
international accounting standards, emphasizing the capital-market
orientation embodied in fair value accounting. This too is overly
simplistic, in my view—we do not have to look far for a
counter-example in the potential usefulness of pension accounting of
employee superannuation funds.
The book continues with a reconstruction of
the organizational development of the IASB, arguing that, while the
privately run standard setter has established the necessary
procedures to consult with interested parties, it has done so
without handing over too much influence. In this respect, the author
claims that the IASB has subordinated democratic accountability to
the effectiveness of expertise-based standardization. This is a
well-worn debate among accounting researchers, practitioners, and
standard setters, not only the IASB. It is particularly instructive
that the revised conceptual framework issued jointly by the IASB and
FASB now limits the range of addressees of general purpose financial
reporting to investors, lenders and other creditors, explicitly to
assist them in making decisions about providing resources to the
entity. Needless to say, political scientists should be aware that
various social actors have sought to foist their own public policy
objectives onto the regulation of financial statements, in an
attempt to extend the remit of standard setting beyond that of
financial reporting. Our understanding of the IASB requires in turn
a greater appreciation of international consensus over the public
policy objectives financial statements.
Finally, the book reports on the author's
own empirical research on organizational structures and processes,
by providing an analysis of the dominant individuals and the most
influential organizations within the IASB's wider network.
Throughout the book, the IASB is portrayed
as “a successful, private, transnational, regulatory body,” whose
efforts to be outside of politics are nevertheless fundamentally
political in nature. While the IASB is often referred to as a
“regulator” in this way (both in this book and elsewhere), the
broader perspective is that law-makers, together with the financial
regulators and delegated agencies that produce “soft law,”
contribute jointly to the complex framework of requirements that are
placed on the regulated. At the same time, the multinational
operations of regulated firms readily introduce legal and regulatory
extraterritorialities that muddle institutional boundaries. While
Botzem grapples with some of these complexities, and introduces the
reader to useful universal notions such as “boundary spanning” when
generalizing the diffusion of transnational standards over different
social domains, a fuller understanding of the particularities of the
IASB as a regulatory body requires a more developed appreciation of
the way in which the various institutions of corporate regulation
interact in influencing financial reporting. For instance, not only
is the black letter of corporate law transposed readily from one
jurisdiction to another, so too are the formal and informal rules
and processes of accounting (as they have been since the Middle
Ages). The level of statist interaction, or emulation, was already
high before the advent of the IASB. I suspect that cultural
specificity in accounting is marginal, and that other factors, such
as differences in industrial structure, may explain not only
international accounting practice differentiation (Jaafar and McLeay
2007) but also the within-country alliances that influence statist
regulatory differentiation.
In the latter part of the book, the
analysis of the Board membership is based to a great extent on the
CVs of the individuals involved. In contrast, the analysis of the
other IASB bodies that are investigated (the Standards Advisory
Council, SAC; the International Financial Reporting Interpretations
Committee, IFRIC; and the trustees) depends greatly on the
assumption that each member of these bodies is a “representative” of
their employer. While the modeling is detailed, it builds on shaky
ground in this respect. For example, a small number of universities
are listed as employing organizations (Genoa, Northwestern, São
Paulo, Tama, Unitec NZ, Waseda, and Wellington). It is difficult to
believe that these organizations are “represented” in any way on
IASB committees, and there is no obvious reason to expect that the
individuals involved necessarily act as representatives of the wider
academic community. Likewise, it is not necessarily the case that an
employee of the General Electric Company is a “representative” of
GE, who is just as likely to have been voted in by dint of other
alliances or even on the basis of individual competences. Although
it may be reasonable to infer that an employee of the Korean
Accounting Standards Board is a “representative” of the KASB, or
even of standard setters in general, it is still plausible that
individual factors are as important as institutional representation
in motivating involvement with the IASB, including membership of
other networks. We require a deeper understanding of these
interacting alliances formed by individual members. Moreover, the
analysis would benefit from including the membership of the IASB's
Monitoring Board, which consists of capital market regulators.
Other aspects of the analysis in this book
are similarly underdeveloped. Speaking of one current Board member,
who has worked in India, Europe, and the United States, it is noted
that “[h]e is a member of both the Institute of Chartered
Accountants of India and the American Institute of CPAs and
therefore can be considered to be the ninth ‘Anglo-American'
representative on the Board” (pp. 132–133). It does seem, here, as
though an awkward fact is not allowed to get in the way of a good
story. Unfortunately, the research places too much weight on the
cliché of “Anglo-American domination.” It would be equally valid to
interpret previous employment and early training with large audit
firms as direct experience of international accounting, in
transnational firms that command a global market in accounting and
audit services. For instance, at the time of writing, just one of
these firms has offices in 771 cities across 158 countries, with its
employees distributed throughout Europe (34%), North America (25%),
Asia (21%) and elsewhere (20%)—see PwC's Global Annual Review 2012.
The author stretches the same point in
other ways: “in their daily work the Board members draw on a
foundation of experience rooted in an Anglo-American philosophy
marked by an appreciation for private sector self-regulation and
skepticism toward state intervention” (p. 133). Yet the 18 extracts
from author interviews with IASB members (Tweedie is quoted nine
times and Whittington four times) and others (Cairns is quoted
twice, Mackintosh twice, and Mau once) provide little evidence of
such attitudes, and the hypothesis therefore remains untested.
Indeed, given that one of the main conclusions is that the IASB mode
of expert-based self-regulation is under-representative of the users
of accounting information, one might conclude that this is a very
limited set of interviewees.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
I might add that accounting history is monumentally neglected in our
North American accountancy doctoral programs and in our academic
accountancy departments and in our top accounting research journals.
Academic researchers prefer to take the easy way out by beating
purchased database pinatas with sticks until findings, mostly
uninteresting findings, fall into research journals that are largely
ignored by the profession and accounting teachers ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm#Essays
The Sebastian Botzem book should probably be required reading in a
course (probably an economics course) on the history and politics of
regulation. Such a course would not be common in accounting departments.
Great credit should be given to the great success that the IASB has had
to date in bringing over 100 nations into the subset of nations that
require IFRS totally or almost totally as the main set of financial
reporting standards for auditors and investors. Although I'm doubtful
that IFRS should replace current U.S. GAAP in the USA, my hat is off to
the great success of relentless efforts by dedicated global accountants
to succeed in the politics of IFRS. The USA is a special case, and
nobody ever thought it would be easy to bring convergence of USA and
IASB accounting standards.
The USA is a special case because of its long history of raising
business funding from equity markets that are almost non-existent in
most of the 100+ nations who raise a greater share of capital from
central banks and government taxation.
The USA is a special case because of boots-on-the ground wars it has
participated in since World War II. It's not possible to enter into so
many fighting wars without polarizing the rest of the world into nations
that respect the USA's effort to bring world peace versus those that
despise the USA's political alignments and economic dominance,
particularly alignments with Israel that inflame other parts of the
world.
The USA will carry a lot of political baggage to the IASB if the IASB
standards are to be deployed in the USA. Our enemies rise up against us
with both terror and with every political tool at their disposal,
including the politics of the UN that will probably be carried over into
the future politics of the IASB. This of course is Bob Jensen
speaking and not repeating the more optimistic views of Sebastian Botzem.
However, it's probably inevitable that the USA will join the IASB
fold one day down the road.
Steve Zeff in this edition of TAR has a capsule commentary with a
scholarly forecast of The Future of IFRS that is much more
optimistic
Capsule Commentary on The Future of IFRS (London, U.K.:
Financial Reporting Faculty of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in
England and Wales, 2012, ISBN 978-0-85760-652-5, pp. 25). Downloadable
at www.icaew.com.
Reviewer Commentator: STEPHEN A. ZEFF
Bob Jensen's threads on controversies of accounting standard
setting are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting
Bob Jensen's threads on
accounting history ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#AccountingHistory
From the CFO Journal's
Morning Ledger on October 7, 2014
Audit deficiencies surge
---
http://blogs.wsj.com/cfo/2014/10/07/audit-deficiencies-surge/?mod=djemCFO_h
Auditors at the largest U.S. accounting firms failed to follow proper
procedures in more than four in 10 audits, according to the latest
inspections by the U.S. government’s audit watchdog. That was more than
double the rate four years earlier, CFOJ’s Emily Chasan reports. The jump
could reflect improvements in inspection processes.
Bob
Jensen's threads on audit firm professionalism or lack thereof ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm
From the CFO Journal's
Morning Ledger on October 7, 2014
Several new IPOs and startup companies, often with few assets and low
revenues, have been assigned remarkably high valuations by investors. How
can this be? An answer may come from Abraham Maslow, known for his research
on the hierarchy of innate human needs, which also has a surprising
application for businesses' models and shareholder value, as OpenMatter CEO
Barry Libert discusses, along with CEO of OpenMatters; Jerry Wind, director
of Wharton's SEI Center; and Megan Beck Fenley, researcher at the SEI
Center/OpenMatters.
Continue Reading Today's Article ---
http://deloitte.wsj.com/cfo/2014/10/07/what-businesses-can-learn-from-maslows-hierarchy-of-needs/
Read More Deloitte Insights ---
http://deloitte.wsj.com/cfo/
Question
Can your students explain why outsourcing pension obligations improves balance
sheets?
Does this make sense in theory?
From the CFO Journal's
Morning Ledger on October 7, 2014
Some large companies have been shedding
their pension obligations by handing them off to insurers, a move
with obvious benefits for the firms’ balance sheets.Motorola
Solutions Inc. and Bristol-Myers
Squibb Co. were the latest to make the move as their pension
obligations were taken over by Prudential
Financial Inc., CFOJ’s
Vipal Monga reports.
Doing so doesn’t just rid them of the need to make
future contributions—it also relieves them of having to pay fees to the
government’s pension insurer.
Congress raised the mandatory insurance fees that companies
must pay the Pension
Benefit Guaranty Corp. for
each employee, to $64 from $49. At those rates, Motorola would save over $5
million in total premium payments through 2016, and Bristol-Myers would save
almost $1.5 million.
The reduction in fees flowing to the PBGC is proving a drain
on the agency’s resources, but for companies making the move, the savings
are too hard to resist. Railroad operatorCSX
Corp. has started offering lump-sum buyouts to some former
employees, and Chief Financial Officer Fredrik Eliasson said the PBGC fee
increase was a factor in that choice.
From the AAA Commons with respect to an Annual Meeting Session ---
http://commons.aaahq.org/posts/1200ba8080?commentId=26194#26194
I think this link can only be accessed by AAA members
title:
Risk-shifting in corporate
pension plans: an analysis of pension plan investments in
alternative assets
author(s):
Divya Anantharaman, Columbia
University
date:
Friday-November 7-2008
presentation session:
Session 21 Public Interest
abstract:
I examine the determinants of
corporate pension plans’ investments in hedge funds and private
equity, commonly referred to as ‘alternative assets’. I find
that underfunded pension plans, in firms with high leverage,
poor credit ratings and volatile earnings are significantly more
likely to invest in alternative assets. These results are
consistent with a “risk-shifting” effect arising from the
Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation’s insurance of defined
benefit pension plans. I also find that this association between
economic fundamentals and investment in alternative assets is
weaker amongst firms for which constraints on risk-shifting are
expected to be stronger, such as firms with high indirect costs
of financial distress, and firms where managers are expected to
have strong reputational concerns. This evidence lends support
to the risk-shifting interpretation. These findings could have
implications for the design of Pension Benefit Guaranty
Corporation insurance.
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on January 9, 2013
Companies switching to “mark-to-market” pension accounting could reap
benefits this earnings season
AT&T, Verizon
Communications and about 30 other companies have migrated to
mark-to-market,
the WSJ’s Michael Rapoport notes.
In 2011 and 2012, that change weighed on earnings,
largely because interest rates were falling. But 2013 is different, thanks
to surging interest rates and strong stock-market performance. “It’s going
to account for a huge rise in operating earnings” at the affected companies,
said Dan Mahoney, director of research at accounting-research firm CFRA.
Some
mark-to-market companies with fiscal years ended in September have already
reported pension gains. Chemical maker Ashland had a $498 million pretax
mark-to-market pension gain in its Q4, versus a $493 million pension loss in
its fiscal 2012 fourth quarter. That made up about 40% of the company’s
$1.24 billion in operating income for fiscal 2013.
Most
companies don’t use mark-to-market pension accounting. Instead, they filter
pension gains and losses into earnings gradually, and compute pension
performance using an estimated rate of return, not the actual return,
Rapoport says. That system is still acceptable under GAAP, but it has been
widely criticized as confusing, and accounting rule-makers recently
indicated they may consider revisions.
Jensen Comment
What I don't like about mark-to-market valuation of pensions is that the
deals new retirees negotiate might vary significantly (certainly not always)
whether they retire in May versus June. For example, a professor might have a
lower CREF savings balance in June relative to May if something very good or
very bad happens in the stock market between May and June.
I have mixed feelings about mark-to-market of unrealized value changes in
market\ values subject to frequent short-term transitory impacts that are often
washed out over longer periods such that the ups and downs of short term values
are more fiction than fact. For example, computer generated bid and ask
trading tends to over-react to media jolts like when the President proposes
legislation that has not even begun to to run the gauntlet through both
legislative branches where legislation proposals can and usually do become
greatly modified if the President's proposals even pass at all.
For example the Dow went down purportedly when President Obama proposed
legislation in 2014 for restoring long-term unemployment benefits. The ultimate
impact of such legislation on stock prices depends upon whether this proposal
ultimately passes both the House and Senate and how the spending is financed. If
the Democrats agree to budget cuts in other areas, the impact on stock prices
will be greatly affected by what cuts are used to fund the added
unemployment compensation.
While the President's proposal is tied up in the legislative process the
short-term pension fund mark-to-market values will move up and down in values
changes that are never realized until the proposed legislation either passes or
is rejected.
What is more worrisome are those events that really spike stock prices
temporarily such as reports of severe droughts or floods that greatly impact
crop production in one summer but have very little impact on over multiple
years.
I also hate the way unrealized value changes are mixed with recognized earned
revenue in the calculation of business net earnings. Some of the changes in
earnings thereby are fictional.
Bob Jensen's threads on
pension accounting controversies ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#Pensions
"Why Monopolistic Pension Funds Undermine Capitalism," by Roger
Martin, Harvard Business Review Blog, October 6, 2014 ---
Click Here
http://blogs.hbr.org/2014/10/why-monopolistic-pension-funds-undermine-capitalism/?utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date&cm_ite=DailyAlert-100714+%281%29&cm_lm=rjensen%40trinity.edu&referral=00563&cm_ven=Spop-Email&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date
Jensen Comment
Ideally, capitalism entails freedom of choice regarding careers and investments.
Workers in the USA may choose among careers but, in most cases, not where to
invest most of their pension savings.
When I was Chair of the Accounting Department at Florida State University for
four years my pension contributions went into a state retirement plan that did
not vest until after 10 years. Given a choice I would have preferred to direct
those contributions to TIAA-CREF, but in those days there was no choice. Hence I
lost four-years of pension contributions while I worked in the State of Florida.
I think Florida subsequently revised the law and now give faculty a choice
between contributing to Florida's pension fund or TIAA-CREF.
During my years at FSU the reclusive Carl Devine had already retired from the
faculty. Rumor had it, however, that at some point in time he reluctantly had to
return to UC Berkeley to teach one semester in order for his California
retirement contributions to vest. He returned to Tallahassee where he
lived shile collecting both his California and Florida pensions.
Essays in Accounting Theory by Carl Devine ---
http://www.amazon.ca/Essays-Accounting-Theory-Carl-Devine/dp/0865390509
From the CFO Journal's
Morning Ledger on October 3, 2014
It may be time to review your
international tax strategy. Governments and regulators on both sides of the
pond already are, and one earlier-announced inversion deal, between Salix
Pharmaceuticals Ltd. and
the Italian parent company of Cosmo
Technologies Inc. has
been canceled as a result, the WSJ’s
Chip Cummins reports. “The changed
political environment has created more uncertainty regarding the potential
benefits we expected to achieve,” the companies said Friday.
Salix is paying Cosmo a $25 million
breakup fee to cancel the deal. Its unraveling may go some way in damping
enthusiasm for other deals amid scrutiny from Washington. But it isn’t just
the U.S. that is giving closer scrutiny to the way multinationals structure
their businesses for tax purposes. A growing investigation in Europe led to
companies including Apple Inc. and Fiat
SpA being accused
of benefiting from illegal tax deals in
Ireland and Luxembourg respectively, and just yesterday European Union
regulators added Gibraltar to the growing list of tax regions being
investigated for offering unfair benefits to firms.
Complex tax deals that let
multinationals lower their tax bills are “very unfortunate,” and should be
investigated as a priority, the EU’s
antitrust chief-designate said Thursday.
“It is very, very important to keep investigating what goes on, what are the
revenues and how it can be stopped,” former Danish economy minister
Margrethe Vestager told European lawmakers at a confirmation hearing. With
the heat turning up, will your tax strategies or M&A plans change? Send us a
note and let us know.
From the CFO Journal's
Morning Ledger on October 3, 2014
Deloitte's Financial Services Spotlight discusses the
framework of the new revenue recognition model, issued by the FASB and the
IASB in May. It also highlights key accounting issues and potential
challenges for specific financial services sectors, including banking and
securities, insurance, investment management and real estate.
From the CFO Journal's
Morning Ledger on October 2, 2014
Managing the long-term risks of pulling
a short-term lever to boost revenue is a tricky affair, as wireless-carrier
financial chiefs these days are learning. AT&T
Inc.,Verizon Communications Inc. and Sprint
Corp. are offering to
“double the data” as part of their battle for customers—a promotion that has
little cost in the near term but which could be trading away future revenue
growth, the
WSJ reports.
Adding data is a cheap way for carriers to sweeten their
offers, but consumers would have a hard time using up all the data available
to them as it is, so that means it may be a challenge to charge them for
more in the future.
“You’ve forgone a future growth opportunity in favor of a
short-term loyalty play,” said Jan Dawson, chief analyst at Jackdaw
Research. “Over the next few years everyone is going to be using more data
and moving to higher data plans, but they’re kind of capping their future
growth there.” What do you think? Are wireless firms devaluing their future
product in a desperate move to hold market share today?
From the CFO Journal's
Morning Ledger on October 1, 2014
FASB accounting simplification projects see early support
---
http://blogs.wsj.com/cfo/2014/09/30/fasb-accounting-simplification-projects-see-early-support/?mod=djemCFO_h
The Financial Accounting Standards Board is gaining support for its projects
to streamline rules around disclosure of extraordinary items and inventory
accounting, CFOJ’s Kimberly S. Johnson reports. Public commenters generally
agreed that proposed changes would reduce costs. Ergon
Inc.,
a closely held Mississippi petroleum firm, said proposed inventory changes
would reduce complexity in valuing inventory and could “more accurately”
reflect its income in periods when it has to write down inventory values.
Jensen Comment
As contracts for revenues, leases, financing, takeovers, etc. become much more
complicated, efforts to simplify accounting rules encounter tremendous hurdles
if nuances in those contracts are not simply avoided. Replacing a bright line
test for hedge effectiveness with 9 pages of disclosures is hardly a step toward
simplification.
From the CFO Journal's
Morning Ledger on October 1, 2014
Cmpromise is floated on auditor identification ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/compromise-is-floated-on-auditor-identification-1412137362?mod=djemCFO_h
A new compromise proposal on identifying audit-firm partners
would require investors to wait longer to find out who exactly is in charge
of a company’s audit. The Public Company Accounting Oversight Board plans to
disclose Wednesday that
it may seek comment on a new idea for identifying audit-firm partners. But
in an apparent victory for the accounting industry, would require investors
to wait up to five months after a company closes its annual books to learn
the audit partner’s name, and two months longer than previously proposed.
Jensen Comment
Unless the market is reacting to in different ways to particular partners in
charge of an audit I don't see the point of the delay.
"Ernst & Young Settles Over
Audits of Sino-Forest, Second Chinese Company: E&Y to Pay $7.2
Million to Settle Allegations By the Ontario Securities Commission," by Ben
Dummett, The Wall Street Journal, September 30, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/ernst-young-settles-over-audits-of-sino-forest-another-company-1412101002
TORONTO—Ernst & Young LLP agreed to pay 8 million
Canadian dollars ($7.2 million) to settle allegations by Canada's biggest
securities regulator that it didn't adequately audit the financial
statements of Sino-Forest Corp. and another Chinese company.
The accounting firm admitted no wrongdoing in the
settlement, which came after it and the Ontario Securities Commission
reached a tentative agreement earlier this month.
The E&Y-Sino-Forest case, the higher-profile of the
two cases, was related to the collapse in 2012 of what was then one of the
largest publicly traded forest-products companies in Canada following
allegations the company inflated the value of its timber assets.
The OSC alleged late in 2012 that E&Y breached
provincial securities laws by failing "to perform sufficient audit work to
verify the ownership and existence of Sino-Forest's most significant assets"
in China between 2007 and 2010. It also alleged in 2013 that E&Y didn't
follow accounting rules for its auditing of Zungui Haixi Corp.'s financial
statements, ahead of the Chinese shoe maker's 2009 initial public offering
and subsequent stock listing on the junior Canadian TSX Venture Exchange.
"We believe that this settlement…is in the best
interests of all parties" and "enables us to put this matter behind us," a
spokeswoman for Ernst & Young said in an email.
The regulator had planned to hold administrative
hearings for both cases, but decided a settlement agreement was a more
efficient way to handle the cases.
The settlement "will avoid two complex and lengthy
hearings dealing with the interpretation and application of auditing
standards in connection with audits of financial statements of reporting
issuers, the exercise of professional judgment and the conflicting reports
of multiple expert witnesses," according to the settlement agreement.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on EY
litigation are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm
"Analyst Predicted A Year Ago That Tesco's Dodgy Accounting Would Hurt It,"
by Jim Edwards, Business Insider, October 8, 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/analyst-predicted-tescos-dodgy-accounting-would-hurt-it-a-year-ago-2014-10
Cantor Fitzgerald analyst Mike Dennis appears to have
identified Tesco's accounting weakness back in October 2013.
The UK's biggest supermarket and the second-largest retailer
globally revealed it overstated its profits by £250 million ($402 million)
in September. The company appears to have wrongly booked promotional payment
and rebate contracts from suppliers as if they were revenues.
The news came as a shock to investors, who dumped the stock
on the news a few weeks ago. But had they read Dennis' note on Oct. 13 last
year, they might have had a chance to sell TSCO when it was at roughly 368p.
(It's currently at 184p.)
Here is the crucial passage from Dennis' letter to investors.
Note that he says Tesco's profits appear to be bolstered by payments from
suppliers, not from the actual strength of its business from shoppers. And
he predicted it would hurt profits:
Cantor Fitzgerald analyst Mike Dennis
appears to have identified Tesco's accounting weakness back in October 2013.
The UK's biggest supermarket and the
second-largest retailer globally revealed it overstated its profits by £250
million ($402 million) in September. The company appears to have wrongly
booked promotional payment and rebate contracts from suppliers as if they
were revenues.
The news came as a shock to investors, who
dumped the stock on the news a few weeks ago. But had they read Dennis' note
on Oct. 13 last year, they might have had a chance to sell TSCO when it was
at roughly 368p. (It's currently at 184p.)
Here is the crucial passage from Dennis'
letter to investors. Note that he says Tesco's profits appear to be
bolstered by payments from suppliers, not from the actual strength of its
business from shoppers. And he predicted it would hurt profits:
Continued in article
Teaching Case on Accounting Controversies at Tesco
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review in September 26,
2014
Tesco Investigates Accounting Error
by: Peter Evans and Lisa Fleisher
Sep 23, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Accounting
Errors, Accounting, Auditing
SUMMARY: In the latest
of a series of setbacks for a once-highflying global retailer, the U.K.'s
Tesco has suspended four senior executives and called in outside auditors
and legal counsel to investigate a $408.8 million overstatement of its
forecast first-half profit. The newly installed chief executive, Dave Lewis,
said that Tesco had uncovered a "serious" accounting issue, amounting to a
third profit warning in as many months. Tesco has engaged accounting firm
Deloitte LLP to investigate the first-half irregularity. Tesco's shares
plunged nearly 12% and have been cut in half since 2011. The stock is
trading around its lowest level since the fall of 2003.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: This
article is appropriate for discussions of accounting errors, restatements,
and investigations.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What are the facts of the Tesco situation? What
are the estimates for the accounting errors? Are these material amounts? How
did the news affect the market price of the stock?
2. (Advanced) To what accounting activities have the errors been
traced? How do those errors impact the financial statements in the
short-term and in the long-term?
3. (Advanced) The article states that the company has not ruled out
illegal activity. Why is the company mentioning the possibility of illegal
activity? Could these errors be related to illegal activity? Is it likely?
If not related to illegal activity, how could the errors have occurred?
4. (Advanced) Who is Tesco's auditor? Who has the company hired to
investigate the accounting issues? Why didn't the company hire its auditor
to do the investigation work?
Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast
RELATED ARTICLES:
Tesco's Rebate Accounting Is in Focus
by Hester Plumridge
Sep 23, 2014
Online Exclusive
Commercial Income? As Usual, In Tesco Accounting Error, There's Wiggle Room
by Hester Plumridge
Sep 23, 2014
Online Exclusive
Tesco Can't Even Account for Its Problems
by Helen Thomas
Sep 23, 2014
Online Exclusive
Tesco Error Leaves Analysts 'Flabbergasted'
by Phillipa Leighton-Jones
Sep 22, 2014
Online Exclusive
"Tesco Investigates Accounting Error," by Peter Evans and Lisa Fleisher, The
Wall Street Journal, September 23, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/tesco-error-triggers-new-profit-warning-1411367294
In the latest of a series of setbacks for a
once-highflying global retailer, the U.K.'s Tesco TSCO.LN -0.56% PLC has
suspended four senior executives and called in outside auditors and legal
counsel to investigate a £250 million ($408.8 million) overstatement of its
forecast first-half profit.
The newly installed chief executive, Dave Lewis,
said Monday that Tesco had uncovered a "serious" accounting issue, amounting
to a third profit warning in as many months.
The company said an employee alerted its general
counsel on Friday about an issue involving the early booking of income and
delayed booking of costs. Tesco said it had done a preliminary investigation
into its U.K. food business and hadn't ruled out illegal activity but would
wait until the results of the investigation were known.
The accounting error puts in the line of fire a
board of directors long criticized by shareholders and industry analysts for
lacking retail experience, and exposes the scale of the problem faced by Mr.
Lewis in only his fourth week at the company.
"We have uncovered a serious issue and have
responded accordingly," said Mr. Lewis, the former Unilever ULVR.LN +0.31%
PLC executive who took up the reins at Tesco on Sept. 1, a month earlier
than expected. The former CEO, Philip Clarke, was dismissed in July.
Tesco—which vies with Carrefour SA CA.FR +0.14% of
France for the position of world's second-largest retailer by revenue behind
Wal-Mart Stores Inc. WMT -1.25% —won applause for its swift growth and
global ambitions through the 1990s and early 2000s. But it has weakened
since the 2008 economic downturn. It took heavy losses on U.S. chain Fresh &
Easy, unloading it last year to Ron Burkle's Yucaipa Cos., and has retreated
from several other international markets. Its still-leading market share in
the U.K. has steadily eroded in the face of competition from both higher-end
grocery stores and aggressive discounters.
Among Tesco's main problems has been its lack of an
executive clearly in charge of finances. Laurie McIlwee stepped down as
chief financial officer in April but won't be replaced until December, when
Alan Stewart —currently at Tesco's rival Marks & Spencer Group MKS.LN -0.40%
PLC—takes over the role.
Mr. McIlwee has remained on the company's payroll
as "CFO emeritus," according to a Tesco spokesman. In that role he offers
advice but doesn't sit on the company's executive board and wasn't involved
in decisions related to the accounting irregularity.
Instead, Tesco's finances have been run directly by
the CEO's office during the past three months, according to a person with
direct knowledge of the situation. In that time, Tesco has issued three
profit warnings.
Mr. Clarke, who remains a Tesco employee, was
acting as both CEO and CFO until the end of August, according to the person.
A Tesco spokesman said Mr. Lewis assumed the interim-CFO role when he took
over as CEO.
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on September 22, 2014
U.K. supermarket operator
Tesco PLC issued
its fourth profit warning in three years and said it is investigating why it
overstated its most recent profit forecast by more than $400 million,
the
WSJ’s Lisa Fleisher and Peter Evans report.
Newly installed Chief Executive Dave Lewis said the
company uncovered a “serious” accounting issue involving the early booking
of revenue and delayed booking of costs. Four senior executives have been
suspended—but don’t look for a finance chief to be among them.
Tesco has already named a new CFO in July in
Alan Stewart, who was previously the head of finance for
Marks & Spencer Group PLC.
But Mr. Stewart doesn’t take over until
Dec. 1, as he sits out a noncompete clause
in his contract from his previous employer. The prior CFO, Laurie McIlwee,
resigned from the position
April 4, though the company said at the time
he would remain as an employee until
Oct. 3.
After Mr. McIlwee stepped down,
responsibility for finance flowed to former Chief Executive Philip Clarke,
who was supposed to step down in October. But the company later said in
August that Mr. Clarke would be replaced a month earlier than planned by
Dave Lewis, as the company struggled to find its footing amid profit
warnings and the ongoing management shakeup. As it turns out, CFOs come in
handy. How does your company manage succession during a period of crisis?
Send us an email, or tell us in the comments.
"As Tesco Profits Vanish In Flawed
Accounts, Analyst Says It's 'No Longer A Viable Investment'," by Mike
Bird, Business Insider, September 22, 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/tesco-profit-restatement-2014-9
Tesco is not having a
good year.
On Monday morning, the UK’s
biggest supermarket revealed that it
overstated its profits in the first half of the year
by an astonishing £250 million ($408 million).
In August it said its trading
profit was about £1.1 billion, but the figure has
now been clipped by roughly a quarter.
The chain
has been forced to call in accountants from Deloitte
to investigate the massive shortfall, and the share
price is down by more than 8% at the time of
writing.
Marc Kimsey at
Accendo Markets offered investors his brutal take in
a note titled “every little hurts” Monday morning:
“Tesco is no
longer a viable investment. Traders are clearing the
books of all holdings and reallocating funds in
sector peers. The last two years have tested
investors' patience, but with the dividend being cut
back and today's revelation, justification to hold
is non-existent.”
Analysts at Cantor
Fitzgerald said they were expecting an even worse
drop in profits: a £300m overestimation would mean a
fall in earnings of about 55% on sales excluding
VAT. Tesco had revenues of £63.557 billion in
2013-2014, and the slump in profit is making margins
look increasingly thin.
In a note to
clients, Cantor’s Mike Dennis said: “The read across
is that Tesco may now have to sell assets across its
UK and International portfolio to pay for this
behaviour.”
The new boss
at Tesco isn't one to shy away from massive cuts —
nicknamed 'Drastic' Dave Lewis, he
cut 40% of the firm's costs
and laid off 300 workers as
chairman of Unilever UK. With more than half a
million employees, Tesco is the UK's second-largest
private employer, and major workforce cuts could be
extremely painful.
On Monday, Lewis
said "we have uncovered a serious issue and have
responded accordingly" and that he expected Tesco
"to operate with integrity and transparency."
Tesco is
still the country’s biggest supermarket, but its
market share is slipping at the fastest pace in 20
years.
"Tesco-style accounting risks well known in retail industry,"
by Tom Bergin, Reuters, September 23, 2014 ---
http://uk.reuters.com/article/2014/09/23/uk-tescoaccounting-idUKKCN0HI2DF20140923
From the CFO Journal's Morning Ledger on August 120, 2014
PCAOB
watchdog reviews auditing of estimates, mark-to-market accounting
The U.S. government’s auditing watchdog will review audit
procedures for complex accounting estimates and mark-to-market
accounting, with the aim to improve current practices,
CFOJ’s Emily Chasan reports.
Auditors’ use of mark-to-market accounting and
their reliance on management’s accounting estimates have raised
frequent red flags.
Jensen Comment
The key to reviewing estimates is to conduct serious analysis of
underlying assumptions.
I once wrote a research monograph on this topic for the American
Accounting Association
- Volume No. 19. Review of Forecasts: Scaling and
Analysis of Expert Judgments Regarding Cross-Impacts of
Assumptions on Business Forecasts and Accounting Measures
AAA Studies in Accounting Research
http://aaahq.org/market/display.cfm?catID=5
- By Robert E. Jensen. Published 1983, 235 pages.
I think older AAA research and teaching
monographs should be digitized and made available free to the public.
Bob Jensen's threads on pro forma reporting controversies ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#ProForma
Higher Education Outreach Innovation --- Teaching and Learning on the Streets
"Big Idea, Tall Order," by Colleen Flaherty, Inside Higher Ed,
October 14, 2014 ---
https://www.insidehighered.com/news/2014/10/14/cathy-davidsons-new-big-idea
Reaching Out With Learning Technology to Low Income Students
"Reaching Out With Tech," by Carl Straumsheim, Inside Higher Ed,
October 14, 2014 ---
https://www.insidehighered.com/news/2014/10/14/jack-kent-cooke-foundation-embraces-technology-help-low-income-students
Bob Jensen's threads on education technology ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/0000start.htm
Bob Jensen's threads on tools and tricks of the grade ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm
"Accounting Estimates: What Investors Should Want," by Tom Selling,
The Accounting Onion, October 6, 2014 ---
http://accountingonion.com/2014/10/accounting-estimates-what-investors-should-want.html
October 6, 2014 reply from Bob Jensen
This is a great time up here to be outdoors. Today
commenced at dawn at 35 degrees and warmed in the bright sun to 52 degrees.
I spent three hours on my tractor pulling a leaf sweeper. I only sweep away
leaves that will blow into the side of our cottage and/or our pond garden.
The leaves in front and the south side of the cottage will be blown by the
high winds into a field or into our woods.
I love to be on a tractor on days like today.
I read your post and am a little uneasy about the
analogy of management estimating as as being similar to a student grading
her or his own examination. For some management estimations there is a day
of reckoning with actual outcomes such as estimation the recent day of
reckoning for Tesco.There is no such day of reckoning of a self-assigned
grade by a student unless there is some independent verification process ex
post such as if student exam scores are randomly sampled later on for
grading accuracy.
We also must consider what auditors bring to the
financial information system that is a little different than the student
grading system.
Firstly, for many of the estimates the auditors
bring deep pockets in future litigation. It's not certain yet whether PwC
will be brought into litigation in the Tesco case. For other types of
estimates that are reviewed but not audited, the reviewing firm may be
brought into litigation for not challenging unreasonable assumptions.
Secondly, auditors are experts on GAAP and GAAS.
The audit process is intended to challenge conformance with accounting rules
using audit procedures required or recommended by GAAS. It is extremely
common for auditors to force adjustments when management has not conformed
to GAAP.
Management is responsible for appropriate internal
controls. But SOX requires auditors to assess adequacy of the internal
control system. Auditing firms that fail to do so face the risk of being
sued. There are purportedly countless instances where auditing firms
recommended improvements in the internal control system.
I think the analogy with the student grading system
is that however a grade is assigned (by a student, or an instructor or a
computer) the auditor verifies that the rules of the grading system were
followed. Thus it's not the grades that are being verified directly. It's a
verification that the grading system rules were followed.
Auditing has its flaws and limitations under the
present system for the public sector. Personally, however, I don't think
bringing more government into the process (either by using
government-employed auditors or by using government-approved auditors) is
ipso facto a good idea. Evidence abounds that government agencies tend to be
taken over by the companies they regulate --- Exhibit A being the FDA,
Exhibit B being the FAA, Exhibit C being the ICC, etc. The IRS recently
apologized for interfering in the electoral process. The Department of
Justice recently has been admittedly partisan.
The record of the SEC since the 1930s is a flawed
record of not not being independent of the power centers of Wall Street.
Actions taken are often hand slaps rather than serious confrontations.I'm
grateful that the SEC does not approve who the accounting firms put in
charge of audits since I think the powerful lobbies would jump for joy at
the idea.
One problem with virtually all the governmental
regulatory agencies is that the employees nearly all have their eyes on the
future when the firms they regulate will hire them at enormous salaries and
fringe benefits. Working for a government agency is a popular track into
Wall Street, a multinational accounting firm. a multinational law firm, a
pharmaceutical giant, an enormous oil company, etc.
Professors look to their theories that government
should improve on the flaws of the private sector. They often overlook the
realities taking place down in the trenches. All to often it's government of
the people, by the people, for the for the selected few on a track from
government to the golden opportunities in the private sector.
Respectfully,
Bob Jensen
"Which States Make You Pay an Amazon Sales Tax?" by Greg Bessinger,
The Wall Street Journal, October 1, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/states-that-make-amazon-pay-sales-taxes-1412185657?mod=djemCFO_h
Jensen Comment
The title of this article is misleading. I think that legally Amazon sales are
taxable in any USA state having a sales tax. However, collection is unlikely
unless Amazon collects the sales tax at the time of the sale and sends it to the
state where the goods are being shipped.
The USA map in the article shows which states persuaded Amazon and other
online vendors to collect sales taxes at the point of sale.
The yellow states in the map with no sales tax in this map include New
Hampshire, Montana, Oregon, and Alaska.
The white states in the map that do not yet require collection of sales taxes
for online sales in their states include Maine, Ver,mont, Michigan, Ohio,
Alabama, Mississippi, Illinois, Iowa, Missouri, Arkansas, Louisiana, Oklahoma,
Nebraska, South Dakota, Wyoming, Colorado, New Mexico, Utah, Idaho, and Hawaii.
The article is not clear about differences in online vendors. If online
vendors have sales outlets or other physical presence within a state in most
instances it must collect a sales tax. For example, if there is a Wal-Mart store
in the state Iowa or Idaho then Wal-Mart then Wal-Mart collects sales tax on
online sales whereas Amazon having no sales outlet or warehousing collects no
sales tax.
It's not clear whether some online vendors are still refusing to collect
sales tax based on the LL Bean U.S. Supreme Court victory ---
http://www3.cbiz.com/tofias/page.asp?pid=9274
U.S. Supreme Court Passes on Tax Case From Online Merchants ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2013/12/03/business/new-york-ruling-on-sales-tax-collection-by-online-retailers-will-stand.html?_r=0
Taking it further to where the Supreme Court takes up such a case is a risk for
states in fear of losing what they have gained to date.
Index Fund ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Index_fund
Investing Questions from Vanguard on September 17, 2014
Has indexing gotten too big? ---
https://productforums.google.com/forum/#!topic/gmail/eGGnIPrAakA
Jensen Comment
It's rumored that some of the big pension funds like Calpers are going to move
even more heavily into indexing. For me a gets scary when the giant funds
commence relying on the same popular index.
Don't confuse the term "index fund" with "hedge fund." Hedge funds
usually pride themselves in more active management of invested funds. They often
do not perform better than index funds and usually have greater financial and
fraud risks.
"Government Assignment and
Financing of Audits? The New York Times Offers a Poisoned Bouquet," by Jim
Peterson, re:Balance, August 20, 2014 ---
http://www.jamesrpeterson.com/home/2014/08/public-assignment-and-financing-of-audits-the-new-york-times-offers-a-poisoned-bouquet-full-many-a-flower-is-born-to-b.html
Full
many a flower is born to blush unseen,
And waste its sweetness on the desert air.”
--
Thomas Gray, 1751
There
are three good reasons to be both optimistic and thankful that the New
York Times
editorial of
August 15, 2014 – calling for “a revamped system in which audits are paid
for not by company management, but by fees that companies pay to a public
entity for the purpose of financing audits” – will fail to achieve traction.
These
are, in ascending order of significance:
First,
any print release at the absolute nadir of the annual news cycle, on a
Friday in the dog days of August – and on the widely-observed holiday of the
Feast of the Assumption at that – is bound to be ignored as inconsequential.
Second, two key people are distracted and not
listening. The Chairman of the Securities and Exchange Commission, Mary Jo
White, has shown no more interest in the accounting profession than her
predecessors. And in any event, White herself is teetering on her back foot;
as the NYT itself only two days earlier
put it, “she has
disappointed a wide swath of would-be allies … whose opinions of Ms. White’s
performance range from dissatisfied to infuriated.”
While over at the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board, chairman James Doty is fully tied up with deciding whether or not
audit partners should sign opinions for their firms or in their own names –
a long-perplexed but basically
trivial matter not
worth the years of wasted effort. Meanwhile, Doty’s latest feat is an
inspection protocol
announced on July
18, 2014, with the audit authority in Denmark. A pleasant little country,
Denmark, but so insignificant to the global capital markets that it has only
five PCAOB-registered firms in all, including but three of the Big Four,
while the
list of countries
where the PCAOB remains stymied is headed by the 46
registered but
uninspected firms auditing the massive economy of China – where successfully
evasive politics continue as slippery and entangled as a bowl of ramen.
Third,
the NYT’s endorsement of government-administered audit assignments
reflects either breath-taking naïveté or an incomprehensible and unworthy
lack of understanding of the audit services market – one that has operated
exclusively on the “client pays” model since privately-provided assurance
was invented in the 1850’s in England and Scotland.
Not
that the accountants are or should be free from critical scrutiny. Examples
of legitimate current concerns include:
The
very acceptability of the accounting by Lehman Brothers and its auditors, EY,
cited by the NYT editorial itself.
The personal conduct of a very small handful of their
partners (e.g.,
here and
here).
The settlement announced on August 18 by the New York
State Superintendent of Financial Services with PwC, imposing a $ 25 million
fine and a two-year ban on certain consulting for New York-regulated banks,
summarized by the NYT as a
“watering down” of
a report on money transfers for blacklisted companies by Bank of
Tokyo-Mitsubishi (and for a considerably contrasting description, compare
Matt Levine’s
Bloomberg View).
The
large-company audit market continues under the near-total dominance of the
Big Four – whose aggregate 717,000 personnel in fiscal 2013 generated $ 114
billion in global revenue for their 38,000 partners. For a government agency
to assume the administration of the greater part of that sector of
professional services – hardly a mere “revamping” – would present a catalog
of challenges unexamined by the NYT and unaddressed by even the
profession’s most rabid critics:
What
single-country government agency could evaluate and compare the global
competence, resources and freedom from conflicts of auditor candidates in
every one of the several dozen countries where a global-scale company
operates and would require audit services?
What
costs and disruptions would the audit networks have to incur, to tender
their credentials and proposals to such a government body? And how would
their business model mutate, by way of talent and audit performance, if
forced to deploy their resources to such a business-seeking process.
Because government agencies are by their very DNA unable to resist political
pressures, what would be the impact of the inevitable lobbying on behalf of
small and minority firms, lower-tier accounting school graduates, and
population groups under-represented in the profession?
Would
auditors bid for appointments? And if so, what pricing mechanism could be
functional to provide transparency and integrity?
Or
would engagement assignments be dispensed like government permits? And if
so, what public confidence could be reposed in light of historical
experience with the awards of broadcast licenses, mineral exploration rights
and cable and mobile franchises?
How
would the constraints of government-dictated budgets and liability exposures
be reconcilable with the need for engagement cost changes in light of
judgmental decisions to modify or expand audit scope?
In
light of these and a host of other questions, how could a government-run
process of auditor proposal, selection and monitoring possibly function on a
schedule that would enable the delivery of audit reports both timely and
informative to the community of interested users?
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on audit
professionalism ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm
From the CPA Newsletter on October 22, 2014
The many benefits of zero-based budgeting
---
http://r.smartbrief.com/resp/ghgjBYbWhBCKnisNCidKtxCicNcKrL?format=standard
Zero-based budgeting is a good cost management alternative for many
companies, write Shaun Callaghan, Kyle Hawke and Carey Mignerey of McKinsey
& Co. They are referring to a comprehensive form of zero-based budgeting and
not just the literal interpretation of building a budget from zero. "A
world-class ZBB process is based on developing deep visibility into cost
drivers and using that visibility to set aggressive yet credible budget
targets," they write.
CFO.com
(10/21)
From the CPA Newsletter on October 8, 2014
FASB seeks to quantify value of data in intangible-asset project ---
http://r.smartbrief.com/resp/ggdmBYbWhBCKfWkrCidKtxCicNNeXy?format=standard
The
Financial Accounting Standards Board has twice tried to quantify intangible
assets, but dropped the initiatives. Last month, FASB took it up again,
hoping to answer such questions as whether the time employees spend
gathering data is an expense or a capital investment.
The Wall Street Journal (tiered subscription model)
(10/12)

Bob Jensen's threads on intangibles ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#TheoryDisputes
From the CPA Newsletter on October 8, 2014
10 issues that could reshape the accounting profession ---
http://r.smartbrief.com/resp/gfmCBYbWhBCKbBxPCidKtxCicNgEcW?format=standard
Free registration is required
This article zeroes in on 10 key concerns that affect the
accounting profession after interviewing several leaders in the profession
including Carl Peterson, the AICPA's vice president of small-firm interests,
and Cindy Fornelli, executive director of the Center for Audit Quality. The
issues include staffing, identifying the next generation of leaders,
succession planning, mergers and acquisitions, adapting to new technologies
and business models, the ongoing relevance of the profession, technology's
impact and regulatory pressures. Accounting
Today (10/1)
Payment fraud on the rise in India with E-commerce growth ---
http://articles.economictimes.indiatimes.com/2014-10-02/news/54560301_1_payu-india-credit-card-mobile-wallets
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
"Australian Premier Calls University’s Fossil-Fuel Divestment ‘Stupid’,"
by Andy Thomason, Chronicle of Higher Education, October 16, 2014 ---
http://chronicle.com/blogs/ticker/jp/prime-minister-australian-colleges-divestment-from-fossil-fuels-is-stupid?cid=at&utm_source=at&utm_medium=en
Jensen Comment
Universities who divest from fossil fuel investments in their portfolios and/or
shift from fossil fuel use for heating and cooling on campus generally do so as
a symbolic publicity gesture rather than good economics. For example, coal
companies in many instances are seeking capital to make abundant coal more
environmentally friendly. Depriving them of capital may may make them play
dirtier in production and politics.
Also there are supply chain considerations. If coal is the cheapest form of
energy then electric companies have more operating cash to invest in carbon
removal.
One of the most worrisome happenings in the world is the global destruction
of our great oxygen sources --- the rain forests. We should make it a priority
to build machines that can act like trees that feed carbon in and push oxygen
out. Those machines are not yet replacing rain forests, but I long for the day
when they will supply earth with abundant oxygen.
"In a First, Commercial Coal Plant Buries Its CO2: A coal plant in
Saskatchewan will capture most of its carbon pollution—and use it to extract oil
from the ground," by David Talbot, MIT's Technology Review, October
3, 2014 ---
http://www.technologyreview.com/news/531321/in-a-first-commercial-coal-plant-buries-its-co2/?utm_campaign=newsletters&utm_source=newsletter-daily-all&utm_medium=email&utm_content=20141003
A coal plant that opened today in Saskatchewan
captures and buries the carbon dioxide it emits—with two significant
caveats: it still emits as much carbon dioxide as a natural gas power plant,
and the carbon dioxide it buries is being used to force more oil out of the
ground.
The 110-megawatt Boundary Dam project, operated by
provincial power utility SaskPower, is a refurbished coal-fired generator.
It includes new post-combustion technology designed to absorb and capture 90
percent of the carbon dioxide in the plant’s exhaust, one approach to
so-called carbon capture and storage, or CCS.
Continued in article
"Wikipedia, a Professor's Best Friend," by Dariusz Jemielniak,
Chronicle of Higher Education, October 13, 2014 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/Wikipedia-a-Professors-Best/149337/?cid=wc&utm_source=wc&utm_medium=en
Jensen Comment
I am a cheerleader for Wikipedia. However, one of my criticisms is that coverage
across academic disciplines is highly variable. For example, coverage of
economics and finance is fantastic. Coverage of accountancy can best be
described as lousy. It's a Pogo thing. When I look for the enemy I discover that
"He is us."
Disciplines covered extensively are generally strong in both theory and
academic debate, particularly philosophy and science. Accountancy is weak in
theory and the top academic research journals in
accounting will not publish replications or even commentaries. This
greatly limits anything interesting that can be posted to Wikipedia ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TheoryTAR.htm
Academic leaders in philosophy and science are nearly all covered extensively
in Wikipedia. Academic leaders in accountancy are rarely mentioned, and when
they are mentioned their Wikipedia modules are puny and boring.
What academic accounting leader has an extensive Wikipedia module? I've never
found a single one.
When I look up academic economists I not only find frequent Wikipedia
modules, virtually all of those modules contain summaries of their research and
summaries of controversies surrounding their research. I've never found a
Wikipedia article about an academic accounting researcher that contains
summaries of the controversies surrounding that professor's research.
Accounting research won't have much respect in the world until its leading
researchers are in Wikipedia, including summaries of controversies of their
research findings. The enemy is us.
Bob Jensen's threads on Wikipedia are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Searchh.htm
Question
Is it time to once again refinance your home?
"US Mortgage Rates Sink To A 16-Month Low," by Andy Kiersz,
Business Insider, October 23, 2014 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/freddie-mac-mortgage-rates-392-2014-10
. . .
The standard 30-year fixed rate mortgage fell to
3.92% for the week ending October 23, down 0.05% from the previous week.
Also falling were 15-year fixed rate mortgages, from 3.18% last week to
3.08% this week, and 5-year Treasury-indexed hybrid adjustable rate
mortgages, down to 2.91% this week from 2.92% last week.
Meanwhile, 1-year Treasury-indexed adjustable rate
mortgages ticked slightly up, from 2.38% last week to 2.41% this week.
Read more:
http://www.businessinsider.com/freddie-mac-mortgage-rates-392-2014-10#ixzz3GzstgsIH
Jensen Comment
Remember that that there are usually up-front costs to financing and refinancing
you home such that home buyers and homeowners should get estimates on mortgage
deals. Begin with a reputable local bank before looking elsewhere for a lender.
The local alternative may run higher, but the local alternative may also be more
honest about all the fees involved. I've refinanced our cottage three times
locally since buying it in 2003. I don't think I will refinance again until
rates drop a bit lower.
I recommend avoiding adjustable-rate mortgages unless you you are willing to
take on more financial risk of having to refinance at higher rates down the
road. The risk is that the government will come to its senses about interest
rates. But it sometimes does not make sense to expect the government to come to
its senses about much of anything. If you intend to sell the home in a year or
two, remember to factor in those costs of refinancing into an adjustable-rate
mortgage. Always look at the future in terms of various scenarios before
investing and borrowing.
"Why Hospitals Want Patients to Pay Upfront," by John Tozz,
Bloomberg Businessweek, September 25, 2014 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2014-09-25/why-hospitals-want-patients-to-pay-upfront
Melody Rempe spends much of her day telling
people who are about to go into the hospital how much they’ll have to pay.
As a patient financial counselor at Nebraska Methodist Health System, she
calls patients about a week before they go in for procedures with estimates
of their bills and what portion insurance will cover. Although many are
grateful, some cry or yell. “Sometimes you’re talking to them about the
biggest thing in their life,” she says. Rempe says most calls end well when
she walks patients through the hospital’s payment-plan options or other
financial assistance.
Hospitals have good reason to be concerned about
their patients’ finances: Even people with insurance are increasingly
responsible for a big portion of their medical bills. Among Americans who
get health coverage at work, 41 percent have deductibles of at least $1,000
they must meet before insurance starts paying. That’s up from 10 percent in
2006, according to the Kaiser Family Foundation. Those with employer
coverage are joined by 7 million new enrollees in Obamacare plans, which
typically make patients share a large chunk of costs. The average deductible
in the most popular “silver” tier of coverage is $2,267, according to an
analysis by the Robert Wood Johnson Foundation.
Raising deductibles helps employers and insurers
limit premium hikes. It also shifts more of the risk onto individuals. That
in turn boosts the chances that doctors and hospitals won’t get paid. If a
patient has a $2,900 deductible, “it’s far more difficult to get that $2,900
from an individual patient than it is from the Medicare program or from Blue
Cross Blue Shield,” says Richard Gundling, vice president of the Healthcare
Financial Management Association, a trade group. A March report on hospitals
from
Moody’s (MCO),
the credit-rating firm, was blunt: “Today’s high deductibles are tomorrow’s
bad debt.”
Sidebar
Story: Medicaid Expansion Is a
Windfall for Hospitals ---
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2014-09-04/obamacares-medicaid-expansion-is-windfall-for-hospitals
Hospitals’ total cost of uncompensated care reached
$46 billion in 2012, equal to about 6 percent of their expenses, the
American Hospital Association says. Large for-profit chains such as
LifePoint Hospitals (LPNT),
which operates more than 60 medical centers in 20 states, have felt the
impact of rising deductibles. LifePoint’s bad debt related to copays and
deductibles is running at $25 million per quarter this year, up from
$15 million per quarter in 2013, Leif Murphy, the company’s chief financial
officer, said on an earnings call in July. He blamed the increase in part on
the growing prevalence of high-deductible plans.
As the mechanics of insurance policies become more
complicated, Americans are having a harder time understanding how their plan
choices will affect their finances. Only 14 percent of insured adults
correctly understand insurance jargon such as deductibles, coinsurance,
copays, and out-of-pocket maximums, according to a 2013 study published in
the Journal of Health Economics.
Many Americans aren’t prepared for a medical
emergency. Dr. Marilyn Peitso, a pediatrician in St. Cloud, Minn., says
parents often can’t afford $300 to $400 for antibiotics to treat an ear
infection. “For young working families, this can get to be a real financial
burden, and it can make them less likely to seek needed care,” she says.
About 44 percent of households have less than three months of savings,
according to an analysis by the Corporation for Enterprise Development, an
antipoverty group. “Tell me what 28-year-old is going to be able to provide,
especially in this economy, $6,000 of their own money?” says Jan Grigsby,
chief financial officer at Springhill Medical Center in Mobile, Ala.
Sidebar
Story: The Vanishing Difference
Between Hospitals and Insurance Companies ---
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2014-09-18/obamacare-is-erasing-the-difference-between-hospitals-and-insurers
Like Nebraska Methodist, Springhill reaches out to
patients before scheduled procedures with an estimate of what they’ll owe,
Grigsby says. For those who can’t pay immediately, the hospital works with
lenders to arrange no-interest payment plans of as long as two years. Staff
members also check whether patients are eligible for charity care from the
hospital or if they qualify for Medicaid.
Continued in article
Obamacare's Bronz Plans are Lousy Plans for All Involved ---
http://www.newrepublic.com/article/119609/underinsured-obamacare-bronze-plans-leave-high-out-pocket-expenses
"Underinsured ACA enrollees strain community health centers," by
Virgil Dickson, Modern Healtcare, September 25, 2014 ---
http://www.modernhealthcare.com/article/20140925/NEWS/309259947/underinsured-aca-enrollees-strain-community-health-centers
Obamacare enrollees are straining the finances of
community health centers around the country, some
health center leaders say.
The issue is that many lower-income patients with insurance coverage through
the federal and state exchanges bought bronze-tier plans with lower premiums
but high deductibles, coinsurance and copayments and no federal cost-sharing
subsidies. When these patients face high out-of-pocket costs for care that
falls below the deductible, they can't afford it.
So the centers are subsidizing that care by offering them means-tested
sliding-scale fees. When the centers, which are not allowed to turn away
patients for inability to pay, try to get the insurers to pay, the claims
are usually denied, and the centers have to
write it off as
uncompensated care..
“People bought what they could afford and
healthcare centers are in effect subsidizing these policies,” said José
Camacho, executive director of the Texas Association of Community Health
Centers.
There had been uncertainty about whether community health centers, which
receive federal funding and serve 22 million Americans at 9,000 sites around
the country, were allowed to offer sliding-scale fees to patients with
private insurance plans. On Monday,
HHS released a guidance clarifying that the
centers can offer these reduced fees to patients with incomes under 200% of
the federal poverty level.
Of the 7.3 million people who purchased and paid for coverage on the federal
and states exchanges for 2014, about 20% selected bronze-tier plans, which
feature deductibles as high as $5,500 a person. Those plans lack a key
affordability feature of silver plans, which generally have higher premiums.
Under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, people with incomes of
up to 250% of the federal poverty level who buy silver plans
qualify for cost-sharing subsidies that reduce
their out-of-pocket costs for care. Purchasers of bronze plans do not
qualify for those subsidies.
While all health plans that comply with Obamacare standards must cover a
range of primary-care and preventive services on a first-dollar basis,
deductibles and coinsurance apply when patients are diagnosed and treated
for sickness, injuries or chronic illness.
“With the Affordable Care Act, while the number of uninsured may be
dropping, there's a new challenge in that there is now a huge cadre of
underinsured people,” said Sara Rosenbaum, chair of the health policy
department at George Washington University.
Continued in article
Bob
Jensen's universal health care messaging ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Health.htm
"For-Profit College Is
Accused of $6.5-Million Fraud Against U.S," by Andy Thomason, Chronicle
of Higher Education, October 2, 2014 ---
http://chronicle.com/blogs/ticker/for-profit-college-is-accused-of-6-5-million-fraud-against-u-s/87317?cid=at&utm_source=at&utm_medium=en
.
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Teaching Case on Roth IRAs
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on October 3, 2014
The Roth-IRA Math for 50-Somethings
by: Walter Updegrave
Sep 27, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Individual
Taxation, Roth IRA, Tax Planning
SUMMARY: Roth IRAs
have long appealed to investors in the early stages of their careers who
expect to pay taxes at a higher rate in retirement. Research released
recently by T. Rowe Price Group indicates that investors in their 50s and
early 60s who pay taxes at a lower rate in retirement can fare better in a
Roth, as well.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The
explanation in this article is appropriate for coverage of IRAs in an
individual taxation course.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What is a Roth IRA? How does it differ from other
IRAs?
2. (Advanced) What are the advantages of Roth IRAs? With what group
of people are Roths popular? Why?
3. (Advanced) Who does the research suggest should consider
contributing to a Roth? Why? People in what situations should make other
choices? Please explain the reasons for your answer.
4. (Advanced) What are the requirements for contributing to an IRA?
Are you able to contribute to a Roth now? What are the advantages of
contributing to a Roth IRA while you are young? After reading this article,
will you be investing in a Roth IRA? Why or why not? What other investment
options do you have?
Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast
"The Roth-IRA Math for
50-Somethings," by Walter Updegrave, The Wall Street Journal, September
27, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/the-roth-ira-math-for-50-somethings-1411753083?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
Roth IRAs have long appealed to investors in the early stages
of their careers who expect to pay taxes at a higher rate in retirement.
Older investors may also be tempted to use Roths to generate
more retirement income than they could with a traditional individual
retirement account or 401(k), even if they expect to pay taxes at a lower
rate down the road.
The strategy may work in some circumstances, but the
advantage for those investors of saving with a Roth could be relatively
small—and is no sure thing.
Roths are essentially mirror versions of traditional IRAs and
401(k)s; each is designed to build retirement assets over time by putting
money into stocks, bonds and other investments. With a traditional IRA or
401(k), you get a tax deduction upfront or invest pretax dollars. When you
withdraw money later on, you pay taxes on the contribution and any
investment gains.
With a Roth, by contrast, you contribute after-tax dollars,
and you can generally withdraw the contributions and any gains tax-free in
retirement. Investors who expect their marginal tax rate to be higher in
retirement can benefit, in particular, by in effect avoiding higher taxes in
the future.
Research released recently by T.
Rowe Price Group, TROW +0.33% a
major fund manager based in Baltimore, indicates that investors in their 50s
and early 60s who pay taxes at a lower rate in retirement can fare better in
a Roth, as well.
Consider a hypothetical 55-year-old
investor plugged into a spreadsheet supplied by T. Rowe Price. The investor
pays taxes at the 28% rate and drops to a 25% rate after retiring at 65. The
investor could end up with 8% more after-tax income during a 30-year
retirement by contributing to a Roth instead of a traditional account.
The advantage is smaller over the shorter
term. If that investor contributes $6,500—the maximum for people 50 and
older—to a Roth IRA and the $6,500 grows at 7% a year, he or she would have
$12,786 after 10 years, which could be withdrawn without paying any tax.
An investor who contributed the same
amount to a traditional IRA—and who invested the tax savings in a separate
taxable account—would end up with $12,566, or $220 less than with the Roth.
Paying taxes on that separate account each year is what gives the Roth its
advantage.
But investors who want to capitalize on
this advantage by choosing a Roth IRA or 401(k) over a traditional account
should be aware of two important caveats.
First, since the advantage is relatively
small, it can take many years for an investment in a Roth to develop a
meaningful edge over a traditional account if an investor will be moving to
a lower tax rate in retirement.
The hypothetical investor achieves the 8%
increase in after-tax income in retirement by keeping the Roth IRA invested
for 40 years, including the 10 years before retirement at 65 and the 30
years during retirement in which the money earns 6% annually and is
gradually withdrawn.
"I don't think you want to be banking on
strategies that may require extreme time horizons for you to come out
materially ahead," says Michael Kitces, director of planning research at
Pinnacle Advisory Group in Columbia, Md.
The second caveat is that an investor who
expects to drop to a lower tax rate would need to contribute the maximum
allowable amount to a Roth to take full advantage of the boost a Roth can
provide.
For example, if the hypothetical
55-year-old investor put just $4,000 into a Roth IRA, instead of the maximum
$6,500, the investor would end up with 4% less after-tax income over a
30-year retirement than with a traditional account. The investor would have
done better putting the equivalent amount of pretax dollars—$5,556, assuming
a 28% tax rate—in a traditional account.
The Roth might still be a worthwhile
choice for such an investor. For example, an investor in a Roth IRA wouldn't
have to take minimum distributions after age 70½ and pay tax on them, as the
investor would with a traditional IRA.
Continued in article
From Bob Jensen's Archives
"2010: The Year of the Roth Conversion?" by Rich Arzaga, Journal of
Accountancy, January 2010 ---
http://www.journalofaccountancy.com/Issues/2010/Jan/20091743.htm
This year
will be the Year of the Tiger, according to Chinese custom, but it also
could be remembered by investors as the Year of the Roth Conversion, a
decision that can have a large impact on investors’ ability to build wealth
during their lifetime and preserve wealth for beneficiaries.
Prior to
2010, anyone (except married taxpayers filing separately) with an annual
adjusted gross income (AGI) of no greater than $100,000 could convert a
traditional IRA to a Roth IRA. The AGI cap has prevented higher-income
earners, a class of savers that might have benefited most from this
strategy, from participating. However, under the Tax Increase Prevention and
Reconciliation Act of 2005 (TIPRA) these previously ineligible taxpayers
will be eligible to participate starting this year (including married but
separate filers). In fact, there is an incentive to take action in 2010:
Everyone who converts this year may defer and spread income recognition from
the conversion over tax years 2011 and 2012. A conversion in 2010 thus could
reduce the marginal tax rate and total taxes due on what otherwise would be
a larger single-year distribution. The 10% penalty tax otherwise imposed on
early or excess distributions from an IRA does not apply. A conversion could
be an attractive retirement income and estate planning strategy for wealthy
individuals and high-income earners who seek to reduce taxes later in life
and transfer more wealth to beneficiaries tax-free. But like any other
approach to income and taxes, this decision is eventually based on a set of
sustainable assumptions and specific objectives of the taxpayer.
ADVANTAGES OF A ROTH ACCOUNT
A chief
advantage of a Roth IRA is that it has more flexible rules concerning
distributions. Also, taxpayers who are otherwise unable to contribute to a
traditional IRA can take advantage of a Roth IRA’s appreciation free from
tax on gains. Other advantages of a Roth IRA include:
-
In
most instances, contributions can be withdrawn at any time without
penalty. Earnings may be withdrawn without tax or penalty if the
taxpayer is at least age 59½ and has held the Roth account for at
least five years. Similar strategies that provide for tax-free
growth and withdrawal are the IRC § 529 plans for college education
and cash-value life insurance policies. Each has its strengths and
limitations.
-
With a Roth IRA, there are no required minimum distributions (RMDs)
like those that apply to traditional IRAs when the taxpayer reaches
age 70½. For affluent families with sufficient resources for
retirement income, the RMD can seem an unnecessary expense with a
confusing formula. From a client’s perspective, eliminating RMDs can
provide a great sense of relief from the annual hassle of
calculating and managing these distributions.
-
Unlike with traditional IRA accounts, taxpayers can continue to
contribute to a Roth IRA after reaching age 70½—also an attractive
feature as Americans redefine retirement and continue to be
industrious into later years. Starting in 2010, a retired couple can
contribute $12,000 each year (including the “over- 50 make-up”
amount) into Roth accounts. The AGI limits on regular contributions
to a Roth IRA still apply, but it is possible to make nondeductible
contributions to a traditional IRA and convert them to a Roth,
regardless of AGI. These contributions grow free of income tax
indefinitely, creating significant value for taxpayers as well as
their beneficiaries.
-
A
tax-diversified retirement distribution strategy also helps with
Social Security planning. Up to 85% of Social Security benefits are
taxable. When calculating modified adjusted gross income (MAGI) for
Social Security purposes, taxpayers must include all taxable and
tax-exempt income and 50% of their Social Security benefits, but not
Roth IRA distributions. Having a Roth IRA to supplement retirement
income can be very important in managing the taxability of Social
Security benefits.
IDEAL CONVERSION CANDIDATES
Some
taxpayers may benefit more than others from converting to a Roth IRA.
Assuming there are no cash flow issues, risk management gaps, other tax
planning considerations that need to be weighed against the benefit of a
conversion, advance tax issues at play, or adverse legislative changes,
taxpayers who stand to benefit the most are those who:
-
Are
wealthy.
-
Seek to reduce estate settlement costs.
-
Won’t need to draw income from converted retirement accounts.
-
Are
young, high-income earners.
-
Believe their tax bracket will be the same or higher in retirement,
or more specifically, when they draw income from their qualified
retirement accounts. The attractiveness of traditional IRAs and
qualified retirement plans depends on the assumption that taxpayers
will have a lower effective tax rate after retirement, when the
deferred taxes on the savings will come due. Conversely, taxpayers
whose tax rate seems more likely to be the same or higher in
retirement might just as soon pay taxes on income now and accumulate
tax-free gains. Consider the conversion comparison in Exhibit 1.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's taxation
helpers are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#010304Taxation
Teaching Case on EY Revenue
Growth
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on October 3, 2014
Ernst &
Young Fiscal-Year Revenue Rises 6% to $27.4 Billion
by: Michael Rapoport
Sep 26, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Assurance
Services, Auditing, Big Four Accounting Firms, Consulting, Segment Analysis
SUMMARY: Ernst &
Young, one of the Big Four international accounting firms, reported its
global revenue was $27.4 billion in its latest fiscal year, up 6% in U.S.
dollar terms from the previous year. The year's global growth at Ernst &
Young was slightly stronger than the 5.8% increase in U.S. dollar terms the
firm recorded in 2013. In local-currency terms, the latest year's growth was
6.8%. Consulting led the firm's results, growing much faster than its core
audit business, as has been the case at all of the major accounting firms in
recent years. Ernst & Young's advisory business grew 13.5% in U.S. dollar
terms to $6.5 billion; assurance revenues were up 3.1% to $11.3 billion.
Ernst & Young and other major accounting firms are international networks of
private partnerships and disclose only their revenues. They don't disclose
profits and losses.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: This
article offers a look at the business lines and revenues of one of the Big
Four accounting firms. This is interesting information to discuss in an
auditing class, as well as any class in which careers in accounting are
discussed.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What is Ernst & Young? What are the four Big Four
accounting firms? Why are they called the Big Four? What are other types of
accounting firms?
2. (Advanced) What does the article report are EY's revenues and
statistics? Are these growth figures in line with the economy and in the
industry or are they unusual?
3. (Advanced) In what areas does EY practice? Which areas are
experiencing growth? Why does the firm practice in several areas?
4. (Advanced) Why doesn't the article offer information on EY's
profits or losses? Why does the firm report revenues?
5. (Advanced) What were accounting firms' original areas of
practice? What areas are expanding? Why? What do you predict will be the
future of the Big Four?
Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast
"Ernst & Young Fiscal-Year
Revenue Rises 6% to $27.4 Billion," by Michael Rapoport, The Wall Street
Journal, September 27, 2014 ---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/ernst-young-fiscal-year-revenue-rises-6-to-27-4-billion-1411700268?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
Ernst & Young's global revenue was $27.4 billion in
its latest fiscal year, up 6% in U.S. dollar terms from the previous year,
the accounting firm said late Thursday.
The year's global growth at Ernst & Young, also
known as EY, was slightly stronger than the 5.8% increase in U.S. dollar
terms the firm recorded last year. In local-currency terms, the latest
year's growth was 6.8%.
Consulting led the firm's results, growing much
faster than its core audit business, as has been the case at all of the
major accounting firms in recent years. Ernst & Young's advisory business
grew 13.5% in U.S. dollar terms to $6.5 billion; assurance revenues were up
3.1% to $11.3 billion.
The results for the fiscal year ended June 30
represented "another strong year of growth" and "show us moving from
strength to strength," said Mark Weinberger, the firm's global chairman and
chief executive, in a statement.
Regionally, the firm's revenues from the Americas
rose 7.4%, and revenues from Europe, the Middle East, India and Africa rose
7.6%. Asia Pacific revenues rose 0.5%, and Japanese revenues declined 8.7%.
Overall, emerging-markets revenue rose 8.7%.
Mr. Weinberger said emerging markets "will continue
to drive economic growth for the foreseeable future" and that the firm
expects about 30% of its revenue to come from emerging markets by 2020. The
firm has earmarked $1.5 billion for investment to support that growth, he
said.
Ernst & Young and other major accounting firms are
international networks of private partnerships and disclose only their
revenues. They don't disclose profits and losses.
Ernst & Young is the second of the Big Four
accounting firms to announce its fiscal 2014 revenues. The first, Deloitte
Touche Tohmatsu, said earlier this week that its fiscal 2014 global revenue
rose 5.7% in U.S. dollar terms.
Of the other two firms, PricewaterhouseCoopers is
expected to announce its revenues in the coming weeks, and KPMG is expected
to do so in December.
Ernst & Young Plans to Hire
15,500 New Employees ---
http://www.accountingtoday.com/news/staffing-recruiting/ernst-young-hiring-15500-new-employees-72230-1.html
Teaching Case
Individual Retirement Account (IRA) ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Individual_retirement_account
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on October
17, 2014
Court Ruling Sparks Rush to Shield IRAs
by:
Robert Powell
Oct 12, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: IRAs, Tax Planning, Inherited IRA
SUMMARY: In a unanimous decision, the Supreme Court ruled that an
inherited IRA is no longer a retirement account - noting that a beneficiary
can withdraw any amount from the account without penalty whenever he or she
wishes-and so isn't protected from creditors under federal bankruptcy law.
As a result, financial advisers and families are taking steps to shield IRA
assets for children and other beneficiaries in case those heirs ever find
themselves in bankruptcy proceedings.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: This article can be used when discussing tax
planning and IRAs in individual taxation.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What is an inherited IRA? What are the tax law
regarding the inheriting of IRAs?
2. (Introductory) What did the U.S. Supreme Court decide regarding
inherited IRAs? What was the reasoning behind that decision?
3. (Advanced) How does the court's decision affect steps taxpayers
and advisors take for estate planning? How could it impact the way people
treat inherited IRAs they own? What advice and cautions does the article
offer?
4. (Advanced) How does the tax treatment of IRAs inherited by
spouses differ from IRAs inherited by anyone else? How does the court's
ruling affect spouses differently from others?
Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast
"Court Ruling Sparks Rush to
Shield IRAs," by Robert Powell, The Wall Street Journal, October 12, 2014
---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/court-ruling-sparks-rush-to-shield-iras-1413147931?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
When is an individual retirement account not a
retirement account? When the Supreme Court says so.
In a unanimous decision in June, the Supreme Court
ruled that an inherited IRA is no longer a retirement account—noting that a
beneficiary can withdraw any amount from the account without penalty
whenever he or she wishes—and so isn’t protected from creditors under
federal bankruptcy law.
As a result, financial advisers and families are
taking steps to shield IRA assets for children and other beneficiaries in
case those heirs ever find themselves in bankruptcy proceedings.
Many advisers are urging clients to establish a
trust as the IRA’s beneficiary, or to set up an IRA as a trust account while
the owner is still alive. (In either case, the original owner has access to
the money before he or she dies.) Trusts, depending on the type and terms,
can shield assets, including an IRA, against creditors.
“The prudent thing to do, if you’re concerned about
the child’s or other beneficiary’s potential creditors, is not to leave the
IRA outright to the child,” says Natalie Choate, a lawyer with Nutter,
McClennen & Fish in Boston.
Teaching Case
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on October 17, 2014
Skepticism About J.C. Penney's Turnaround
by:
Suzanne Kapner
Oct 09, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Financial Accounting, Financial Statement Analysis
SUMMARY: J.C. Penney's recovery plan to restore about $2 billion in
sales lost during a disastrous makeover is meeting with skepticism from
analysts, who say the forecast is at odds with a slowdown in sales currently
taking shape at the company's stores.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: This is a good article to use in financial
accounting classes and for financial statement analysis.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What is the recent history of J.C. Penney
management and strategy? What were the financial implications of these
changes?
2. (Advanced) The article offers notes from an analyst with Wells
Fargo Securities regarding Penney's forecast assumptions. One of the notes
discusses year-to-year comparisons. What observation does the analyst make
and why is he concerned?
3. (Advanced) The analyst also discusses the company's gross margin
projections for third-quarter 2017. What is gross margin? How is it
calculated? Why is it significant to report and analyze? What concern does
the analyst have?
4. (Advanced) What observations does the analyst have regarding
expenses? Why is he concerned about the company's projections?
5. (Introductory) What affect have the financial projections had on
the stock price? Why?
6. (Advanced) What was Penney's response regarding concerns? Are
these points convincing? Why or why not?
7. (Advanced) What did the company state about the margins for
different product lines? Why does the company earn different margins on
different brands? What can a company do with that information? What
strategies could the company employ to improve financial results?
Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast
"Skepticism About J.C. Penney's
Turnaround," by Suzanne Kapner, The Wall Street Journal, October 9, 2014
---
http://blogs.wsj.com/corporate-intelligence/2014/10/09/skepticism-abounds-about-j-c-penneys-turnaround/?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
J.C. Penney JCP +3.61%’s recovery plan to restore
about $2 billion in sales lost during a disastrous makeover is meeting with
skepticism from analysts, who say the forecast is at odds with a slowdown in
sales currently taking shape at the company’s stores.
Paul Lejuez, an analyst with Wells Fargo
Securities, raised the following questions about Penney’s assumptions,
unveiled Wednesday, in a note to clients:
•
They expect comps to accelerate and increase +msd [mid single digits]
(~5.4%) for the next 3 years, yet comps just decelerated to +lsd [Low
single digits].
• They blamed much of the Q3 comp weakness on lower sales of markdown
merchandise, but they aren’t planning to increase promotions, so why
would the comp trajectory change?
• They target a 36.5% GM [gross margin] in 2017, but how can GM increase
from current levels (35-36%) at the same time comps are +msd for three
years in a row.
• Who might they be taking all of this share from? Macy's
M +2.14%
is not going to sit still and watch it happen. The environment is not
getting easier.
• They have no plans to close stores, yet expect expense dollars to stay
flat over the next three years as comps increase +msd each year. How
will they drive that comp increase, considering traffic still has not
turned positive?
• They plan to be an omni-channel winner yet capex running well below
depreciation seems insufficient to get them there.
In an indication such concerns are widespread,
Penney’s shares fell 6.7% on Thursday to $7.64 after falling nearly 11% on
Wednesday.
Kristin Hays, Penney spokeswoman, said there were a
number of measures underway that gave Penney executives confidence they
would meet their goals. Penney’s sales in the current quarter are suffering
from lower levels of mark down merchandise, but the comparison with last
year is skewed because a year ago the retailer was clearing out a lot of the
merchandise ordered under the prior management that didn’t sell.
Ms. Hays said the clearance levels will start to
normalize in late October. “When you take clearance out of the equation, our
regular and promotional priced items are selling at high single digits so
far this quarter, giving the team confidence that business will continue to
grow,” Ms. Hays said.
She added that private brand margins had
historically been 4 to 5 percentage points higher than those of national
brands, but in 2012 and 2013 private brand margins fell closer to the level
of national brand margins. “Going forward, we expect our private brand
margins to return to the historic levels,” Ms. Hays said.
Penney has been battling to regain sales since a
disastrous overhaul under former Apple AAPL +1.87% executive Ron Johnson
turned off customers by eliminating discounts and doing away with popular
in-house brands.
Mr. Johnson was replaced in 2013 by Mike Ullman,
who had run Penney before Mr. Johnson came aboard. Despite restoring
discounts and bringing back house brands, Mr. Ullman has had a tough time
winning back sales.
Sales grew 6% in the first half of 2014, but they
remain $2.2 billion below where they were at the same point in 2011, three
months before Mr. Johnson took charge.
Mr. Ullman hopes to build on those gains with
redesigned handbag and shoe departments as well as improvements in the
intimate apparel, jewelry and accessory sections of stores.
Kimberly Greenberger, an analyst with Morgan
Stanley said in a note to clients that Penney’s plan to grow same-store
sales in the mid-single digit range seems “aggressive.” Aside from Michael
Kors Holdings, the fast-growing handbag and accessories maker, no other
specialty or department store “under our coverage plans to comp +MSD over
the next three years,” Ms. Greenberger wrote.
Teaching Case
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on October 24, 2014
Cliffs Plans to Write Down $6 Billion in Assets
by:
John W. Miller
Oct 17, 2014
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Lower of Cost or Market, Write-Down
SUMMARY: Cliffs Natural Resources Inc. is taking a $6 billion
write-down, mostly related to an ill-timed purchase of a Canadian iron ore
mine acquired to supply the then-booming Chinese steel market. The hefty
write-off by the Cleveland-based iron ore and coal miner is the latest blow
to a industry reeling from a 40% drop in iron ore prices compared with a
year earlier due largely to oversupply and slumping demand in China.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: This is a good article to use when
discussing write-down of assets and lower-of-cost-or-market concepts.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What are the facts of the Cliffs Natural
Resources acquisition? How has the market changed since the acquisition?
2. (Advanced) What is the general accounting rule regarding
recording the value of an asset purchase? What are the exceptions to the
general rule? When can the amount in the accounting records be changed?
3. (Advanced) What is a write-down? How is the company using a
write-down in response to market conditions?
4. (Advanced) What impact will the write-down have on the income
statement? How will the write-down impact the balance sheet?
5. (Advanced) What would the company do if market prices for coal
and iron ore increase? How would that be reflected in the accounting
records? Would the company make an adjustment? Why or why not?
Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast
"Cliffs Plans to Write Down $6
Billion in Assets," by John W. Miller, The Wall Street Journal, October 17, 2014
---
http://online.wsj.com/articles/cliffs-plans-to-write-down-6-billion-in-assets-1413542547?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
Cliffs Natural Resources Inc. is taking a $6
billion write-down, mostly related to an ill-timed purchase of a Canadian
iron ore mine acquired to supply the then-booming Chinese steel market.
Friday’s hefty write-off by the Cleveland-based
iron ore and coal miner is the latest blow to a industry reeling from a 40%
drop in iron ore prices compared with a year earlier due largely to
oversupply and slumping demand in China. Iron ore is the main ingredient in
the making of steel.
As prices fall, midsize players like Cliffs are
getting squeezed by industry giants BHP Billion and Rio Tinto Ltd. in
Australia, and Vale SA in Brazil, which produce more than 60% of iron-ore
exports globally and continue to push production. The big three control
massive mines, ports, and railroads, allowing them to produce iron ore at
costs of $50 a ton and below.
By comparison, Cliffs’s costs at its Eastern
Canadian operations were $87.50 a ton in the second quarter. That division
lost $88.2 million in the first six months of 2014, after losing $30.3
million over the same period in 2013.
Cliffs expanded in Canada in 2011 when it bought
Consolidated Thompson Iron Mines Ltd. and its Bloom Lake mine in Quebec
province for $4.9 billion. “We have one problem child, and that problem
child is Bloom Lake,” Chief Executive Lourenco Goncalves said in an
interview on Friday. “[Cliffs] paid too much, and we are correcting what
needs to be corrected.”
At the time, Cliffs officials said they hoped to
diversify from their traditional business of mining iron ore in Michigan and
Minnesota and selling it to Midwestern steelmakers. Specifically, they
wanted to ship ore from Canada to China, which produces around half of the
world’s steel and imports around two-thirds of all the iron ore traded on
global markets.
But markets have been rocked this year as the big
three miners have expanded production while Chinese steel production has
eased up, prompting a drop in imports and iron ore prices. The price of iron
ore imports into China have fallen 40% from year-ago levels to around $80 a
ton, from $134 a ton. Prices for metallurgical coal, the other key
ingredient in steelmaking, have also fallen.
The price decline has especially hurt iron ore
companies with operations far from China. In the first eight months of 2014,
iron ore exports to China from Canada were down 19% at 7.4 million tons.
From Australia, exports to China rose 34% to 353.9 million tons.
In 2011, Cliffs “over-paid and over-invested based
on high iron ore price,” said John Tumazos, an investor and analyst at Very
Independent Research LLC. “The write-off is not a business decision, it’s
simply acknowledging what is the status quo.”
In an earlier interview, Mr. Goncalves said the big
three producers ”can have” the Chinese market, “I don’t want to be a part of
it.”
Cliffs is seeking partners for its Canadian
operations, and its Australian iron ore mines, which are still profitable
but have trouble competing with the major miners. It is also seeking buyers
for a chromite project in Canada, and its U.S. coal operations. Mr.
Goncalves took office in August after a board coup orchestrated by activist
shareholder fund Casablanca Capital LP.
Cliffs’s strategy is to re-center its business on
the five mines in Minnesota and Michigan that supply iron ore to
automotive-focused steel mills with operations in the Midwest, such as own
by ArcelorMittal . With the auto industry prospering, those mines have been
profitable.
Cliffs’s stock fell 8% to $8.74 on Friday. In the
second quarter, the company swung to a net loss of $1.9 million, from a
year-earlier profit of $133.1 million. Last week, S&P lowered the miner’s
credit rating to BB- from BBB- with a negative outlook, citing falling iron
ore prices.
When Land Should Be Depreciated
Rate at Which Louisiana is Sinking ---
http://projects.propublica.org/louisiana/
Humor
August October 1-31, 2014
Paula forwarded the tentative title of her forthcoming autobiography:
Well That Didn't Work by Paula
The 10 Most Ridiculous Excuses People Have Used To Call In Sick
http://www.businessinsider.com/ridiculous-excuses-for-calling-in-sick-2014-10
Forwarded by Scott
A malapropism is the misuse of a word that sounds similar to the intended
word, resulting in a nonsensical, but amusing sentence. Named after Mrs
Malaprop — a character in Richard Brinsley Sheridan’s play The Rivals, who
was particularly prone to them.
‘It’s great to be back on terra cotta’ — John Prescott, meaning ‘terra
firma’, after a stormy flight.
‘I am a person who recognises the fallacy of humans’ — George W. Bush,
meaning ‘fallibility’, to Oprah Winfrey.
‘He eludes confidence’ — William Bratton, Los Angeles police chief, of
Barack Obama’s second inauguration speech. He meant ‘exudes’.
Deferring payments on Government debt would ‘only be playing smokes and
daggers’ — Bertie Ahern, former Irish prime minister, meaning possibly
‘snakes and ladders’ or ‘cloak and dagger’.
‘It’s not the sanity of picket lines that bothers me, it’s the sanity of
human life’ — John Prescott (again!) meaning ‘sanctity’.
More at -
http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-2804203/It-s-great-terracotta-Prezza-s-malapropisms-toe-curling-puns-new-book-revels-quirks-English-language.html
Prof. Jensen will like the anagrams I think.
‘I don’t like it. When you open that Pandora’s box, you will find it full
of Trojan horses’
Scott Bonacker CPA – McCullough and Associates LLC – Springfield, MO
Humor Between October 1-31, 2014
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q4.htm#Humor103114
Humor Between September 1-30, 2014
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q3.htm#Humor093014
Humor Between August 1-31, 2014
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q3.htm#Humor083114
Humor Between July 1-31, 2014---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q3.htm#Humor073114
Humor Between June 1-31, 2014 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q2.htm#Humor063014
Humor Between May 1-31, 2014, 2014
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q2.htm#Humor053114
Humor Between April 1-30, 2014
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q2.htm#Humor043014
Humor Between March 1-31, 2014
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q1.htm#Humor033114
Humor Between February 1-28, 2014
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q1.htm#Humor022814
Humor Between January 1-31, 2014
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book14q1.htm#Humor013114
Humor Between December 1-31, 2013
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q4.htm#Humor123113
Humor Between November 1-30, 2013
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q4.htm#Humor113013,
Humor Between October 1-31, 2013
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q4.htm#Humor103113
Humor Between September 1 and September 30, 2013
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q3.htm#Humor093013
Humor Between July 1 and August 31, 2013
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q3.htm#Humor083113
Humor Between June 1-30, 2013
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q2.htm#Humor063013
Humor Between May 1-31, 2013
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q2.htm#Humor053113
Humor Between April 1-30, 2013
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q2.htm#Humor043013
And that's
the way it was on October 31, 2014 with a little help from my friends.
Bob
Jensen's gateway to millions of other blogs and social/professional networks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm
Bob
Jensen's Threads ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/threads.htm
Bob
Jensen's Blogs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
New Bookmarks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Tidbits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's past presentations and lectures ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/resume.htm#Presentations
Free
Online Textbooks, Videos, and Tutorials ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm#Textbooks
Free Tutorials in Various Disciplines ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob2.htm#Tutorials
Edutainment and Learning Games ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#Edutainment
Open Sharing Courses ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/updateee.htm#OKI
Bob
Jensen's Resume ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Resume.htm
Bob
Jensen's Homepage ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/
Accounting Historians Journal ---
http://www.libraries.olemiss.edu/uml/aicpa-library and
http://clio.lib.olemiss.edu/cdm/landingpage/collection/aah
Accounting Historians Journal Archives---
http://www.olemiss.edu/depts/general_library/dac/files/ahj.html
Accounting History Photographs ---
http://www.olemiss.edu/depts/general_library/dac/files/photos.html
For an elaboration on the reasons you should join a ListServ (usually
for free) go to http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListServRoles.htm |
AECM (Accounting Educators)
http://listserv.aaahq.org/cgi-bin/wa.exe?HOME
The AECM is an email Listserv list which
started out as an accounting education technology Listserv. It has
mushroomed into the largest global Listserv of accounting education
topics of all types, including accounting theory, learning, assessment,
cheating, and education topics in general. At the same time it provides
a forum for discussions of all hardware and software which can be useful
in any way for accounting education at the college/university level.
Hardware includes all platforms and peripherals. Software includes
spreadsheets, practice sets, multimedia authoring and presentation
packages, data base programs, tax packages, World Wide Web applications,
etc
Roles of a ListServ --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListServRoles.htm
|
CPAS-L (Practitioners) http://pacioli.loyola.edu/cpas-l/
(closed down)
CPAS-L provides a forum for discussions
of all aspects of the practice of accounting. It provides an unmoderated
environment where issues, questions, comments, ideas, etc. related to
accounting can be freely discussed. Members are welcome to take an
active role by posting to CPAS-L or an inactive role by just monitoring
the list. You qualify for a free subscription if you are either a CPA or
a professional accountant in public accounting, private industry,
government or education. Others will be denied access. |
Yahoo (Practitioners)
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/xyztalk
This forum is for CPAs to discuss the
activities of the AICPA. This can be anything from the CPA2BIZ portal
to the XYZ initiative or anything else that relates to the AICPA. |
AccountantsWorld
http://accountantsworld.com/forums/default.asp?scope=1
This site hosts various discussion groups on such topics as accounting
software, consulting, financial planning, fixed assets, payroll, human
resources, profit on the Internet, and taxation. |
Business Valuation Group
BusValGroup-subscribe@topica.com
This discussion group is headed by Randy Schostag
[RSchostag@BUSVALGROUP.COM] |
Concerns That Academic Accounting Research is Out of Touch With Reality
I think leading academic researchers avoid applied research for the
profession because making seminal and creative discoveries that
practitioners have not already discovered is enormously difficult.
Accounting academe is threatened by the
twin dangers of fossilization and scholasticism (of three types:
tedium, high tech, and radical chic)
From
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/395wpTAR/Web/TAR395wp.htm
“Knowledge and competence increasingly developed out of the internal
dynamics of esoteric disciplines rather than within the context of
shared perceptions of public needs,” writes Bender. “This is not to
say that professionalized disciplines or the modern service
professions that imitated them became socially irresponsible. But
their contributions to society began to flow from their own
self-definitions rather than from a reciprocal engagement with
general public discourse.”
Now, there is a definite note of sadness in Bender’s narrative – as
there always tends to be in accounts
of the
shift from Gemeinschaft to
Gesellschaft. Yet it is also
clear that the transformation from civic to disciplinary
professionalism was necessary.
“The new disciplines offered relatively precise subject matter and
procedures,” Bender concedes, “at a time when both were greatly
confused. The new professionalism also promised guarantees of
competence — certification — in an era when criteria of intellectual
authority were vague and professional performance was unreliable.”
But in the epilogue to Intellect and Public Life,
Bender suggests that the process eventually went too far.
“The risk now is precisely the opposite,” he writes. “Academe is
threatened by the twin dangers of fossilization and scholasticism
(of three types: tedium, high tech, and radical chic).
The agenda for the next decade, at least as I see it, ought to be
the opening up of the disciplines, the ventilating of professional
communities that have come to share too much and that have become
too self-referential.”
What went wrong in accounting/accountics research?
How did academic accounting research become a pseudo science?
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#WhatWentWrong
Avoiding applied research for
practitioners and failure to attract practitioner interest in
academic research journals ---
"Why business ignores the business schools," by Michael
Skapinker
Some ideas for applied research ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#AcademicsVersusProfession
Clinging to Myths in Academe and Failure
to Replicate and Authenticate Research Findings
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#Myths
Poorly designed and executed experiments
that are rarely, I mean very, very rarely, authenticated
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#PoorDesigns
Discouragement of case method research by leading journals (TAR,
JAR, JAE, etc.) by turning back most submitted cases ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#Cases
Economic Theory Errors
Where analytical mathematics in accountics research made a huge
mistake relying on flawed economic theory and interval/ratio scaling
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#EconomicTheoryErrors
Accentuate the Obvious and Avoid the Tough
Problems (like fraud) for Which Data and Models are Lacking
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#AccentuateTheObvious
Financial Theory Errors
Where capital market research in accounting made a huge mistake by
relying on CAPM
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#AccentuateTheObvious
Philosophy of Science is a Dying
Discipline
Most scientific papers are probably wrong
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#PhilosophyScienceDying
|
Accountancy, Tax, IFRS, XBRL, and Accounting History News Sites
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/AccountingNews.htm
Accounting
Professors Who Blog ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm
Cool
Search Engines That Are Not Google ---
http://www.wired.com/epicenter/2009/06/coolsearchengines
Free
(updated) Basic Accounting Textbook --- search for Hoyle at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm#Textbooks
CPA
Examination ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cpa_examination
Free CPA Examination Review Course Courtesy of Joe Hoyle ---
http://cpareviewforfree.com/
Bob Jensen's Pictures and Stories
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Pictures.htm
Bob
Jensen's Homepage ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/

And that's
the way it was on July 31, 2014 with a little help from my friends.
Bob
Jensen's gateway to millions of other blogs and social/professional networks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm
Bob
Jensen's Threads ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/threads.htm
Bob
Jensen's Blogs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
New Bookmarks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Tidbits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's past presentations and lectures ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/resume.htm#Presentations
Free
Online Textbooks, Videos, and Tutorials ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm#Textbooks
Free Tutorials in Various Disciplines ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob2.htm#Tutorials
Edutainment and Learning Games ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#Edutainment
Open Sharing Courses ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/updateee.htm#OKI
Bob
Jensen's Resume ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Resume.htm
Bob
Jensen's Homepage ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/
For an elaboration on the reasons you should join a ListServ (usually
for free) go to http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListServRoles.htm |
AECM (Accounting Educators)
http://listserv.aaahq.org/cgi-bin/wa.exe?HOME
The AECM is an email Listserv list which
started out as an accounting education technology Listserv. It has
mushroomed into the largest global Listserv of accounting education
topics of all types, including accounting theory, learning, assessment,
cheating, and education topics in general. At the same time it provides
a forum for discussions of all hardware and software which can be useful
in any way for accounting education at the college/university level.
Hardware includes all platforms and peripherals. Software includes
spreadsheets, practice sets, multimedia authoring and presentation
packages, data base programs, tax packages, World Wide Web applications,
etc
Roles of a ListServ --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListServRoles.htm
|
CPAS-L (Practitioners) http://pacioli.loyola.edu/cpas-l/
(closed down)
CPAS-L provides a forum for discussions
of all aspects of the practice of accounting. It provides an unmoderated
environment where issues, questions, comments, ideas, etc. related to
accounting can be freely discussed. Members are welcome to take an
active role by posting to CPAS-L or an inactive role by just monitoring
the list. You qualify for a free subscription if you are either a CPA or
a professional accountant in public accounting, private industry,
government or education. Others will be denied access. |
Yahoo (Practitioners)
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/xyztalk
This forum is for CPAs to discuss the
activities of the AICPA. This can be anything from the CPA2BIZ portal
to the XYZ initiative or anything else that relates to the AICPA. |
AccountantsWorld
http://accountantsworld.com/forums/default.asp?scope=1
This site hosts various discussion groups on such topics as accounting
software, consulting, financial planning, fixed assets, payroll, human
resources, profit on the Internet, and taxation. |
Business Valuation Group
BusValGroup-subscribe@topica.com
This discussion group is headed by Randy Schostag
[RSchostag@BUSVALGROUP.COM] |
Concerns That Academic Accounting Research is Out of Touch With Reality
I think leading academic researchers avoid applied research for the
profession because making seminal and creative discoveries that
practitioners have not already discovered is enormously difficult.
Accounting academe is threatened by the
twin dangers of fossilization and scholasticism (of three types:
tedium, high tech, and radical chic)
From
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/395wpTAR/Web/TAR395wp.htm
“Knowledge and competence increasingly developed out of the internal
dynamics of esoteric disciplines rather than within the context of
shared perceptions of public needs,” writes Bender. “This is not to
say that professionalized disciplines or the modern service
professions that imitated them became socially irresponsible. But
their contributions to society began to flow from their own
self-definitions rather than from a reciprocal engagement with
general public discourse.”
Now, there is a definite note of sadness in Bender’s narrative – as
there always tends to be in accounts
of the
shift from Gemeinschaft to
Gesellschaft. Yet it is also
clear that the transformation from civic to disciplinary
professionalism was necessary.
“The new disciplines offered relatively precise subject matter and
procedures,” Bender concedes, “at a time when both were greatly
confused. The new professionalism also promised guarantees of
competence — certification — in an era when criteria of intellectual
authority were vague and professional performance was unreliable.”
But in the epilogue to Intellect and Public Life,
Bender suggests that the process eventually went too far.
“The risk now is precisely the opposite,” he writes. “Academe is
threatened by the twin dangers of fossilization and scholasticism
(of three types: tedium, high tech, and radical chic).
The agenda for the next decade, at least as I see it, ought to be
the opening up of the disciplines, the ventilating of professional
communities that have come to share too much and that have become
too self-referential.”
What went wrong in accounting/accountics research?
How did academic accounting research become a pseudo science?
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#WhatWentWrong
|
Accountancy, Tax, IFRS, XBRL, and Accounting History News Sites
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/AccountingNews.htm
Accounting
Professors Who Blog ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm
Cool
Search Engines That Are Not Google ---
http://www.wired.com/epicenter/2009/06/coolsearchengines
Free
(updated) Basic Accounting Textbook --- search for Hoyle at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm#Textbooks
CPA
Examination ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cpa_examination
Free CPA Examination Review Course Courtesy of Joe Hoyle ---
http://cpareviewforfree.com/
Bob Jensen's
Pictures and Stories
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Pictures.htm
Bob
Jensen's Homepage ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/

Bob
Jensen's Pictures and Stories
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Pictures.htm
Bob
Jensen's Homepage ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/

Bob
Jensen's Threads ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/threads.htm
Bob
Jensen's Blogs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
New Bookmarks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Tidbits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's past presentations and lectures ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/resume.htm#Presentations
Free
Online Textbooks, Videos, and Tutorials ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm#Textbooks
Free Tutorials in Various Disciplines ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob2.htm#Tutorials
Edutainment and Learning Games ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#Edutainment
Open Sharing Courses ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/updateee.htm#OKI
Peter, Paul, and Barney: An Essay on 2008 U.S. Government Bailouts of Private
Companies ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm
Health
Care News ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Health.htm
Bob
Jensen's Resume ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Resume.htm
574 Shields
Against Validity Challenges in Plato's Cave ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TheoryTAR.htm
Bob Jensen's Personal History in Pictures ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/PictureHistory/
Bob Jensen's Homepage ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/